ELEMENTS 
OF  L AT  1 N 


D'OOGE 


ill 


D^Ooge^s  Elements  of  Latin 

This  is  a  NEW  BOOK.  It  presents  Latin  in  such  a  way 
that  the  pupil  will  learn  Latin  and  enjoy  the  process.  It 
makes  Latin  a  live  subject  without  sacrificing  scholarship. 

The  subject  matter  is  divided  into  110  lessons,  grouped 
by  semesters  (p.  143).  In  general  a  lesson  can  be  covered 
in  a  single  recitation.  Related  subjects  are  treated  together 
and  every  point  is  adequately  explained. 

Principles  of  syntax  have  been  reduced  to  bare  essentials. 
These  are  approached  from  the  standpoint  of  English  Gram- 
mar, and  the  two  languages  are  constantly  compared. 
Related  constructions  are  grouped  (p.  53)  and  all  are  sum- 
marized on  page  321. 

The  vocabulary  of  the  lessons  is  limited  to  520  words, 
general  in  their  nature.  More  than  90%  of  them  are  used 
five  or  more  times  in  Caesar.  Separate  working  vocabularies 
accompany  each  lesson  giving  both  English  meanings  of  the 
Latin  words  and  related  English  words  (pp.  361-381).  The 
new  words  of  each  semester's  lessons  are  listed  (pp,  3S7- 
360). 

There  are  several  lessons  devoted  to  word  formation,  to 
prefixes  and  suffixes,  in  addition  to  the  derivative  work  found 
in  the  special  vocabularies  (pp.,  121,  134,  158,  182,  231). 

All  lesson  material  is  systematically  and  thoroughly 
reviewed  (pp.  299-320)  at  regular  intervals  after  groups  of 
related  lessons  (pp.  25,  45,  66,  86,  103,  etc.). 


D'Ooge's  Elements  dC^M^ 


^  i^ 


It  abounds  in  material  that  will  stimulate  interest  and 
enrich  the  Latin  work. 

Note,  for  example: 

The  "Story  of  Baculus,  the  Centurion"  (p.  283). 

The  abundance  of  well  graded  and  interesting  sight 
reading  (pp.  273ff.). 

The  early  introduction  of  connected  reading  (Chap. 
VIII),  continued  throughout  the  book  in  the  form 
of  dialogues,  descriptions,  legends,  and  stories. 

The  Latin  play,  "Perseus  and  Andromeda"  (p.  279). 

Four  pages  of  Latin  Songs  and  Rounds. 

D'OOGE'S  ELEMENTS  OF  LATIN  is  well  illustrated 
with  pictures  and  drawings,  in  many  cases  made  especially 
for  this  text.  Besides  the  many  pictures  pertaining  to 
larger  phases  of  Roman  life  and  art,  every  story  is  illustrated. 

SPECIAL  FEATURES 

1.  Five  reasons  for  the  study  of  Latin  (p.  4). 

2.  Optional  lessons  covering  the  less  frequently  used  con- 

structions (pp.  259,  261). 

3.  Graphical  representation  of  the  meaning  of  prepositions 

and  voices  (pp.  25,  46,  55,  104). 

4.  Original  stories  for  original  composition  (pp.  263-271). 

5.  Emphasis  on  Latin  Word  Order  (p.  65). 

6.  Quotations  from  prominent  men  of  affairs  relative  to  the 

value  of  the  study  of  Latin  (p.   35). 

7.  Suggestions  for  a  book  of  derivatives  (p.  382). 


GEinr  DIP 
Provost 


Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive 

in  2008  with  funding  from 

IVIicrosoft  Corporation 


http://www.archive.org/details/elementsoflatinOOdoogrich 


BACULUS  lUBET  LOCUM  MURO  ALTO  MUNIRI 
(See  page  291) 


ELEMENTS  OF  LATIN 


BY 


BENJAMIN  L.  D'OOGE,  Ph.D. 

PROFESSOR    IN    THE    MICHIGAN    STATE    NORMAL    COLLEGE 


Ne  quid.  ni.tni.sj-;-^Taiinr*cz,  ^  , 


GINN  AND  COMPANY 

BOSTON     .     NEW   YORK     •     CHICAGO     •     LONDON 
ATLANTA     •    DALLAS     •    COLUMBUS     •    SAN    FRANCISCO 


COPYRIGHT,  1921,  BY  BENJAMIN  L.  D'OOGE 

ENTERED  AT  STATIONERS*  HALL 

ALL  RIGHTS  RESERVED 


321.8 


710 


'-7^7 


•  •     •   • 

•  •       •  •• 

•••••• 


.^C^< 


"■•    .^ 


GINN  AND  COMPANY  •  PRO- 
PRIETORS •  BOSTON  •  U.S.A. 


AMICIS  •  SVIS 

PVERIS  •  PVELLISQVE  •  AMERICAE 

HOC  •  OPVSCVLVM  •  DEDiCAT 

AVCTOR 


■ivi252993 


PREFACE 

The  present  volume  is  not  a  revision  of  the  author's  "  Latin  for 
Beginners,"  but  is  an  entirely  new  book.  However,  all  features  of 
the  earlier  book  that  have  been  highly  commended  and  have  proved 
their  value  have  been  retained.  Chief  among  these  are  the  separation 
of  the  special  vocabularies  from  the  lessons  and  the  insertion  of 
frequent  reviews. 

The  body  of  the  book  is  divided  into  two  parts:  fifty-six  lessons 
for  the  first  half  year  and  fifty-four  for  the  second.  While  greater  in 
number  than  in  "  Latin  for  Beginners,"  the  lessons  are  much  shorter 
and  simpler,  and  are  designed,  in  most  cases,  for  a  single  recitation 
period.  Two  optional  lessons  have  been  added,  covering  matter  that 
some  teachers  prefer  to  include  in  the  work  of  the  first  year.  The 
remainder  of  the  book  up  to  the  reviews  is  supplementary  in  charac- 
ter, and  is  intended  to  diversify  and  enrich  the  regular  work  through 
the  lessons,  and  to  supply  reading  matter  after  the  lessons  are  com- 
pleted. Some  classes  will  be  able  to  use  more  of  this  material,  some 
less ;  but  all  will  be  able  to  draw  something  interesting  from  it. 

The  vocabulary  has  been  limited  to  only  five  hundred  words, 
averaging  less  than  five  new  words  per  lesson.  These  words  have 
been  carefully  selected  from  standard  word  lists,  and  are  listed  on 
pages  357-360  for  convenience  of  reference  and  review.  Nearly  all 
the  words  are  Caesarian,  and  more  than  ninety  per  cent  are  used  in 
Caesar  five  or  more  times.  Still,  the  vocabulary  is  of  a  general  rather 
than  of  a  military  character,  and  most  of  the  words  are  found  also  in 
Cicero  and  Vergil. 

The  principles  of  syntax  discussed  have  been  reduced  to  the  bare 
essentials,  the  author  feeling  strongly  that  the  tendency  still  prevailing 
in  some  quarters  to  include  the  more  difficult  constructions  in  the  work 
of  the  first  year  is  a  very  mistaken  one.  The  fundamental  principles 
of  English  grammar  are  compared  with  the  Latin,  and  constructions 


vi  PREFACE 

are  presented  from  the  standpoint  of  English.  The  order  of  presenta- 
tion is  systematic,  and  related  constructions  are  treated  together. 

Connected  reading  in  the  form  of  dialogues  and  stories  is  intro- 
duced as  early  as  possible.  The  material  is  abundant  and  very  simple. 
It  includes  famous  Greek  myths  and  many  legends  of  ancient  Rome, 
and  is  designed  to  arouse  and  hold  the  interest  of  the  young.  The 
supplementary  reading  comprises  selections  for  sight  translation,  a 
Latin  play,  and  a  story  which  is  intended  to  serve  as  an  introduction 
to  Caesar.  If  not  used  the  first  year,  it  will  be  found  very  helpful  at 
the  beginning  of  the  second. 

Great  emphasis  is  laid  throughout  the  book  on  word  formation  and 
derivation.  Matters  of  derivation  are  discussed  in  many  paragraphs, 
and  some  entire  lessons  are  devoted  to  this  important  and  practical 
subject.  Furthermore,  the  words  in  the  special  vocabularies  are 
accompanied  by  parallel  columns  of  related  words,  and  these  are  again 
called  for  in  the  vocabulary  reviews. 

The  book  is  very  fully  illustrated.  While  a  few  pictures  have  been 
inserted  for  the  general  purpose  of  interesting  pupils  in  Rome  and  the 
Romans,  the  great  majority  of  the  pictures  are  illustrative  of  the 
stories  they  accompany  and  were  prepared  for  that  specific  purpose. 
Those  illustrating  the  legends  of  ancient  Rome  are  reproductions 
of  some  famous  historical  pictures  published  by  Paravia  and  Com- 
pany of  Rome.  The  colored  plates  are  from  original  paintings  by 
Mr.  M.  McGregor  Jamieson  of  New  York.  Particular  attention  is 
called  to  the  series  of  pictures  in  the  chapter  entitled  "  Original 
Stories,"  pages  263-271.  Teachers  are  urged  to  make  frequent  use 
of  this  material  for  original  work  in  substitution  for  exercises  found 
in  the  lessons. 

The  author  wishes  to  express  his  gratitude  to  the  many  teachers 

who  have  given  him  freely  of  their  wisdom  and  experience.   Particular 

acknowledgments  are  due  to  Miss  Anne  C.  Wilder  and  to  Dr.  A.  T. 

Chapin  of  Kansas  City,  Missouri,  who  have  read  all  the  proof  and 

offered  many  valuable  suggestions. 

BENJAMIN  L.  D'OOGE 

Michigan  State  Normal  College 


CONTENTS 

To  THE  Student  —  by  way  of  Introduction  page 

Latin,  the  Language  of  the  Romans i 

The  Alphabet  and  Sounds  of  the  Letters 5 

Syllables  ;  Quantity  and  Accent  ;  Parts  of  Speech     ...       8 

Lesson 

L  First  Principles  of  Syntax 11 

IL  Inflection  and  Cases 13 

III.  Forms  and  Position 15 

IV.  Number ;  Agreement  of  Verbs 17 

V.  The  Dative  Case ;  Indirect  Object ;  Predicate  Noun    ...  19 

VI.  The  Ablative  Case ;  The  First  Declension 21 

VII.  Prepositions 24 

VIII.  Gender;  Declension,  Agreement,  and  Position  of  Adjectives ; 

Predicate  Adjectives.    GalbaetLesbia 26 

IX-X.  Second  Declension ;  Vocative  Case ;  Apposition.    Dialogue  .     29 
XI.  Second  Declension  (Continued);   General  Rules  of  Declen- 
sion; Questions.    Dialogue 33 

XII.  Adjectives  of  the  First  and  Second  Declensions;  Genitive  of 

Nouns  in  -ius  and  -iut?i.    Dialogue 36 

XIII.  Adjectives  of  the  First  and  Second  Declensions  (Continued); 

Adverbs 38 

XIV.  Adjectives  of  the  First  and  Second  Declensions  (Concluded) ; 

The  Dative  with  Adjectives.    Insula  Marci   Nautae    .     40 

XV.  Possessive  Adjectives  and  Pronouns 43 

XVI.  Conjugation ;  Present  Indicative  of  suiti ;  Predicate  Genitive 

of  Possessor.    Gallia 46 

XVII.  The  Four  Regular  Conjugations;   Present  Indicative  Active 

of  the  First  Conjugation  50 

XVIII.  The  Ablative  Denoting  with  —  Cause,  Means,  Accompani- 
ment, Manner 53 

XIX.  Past  and  Future  Indicative  of  sum ;  The  Preposition  e  or 

ex.    Dialogue 55 

vii 


viii  CONTENTS 

LESSON  PAGE 

XX.   PastlndicativeActiveof  the  First  Conjugation.   Britannia     S7 
XXI.  Future  Indicative  Active  of  the  First  Conjugation  ...     60 
XXII.  Present,  Past,  and  Future  Indicative  Active  of  the  Second 

Conjugation 62 

XXIII.    Latin  Order  of  Words 65 

XXIV.  The  Demonstrative  is,  ea,  id 67 

XXV.  The  Possessive  of  the  Third  Person 69 

XXVI.  The  Present  Indicative  Active  of  the  Third  Conjugation. 

Dialogue 71 

XXVII.  The  Present  Indicative  Active  of  the  Fourth  Conjugation. 

De  Castrls  Romanls 73 

XXVIII.  The  Dative  with  Special  Intransitive  Verbs 75 

XXIX.  The  Past  Indicative  Active  of  rego  and  audio.    De  Dels 

RomanTs        ']'] 

XXX.  The  Future  Indicative  Active  of  the  Third  and  Fourth 

Conjugations.    Theseus  etMTnotaurus.     .     .     .     79 
XXXI.  Verbs  in  -id  of  the  Third  Conjugation.     Theseus  et 

Minotaurus  (Continued) 82 

XXXII.  The  Imperative  Mood;  Questions  and  Answers.  Theseus 

et  Minotaurus  (Continued) 84 

XXXIII.  Present    Indicative    Passive    of    the    First    Conjugation. 

Theseus  et  Minotaurus  (Concluded)      ....     87 

XXXIV.  Present   Indicative   Passive  of  7fioiied\  Ablative  of  the 

Personal  Agent 89 

XXXV.  The  Past  and  Future  Indicative  Passive  of  the  First  and 

Second  Conjugations 91 

XXXVI    The  Present  Indicative  Passive  of  the  Third  and  Fourth 

Conjugations.    De  Bellis  Romanorum  et  Gallorum     93 
XXXVII.  The    Past  and   Future  Indicative    Passive  of   rego  and 

audio 95 

XXXVIII.  The    Present,   Past,  and    Future    Indicative    Passive   of 

capio.    DeLu do  Romano 97 

.  XXXIX.  The  Present  Infinitive  and  the  Present  Imperative,  Active 

and  Passive 99 

XL.  Synopses  in  the  Four  Conjugations.    De  Malo  Magis- 

tro   LudT loi 


CONTENTS  IX 

LESSON  PAGE 

XLI.  The    Ablative    Denoting  from  —  Place    From    Which, 

Separation 104 

XLI  I.  Principal  Parts;   Verb  Stems;    The  Perfect  Stem;    The 

Endings  of  the  Perfect 106 

XLI  1 1.  The  Perfect,  Past  Perfect,  and  Future  Perfect  Indicative 

of  sui7t.    Dialogue 108 

XLIV.  Use  and  Inflection  of  the  Perfect  Indicative  Active.    De 

Curio  Dentato iio 

XLV.  Principal   Parts   of    Verbs.    De   Curio   Dentato  (Con- 
cluded)       113 

XLVI.  Past  Perfect  Indicative ;  Principal  Parts  (Continued)    .     .  115 
XLVII.  Future  Perfect  Indicative  and  Perfect  Infinitive  Active; 

Principal  Parts  (Concluded) 117 

XLVIII.  Review  of  the  Active  Voice 119 

XLIX.  Word  Formation.    GallT  Romam  Oppugnant  .     .     .  121 

L.  The  Past  Participle;  The  Passive  Perfects 124 

LI.  The  Perfect  Infinitive  Passive  and  the  Future  Infinitive 

Active;  Prepositions 127 

LI  I.  The  Conjugation  of /^Jj-.??/;;^.    De  Miicio  Scaevola       .  129 

LIII.  The  Infinitive  Used  as  in  English 131 

LIV,  Word  Formation.    De  Mucio  Scaevola  (Concluded)    .  134 

LV.  Sentences  and  Clauses  ;  Relative  Pronouns 137 

LVI.  Interrogative    Pronouns   and   Adjectives;    The   Ablative 

Absolute 140 

SECOND   HALF   YEAR 

LVI  I.  The  Third  Declension,  Consonant  Stems,  Masculines  and 

Feminines 143 

LVI  II.  The     Third     Declension,     Consonant     Stems,     Neuters. 

Dialogue .  1 46 

LIX.  Reading  Lesson,  Romulus  et  Remus 148 

LX.  The  Third  Declension,  /-Stems,  Masculines  and  Feminines. 

Roman!  et  SabinT 149 

LXI.  The  Third  Declension, /-Stems,  Neuters 152 

LXII.  The   Third    Declension,    Irregular    Nouns.     De    Briito 

Primo  C5nsule 154 


X  CONTENTS 

LESSON  PAGE 

LXIII.  Reading  Lesson,  Orpheus  et  Eurydice    ....  157 

LXIV.  Word  Formation 158 

LXV.  Adjectives  of  the  Third  Declension,  Three  Endings     .  160 

LXVI.  Adjectives  of  the  Third  Declension,  Two  Endings  ,     .  162 
LXVII.  Adjectives    of   the    Third    Declension,    One   Ending. 

Midas,  the  King  of  the  Golden  Touch    .     .  163 
LXVI  1 1.  Regular  Comparison  of  Adjectives;  The  Comparative 

with  quam 165 

LXIX.  Declension   of   Comparatives;    The  Ablative   of  the 

Measure  of  Difference 167 

LXX.  Irregular  Comparison  of  Adjectives;  The  Declension 

oi  plus 169 

LXXI.  Formation  and  Comparison  of  Adverbs 171 

LXXII.  Formation  and  Comparison  of  Adverbs  (Concluded). 

Dialogue 173 

LXXIII.  The  Fourth  Declension 175 

LXXIV.  Expressions  of  Place 177 

LXXV.  The  Fifth  Declension ;  The  Ablative  of  Time    ...  1 79 

LXX VI.  Gender  in  the  Third  Declension;  Word  Formation     .  181 

LXXVII.  The  Nine  Irregular  Adjectives 183 

LXXVIII.  Classes  of   Pronouns;    Personal   and    Reflexive  Pro- 
nouns        185 

LXXIX.  The    Intensive    Pronoun    ipse\    The    Demonstrative 

Pronoun  ide7n 188 

LXXX.  The  Demonstrative  Pronouns  hic^  iste,  ille    .     .     .     .  190 

LXXXI.  Indefinite  Pronouns 192 

LXXXII.  The  Cardinal  Numerals  and  their  Declension.    The 

Contest  of  the  Horatii  and  the  Curiatii      .  194 

LXXXI  1 1.  Ordinal  Numerals;  The  Genitive  of  the  Whole      .     .  198 
LXXX IV.  The  Accusative  of  Duration  of  Time  or  Extent  of 

Space.    Caesar  in  Gaul 200 

LXXXV.  The   Ablative   of   Respect;    The    Genitive  with  Ad- 
jectives     202 

LXXXVI.  Deponent  Verbs;  The  Genitive  or  Ablative  of  De- 
scription.   Caesar  and  the  Helvetians     .     .     .  204 


CONTENTS  xi 

LESSON  PAGE 

LXXXVII.  Participles. 206 

LXXXVIII.  Word  Formation 209 

LXXXIX.  The  Subjunctive  Mood;    Present  Subjunctive  of  the 
First  and  Second  Conjugations;  The  Indicative  and 

Subjunctive  Compared 211 

XC.  The   Present   Subjunctive  of  the  Third  and   Fourth 

Conjugations;  The  Subjunctive  of  Purpose    .     .     .  214 
XCI.  Past  Subjunctive  of  the  First  and  Second  Conjuga- 
tions;   Sequence  of  Tenses 216 

XCI  I.  Past  Subjunctive  of  the  Third  and  Fourth  Conjuga- 
tions; Noun  Clauses  of  Purpose 219 

XCIII.  Subjunctive  of  sum  and  possum 222 

XCIV.  Perfect  and  Past  Perfect  Subjunctive  of  voco,  moneo, 

rego,  z.nd  audio.    Hero  et  Leander 224 

XCV.  The    Subjunctive   of    Result.      Hero    et    Leander 

(Concluded) 226 

XCVI.  The  Dative  with  Compounds 229 

XCVII.  Word  Formation 231 

XCVIII.  The  Irregular  Verbs  volo^  nolo,  maid        233 

XCIX.  Vocabulary  Review ;  Constructions  with  r«/?^     .     .     .  235 

C.  Vocabulary  Review;  The  Irregular  Verb  eo  .     .     .     .  237 

CI.  Vocabulary  Review ;  Indirect  Statements      ....  238 

CII.  Vocabulary  Review ;  The  Irregular  Verb y^rJ    .     .     .  242 

cm.  Vocabulary  Review ;  Indirect  Questions 243 

CIV.  Vocabulary  Review;  The  Irregular  Verb yf^      .     .     .  246 
CV.  Vocabulary  Review  ;  Predicate  Accusative  ;   Dative  of 

Purpose 247 

CVI.  Vocabulary  Review ;  The  Gerund  and  Gerundive  .     .  249 
CVII.  Vocabulary  Review;  Review  of  Agreement  and  of  the 

Genitive  and  Dative .  252 

CVI  1 1.  Vocabulary  Review;    Review  of  the  Accusative  and 

Ablative 254 

CIX.  Vocabulary  Review;  Review  of  the  Gerund  and  Ge- 
rundive, the  Infinitive,  and  the  Subjunctive    .     .     .  256 
ex.  Vocabulary  Review;  Review  of  Word  Formation  .     .  257 


xu  CONTENTS 

OPTIONAL  LESSONS 


PAGE 


A.  The  Subjunctive  of  Characteristic  or  Description 259 

B.  The  Periphrastic  Conjugations  and  the  Dative  of  Agent     .     .     .  261 

SUPPLEMENTARY   MATERIAL 

Original  Stories V    .  263 

Selections  for  Sight  Reading    . 273 

Latin  Play  —  Perseus  and  Andromeda 279 

Story  —  Baculus  the  Centurion 283 

Latin  Songs 294 

REVIEWS,  APPENDIXES,  VOCABULARIES,  ETC. 

Reviews 299 

Summary  of  Rules  of  Syntax 321 

Grammatical  Appendix 325 

Word  Lists  for  First  and  Second  Half  Years      .     .     .     .  357 

Special  Vocabularies 361 

Derivation  Notebook,  Specimen  Page 382 

Common  Abbreviations  of  Latin  Words 383 

Latin-English  Vocabulary i 

English-Latin  Vocabulary 23 

Index 37 


LIST  OF   ILLUSTRATIONS 

PAGE 

1.  Baculus  iubet  locum  muro  alto  munirl  (in  colors)    Frontispiece 

2.  Roman  Children  at  Play 6 

3.  Roman  Writing  Tablets 7 

4.  Interior  View  of  a  Roman  House 10 

5.  View  of  Rome  from  the  Dome  of  St.  Peter's  Cathedral       ...  12 

6.  Singing  the  Wedding  Song .     .  16 

7.  Playing  J ackstones 18 

8.  Agricola 24 

9.  Lesbia  Galbam  vocat 28 

10.  Servus  equis  aquam  dat     .     .     .     ." 30 

i[.  Lesbia  per  agros  properat  et  aquam  ad  servos  portat  32 

12.  Marcus  frumentum  a  terra  ad  Insulam  portat      ...  42 

13.  On  the  Sacred  Way  in  the  Roman  Forum 45 

14.  The  Active  Voice  and  the  Passive  Voice 46 

15.  The  Island  in  the  Tiber 51 

16.  A  Roman  Spoon 54 

17.  Quo,  Quinte,  properas.'* 56 

18.  BritannT  erant  barbarl 59 

19.  Orae  Britanniae  erant  altae 61 

20.  The  Roman  Forum  as  it  Now  Appears  .     .     .     .  ' 66 

21.  The  Roman  Forum  at  its  Western  End 70 

22.  Castra  Romana 74 

23.  A  Cockfight  (Pompeian  Wall  Painting) 76 

24.  Athena  Dea  Sapientiae 78 

25.  The  Tribute  to  the  Minotaur 81 

26.  Glass  Vases  from  Pompeii 82 

27.  The  Appian  Way  and  the  Claudian  Aqueduct 86 

28.  Puerl  puellaeque  Theseum  amant  (Pompeian  Wall  Painting)  88 

29.  Roman  Swords 93 

30.  Roman!  magnum  numerum  captivorum  capiunt       .     .  94 

31.  LQdus  Romanus 98 

32.  Malus  magister  ludT  poenam  dat       103 

33.  Curius  Dentatus  and  the  Samnite  Ambassadors 112 

34.  The  Forum,  the  Capitoline,  and  Adjacent  Buildings  (Restored)     .116 

35.  A  Chariot  Race  in  the  Circus  Maximus 120 

36.  A  Roman  Market  Place 122 

37.  The  Sacred  Geese  Save  the  Capitol 1 23 

38.  Roman  Hairpins,  Powder  Boxes,  and  Other  Toilet  Articles     .     .126 

xiii 


XIV  LIST  OF  ILLUSTRATIONS 

PAGB 

39.  The  Tiber,  Castle  of  St.  Angelo,  and  St.  Peter's 1 26 

40.  The  Roman  Forum,  A.  D.  400 I33 

41.  Mucius  Scaevola  . 135 

42.  The  Arch  of  Titus  and  the  Colosseum 142 

43.  Mulieres  bellum  prohibuerunt 151 

44.  The  Tiber  at  the  Foot  of  the  Aventine 153 

45.  Brutus  filios  suos  interfici  iubet 155 

46.  Orpheus  and  Eurydice 1 56 

47.  A  Roman  Street  Scene 159 

48.  Roman  Silver  Cups 164 

49.  The  Roman  Campagna  and  the  Alban  Mount 1 74 

50.  Offering  a  Sacrifice 1 76 

51.  Athenae,  urbs  Minervae 178 

52.  So-called  Tomb  of  the  Horatii  and  Curiatii 195 

53.  Pater  ipse  tribus  filiis  arma  nova  dedit     ......  196 

54.  Villa  of  a  Wealthy  Roman 197 

55.  A  Gate  of  Pompeii  (Restored) 201 

56.  Ancient  Coins 203 

57.  The  Gate  of  St.  Sebastian 210 

58.  Greek  Vases 213 

59.  Gladiators'  Helmets 221 

60.  Finger  Rings  with  Engraved  Settings 223 

61.  Hero  and  Leander 227 

62.  A  Roman  Stove  with  Hot-Water  Boiler 234 

63.  Golden  Fibula,  or  Brooch 236 

64.  A  Street  in  Pompeii 241 

65.  A  Musical  Recital 245 

66.  Roman  Lamps 253 

67.  Steelyards  from  Pompeii 255 

68.  The  Gauls  in  Sight  of  Rome 258 

69.  Roman  Caestus,  or  Boxing  Glove 260 

70.  The  Romans  Storm  the  Enemy's  Stronghold 262 

71-79.  Nine  pictures  suggesting  original  stories .263-271 

80.  The  Return  of  Persephone 272 

81.  Arion  Saved  by  a  Dolphin 274 

82.  Cincinnatus  Called  from  the  Plow 277 

83.  Perseus  Andromedam  servat 282 

84.  Venite!  Venite,  Roman!!  (in  colors) 292 

85.  Roman  Mosaic •     •  324 

86.  Sermoneta 3^4 

Map  of  Gaul  and  Parts  of  Germany,  Spain,  Italy,  and  Britain      .     .  49 

Map  of  Italy  (in  colors) 72 


ELEMENTS  OF  LATIN 

TO  THE  STUDENT  — BY  WAY  OF 
INTRODUCTION 

LATIN,  THE  LANGUAGE  OF  THE  ROMANS 

Rome  was  the  whole  world,  and  all  the  world  was  Rome.  —  Spenser 

Latium,!  a  small  district  on  the  western  coast  of  ancient 
Italy,  was  the  home  of  the  Latins.  The  chief  city  of  the 
Latins  was  Rome,  which,  according  to  tradition,  was  founded 
753  years  before  Christ.  Beginning  as  a  small  settlement  on 
the  banks  of  the  Tiber  and  the  surrounding  hills,  and  con- 
trolling at  first  a  territory  of  not  more  than  twenty-five  square 
miles,  the  city  remained  weak  and  insignificant  for  many 
centuries,  and  its  very  existence  was  frequently  threatened  by 
warlike  neighbors.  But  the  Romans,  inspired  by  a  spirit  that 
never  owned  defeat,  gradually  extended  their  boundaries. 
Before  the  middle  of  the  third  century  before  Christ  they 
had  conquered  all  Italy.  Then  they  reached  out  for  the  lands 
across  the  sea  and  beyond  the  Alps,  and  finally  Rome  became 
the  head  of  a  mighty  empire,  which  ruled  over  the  whole 
ancient  world  for  more  than  four  hundred  years. 

The  Latin  language,  meaning  the  language  of  Latium,  was 
spoken  by  the  Romans  and  other  inhabitants  of  Latium,  and 
Latin  was  the  name  applied  to  it  after  the  armies  of  Rome 
had  carried  the  knowledge  of  her  language  throughout  the 

1  Pronounced  Ld^sM-um. 

I 


2  LATIN  AND  ENGLISH 

v/orlid.  Rome  impressed  not  only  her  language  but  also  her. 
laws,  customs,  beliefs,  and  ideals  upon  the  subject  nations ; 
and  the  world  has  remained  largely  Roman  ever  since. 

LATIN  AND  THE  MODERN  WORLD 

Even  after  the  fall  of  the  Roman  Empire  Latin  lived  on, 
and  lives  today  as  Italian,  Spanish,  French,  and  other  so-called 
Romance,  or  Roman,  languages.  Many  millions  of  people  are 
therefore  still  speaking  a  modernized  form  of  Latin  which  differs 
from  ancient  Latin  little  more  than  modern  English  differs 
from  the  English  of  bygone  centuries.  Latin  is  not  a  dead 
language,  but  has  only  changed  its  name.  During  the  Dark 
Ages  the  knowledge  of  Latin  was  the  only  light  of  learning  that 
kept  burning,  and  in  the  succeeding  years  Latin  continued  to 
be  the  common  language  of  the  schools  and  universities,  and 
is  even  yet,  more  nearly  than  any  other  tongue,  the  universal 
language  of  the  learned.  It  survives,  too,  in  the  services  of  the 
Roman  Catholic  Church  and  in  much  sacred  poetry  and  song. 
The  life  of  today  is  much  nearer  the  life  of  ancient  Rome  than 
the  lapse  of  centuries  would  lead  one  to  suppose.  You  and  I 
are  Romans  still  in  many  ways,  and  if  Caesar  and  Cicero  should 
appear  among  us,  we  should  not  find  them,  except  for  dress  and 
language,  unlike  men  of  today. 

LATIN  AND  ENGLISH 

Do  you  know  that  more  than  half  the  words  in  the  English 
dictionary  are  Latin  and  that  you  are  speaking  more  or  less 
Latin  every  day  ?    How  did  this  come  about .? 

In  the  first  place  Latin  and  English,  along  with  most  of  the 
other  languages  of  Europe,  are  descended  from  a  very  ancient 
mother  speech,  which  has  long  since  disappeared.  They  are, 
therefore,  sister  languages  and  have  many  words  in  common. 


WHY  STUDY  LATIN?  3 

Furthermore,  in  the  year  1066  William  the  Conqueror 
invaded  England  with  an  army  of  Normans  and  established 
a  Norman  civilization  among  the  Anglo-Saxons.  The  Normans 
spoke  a  kind  of  French,  which,  as  has  been  said,  is  a  modern 
form  of  Latin,  and  from  this  source  hundreds  of  so-called  Latin 
derivatives  were  added  to  our  vocabulary.  Some  of  these 
derivatives  are  pure  Latin  and  others  differ  only  in  their 
endings.    Note  the  following  examples  : 

Latin  Words  English  Words 

horror  horror 

census  census 

animal  animal 

labor  labor 

superior  superior 

inferior  inferior 

calamitas  calamity 

barbarus  barbarous 

virtus  virtue 

Besides,  in  later  years  many  Latin  words  have  been  brought 
into  English  through  the  writings  of  scholars,  and  many  of  the 
technical  terms  used  in  the  sciences  and  the  professions  of 
law,  medicine,  engineering,  etc.,  are  of  Latin  derivation,  and 
many  new  inventions  are  given  Latin  names. 


WHY  STUDY  LATIN.? 

Latin,  as  we  have  seen,  touches  the  life  of  the  modern 
world  in  many  ways  and  the  study  of  it  adds  greatly  to  our 
intelligence  and  efficiency.  Indeed,  few  studies  are  more  prac- 
tical. You  may  be  asked  why  you  are  studying  Latin.  The 
following  summary  of  reasons  will  help  you  to  make  a  forceful 
and  convincing  reply : 


4  WHY   STUDY   LATIN? 

1.  Latin  was  the  language  of  the  Romans,  on  whose  civili- 
zation our  own  civilization  is  largely  based.  In  their  writings 
we  find  the  origin  and  the  reason  for  many  of  our  institutions. 

2.  In  Roman  literature  we  find  the  models  which  modern 
writers  have  imitated.  Our  literature  is  full  of  allusions  and 
quotations  which  only  the  student  of  Latin  can  fully  understand. 

3.  A  knowledge  of  French,  Spanish,  Portuguese,  or  Italian 
is  best  obtained  by  studying  Latin  first.  The  value  of  these 
languages  to  an  American  is  greater  today  than  ever  before. 

4.  Latin  grammar  makes  English  grammar  easy,  and  a 
knowledge  of  Latin  words  makes  clear  the  meaning  of  English 
words.  A  mastery  of  English  is  gained  by  the  study  of 
Latin,  and  the  ability  to  use  good  English  promotes  success 
in  every  calling.  Even  a  year  or  two  of  Latin  will  be  a  great 
help  in  grammar,  spelling,  and  composition. 

5.  A  knowledge  of  Latin  is  of  great  service  in  the  pursuit 
of  the  sciences  and  professions.  That  is  why  Latin  is  required 
for  entrance  to  schools  of  medicine,  law,  engineering,  and  other 
higher  institutions  of  learning. 

QUESTIONS 

What  is  Latin .?  Where  is  Latium  ?  Where  is  Rome  ?  What  river 
flows  through  Rome  ?  What  date  is  given  for  the  founding  of  Rome  ? 
How  long  did  the  Roman  Empire  endure  ?  How  wide  was  its  power  ? 
What  was  the  language  of  the  Roman  Empire  ?  What  besides  their 
language  did  the  Romans  impress  upon  the  world  ?  What  is  meant 
by  the  Romance  languages  ?  If  you  wish  to  master  French  or 
Spanish,  what  language  should  you  study  first  ?  Why  ?  Is  Latin  a 
dead  language  ?  What  great  service  did  Latin  render  during  the  Dark 
Ages .?  Why  do  some  scholars  still  write  their  books  in  Latin  ?  What 
proportion  of  English  words  is  of  Latin  origin  ?  How  did  this  come 
about  ?  What  five  reasons  can  you  give  for  the  study  of  Latin  ? 
Which  one  of  these  reasons  do  you  consider  the  most  important  ? 


FIRST  HALF  YEAR 

THE  ALPHABET  AND  SOUNDS  OF 
THE  LETTERS 

Errare  humanum  est  —  To  err  is  human ^ 
THE  ALPHABET 

1.  The  Latin  alphabet  is  the  same  as  the  Enghsh  except 
that  it  has  no  j  or  w, 

2.  The  vowels,  as  in  English,  are  a,  e,  i,  o,  u,  y.  The  other 
letters  are  consonants. 

3.  The  letter  i  is  used  both  as  a  vowel  and, as  a  consonant. 
When  standing  first  with  a  vowel  following  it,  or  between  vowels 
within  a  word,  it  has  the  value  of  a  consonant,  and  is  called 
f  consonant. 

Thus,  in  iam  and  maior,  i  is  a  consonant;  in  ianitor  the  first  i  is 
a  consonant,  the  second  is  a  vowel. 

SOUNDS  OF  THE  LETTERS 

4.  The  sounds  of  the  letters  are  best  learned  by  hearing  them 
correctly  pronounced.  The  matter  in  sections  5-7  is,  therefore, 
intended  for  reference  rather  than  for  assignment  as  a  lesson. 
As  a  first  step  it  is  suggested  that  the  teacher  pronounce  the 
examples  in  class,  the  pupils  following. 

1  From  Seneca,  a  Roman  philosopher. 
5 


6  VOWEL  SOUNDS 

5.  Vowels.  Vowels  are  either  long  or  short.  In  this  book 
long  vowels  are  marked  (a),  short  ones  are  unmarked  (a).  The 
vowels  have  the  following  sounds  : 


Long 

Short 

a  as  in  artist :  hac,  stas 

a  as  in  artistic :  amat,  canas 

e  as  dJ  mfate:  tela,  meta 

e  as  in  net :  tenet,  pedes 

i   as  in  machine :  serti,  prati 

i   SiS  in  bit:  sitis,  bibi 

0  as  in  bone :  Roma,  oris 

0  as  in  obey :  modo,  bonos 

u  as  in  mde :  umor,  tuber 

u  as  Yixfull'.  ut,  tutus 

6.  Diphthongs.  A  diphthong  is  a  combination  of  two  vowels 
in  a  single  syllable.  The  Latin  diphthongs  and  their  sounds 
are  as  follows  : 


ae   as  ai  in  aisle :  taedae 
au  as  ou  in  out :  gaudet 
ei    as  in  eight :  hei 

eu  almost  like  ew  in  new :  seu 

oe  as  oi  in  boil :  foedus 

ui  almost  like  we :  cui,  huic 

ROMAN   CHILDREN   AT   PLAY 


CONSONANT  SOUNDS 


7.  Consonants.    Consonants  are  pronounced  as  in  English, 
witli  the  following  exceptions  : 


c  always  has  the  sound  of  k :  cado,  cibus,  cena 

g  is  always  like  g  in  get :  gemo,  gigno 

i,  when  a  consonant,  is  sounded  like  y  in  yes :  iam,  iocus,  cuius 

qu,  gu,  and  sometimes  su  before  a  vowel,  have  the  sound  of  qw, 

gw,  and  sw,  respectively :  inquit,  lingua,  suadeo 
s  is  always  like  s  in  sea :  rosa,  is 

t  is  always  like  t  in  native  (never  as  in  nation) :  ratio,  natio 
V  has  the  sound  of  w  :  vinum,  vir 
X  always  has  the  sound  of  ks :  extra,  exactus 
bs,  bt,  are  like  ps,  pt :  urbs,  obtineo 
ch,  ph,  th,  are  like  <r,  /,  t\  pulcher,  Phoebe,  theatrum 


8.  Learn  the  following  Latin  mottoes : 

E  pluribus  unum,  one  out  of  maiiy  (motto  of  the  United  States). 

out  of     many  one 

Ad  astra  per  aspera,  to  the  stars  through  difficulties  (motto  of  Kansas). 

to      stars  through 

difficulties 

Labor  omnia  vincit,  toil  co7iquers  all  things  (quotation  from  the 

toil        all  things    conquers 

Latin  poet  Vergil). 


ROMAN   WRITING  TABLETS 


SYLLABLES,  QUANTITY,  AND  ACCENT 

Festlna  lente —  Make  haste  slowly  ^ 
SYLLABLES 

9.  A  Latin  word  has  as  many  syllables  as  it  has  vowels 
and  diphthongs. 

Thus,  li-ber'-tas  has  three  syllables,  au-di-en'-dae  has  four. 

10.  Words  are  divided  into  syllables  as  follows  : 

a.  A  single  consonant  between  two  vowels  is  pronounced  with  the 
following  vowel:  as,  a-ma'-bi-lis,  a'-best,  pe-re'-git;  also  bl,  br,  tr, 
and  similar  combinations  with  1  or  r  that  can  be  pronounced  in  one 
syllable  are  pronounced  with  a  following  vowel :  ^  as,  pu'-bli-cus, 
e'-bri-us,  ma'-tris,  a'-gri, 

h.  In  all  other  combinations  of  consonants  the  last  of  the  group 
is  pronounced  with  the  following  vowel :  as,  mag'-nus,  e-ges'-tas, 
hos'-pes,  an'-nus,  su-bac'-tus,  sanc'-tus,  il'-le. 

C.  The  last  syllable  of  a  word  is  called  the  uVti-ma ;  the  next  to 
the  last,  t\\Q  pe-nult' \  that  before  the  penult,  the  a7iHe-pe-mdt\ 

Thus,  amantur  consists  of  a-  (antepenult),  -man-  (penult),  -tur 
(ultima). 

QUANTITY  OF  SYLLABLES 

11.  The  quantity  of  a  syllable  is  the  time  occupied  in  pro- 
nouncing it.  About  twice  as  much  time  should  be  given  to 
long  (that  is,  slow)  syllables  as  to  short  (that  is,  quick)  ones. 

12.  A  syllable  is  long  if  it  contains  a  long  vowel  or  a 
diphthong :  as,  cu'-ro,  poe'-nae,  aes-ta'-te ;  or  if  it  ends  in  a 
consonant  which  is  followed  by  another  consonant :  as,  the  first 

^  A  favorite  saying  of  Augustus,  the  first  emperor  of  Rome. 
2  But  prepositional  compounds  follow  rule  b :  as,  ab'-lu5,  ab-rum'p6,  etc. 

8 


ACCENT  •  PARTS  OF  SPEECH  9 

syllables  of  cor'-pus   and  mag'-nus.     All  other  syllables  are 
short :   as,  a'-ni-mal,  me-mo'-ri-am,  nu'-me-rus,  pa'-tri-a. 

Note.  The  vowel  in  a  long  syllable  may  be  either  long  or  short,  and 
should  be  pronounced  accordingly.  Thus,  in  ter-ra,  in-ter,  the  first  syllable 
is  long,  but  the  vowel  in  each  case  is  short  and  should  be  given  the  short 
sound.  In  words  like  saxum  the  first  syllable  is  long  because  x  has  the 
value  of  two  consonants  (cs  or  gs). 

ACCENT 

13.  Words  of  two  syllables  are  accented  on  the  first :  as, 
men'-sa,  Cae'-sar. 

14.  Words  of  more  than  two  syllables  are  accented  on  the 
penult  if  the  penult  is  long.  If  the  penult  is  short,  the  ante- 
penult is  accented.  Thus,  mo-ne'-mus,  re'-gi-tur,  a-gri'- co-la, 
a-man'-dus,  a-man'-tur. 

15.  Sing  the  following  translation  of  the  first  two  stanzas 
of  "America"  :i 

Te  cano,  Patria,  Te  cano,  Patria, 

Candida,  libera;  semper  et  atria 

te  referet  ingenuum ; 

portus  et  exulum  laudo  virentia 

et  tumulus  senum ;  culmina,  flumina  ; 

libera  montium  sentio  gaudia 

vox  resonet.  caelicolum. 

THE  PARTS  OF  SPEECH 

16.  Words,  according  to  their  use,  are  divided  into  eight 
classes  called  parts  of  speech  :  nouns,  pronouns,  adjectives, 
verbs,  adverbs,  prepositions,  conjunctions,  and  interjections. 
The  parts  of  speech  in  English  and  in  Latin  are  the  same. 

1  Translated  by  Professor  George  D.  Kellogg,  Union  College,  and  pub- 
lished in  the  Classical  Weekly,  VIII,  7. 


lO 


PARTS  OF  SPEECH 


17.  Nouns.  A  noun  is  the  name  of  a  person  or  thing:  as, 
Caesar,  Ccesar ;  Roma,  Rome ;  domus,  house ;  virtus,  virtue. 

18.  Pronouns.  A  pronoun  {pro^  *  instead  of,'  and  7ioim)  is  a 
word  used  instead  of  a  noun. 

Thus,  in  /  am  stzidyi?tg  Latin^  I  is  used  instead  of  the 
speaker's  name.  Pronouns  are  often  used  to  avoid  repeating 
the  same  noun :  as.  The  soldiers  are  wea7y ;  they  have 
marched  many  hotirs. 

a.  Nouns  and  pronouns  are  called  substantives. 

19.  Adjectives.  An  adjective  is  a  word  that  describes  a 
noun  or  pronoun,  and  is  said  to  belong  to  the  word  which  it 
describes  :  as.  The  great  forest  was  full  of  beautiful  flowers. 

20.  Verbs.  A  verb  is  a  word  which  asserts  something  (usu- 
ally an  act)  about  a  person  or  thing :  as,  The  girl  is  carrying 
water.    She  has  a  rose  in  her  hair. 


INTERIOR  VIEW  OF  A   ROMAN   HOUSE 


LESSON   I 

Carpe  diem — Make  the  most  of  today  ^ 
FIRST  PRINCIPLES  OF  SYNTAX 

21.  Subject  and  Predicate.  A  sentence  is  a  group  of  words 
expressing  a  thought.  A  sentence  consists  of  two  parts,  a 
S7tbject  and  a  predicate, 

22.  The  subject  is  the  person  or  thing  spoken  of. 

23.  The  predicate  says  something  about  the  subject. 


SU  INJECT 

Predicate 

Puel'la 

The  girl 

regi'nam  vo'cat 

calls  the  queen 

Les'bia 

Tfsbia 

bo'nam  memo'riam  ha'bet 

has  a  good  memory 

24.  Transitive  and  Intransitive  Verbs.  Some  verbs  are  fol- 
lowed by  nouns  or  pronouns  which  receive  their  action  and 
complete  the  sense.  Such  verbs  are  called  transitive  verbs, 
and  the  nouns  or  pronouns  are  called  the  direct  objects. 

Thus,  in  the  sentences  above,  vocat  {calls^  and  habet  {has)  are  transi- 
tive verbs,  and  reginam  {queen)  and  memoriam  (memory)  are  their 
direct  objects. 

25.  Verbs  that  have  no  direct  object  are  called  intransitive 
verbs :  as, 

Puel'la  pro'perat,  the  girl  hastens 
Agri'cola  labo'rat,  the  farmer  toils 

^  From  Horace,  a  Roman  poet.    Literally,  Seize  the  day. 


12  FIRST  PRINCIPLES  OF  SYNTAX 

26.  A  form  of  the  verb  to  be  {is,  are,  was,  etc.),  connecting 
the  subject  with  a  noun  or  adjective  in  the  predicate,  is  called 
the  copula  ('joiner'  or  'link'):  as, 

lu'lia  est  pul'chra  puel'la,  Julia  is  a  pretty  girl 

EXERCISE 

27.  Pronounce  the  Latin  of  the  following  sentences  and 
name  the  nouns,  pronouns,  adjectives,  verbs,  copulas,  subjects, 
objects,  and  predicates,  and  state  whether  the  verbs  are  transi- 
tive or  intransitive  : 

1.  E'go    pa'triam     a'mo. 

/     {my)  country     love. 

2.  Puel'lae      in      mag'nam     silVam    pro'perant. 
{The)  girls   into     {the)  great      forest     are-hastening. 

3.  Les'bia,        pul'chra  fi'lia  agri'colae,     nul'lam 

Lesbia,      {the)  beautiful      daughter       of  {the)  farmer,       no 
pecu^niam  ha'bet. 
mofiey         has. 

4.  Agri'cola  fi'liam         ex        parVa       ca'sa  vo'cat. 
{The)  farmer    {his)  daughter  from     {the)  little   cottage    calls. 

5.  Is    pul'chram    puel'lam    a'mat. 
He    {the)  pretty         girl  loves. 

6.  Lin'gua      Lati'na    est    pul^chra. 
The  language    Latin        is      beautiful. 

Note.  Latin  has  no  article  the  or  a ;  thus  puella  may  mean  the  girl, 
a  girl,  or  simply  ^/r/.  Further,  the  possessive  adjectives  ;;/y,  your,  his,  her, 
etc.  are  not  expressed  if  the  meaning  of  the  sentence  is  clear  without 
them.    Note,  too,  in  6  that  in  Latin  the  adjective  may  follow  the  noun. 


^ 

^  ^ 

<u 

(U    o 

> 

'^  « 

3 

u 

o    > 

m 

O     1-1 

c 

^    <u 

o 

a 

3    '^ 

c 

V) 

>.^ 

^3 

Ui 

J 

CTl 

^    <u 

3 

< 

-JCI 

T,-^ 

4-1  . 

o 

(U      (U 

:3 
o 

Q 
W 

H 

c 
o 

o 

o    c 

<^ 

<1^   J_. 

Vn 

U 

hn 

,^<s 

O 

c 

F 

o 

•3   « 

13 
r: 

5 

s 

Oh 

^,.2 

S 

H 

o 

fe 

o 

O 

w 

^ 

1 

<u    o 

p-1  -^ 

Q 

3 

W 

c/i  3 

■J;J 

H 

o| 

rt 

13 
O 

a, 
g 

as 

W 

•S   »- 

<U 

§ 

.^ 

^ 

CJ 

CJ 

i 

tn 

^ 

> 

o 

c3 

fe 

jyT 

^ 

O 

n-. 

n3 

^ 

ID 

>%  rt 

cu 

w 

Ph 

(X 

> 

C/3 

^  g 

>-, 

aj 

o 

F  .i^' 

w 

(U 

g-^ 

1-; 

H 

H-l       (U 

-a 

o 

.     "cJ 

^3 

>>'a 

<U 

u    S 

(U    <u 

S 

o 

55 

l^ 

O   1— ( 

LESSON   II 

Audentes  fortuna  iuvat — Fortune  favors  the  brave  * 
INFLECTION  AND  CASES 

28.  Inflection.  Words  may  change  their  forms  to  indicate 
some  change  in  their  meaning,  or  their  use  in  a  sentence : 
as,  is^  are ;  ktiow,  knezv ;  zve^  us ;  woman ^  womaiis^  women. 
This  change  is  called  inflection, 

29.  The  inflection  of  a  verb  is  called  its  conjugation ;  that 
of  a  noun,  adjective,  or  pronoun,  its  declension. 

30.  Declension.  To  decline  a  word  means  to  give  in  order 
all  its  different  forms  :  as,  who^  whose^  whom.  Each  one  of 
the  forms  is  called  a  case. 

31.  Cases  in  English.    Observe  the  following  sentences  : 

Who  is  this  man  ? 
Whose  son  is  he  ? 
Whom  do  I  see  ? 

We  use  the  form  ivho  as  the  subject,  whose  to  denote  pos- 
session, and  whom  as  the  object.  The  three  forms  illustrate 
the  three  cases  found  in  English. 

The  subject  case  is  called  the  Nominative  case. 

The  case  of  the  possessor  is  called  the  Possessive  case. 

The  object  case  is  called  the  Objective  case. 

32.  Cases  in  Latin.  In  Latin  the  subject  case  is  called  the 
NomHnative ;  the  possessive,  or  case  of  the  possessor,  is  called 
the  Gen'itive ;  and  the  object  case  is  called  the  Accti'sative. 

1  From  Vergil,  Rome's  greatest  epic  poet. 
13 


14  INFLECTION  AND  CASES 

Gal'ba  (nominative)  est  agri'cola,  Galba  (subject)  is  a  farmer 
Gal'bae  (genitive)  fi'lia  est  Les'bia,  Galba' s  (possessor)  daughter 

is  Lesbia 
Gal'bam  (accusative)  fi'lia  a'mat,  {Ids)  daughter  loves   Galba 

(object) 

33.  Rule  for  Nominative  Subject.  The  subject  of  afijtite 
verb  is  in  the  Nominative  and  a^iswers  the  question  Who  ? 
or  What  ? 

34.  Rule  for  Genitive  of  the  Possessor.  The  word  de- 
noting the  ow7ier  or  possessor  of  somethi^ig  is  in  the 
Genitive  and  answers  the  question  Whose  ? 

35.  Rule  for  Accusative  Object.  The  direct  object  of  a 
traiisitive  verb  is  in  the  Accusative  and  answers  the 
question  Whom?  or  What? 

36.  When  the  nominative  singular  ends  in  -a  (as,  Galba), 
the  genitive  singular  ends  in  -ae  and  the  accusative  singular  in  -am. 

EXERCISES 

37.  In  the  following  sentences  add  the  proper  Latin  endings  : 

1.  Lesbia  (subject)  loves  the  farmer  (object),  Lesbi-  amat  agricol- 

2.  The  farmer's   (possessor)    daughter   (subject)    loves    Galba 

(object),  agricol-    fill-    amat  Galb- 

3.  The  farmer  (subject)    calls    Galba' s   (possessor)    daughter 

(object),  agricol-    vocat  Galba-    fili- 

38.  State  what  nouns  in  the  following  sentences  would  be 
nominative,  genitive,  and  accusative  if  translated  into  Latin  : 

I.  A  lion  was  terrifying  the  villagers.  2.  A  hunter  found 
the  lion's  den.  3.  The  hunter  shot  the  lion  and  captured  the 
lion's  cubs.    4.  The  lion's  cubs  bit  the  hunter's  hand. 


LESSON   III 

Flat  lux  —  Let  there  be  light  1 
FORMS  AND  POSITION 

39.  English  and  Latin  Compared.     Observe  the  following 

sentences : 

Galba  loves  his  daughter 
His  daughter  loves  Galba 

The  nouns  Galba  and  da^ighter  have  the  same  form  in  both 
these  sentences,  although  the  noun  that  is  the  subject  in  the 
one  becomes  the  object  in  the  other.  In  other  words,  the  nomi- 
native and  the  objective  case  are  alike  in  English,  and  the  only 
way  to  distinguish  them  is  by  the  order  of  the  words. 

In  the  Latin  of  this  sentence  no  doubt  can  arise,  for  the  sub- 
ject ends  in  -a  and  the  object  in  -am,  and  this  remains  true 
no  matter  in  what  order  the  words  are  written. 

Gal'ba  a'mat  fi'liam 
Fi'liam  a'mat  Gal'ba 
A'mat  Gal'ba  fi'liam 
Gal'ba  fi'liam  a'mat 


Galba  loves  his  daughter 


As  you  see,  all  these  arrangements  mean  the  same  thing. 
The  form  of  the  Latin  noun,  therefore,  and  not  its  position  in 
the  sentence,  shows  its  use. 

40.  Position  of  Subject  and  Verb.  The  subject  of  a  short, 
disconnected  sentence  generally  stands  first ;  the  verb,  last. 
But  est,  is,  and  other  forms  of  the  verb  to  be  usually  stand, 
as  in  English,  between  the  subject  and  a  noun  or  adjective 
in  the  predicate  :  as, 

Gal'ba  est  agri'cola,  Galba  is  a  farmer 

1  From  the  Latin  translation  of  the  Bible. 
'5 


i6 


FORMS  AND  POSITION 


41.  Position  of  Genitive.  The  genitive  may  stand  either 
before  or  after  the  noun  to  which  it  belongs  :  as,  Gal'bae  f i'lia 
or  f  i'lia  Gal'bae,  G alb  as  daughter. 

VOCABULARY 

42.  Learn  the  following  words  so  that  you  can  give  the 
English  for  the  Latin  or  the  Latin  for  the  English : 

di%Ti^ QxAdi^  farmer  a'mat,  loves ^  is-loving 

fi'lia,  daughter  pro'perat,  hastens^  is-hastening 

puel'la,  girl  vo'cat,  calls,  is-calling 

regi'na,  queen 

EXERCISES 

Note.  In  translating  a  Latin  genitive  into  English  we  may  use  either 
the  preposition  of  and  the  noun,  or  its  possessive  case :  as,  filia  reginae, 
the  daughter  of  the  queen,  or  the  queen's  daughter. 

43.  I.  Regina    puellam    amat.      2.  Puella    reginam    amat. 

3.  Filia  agricolae  properat.  4.  Puella  filiam  agricolae  vocat. 
5.  Filia  agricolae  puellam  amat.  6.  Regina  agricolam  vocat, 
agricola  properat. 

44.  I.  The  farmer  is-calling  (his)  daughter.  2.  The  daughter 
is-calling  the  farmer.    3.  The  girl  loves  the  queen's  daughter. 

4.  The  queen's  daughter  calls  the  girl.  5.  The  queen  is-hastening. 


^''•ii'rf 

F    '             'li.C 

^x^yUt^'Tl 

WMi 

IiRh 

j% 

■ii 

W^SSM^^ 

^^^^ 

H)s»Wk 

H 

w 

i 

SINGING  THE   WEDDING   SONG 


LESSON   IV 

Omne  initium  est  difficile  —  Every  beginning  is  hard ^ 
NUMBER  •  AGREEMENT  OF  VERBS 

45.  Number.  Latin,  like  English,  has  two  numbers,  singular 
and  plural. 

46.  Plural  of  Nouns.  In  English  the  plural  of  nouns  is 
usually  formed  by  adding  -s  or  -es  to  the  singular.  So  Latin 
changes  the  singular  to  the  plural  by  changing  the  ending. 

SINGULAR 
NoM.  (subject)        puell-a,  girl 
Gen.  (possessor)     puell-ae,  girVs^  of  the  girl 
Ace.  (object)  puell-am,  girl 

PLURAL 

NoM.  (subject)        puell-ae,  girls 

Gen.  (possessor)     puell-arum,  girls\  of  the  girls 

Ace.  (object)  puell-as,  girls 

Note  that  the  genitive  singular  and  the  nominative  plural 
are  alike. 

a.  Some  Latin  words  ending  in  -a  have  passed  into  English  without 
change  and  form  the  plural  in  -ae :  as,  alumna^  alum?iae ;  formula, 
formulae-,  minutia,  mi7iutiae\  nebula,  nebulae-,  vertebra,  vertebrae. 
Consult  the  dictionary  for  the  meaning  of  these  words. 

47.  Plural  of  Verbs.  Verbs,  as  well  as  nouns,  form  the 
plural  with  different  endings.  In  the  singular  the  third  person 
ends  in  -t,  in  the  plural  in  -nt.    Thus, 

porta-t,  he  (she,  it)  carries  porta-nt,  they  carry 

puella  portat,  the  girl  carries  puellae  portant,  the  girls  carry 

1  A  Latin  proverb. 
17 


1 8  AGREEMENT  OF  VERBS 

The  endings  -t  and  -nt,  which  show  the  person  and  number 
of  the  verb,  are  called  personal  eiidings^  and  take  the  place  of 
the  English  personal  pronouns. 

48.  Rule  for  Agreement  of  Verbs.  The  verb  agrees  with 
its  subject  in  person  and  number, 

EXERCISES 

49.  Write  and  give  orally  the  nominative,  genitive,  and 
accusative,  singular  and  plural,  of  the  Latin  nouns  meaning 
farmer^  daughter^  qiieen^  girl, 

50.  Write  and  give  orally  the  third  person  singular  and 
plural  of  the  Latin  verbs  meaning  love,  call,  hasten. 

51.  Derivation.  Define  the  following  English  words  :  vocal, 
vocation,  filial,  amiable,  agriculture.  To  what  Latin  words  are 
they  related  ? 


• 

^ 

^  i 

^ 

x^  s 

S 

h 

hI\^ 

1 

'f^^iS^^^ifi'uE^sr^'t. 

aei-;^ 

d^ 

PLAYING   JACKSTONES 


LESSON  V 

Bis  dat  qui  cito  dat — He  gives  twice  who  gives  quickly  * 
THE  DATIVE  CASE  •  INDIRECT  OBJECT  •  PREDICATE  NOUN 

52.  Dative  Case.  In  English  many  relationships  between 
words  are  expressed  by  to,  for,  from,  with,  in,  at,  and  the  like. 
These  are  called  prepositions.  Latin,  too,  often  makes  a  similar 
use  of  prepositions,  but  frequently  expresses  such  relationships 
by  means  of  case  forms  that  English  does  not  possess.  One  of 
these  cases  is  called  the  Da'tive. 

53.  The  dative  case  is  used  after  verbs  and  adjectives  to 
express  the  relation  conveyed  in  English  by  the  prepositions 
to  or  for  somebody  or  something. 

He  gave  the  money  to  John  They  are  ready  ^r  war 

She  was  kind  to  him  He  is  no  imXch  for  you 

Note.  To  or  for  in  expressions  of  motion,  like  He  went  to  New  York, 
He  sailed  for  Europe,  are  not  denoted  by  the  dative. 

54.  What  dative  relations  do  you  discover  in  the  following  .'* 

To  Captain  Smith  was  given  the  cross  of  war,  an  honor  great 
enough  for  any  man.  He  was  always  ready  for  action  and 
was  equal  to  all  demands.  To  him  nothing  seemed  impossible. 
No  wonder  the  general  said  to  him,  "France  gives  to  you 
an  honor  well  deserved." 

55.  Case  Endings  of  Dative.  When  the  nominative  singular 
ends  in  -a,  the  dative  singular  ends  in  -ae  and  the  dative 
plural  in  -is. 

Note.  The  genitive  singular,  the  dative  singular,  and  the  nominative 
plural  have  the  same  ending,  -ae  ;  but  the  uses  of  the  three  cases  are  different. 

1  From  Andrea  Alciati,  an  Itahan  author  of  maxims. 
19 


20  INDIRECT  OBJECT  •  PREDICATE  NOUN 

56.  Indirect  Object.  In  English  the  person  to  whom  some- 
thing is  given ^  told,  refused,  etc.  is  called  the  indirect  object. 

The  queen  gives  money  to  the  girl  (or  gives  the  girl  money) 

57.  The  indirect  object  is  clearly  a  dative  relation  (§  53)  and 
is  expressed  in  Latin  by  the  dative  case. 

Regina  puellae  pecuniam  dat 

58.  Rule  for  Dative  of  Indirect  Object.  T/ie  indirect 
object  of  a  verb  is  iji  the  dative, 

59.  The  indirect  object  may  either  precede  or  follow  the 
direct  object. 

60.  Predicate  Noun.  A  noun  standing  in  the  predicate, 
describing  or  defining  the  subject  and  connected  with  it  by 
some  form  of  the  verb  to  be,  is  called  a  predicate  noun. 

Galba  est  agricola,  Galba  is  a  farmer 

61.  Rule  for  Predicate  Noun.  A  predicate  noun  agrees 
with  the  subject  in  case, 

EXERCISES 

62.  Write  the  nominative,  genitive,  dative,  and  accusative, 
singular  and  plural,   of  the  nouns  agricola,  regina,  puella. 

First  learn  the  special  vocabulary,  page  361 

63.  I .  Puella  est  regina.  2.  Puellae  sunt  reginae.  3.  Agricola 
properat.  4.  Agricolae  properant.  5.  Filiae  agricolarum  regi- 
nam  vocant.  6.  Filia  agricolae  reginam  vocat.  7.  Regina  puellis 
agricolae  pecuniam  dat.  8.  Filiae  reginae  fabulas  puellis  agri- 
colarum narrant. 

64.  I.  The  queen  is  a  farmer's  daughter.  2.  The  girls  give 
the  farmers'  money  to-the-queen.  3.  The  girl  is-telHng  the 
queen's  daughter  a  story.  4.  The  girl  loves  the  queen's  daughter. 
5.  The  girls  are  daughters  of -farmers. 


LESSON  VI 

Ars  longa,  vita  brevis  —  Art  is  long,  time  is  fleeting^ 

THE  ABLATIVE  CASE  •  THE  FIRST  DECLENSION 

65.  Ablative  Case.  Another  case  lacking  in  English,  but 
found  in  Latin,  is  the  AUlative.  This  case  is  used  to  express 
the  relations  conveyed  in  English  by  the  prepositions  from,  by, 
with,  at,  in,  or  on.  Sometimes,  as  will  be  shown  later  (§  79), 
Latin  uses  similar  prepositions  with  the  ablative. 

66.  Ablative  Relations.  What  ablative  relations  do  you  dis- 
cover in  the  following  sentences  ? 

At  two  o'clock  the  troops  began  to  march  by,  the  general  with 
his  staff  leading  the  van.  Many  thousands  were  in  line  and 
the  ground  shook  with  their  martial  tread.  From  sidewalks, 
windows,  and  housetops  the  spectators  viewed  the  wonder- 
ful sight.  On  every  side  flags  were  waving  in  the  breeze 
and  everyone  was  wild  with  joy.  Our  boys  were  back 
from  France. 

67.  Case  Endings  of  Ablative.  When  the  nominative  singu- 
lar ends  in  -a,  the  ablative  singular  ends  in  -a,  and  the  ablative 
plural  in  -is. 

a.  Note  that  the  final  -a  is  long  in  the  ablative  and  short  in  the 
nominative:  aqua,  nominative;  aqua,  ablative. 

&.  Note  that  the  ablative  plural  is  like  the  dative  plural. 

68.  Declensions.    Latin  has  five  declensions. 

1  Latin  form  of  a  saying  attributed  to  the  Greek  writer  Hippocrates. 
Literally,  A7't  long,  life  short.  The  verb  to  be  is  often  omitted  when  it  can 
readily,  be  supplied. 

21 


22  FIRST  DECLENSION 

69.  The  declension  to  which  a  noun  belongs  is  shown  by  the 
ending  of  the  genitive  singular. 

70.  First  Declension.  Nouns  having  the  ending  -ae  in  the 
genitive  singular  belong  to  the  First  Declension.  They  are 
declined  as  follows  : 

Noun  Translation  Use  of  Each  Case 

SINGULAR 

NoM.    aqua  the  water  The  subject 

Gen.    aquae  of  the  ivatcr^  or  the  The  possessor 

water  s^ 

Dat.    aquae  to  ox  for  the  water  The  indirect  object 

Ace.     aquam         the  water  The  direct  object 

Abl.    aqua  from,  by,  with,  at,  in,  Relation     denoted     by 

or  071  the  water  the  prepositionsy>'<?;;/, 

by,  with,  at,  in,  or  on 

PLURAL 

NoM.   aquae  the  waters  The  subject 

Gen.    aqua'rum    of  the  waters,  or  the  The  possessor 

waters 

Dat.    aquis  to  ox  for  the  waters  The  indirect  object 

Ace.     aquas  the  waters  The  direct  object 

Abl.     aquis  from,  by,  with,  at,  in.  Relation     denoted     by 

or  on  the  waters  the  prepositions/>z?w, 

by,  with,  at,  in,  or  07i 

a.  The  nouns  filia,  daughter,  and  dea,  goddess,  have  filiabus  and 
deabus  in  the  dative  and  ablative  plural. 

71.  Base.  That  part  of  the  word  which  remains  unchanged 
throughout  the  declension,  and  to  which  the  terminations  are 
added,  is  called  the  base.    Thus,  aqu-  is  the  base  of  aqua. 


FIRST  DECLENSION  23 

72.  How  to  learn  a  Declension.  First  pronounce  each  form  care- 
fully, with  due  regard  for  the  sounds  of  the  letters  and  the  accent, 
giving  the  corresponding' English  meaning.  Repeat  again  and  again 
until  you  have  the  declension  memorized.  Then  close  your  book  and 
write  the  Latin  forms,  marking  the  quantity  of  the  long  vowels  in  the 
case  endings,  and  write  also  the  meaning  of  each  form.  Then  open 
your  book  and  correct  any  errors  in  your  work.  For  further  drill 
make  a  blank  scheme  of  the  declension  as  shown  below,  and,  pointing 
rapidly  with  your  pencil  to  the  different  spaces,  give  quickly  the  Latin 
forms  that  would  appear  there,  using  a  variety  of  words.  Persist  in 
drilling  yourself  until  you  can  give  the  ten  Latin  forms  complete  in 
ten  seconds. 

PLURAL 


NOM. 

SINGULAR 

Gen. 

DAT. 

• 

Ace. 

Abl. 

EXERCISES 

73.  Write  the  declension  of  puella,  dea,  and  agricola,  v^ith 
the  meaning  of  each  form. 

74.  Give  orally  the  declension  of  fabula,  regina,  filia,  pecunia. 

75.  Give  the  case  or  the  cases,  and  the  meaning  or  the 
meanings,  of  the  following :  puellarum,  filiabus,  pecuniae, 
fabula,  reginam,  deas,  agricolis. 

76.  Derivation.  The  noun  aqua  appears  in  the  English  words 
aquarmin,  aqtieotis,  aquatic,  aqtiechLct.  What  do  they  mean  } 
Consult  the  English  dictionary  if  you  do  not  know. 


LESSON  VII 

Mens  Sana  in  corpore  sano  —  A  sound  mind  in  a  sound  body ^ 
PREPOSITIONS 

77.  While  many  relations  expressed  in  English  by  preposi- 
tions are  in  Latin  expressed  by  case  forms,  still  prepositions  are 
of  frequent  occurrence,  but  only  with  the  accusative  or  ablative. 

78.  Prepositions  with  Accusative.  The  relations  /<?,  into^ 
and  through  in  expressions  of  motion  are  expressed  in  Latin 
by  the  prepositions  ad,  in,  and  per,  with  the  accusative. 

Nauta  ad  aquam  properat,  the  sailor  haste?is  to  the  water 
Nauta  in  aquam  properat,  the  sailor  hastens  into  the  water 
Nauta  per  aquam  properat,  the  sailor  hastens  through  the  water 

79.  Prepositions  with  Ablative.  The  relations  from  the  side 
ofy  in  compa?iy  withy  and  itt  or  07t  are  expressed  in  Latin 
by  the  prepositions  a  or  ab,  cum,  and  in,  with  the  ablative. 

Nauta  ah  aqua  properat,  the  sailor  hastens  from  the  water 
Nauta  cum  Galba  properat,  the  sailor  hastens  with  Galba 
Nauta  in  aqua  est,  the  sailor  is  iii  (or  on^  the  water 

Note.  The  preposition  a  is  used  only  before  words  beginning  with  a 
consonant,  ab  before  either  vowels  or  consonants. 

^  From  Juvenal,  a  Roman  poet. 


PREPOSITIONS 


25 


80.  The  meanings  of  a  (or  ab),  ad,  in,  and  per  are  illus- 
trated by  the  following  diagram,  the  square  representing  the 
place  in  question  : 


per 

{through)  with  the  ace. 

> 

in  {info)  with 

the  ace. 

a,  ab  {from) 

ad  {to)  with  the  ace. 

Place 
in  {in^  07i)  with  the  abl. 

with  the  abl. 

EXERCISES 

First  learn  the  special  vocabulary,  page  361 

81.  I .  Nautae  aquam  amant ;  agricolae  terram  amant.  2.  Nauta 
cum  filiabus  reginae  ab  terra  ad  aquam  properat.  3.  Filiae 
reginae  in  {on)  aqua  sunt.  4.  Nautae  per  aquas  properant. 
5.  Agricola  filiabus  reginae  aquam  dat.  6.  Puellae  agricolarum 
in  terra  sunt. 

82.  I.  Lesbia  hastens  from  the  land  to  the  water.  2.  The 
sailors  are  in  the  water.  3.  Galba  is  with  the  farmers'  daughters. 
4.  The  queens'  daughters  hasten  through  the  land. 


First  Review  of  Vocabulary  and  Grammar,  §§  732-736 


I  AM  OF  THE  OPINION  THAT  THE  VALUE  OF  CLASSICAL  STUDIES  IS  SERI- 
OUSLY UNDERESTIMATED  TODAY.  WHOLLY  OUTSIDE  OF  THEIR  ACKNOWL- 
EDGED LITERARY  VALUE,  CLASSICAL  STUDIES  CULTIVATE  THE  POWER  OF 
EXPRESSION  AND  A  DISCRIMINATING  USE  OF  WORDS  ESSENTIAL  TO  CLEAR- 
NESS OF  THINKING.  —  HERBERT  C.   HOOVER 


LESSON  VIII 

Numquam  retrorsum  —  Never  turn  back  i 

GENDER  •  DECLENSION,  AGREEMENT,  AND  POSITION  OF 
ADJECTIVES  •  THE  PREDICATE  ADJECTIVE 

83.  Gender.  Latin,  like  English,  has  three  genders :  mas- 
culine, feminine,  and  neuter. 

84.  Gender  in  English  is  distinction  according  to  sex.  Names 
of  males  are  masculine  ;  of  females,  feminine ;  and  of  things 
without  animal  life,  neuter.    This  is  called  natural  gender. 

85.  The  rules  for  natural  gender  are  applied  also  in  Latin  to 
beings  having  life  :  words  denoting  males  are  masculine,  and 
words  denoting  females  are  feminine.  But  the  gender  of 
words  denoting  things  is  generally  determined  by  the  termina- 
tion of  the  nominative  singular.  This  is  called  grammatical 
gender.  Hence  nouns  which  in  English  would  be  neuter  may 
in  Latin  be  masculine,  feminine,  or  neuter. 

Thus,  in  Latin,  sol,  sun,  is  masculine ;  luna,  moon,  feminine ; 
caelum,  sky,  neuter. 

86.  Gender  of  Nouns  of  First  Declension.  Nouns  of  the  first 
declension  2iXQ  femiiiine  unless  they  denote  males. 

Thus,  aqua,  zvater,  is  feminine,  but  nauta,  sailor,  is  masculine. 

87.  Adjectives.    Examine  the  following  sentence  : 

Puella  parva  bonam  reginam  amat,  the  little  girl  likes  the  good  queen 

In  this  sentence  parva,  little,  and  bonam,  good,  are  not 
nouns,  but  descriptive  words  expressing  quality.  Such  words 
are  called  adjectives  and  are  said  to  belong  to  the  noun 
which  they  describe. 

^  A  Latin  slogan.    Literally,  N'ever  backward. 
26 


DECLENSION   OF  ADJECTIVES  2/ 

88.  Declension  of  Adjectives.  In  English  the  adjective 
remains  unchanged  even  when  the  noun  changes  its  form  :  as, 
the  good  man,  the  good  mans^  the  good  men.  In  other  words, 
in  Enghsh,  adjectives  are  not  decHned.  In  Latin,  adjectives 
have  declensions  like  those  of  nouns. 

89.  Feminine  adjectives  in  -a  have  the  same  case  forms  as 
nouns  in  -a.  Decline  nouns  and  their  adjectives  together,  as 
follows : 

aqua  (base  aqu-),  f.,  water  \  bona  (base  bon-),  f.,  good 


Noun 

Adjective 

Terminations 

NOM. 

aqua 

bona 

good  water                               -a. 

Gen. 

aquae 

bonae 

of  good  water                           -ae 

DAT. 

aquae 

bonae 

to  ox  for  good  zv at er               -ae 

Ace. 

aquam 

bonam 

good  water                                -am 

Abl. 

aqua 

bona 

from,  luithy  by^  i7i  good  water  -a 

NOM. 

aquae 

bonae 

good  waters                               -ae 

Gen.  aqua'rum  bona'rum  of  good  zvaters  -arum 

DAT.  aquis  bonis  to  or  for  good  zvaters  -is 

Ace.  aquas        bonas        good  zvaters  -as 

Abl.  aquis  bonis         from,  zvith,  by,  in  g-ood  waters  -is 

90.  Agreement  of  Adjectives.    In  the  phrase  aqua  bona,  we 

have  a  feminine  noun  aqua  combined  with  a  feminine  adjective 
bona.  When  the  phrase  is  declined,  a  change  in  the  number 
or  the  case  of  the  noun  is  accompanied  by  a  corresponding 
change  in  the  adjective.    This  is  called  agree^nent. 

91.  Rule  for  Agreement  of  Adjectives.    Adjectives  agree 
with  their  nouns  in  gender^  number^  and  case, 

92.  An  adjective  may  either  precede  or  follow  its  noun. 


28 


PREDICATE  ADJECTIVE 


93.  Predicate  Adjective.  An  adjective  standing  in  the  predi- 
cate, but  describing  the  subject,  is  called  2. predicate  adjective. 

Puellae  sunt  pulchrae,  the  gir-ls  are  pretty 

Note.  In  English  the  predicate  adjective  is  often  called  the  attribute 
complement  or  subjective  complement. 

GALEA  ET  LESBIA 
First  learn  the  special  vocabulary,  page  361 

94.  Galba  est  agricola.  Lesbia  est  filia  Galbae.  Lesbia  est 
pulchra.  Galba  filiam  pulchram  amat.  Agricola  parvae  puellae 
bonas  fabulas  narrat.  Galba  cum  Lesbia  in  casa  parva  habitat. 
Galba  et  Lesbia  casam  parvam  amant.  Lesbia  Galbam  vocat  et 
agricola  ad  parvam  casam  properat  {see picture). 


-''^^ 


95.  I .  The  little  cottage  is  beautiful.  2.  Galba  hastens  through 
the  land  to  the  pretty  cottage.  3.  Galba  is  with  the  sailor.  4.  The 
girls  hasten  into  the  cottage.    5.  Farmers  live  in  small  cottages. 


LESSON   IX 

Fit  via  VI  —  Energy  wins  the  way^ 
THE  SECOND  DECLENSION  •  THE  VOCATIVE  CASE 

96.  Second  Declension.  Nouns  ending  in  -i  in  the  genitive 
singular  belong  to  the  Second  Declension. 

97.  Gender  and  Declension.  Nominatives  of  the  second  de- 
clension ending  in  -us  or  -er  are  masculine ;  those  ending  in 
-um  are  neuter. 

Thus,  servus,  slave,  and  ager,  field,  are  masculine ;  but  oppidum, 
town,  is  neuter. 

Masculine  nouns  in  -us  are  declined  as  follows  : 
servus  (base  serv-),  m.,  slave 
Terminations  Terminations 

NoM.     servus         -us  servi  -i 

Gen.      servi  -i  servorum  -orum 

DAT.      servo  -0  servis  -is 

Ace.      servum        -um  servos  -6s 

Abl.      servo  -o  servis  -is 

Note.   In  learning  all  declensions,  follow  the  suggestions  given  in  §  72. 

a.  Some  Latin  words  ending  in  -us  have  passed  into  English 
without  change  and  form  the  plural  in  -i :  as,  alumnus,  alum?ti; 
syllabus,  syllabi-,  focus,  foci;  radius,  radii;  stimulus,  stimuli;  nar- 
cissus, narcissi.  Consult  the  dictionary  for  the  meaning  of  these  words. 

98.  Vocative  Case.  A  noun  used  to  address  or  call  a  person 
is  in  the  vocative  case  (from  Latin  voco,  /  call).  The  form 
of  the  vocative  is  regularly  the  same  as  the  nominative,  but 
the  vocative  singular  of  nouns  in  -us  of  the  second  declension 
ends  in  -e :  as,  serve,  O  slave ;  Marce,  O  Marcus. 

^  From  Vergil,  a  Roman  poet.    Literally,  A  way  is  made  by  force. 

29 


30 


SECOND  DECLENSION 


99.  In  English  the  name  of  the  person  addressed  often  stands 
first.    The  Latin  vocative  rarely  stands  first. 

Lesbia^  the  cottage  is  small^  casa,  Lesbia,  est  parva 


EXERCISES 

First  learn  the  special  vocabulary,  page  362 

100.  I.  Quo  nauta  properat.?  2.  Nauta  ad  parvam  casam 
Galbae  properat.  3.  Ubi  est  Galba }  4.  Galba  cum  Lesbia 
et  cum  amicis  Lesbiae  in  casa  parva  est.    5.  Agricola  parvis 


puellis  bonas  fabulas  narrat.  6.  Ubi,  Marce,  est  servus  agri- 
colae  t  7.  Servus  agricolae  equis  aquam  dat.  8.  Aqua  est 
bona  et  equi  bonam  aquam  amant. 

101.  I.  Marcus,  Galba  is-calling  the  slaves.  2.  Slaves,  vi^here 
are  the  horses.?  3.  The  horses,  Galba,  are-hastening  to  the 
cottage.  4.  The  water  of-the-cottage  is  good.  5.  The  slaves 
are  the  friends  of-the-horses. 


LESSON  X 

Sic  semper  tyrannis  —  Thus  ever  to  tyrants^ 
THE  SECOND  DECLENSION  (Continued)  •  APPOSITION 

102.  Declension  of  Nouns  in  -er.    Masculine  nouns  in  -er  of 
the  second  declension  are  declined  as  follows  : 

puer  (base  puer-),  m.,  hoy ;  ager  (base  agr-),  m.,  field 


Terminations 

Ter 

MINATIONS 

NOM. 

puer 

ager 

pueri          agri 

-i 

Gen. 

pueri 

agri 

-i 

puerorum  agrorum 

-orum 

DAT. 

puero 

agro 

-0 

pueris        agris 

-is 

Ace. 

puerum  agrum 

-um 

pueros        agros 

-OS 

Abl. 

puero 

agro 

-0 

pueris        agris 

-is 

a.  Nouns  in  -er  are  declined  just  like  servus,  except  that  they  have 
no  termination  -us  in  the  nominative  singular. 

&.  In  puer  the  e  appears  in  each  case ;  in  ager  it  appears  only  in 
the  nominative  singular.  Most  nouns  in  -er  are  declined  like  ager. 
The  genitive  singular  shows  whether  the  noun  follows  puer  or  ager. 

C.  The  noun  vir,  man,  is  declined  like  puer :  vir,  viri,  viro,  etc. 

103.  Apposition.    Observe  the  following  sentences  : 

Marcus  nauta  ad  casam  properat,  Marcus,  the  sailor,  hastens  to 

the  cottage 
Galba  Marcum  nautam  amat,  Galba  loves  Marcus,  the  sailor 

In  each  sentence  the  word  sailor  is  added  to  Marcus  to  explain 
who  he  is.  A  noun  explaining  another  noun,  and  signifying 
the  same  person  or  thing,  is  called  an  appositive,  and  is  said  to 
be  in  apposition.    A  noun  and  its  appositive  agree  in  case. 

104.  Rule  for  Apposition.  An  appositive  agrees  i^i  case 
with  the  7ioun  which  it  explains, 

1  Motto  of  the  state  of  Virginia. 
31 


32 


SECOND  DECLENSION 


EXERCISES 

First  learn  the  special  vocabulary,  page  362 
DIALOGUE.    PUERT,  SEXTUS  ET  QUInTUS 

105.  Sextus.    Ubi,  Quinte,  servi  Galbae  agricolae  labdrant  ? 
QuIntus.    In  agris,  Sexte,  servi  Galbae  agricolae  laborant. 


LESBIA   PER  AGROS   PROPERAT   ET  AQUAM   AD  SERVOS  PORTAT 

S.    Quis  per  agros  ad  serv5s  properat  ? 
Q.    Lesbia,  filia  Galbae  agricolae,  per  agros  ad  servos  properat. 
S.    Quid  Lesbia,  pulchra  filia  Galbae  agricolae,  portat  ? 
Q.    Aquam,  Sexte,  Lesbia  portat.    Aquam  servis  Lesbia  dat 
et  servi  Lesbiam,  bonam  filiam  Galbae  agricolae,  amant. 

106.  I.  Who  lives  with  the  friends  of-Marcus  the  sailor.? 
2.  What  are  the  boys'  horses  carrying,  Sextus  ?  3.  Who  is-telling 
stories  to-Lesbia,  Galba's  little  daughter .?  4.  Whither  are  the 
men  carrying  v^ater  ? 


LESSON  XI 

Amicus  est  alter  Idem  —  A  friend  is  a  second  self  ^ 

THE  SECOND  DECLENSION  (Continued)  •  GENERAL  RULES 
OF  DECLENSION  •  QUESTIONS 

107.  Declension  of  Nouns  in  -um.  Neuter  nouns  in  -um  belong 
to  the  Second  Declension,  and  are  declined  as  follows : 


oppidum  (base 

oppid-). 

,  N.,  town 

Terminations 

Terminations 

NOM. 

oppidum 

-um 

oppida 

-a 

Gen. 

oppidi 

-i 

oppidorum 

-orum 

DAT. 

oppido 

-6 

oppidis 

-is 

Ace. 

oppidum 

-um 

oppida 

-a 

Abl. 

oppido 

-6 

oppidis 

-is 

a.  Some  Latin  words  ending  in  -um  have  passed  into  English 
without  change  and  form  the  plural  in  -a:  as,  stratum,  strata; 
datum,  data ;  curriculum,  curricula ;  memorandum,  memoranda. 

108.  General  Rules  of  Declension.  Write  side  by  side  the 
declension  of  servus,  aqua,  and  oppidum.  A  comparison  of 
the  forms  gives  us  the  following  rules,  which  apply  not  only 
to  the  first  and  second  declensions  but  to  all  five  (§  68) : 

a.  The  nominative  and  accusative  of  neuter  nouns  are  alike,  and  in 
the  plural  end  in  -a. 

b.  The  accusative  of  masculines  and  feminines  ends  in  -m  in  the 
singular,  and  in  -s  in  the  plural. 

c.  The  dative  and  ablative  plural  are  alike. 

d.  Final  -i  and  -o  are  long ;  final  -a  is  short  except  in  the  ablative 
singular  of  the  first  declension. 

1  From  Cicero,  who  wrote  a  famous  essay  on  friendship. 
33 


34  SECOND  DECLENSION 

QUESTIONS 

109.  Questions  may  be  introduced,  as  in  English,  by  such 
words  as  quis  ?  who  ?  quid  ?  what  ?  ubi  ?  where  ?  and  quo  ? 
whither?  But  questions  that  can  be  answered  hy  yes  or  no 
have,  in  Latin,  a  special  question  sign  -ne  attached  to  the 
emphatic  word,  which  stands  first  and  is  usually  the  verb. 

Est'ne  puella  pulchra  ?    Is  the  girl  pretty  ? 
Properant'ne  pueri  ?    Are  ike  boys  haste ni?ig  ? 

110.  There  are  no  single  Latin  words  meaning  simply  yes 
and  no.  Questions  are  usually  answered  in  the  affirmative  by 
repeating  the  verb ;  in  the  negative,  by  repeating  the  verb  with 
non,  not. 

Properant'ne  pueri  ?    Properant.    Are  the  l?oys  hastening?    Yes. 
Properant'ne  pueri  ?  Non  properant.  Are  the  boys  hastening?  No. 


EXERCISES 

111.  Derivation.  Using  the  prefixes  ex-  {o7it),  im-  (/;/), 
re-  {back),  sup-  {under),  trans-  {across),  with  -port,  from  the 
Latin  verb  porto,  to  carry,  make  five  English  words  and  define 
them. 

112.  What  English  words  in  the  following  paragraph  do  you 
know  to  be  of  Latin  derivation }  Define  the  words,  using  the 
dictionary  if  necessary,  and  give  the  Latin  sources. 

Below  the  terrace  was  an  aquarium  fed  by  an  aqueduct,  a  gift 

of  Mr.  B ,  concerning  whose  bounty  and  fabulous  wealth 

the  inhabitants  of  the  town  love  to  tell.  But  these  data  are 
not  essential  to  my  narrative,  and  I  will  speak  only  of  his 
love  for  the  sea,  aquatic  sports,  and  nautical  affairs. 


QUESTIONS  35 

DIALOGUE.    PUELLA  ET  SERVUS 
First  learn  the  special  vocabulary,  page  362 

113.  PuELLA.    Qu5,  serve,  viri  properant  ? 
Servus.    In  oppidum,  puella,  viri  properant. 
P.    Quis  viros  et  pueros  con'vocat  ? 

S.    Regina  bona  viros  et  pueros  conVocat. 

P.    Cur  regina  bona  viros  et  pueros  con'vocat  ? 

S.   Ad  arma,  puella,  regina  populum  vocat. 

P.    Estne  puer  Sextus  cum  viris  ? 

S.  Est,  et  arma  bonae  reginae  portat.  Sextus  bonam 
reginam  amat. 

P.  Ubi,  serve,  est  Ouintus,  amicus  pueri  Sexti  ?  Estne 
Ouintus  in  oppido.? 

S.  In  oppid5  Quintus  non  est.  Ouintus  est  cum  Marco 
nauta. 

P.    Laborant'ne  Quintus  et  Marcus  ? 

S.    Labo'rant. 

114.  I.  Are  the  men  of-tlie-town  hastening,  Marcus?  No 
{Latin,  they  are  not  hastening).  2.  What  are  the  farmers' 
boys  carrying.?  They-are-carrying  arms.  3.  Whither  are  the 
queens  calling  the  peoples }  4.  The  queens  are-calling  the 
peoples  from  the  fields  into  the  towns.  5.  Why  do  the  good 
queens  call  the  people  together }  6.  Are  the  slaves  toiling  in 
the  fields  }    Yes  {Latiuy  they-are-toiling). 


IN    NO    OTHER    COUNTRY    IS    IT    SO    NECESSARY    AS    IN    OURS    TO    PROVIDE 

FULLY,    FOR   THOSE    WHO    HAVE    THE    CHANCE    AND    DESIRE    TO    TAKE    IT, 

BROAD     AND     HIGH      LIBERAL     EDUCATION,     IN     WHICH     ONE      ESSENTIAL 

ELEMENT    SHALL    BE    CLASSICAL    TRAINING.  —  THEODORE    ROOSEVELT 


LESSON  XII 

Semper  fidelis  —  Always  faithful ^ 

ADJECTIVES  OF  THE  FIRST  AND  SECOND  DECLENSIONS 
GENITIVE  OF  NOUNS  IN  -JUS  AND  -JUM 

115.  Adjectives  of  First  and  Second  Declensions.  We  have 
seen  that  feminine  adjectives  in  -a,  Hke  bona,  are  decHned  Hke 
aqua  (§  89).  So  masculine  adjectives  in  -us,  such  as  bonus, 
are  declined  like  servus ;  and  neuter  adjectives  in  -um,  such  as 
bonum,  are  declined  like  oppidum.  For  this  reason  such  adjec- 
tives are  called  Adjectives  of  the  First  and  Second  Declensions. 

116.  The  adjective  and  noun,  masculine  and  neuter,  are 
declined  as  follows  : 

servus  bonus  (bases  serv-  bon-),  m.,  the  good  slave 

Terminations  Terminations 


NOM. 

servus 

bonus     -us 

servi           boni          -i 

Gen. 

servi 

boni        -i 

servorum    bonorum  -orum 

DAT. 

servo 

bono       -6 

servis          bonis         -is 

Ace. 

servum 

bonum    -um 

servos         bonos        -os 

Abl. 

servo 

bono       -6 

servis          bonis         -is 

oppidum  bonum  (bases  oppid- 

bon-),  N.,  the  good  toum 

Terminations 

Terminations 

NoM.  oppidum  bonum  -um 

Gen.  oppidi       boni  -i 

DAT.  oppido      bono  -0 

Ace.  oppidum  bonum  -um 

Abl.  oppido      bono  -0 


oppida        bona  -a 

oppidorum  bonorum  -orum 

oppidis        bonis  -is 

oppida        bona  -a 

oppidis       bonis  -is 


1  Motto  of  the  United  States  marines. 
36 


ADJECTIVES  37 

Decline  together  equus  parvus,  the  small  horse ;  bellum 
magnum,  the  great  war, 

117.  Genitive  of  Nouns  in  -ius  and  -ium.  Nouns  in  -ius 
and  -ium  end  in  -i  in  the  genitive,  not  in  -ii,  and  the  accent 
remains  on  the  same  syllable  as  in  the  nominative  :  nomina- 
tive fi'lius  {son),  genitive  fi'li,  dative  filio,  etc.;  nominative 
auxi'lium  {aid),  genitive  auxi'li,  dative  auxilio,  etc. 

EXERCISES 
First  learn  the  special  vocabulary,  page  362 
DIALOGUE.     MARCUS  ET  FILIUS 

118.  Marcus.  Quid,  fili,^  servi  Galbae  agricolae  in  magnum 
oppidum  portant } 

FiLius.  Frumentum,  Marce,  servi  Galbae  agricolae  in  mag- 
num oppidum  portant.  Regina  magni  oppidi  populum  ad  arma 
vocat.  Regina  novum  et  magnum  bellum  parat.^  Arma  et 
frumentum  et  pecuniam,  auxilia^  belli,  parat.^ 

M.    Ubi  sunt  boni  filii  pulchrae  reginae  ? 

F.    Cum  sociis,  Marce,  filii  reginae  sunt. 

M.    Dantne  socii  bonae  reginae  auxilium  } 

F.    Dant.  Socii  arma  nova  et  pecuniam  magnam  reginae  dant. 

M.    Estne,  fili,^  terra  reginae  pulchra } 

F.  Pulchra  et  magna  est  terra  reginae.  Populus  oppidi 
bonam  reginam  et  pulchram  terram  amat. 

I .  f ili  is  the  vocative  of  f ilius.  2.  Note  that  parat  means  prepare  for 
as  well  2&  prepare.   3.  In  apposition  with  the  preceding  nouns. 

119.  I.  The  arms  of-the-new  ally  are  good.  2.  The  sons  of- 
the-allies  do-give  great  assistance  to-the-people  of-the-small 
towns.  3.  The  farmers  are-toiling  in  the  new  fields.  4.  Why, 
(my)  son,  is  the  good  queen  calling  the  people  together  }  5.  Are 
the  new  allies  preparing  grain }    Yes. 


LESSON   XIII 

Parvum    parva    decent — Small  things  become  the  small i 

ADJECTIVES  OF  THE   FIRST  AND   SECOND  DECLENSIONS 
(Continued)  •  ADVERBS 

120.  Adjectives  of  First  and  Second  Declensions.    The  com- 
plete declension  of  bonus,  -a,  -um,  is  given  below : 


Masc. 

Fem. 

Neut. 

NOM. 

bonus 

bona 

bonum 

Gen. 

boni 

bonae 

boni 

DAT. 

bono 

bonae 

bono 

Ace. 

bonum 

bonam 

bonum 

Abl. 

bono 

bona 

bono 

NOM. 

boni 

bonae 

bona 

Gen. 

bono'rum 

bona'rum 

bono'rum 

DAT. 

bonis 

bonis 

bonis 

Ace. 

bonos 

bonas 

bona 

Abl. 

bonis 

bonis 

bonis 

Note.  Learn  to  recite  and  to  write  the  forms  of  adjectives  across  the 
page,  thus  giving  the  three  genders  for  each  case.  Make  a  blank  scheme 
(cf.  §  72)  of  the  declension  above  and  use  it  for  drill  on  a  variety  of  adjectives. 

a.  Decline  magnus,  -a,  -um ;  parvus,  -a,  -um ;  novus,  -a,  -um. 

121.  The  agreement  between  an  adjective  and  its  noun  does 
not  mean  that  they  must  have  the  same  termination.  Often 
the  adjective  and  the  noun  belong  to  different  declensions 
and  hence  have  different  terminations ;  for  example,  nauta, 
sailor,  being  a  masculine  noun,  requires  the  masculine  form 

1  From  Horace,  Rome's  greatest  lyric  poet. 
38 


ADVERBS  39 

of  the  adjective  in  agreement.  But  the  masculine  adjective 
bonus  belongs  to  the  second  declension,  while  nauta  belongs 
to  the  first ;  hence,  a  good  sailor  is  nauta  bonus.  Learn  to 
decline  nouns  and  adjectives  together  as  follows : 

nauta  bonus  (bases  naut-  bon-),  m.,  the  good  sailor 

NoM.  nauta     bonus  nautae        boni 

Gen.  nautae    boni  nautarum  bonorum 

DAT.  nautae    bono  nautis         bonis 

Ace.  nautam  bonum  nautas        bonos 

Abl.  nauta      bono  nautis         bonis 

122.  Adverbs.  An  adverb  is  a  word  which  modifies  a  verb, 
an  adjective,  or  another  adverb. 

Most  adverbs  answer  the  questions  Hozv  ?  Where  ?  Whe7t  f 
To  what  degree  f 

123.  Position  of  Adverbs.  Adverbs,  unless  emphatic,  stand 
directly  before  the  words  which  they  modify:  as, 

Regina  Galbae  pecuniam  saepe  dat,  the  queen  often  gives  money 
to  Galba 

Interrogative  adverbs  {where?  when?  why?  etc.)  regularly 
stand  first,  as  in  English.  Other  adverbs,  when  emphatic,  stand 
in  some  unusual  position. 

EXERCISES 

First  learn  the  special  vocabulary,  page  362 

124.  I.  Agricola  bonus  est  in  magno  agro.  2.  Marcus  nauta 
est  amicus  agricolae  boni.  3.  Marcus  agricolae  bono  auxilium 
saepe  dat.  4.  Amat'ne  Marcus  agricolam  bonum  .!*  Amat. 
5.  Quo  Marcus  cum  Galba,  agricola  bond,  properat .?  In  notum 
oppidum.  6.  Agricolae  boni  multum  frumentum  per  longas 
vias    portant.    7.  Suntne    agri    agricolarum   bonorum    magni  ? 


40 


ADJECTIVES  IN  -ER 


Sunt.  8.  Viri  oppidi  not!  agricolis  bonis  pecuniam  saepe  dant. 
9.  Cur  populi  oppidorum  notorum  agricolas  bonos  convocant  ? 
Oppida  nota  longum  bellum  parant.  10.  Socii  notae  reginae 
cum  agricolis  bonis  laborant. 

125.  I.  Are  the  new  spears  long?  No.  2.  In  the  new  lands 
are  many  famous  towns.  3.  The  reputation  of-the-new  town  is 
good.    4.  The  road  through  the  good  farmer's  fields  is  new. 


LESSON   XIV 

Non  scholae,  sed  vitae  discimus  —  We  learn  not  for  school,  but  for  life  ^ 

ADJECTIVES  OF  THE  FIRST  AND  SECOND  DECLENSIONS 
(Concluded)  •  THE  DATIVE  WITH  ADJECTIVES 

126.  Masculine  Adjectives  in  -er.  Not  all  masculine  adjec- 
tives of  the  second  declension  end  in  -us,  like  bonus,  but  some 
end  in  -er  and  are  declined  like  ager  or  puer  (§  102).  The 
feminine  and  neuter  nominatives  show  which  model  to  follov/. 

127.  Declension  of  liber,  libera,  liberum,  free : 

Masc.  Fem.  Neut. 

libera  liberum 

liberae  liberi 

liberae  libero 

liberam  liberum 

libera  libero 


NOM. 

liber 

Gen. 

liberi 

DAT. 

libero 

Ace. 

liberum 

Adl. 

libero 

NOM. 

liberi 

Gen. 

liberorum 

DAT. 

liberis 

Ace. 

liberos 

Abl. 

liberis 

liberae 

liberarum 

liberis 

liberas 

liberis 


libera 

liberorum 

liberis 

libera 

liberis 


1  From  Seneca,  a  Roman  philosopher. 


DATIVE  WITH  ADJECTIVES 
128.  Declension  of  pulcher,  pulchra,  pulchrum,  pretty 


41 


Masc. 

Fem. 

Neut. 

NOM. 

pulcher 

pulchra 

pulchrum 

Gen. 

pulchri 

pulchrae 

pulchri 

DAT. 

pulchro 

pulchrae 

pulchro 

Ace. 

pulchrum 

pulchram 

pulchrum 

Abl. 

pulchro 

pulchra 

pulchro 

NOM. 

pulchri 

pulchrae 

pulchra 

Gen. 

pulchrorum 

pulchrarum 

pulchrorum 

DAT. 

pulchris 

pulchris 

pulchris 

Ace. 

pulchro  s 

pulchras 

pulchra 

Abl. 

pulchris 

pulchris 

pulchris 

129.  Dative  with  Adjectives.  We  learned  in  §  53  for  what 
sort  of  expressions  we  may  expect  the  dative,  and  in  §  57  that 
one  of  its  commonest  uses  is  with  verbs  to  express  the  indirect 
object.  It  is  also  very  common  with  adjectives  to  express  the 
object  toward  which  the  quality  denoted  by  the  adjective  is 
directed.  In  English  this  dative  would  be  in  the  objective  case 
after  the  preposition  to  ox  for  \  as,  7iear  to  town^  jit  for  service. 

130.  Rule  for  Dative  with  Adjectives.  The  dative  is 
used  with  adjectives  to  denote  the  object  toward  which 
the  given  quality  is  directed.  Such  are  those  meaning 
near,  also  jit,  friendly,  pleasing,  like,  and  their  opposites. 

Fabula  est  grata  Lesbiae,  the  story  is  pleasing  to  Lesbia 
Ager  est  proximus  oppido,  the  field  is  nearest  to  the  town 

a.  Among  such  adjectives  are 

amicus,  -a,  -Mm,  friendly  (to) 
inimicus,  -a,  -um,  hostile  (to) 
gratus,  -a,  -um,  pleasing  (to) 
proximus,  -a,  -um,  nearest  (to) 


42 


DATIVE  WITH  ADJECTIVES 


INSULA   MARCl   NAUTAE 
First  learn  the  special  vocabulary,  page  363 

131.  Galba  agricola  in  agris  pulchris  habitat,  Quintus  in 
oppid5  magna  et  noto  habitat ;  sed  Marcus  nauta  in  insula 
parva  habitat.  Parva  insula  est  pulchra  et  grata  Marco 
nautae.  Terra  est  grata  Galbae  et  Quinto,  sed  Marcus 
altas  aquas  amat.     Insula  parva  Marci  nautae  est  proxima  5 


MARCUS   FRUMENTUM   A  TERRA  AD   INSULAM   PORTAT 


agris  pulchris  Galbae  agricolae.  Marcus  ab  insula  parva 
ad  terram  saepe  navigat  et  per  agros  pulchros  ad  parvam 
casam  Galbae  agricolae  properat.  Lesbia,  filia  Galbae,  Marco 
nautae  frumentum  saepe  dat  et  Marcus  frumentum  a  terra 
ad  parvam  insulam  portat.  Lesbia  est  Marco  nautae  amica  10 
sed  inimica  Quinto.  Agri  non  grati  Quinto  sunt.  Quintus 
arma  et  tela  et  bella  amat.  Estne  Marcus  servus  ?  Non  est. 
Marcus  est  liber. 


LESSON   XV 

Pr5  bono  publico  —  For  the  public  weaP 
POSSESSIVE   ADJECTIVES  AND  PRONOUNS 

132.  Observe  the  following  sentences : 

Marcus  is  my  son  Marcus  is  mifie 

In  the  first  sentence  my  is  a  possessive  adjective ;  in  the 
second  mine  is  a  possessive  pronoun.  Similarly  in  Latin  the 
possessives  are  sometimes  adjectives  and  sometimes  pronotms. 

133.  The  Latin  possessives  are  declined  like  adjectives  of 
the  first  and  second  declensions,  and  are  as  follows : 

^  ,     .  fmeus,  mea,  meum,  my>   mine 

Referring  to  '  '  '     -^^ 

<  tuus,  tua,  tuum,  yoitr,  yours 

\  suus,  sua,  suum,  his  {own),  her  {own),  its  {ow7t) 

^  ,     .  fnoster,  nostra,  nostrum,  oitr,  onrs 

Referring  to 

,,  <  vester,  vestra,  vestrum,  yonr,  yonrs 

more  than  one  '  '  ^  ^        •»  ^. 

[suus,  sua,  suum,  their  {own),  theirs 

Note.  The  vocative  singular  masculine  of  meus  is  mi:  as,  mi  fili, 
(O)  my  son  ;  mi  serve,  {O)  my  slave. 

134.  Rule  for  Agreement  of  the  Possessive  Adjective. 

The  possessive  adjective  agrees  with  the  noun  which  it 

modifies  iji  geiider,  number,  and  case, 

a.  Compare  the  English  and  Latin  in 

Galba  is  calling  his  friends,  Galba    1      _         .  _  , 

,    ,.     .       „.      ,    ^  .     ,    -r    , .    ^  SMos  amicos  vocat 
Lespta  ts  cailzfig  ner  friends,  LesbiaJ 

The  girls  are  calli7ig  their  friends ,  puellae  subs  amicos  vocant 

Observe  that  suos  agrees  with  amicos  and  is  unaffected  by  the 
gender,  number,  and  case  of  -Galba,  Lesbia,  or  puellae. 

1  A  Latin  slogan. 
43 


44        POSSESSIVE  ADJECTIVES  AND  PRONOUNS 

135.  Suus,  the  Reflexive  Possessive.  The  possessive  suus 
is  reflexive ;  that  is,  it  stands  in  the  predicate  and  refers  to 
the  subject,  indicating  that  the  subject  is  the  possessor.  In 
EngHsh  the  meaning  of  the  sentence  Ga/da  is  calling  his 
daughter  is  doubtful,  for  we  cannot  tell  whether  Galba  is 
calling  his  own  daughter  or  the  daughter  of  someone  else. 
But  in  Latin  Galba  filiam  suam  vocat  can  mean  only  the 
former,  for  suam  must  refer  to  Galba. 

136.  Omission  of  Possessives.  The  Latin  possessives  are 
omitted  whenever  the  meaning  is  clear  without  them. 

137.  Position  of  Possessive  Adjectives.  Possessive  adjectives, 
when  not  emphatic,  follow  their  nouns ;  when  emphatic,  they 
precede  :  as, 

Lesbia  est  filia  mea,  Leshia  is  my  daughter 
Lesbia  est  mea  filia,  Lesbia  is  my  daughter 

EXERCISES 

138.  I.  Regina  suis  sociis  auxilium  dat.  2.  Servi  frumentum 
vestrum  portant.  3.  Socii  nostri  nova  bella  parant.  4.  Tela 
sunt  mea,  arma  sunt  tua.  5.  Agri  pulchri  sunt  grati  filiabus 
meis.  6.  Populus  est  inimicus  suis  sociis.  7.  Insula  nostra  est 
proxima  tuae  terrae.    8.  Meae  viae  non  sunt  tuae  viae. 


I  AM  STRONGLY  IN  FAVOR  OF  CONTINUING  THE  CLASSICS  IN  AN  ACADEMIC 
EDUCATION.  I  CONSIDER  THAT,  IN  ADDITION  TO  THE  MENTAL  DISCIPLINE 
WHICH  STUDY  OF  THEM  AFFORDS,  THEY  ARE  THE  MOST  HELPFUL  IN  THE 
MATTER  OF  CORRECT  ENGLISH  STYLE,  IN  LAYING  SOUND  FOUNDATIONS  FOR 
GRAMMATICAL  CONSTRUCTION,  AND  IN  FURNISHING  A  BASIS  FOR  THE 
STUDY    OF    ALL   MODERN   LANGUAGES.  —  WILLLAM    HOWARD   TAFT 


POSSESSIVE  ADJECTIVES  AND  PRONOUNS        45 

139.  Answer  the  following  questions  in  Latin,  basing  your 
replies  on  §  131  : 

1.  Quis  in  insula  habitat? 

2.  Ubi  Galba  habitat  ? 

3.  Ubi  Quintus  habitat  ? 

4.  Quid  est  gratum  Marco  ? 

5 .  Estne.  insula  nautae  proxima  terrae  ? 

6.  Suntne  servi  hberi  ? 

7.  Qu5  Marcus  saepe  navigat? 

8.  Quid  Lesbia  Marco  dat? 

9.  Cur  est  Lesbia  Quinto  inimica? 


Second  Review,  Lessons  VIII-XV,  §§  737-742 


ON    THE    SACRED    WAY    IN    THE    ROMAN    FORUM 

This  picture  of  the  Roman  Forum  shows  the  Sacred  Way  with  its  ancient 

pavement.    At  the  left  rise  the  three  remaining  columns  of  the  temple  of 

Castor.    At  the  right  are  the  ruins  of  the  temple  of  Saturn,  and  in  the  right 

background  towers  the  Capitoline  Hill 


LESSON   XVI 

Experientia  docet  stultos  —  Experience  teaches  fools 

CONJUGATION  •  PRESENT  INDICATIVE  OF  SUM  •  PREDICATE 
GENITIVE  OF  POSSESSOR 

140.  Conjugation.  The  inflection  of  the  verb  is  called  its 
conjugation.  Through  its  conjugation  the  verb  expresses  voice, 
mood,  tense,  number,  and  person. 

141.  Voice.  There  are  two  voices,  active  and  passive.  A  verb 
in  the  active  voice  represents  the  subject  as  performing  the 

action  :  as, 

The  boy >■  hit >-  the  ball 

A  verb  in  the  passive  voice 
represents  the  subject  as  re- 
ceiving the  action  :  as. 

The  girl  -< z^jas  hit  -< by 

the  ball 


ACTIVE   VOICE 


Note   the   direction   of   the 
arrows. 


PASSIVE   VOICE 


142.  Mood.    In   Latin   there    are   three    moods  :    indicative, 

subjunctive,  and  imperative. 

143.  Tense.  The  tense  of  a  verb  indicates  its  time. 

144.  In  English  there  are  six  tenses  : 

1 .  Present,  referring  to  present  time,  /  call. 

2.  Past,  referring  to  past  time,  I  called. 

3.  Future,  referring  to  future  time,  I  shall  call. 

46 


PRESENT  INDICATIVE  OF  SUM  47 

4.  Present  perfect,  denoting  action  completed  in  present  time, 
/  have  called. 

5.  Past  perfect,^  denoting  action  completed  in  past  time,  / 
had  called. 

6.  P'uture  perfect,  denoting  action  completed  in  future  time, 
/  shall  have  called. 

There  are  also  six  tenses  in  Latin,  with  practically  the  same 
names  and  meanings. 

145.  Number.  In  Latin,  as  in  English,  there  are  two  numbers, 
singular  and  plural. 

146.  Person.  Latin,  like  English,  has  three  persons.  The  first 
person  is  the  person  speaking  (/  call) ;  the  second  person,  the 
person  spoken  to  ( you  call)  ;  the  third  person,  the  person  or 
thing  spoken  of  (he  calls).  In  English,  person  and  number 
are  indicated  by  personal  pronouns.  In  Latin,  on  the  other 
hand,  person  and  number  are  indicated  by  perso7ial  eridrngs 
(§47).  We  have  already  learned  that  -t  and  -nt  are  endings 
of  the  third  person,  singular  and  plural.  The  complete  list  of 
personal  endings  of  the  active  voice  is  as  follows  : 

SINGULAR  PLURAL 

1ST  Person     -m  or  -0       /  -mus       zve 

2D  Person       -s  thou  or  yo7i  -tis  yoii- 

30  Person      -t  he,  she,  it  -nt  they 

147.  Indicative  Mood.  The  indicative  mood  is  used  to  make 
a  statement  or  to  ask  a  question  concerning  a  real  or  assumed 
fact. 

148.  Regular  and  Irregular  Verbs.  Most  verbs  form  their 
moods  and  tenses  after  a  regular  plan,  and  are  called  regular 
verbs.    Verbs  that  depart  from  this  plan  are  called  irregular. 

1  Also  called  the  pluperfect. 


48  PREDICATE  GENITIVE  OF  POSSESSOR 

149.  Present  Indicative  of  sum.  The  verb  sum,  /  am,  irreg- 
ular in  Latin  as  in  English,  is  conjugated  in  the  present 
indicative  as  follows  : 

SINGULAR  PLURAL 

1ST  Person    sum,  /-am  sumus,  we-are 

2D  Person     es,  yoit-are  estis,  yoii-are 

3D  Person     est,  he-,  she-,  or  it-is  sunt,  they -are 

a.  Est  meaning  t/iere  is,  or  sunt  meaning  t/iere  are,  precedes  its 
subject.    In  this  use  there  is  called  an  expletive. 

Distinguish,  therefore,  between  insula  est  magna,  the  island  is 
large,  and  est  insula  magna,  there  is  a  large  island. 

150.  Rule  for  Predicate  Genitive  of  Possessor.  The  pos- 
sessive genitive  often  stands  in  the  predicate,  and  is  con- 
nected with  its  noun  by  a  form  of  the  verb  sum, 

Pecunia  est  servi,  the  money  is  the  slaves,  or,  freely,  belongs  to  the 
slave  (literally,  is  of  the  slave) 

GALLIA 

First  learn  the  special  vocabulary,  page  363 

151.  Gallia  est  terra  Gallorum.  Terra  Gallorum  est 
pulchra,  et  Galli,  populus  Galliae,  patriam  {country)  suam 
amant.  Sunt  in  Gallia  multa  oppida  magna.  In  agris  multi 
agricolae  habitant,  et  equi  agricolarum  multum  frumentum  per 
vias  longas  in  oppida  portant.  Bella  Gallis  grata  non  sunt.  5 
Sed  proximi  Gallis  habitant  Germani.  German!  bellum 
amant  et  semper  sunt  in  armis.  Saepe  Germani  cum  sociis 
suis  in  Galliam  properant  et  agros  occupant.  Tum  Galli 
populum  ad  arma  vocant  et  cum  Germanis  pugnant.  Magna 
est  fama  bellorum  et  notae  sunt  victdriae.  Sed  victoria  non  10 
semper  est  Gallorum.    Saepe  Germani  superant. 


English  Miles 
0  40         80         120 


GAUL  AND   PARTS   OF   GERMANY,   SPAIN,    ITALY,    AND   BRITAIN 


50 


PRESENT  INDICATIVE  ACTIVE 


152.  I.  Are  you  friendly  to  my  allies?  Yes.  2.  Your  well- 
known  victories,  my  son,  are  pleasing  to  our  land.  3.  Are  the 
men  of  your  towns  free  ?  No.  4.  The  new  spears  belong  to 
(are  of)  my  son.  5.  Are  we  very  near  to  the  high  island? 
6.  No,  the  island  is  not  very  near. 


LESSON   XVII 

Vox  populi  v5x  Dei  —  The  voice  of  the  people  is  the  voice  of  God 

THE  FOUR  REGULAR  CONJUGATIONS  •  PRESENT  INDICATIVE 
ACTIVE  OF  THE  FIRST  CONJUGATION 

153.  Four  Regular  Conjugations.  There  are  four  regular 
conjugations  of  verbs.  These  conjugations  are  distinguished 
from  one  another  by  the  distrnginshijig^  or  characteristic y  vowel 
appearing  at  the  end  of  the  present  stem. 

154.  The  present  stem  of  each  conjugation  is  found  by 
dropping  -re,  the  ending  of  the  present  infinitive  active,  which 
is  given  in  the  vocabularies. 

155.  Below  are  given  the  present  indicative  and  the  present 
infinitive  active  of  a  verb  of  each  conjugation,  the  infinitive 
showing  the  present  stem  with  its  distinguishing  vowel.  These 
are  the  first  two  of  the  principal  parts  of  the  verb. 


Conjuga- 
tion 

Pres.  Indic. 

Pres. 
Inf. 

Pres. 
Stem 

DlSTINGUISH- 

ing  Vowel 

I 

II 
III 
IV 

vo'co,  call 
mo'neo,  advise 
re'gS,  ride 
au'dio,  hear 

voca're 
mone're 
re'gere 
audi're 

voca- 
mone- 
rege- 
audi- 

a 
e 
e 

i 

FIRST  CONJUGATION 


51 


156.  From  the  present  stem  are  formed  the  present ^  past 
(also  called  imperfect),  ?ind  fttttire  tenses. 

157.  Present  Indicative  Active  of  First  Conjugation.  Verbs 
having  the  infinitive  termination  -are,  such  as  voca're,  belong 
to  the  First  Conjugation. 

158.  The  present  indicative  is  inflected  by  adding  the  per- 
sonal endings  to  the  present  stem.  The  distinguishing  vowel  -a 
disappears  in  the  first  person  singular,  and  is  shortened  before 
the  endings  -t  and  -nt  in  the  third  person  singular  and  plural. 

159.  The  inflection  of  voco,  vocare  (pres.  stem  voca-),  call,  in 
the  present  indicative  active  is  as  follows  : 


Personal 
Endings 


Personal 
Endings 


1.  vo'co,  I-eall  -0 

2.  vo'cas,  yoit-call  -s 

3.  vo'cat,  he-,  she-,  or  it-calls    -t 


voca'mus,  we-call  -mus 
voca'tis,  yoiL-call    -tis 
vo'cant,  they-call    -nt 


160.  Translation  of  Present.  English  has  three  forms  for 
the  present  tense  :  /  call,  I  am  calling,  I  do  call,  Latin  has 
but  one  form,  voco  ;  this  is  used  for  any  one  of  the  three 
English  forms. 


THE   ISLAND   IN   THE   TIBER 

On  the  right  is  the  Fabrician  bridge,  which  was  built  62  B.C.,  in  the  days  of 

Caesar  and  Cicero 


52      PRESENT  INDICATIVE,  FIRST  CONJUGATION 

EXERCISES 

161.  Inflect  the  present  indicative  of  the  following  verbs,  all 
of  which  you  have  had  before : 

Indicative  Present  Infinitive  Present 

a'mo,  I  love  ama're,  to  love 

con'voco,  I  call  together  convoca're,  to  call  together 

do,  I  give  da're,  to  give 

ha'bito,  I  live,  I  dwell  habita're,  to  live,  to  dwell 

labo'ro,  I  toil  labora're,  to  toil 

nar'ro,  I  tell  narra're,  to  tell 

na'vigo,  I  sail  naviga're,  to  sail 

oc'cupo,  I  seize  occupa're,  to  seize 

pa'ro,  I  prepare  para're,  to  prepare 

por'to,  I  carry  porta're,  to  carry 

pro'pero,  I  hasten  propera're,  to  hasten 

pug'no,  Ifght  pugna're,  to  fght 

Note.  In  do,  dare,  the  a  of  the  present  stem  is  short.  The  only  indic- 
ative form  of  do  having  the  stem  vowel  long  is  das,  you  give,  second 
person  singular  of  the  present. 

162.  Translate  each  of  the  following  forms  and  give  its  voice, 
mood,  tense,  person,  and  number.  When  translating  a  verb, 
note  first  the  personal  ending. 

I.  Occupa'mus,  propera'tis,  con'vocant.  2.  Datis,  labo'ras, 
pugna'tis.  3.  Paras,  portat,  ama'mus.  4.  Narrat,  dant,  pro'- 
perat.  5.  Occupa'tis,  na'vigas,  portant.  6.  Habita'tis,  labo'- 
rant,  das. 

163.  I.  We-dwell,  we-are-dwelling,  we-do-dwell.  2.  You-seize 
{singular),  you-are-seizing,  you-do-seize.  3.  We-do-carry,  they- 
are-laboring,  we-hasten.  4.  He-is-giving,  he-calls-together,  you- 
are-sailing.     5.  They-do-fight,  he-carries,  we-are-living. 


LESSON   XVIII 

Laborare  est  orare  —  To  labor  is  to  pray ^ 
THE   ABLATIVE    DENOTING    WITH 

164.  One  of  the  relations  denoted  by  the  Latin  ablative  is 
expressed  in  English  by  the  preposition  wit/i  (§  65).  But 
wit/i  varies  in  meaning,  and  cannot  always  be  translated  by  the 
Latin  preposition  cum.    This  becomes  clear  from  the  following 

sentences : 

1.  The  fields  are  thick  wit/i  grain 

2.  Marcus  fights  wi//i  his  spear 

3.  Julia  is  living  wi'f/i  Lesbia 

4.  Galba  toils  wi//i  great  industry 

With  denotes  cause  in  i,  wit/i  grain  meaning  because  of 
grain. 

With  denotes  means  in  2,  with  his  spear  meaning  by  means 
of  his  spear. 

With  denotes  accompaniment  in  3,  the  meaning  being  that 
Julia  is  not  living  alone  but  i?i  company  with  Lesbia. 

With  denotes  manner  in  4,  with  great  industry  telling  how 
Galba  works. 

These  four  meanings  of  ivitJi  are  expressed  in  Latin  by  four 
different  constructions  of  the  ablative,  known  as  the  Ablative  of 
Cause,  the  Ablative  of  Means,  the  Ablative  of  Accompaniment, 
and  the  Ablative  of  Manner. 

165.  Rule  for  Ablative  of  Cause.  Cause  is  denoted  by 
the  ablative,  tisually  without  a  preposition,  and  aizswers 
the  question  Because  of  what  7 

Agri  sunt  crebri  frumento,  the  fields  are  thick  with  grain 

1  Motto  of  the  monks  of  the  order  of  Saint  Benedict. 
53 


54  ABLATIVE  DENOTING  WITH 

166.  Rule  for  Ablative  of  Means.  Means  is  denoted  by 
the  ablative  without  a  preposition.  This  ablative  answers 
the  question  By  means  of  what  7    With  what  ? 

Marcus  telo  pugnat,  Marcus  Jights  with  his  spear 

167.  Rule  for  Ablative  of  Accompaniment.  Accompani- 
ment is  denoted  by  the  ablative  with  cum.  This  ablative 
answers  the  question  In  company  with  whom  ? 

lulia  cum  Lesbia  habitat,  Julia  is  livijig  with  lesbia 

168.  Rule  for  Ablative  of  Manner.  Manner  is  denoted 
by  the  ablative  with  cum.  Cum  may  be  omitted  if  an  ad- 
jective is  used  with  the  ablative.  This  ablative  answers 
the  question  How  ?  In  what  manner  ? 

Galba  (cum)  magna  diligentia  laborat,  Galba  works  with  great 
i?idustry 

EXERCISE 

169.  What  uses  of  the  ablative  do  you  discover  in  the  follow- 
ing passage  and  what  question  does  each  answer  ? 

The  day  after  the  battle  we  retreated  with  all  our  forces.  The 
roads  were  deep  with  mud  and  the  men  were  weary  with 
fighting.  To  make  matters  worse,  aviators  attacked  cur 
crowded  ranks  with  bombs.  The  machines  flew  low,  but 
with  such  speed  that  we  could  not  hit  them.  At  last  with 
a  sigh  of  relief  we  entered  a  forest  so  thick  with  trees  that 
we  were  well  protected  by  the  branches.  Many  wretched 
refugees  with  their  wives  and  children  sought  shelter  there. 


A  ROMAN  SPOON 


LESSON   XIX 

Multum  in  parvo  —  Much  in  little 

PAST  AND  FUTURE   INDICATIVE   OF   SUM  •  THE 
PREPOSITION  E  OR  EX 

170.  Past  and  Future  Indicative  of  sum.  The  past^  and 
the  future  indicative  of  the  irregular  verb  sum  are  conjugated 
as  follows  : 

PAST  INDICATIVE 

1.  e'ram,  I-zvas  era'mus,  we-were 

2.  dx2i%^  you-ivere  era.' tis,  j/o?i-were 

3.  e'rat,  /le-,  she-^  or  it-was  e'rant,  they-zvere 

FUTURE  INDICATIVE 

1 .  e'ro,  I-shall-be  e'rimus,  we-shall-be 

2.  d ns,  yo?i-zvill-be  d ntis,  yoji-zvill-be 

3.  e'rit,  he-,  she-,  or  it-will-be  e'runt,  they-will-be 

171.  Preposition  eor  ex,  Latin  has  two  prepositions  mean- 
ing from,  with  the  ablative  :  a  or  ab  and  e  or  ex. 

Vir  ab  castris  properat  1    .  1     .       r 

yt/ie  man  hastens  from  the  camp 
Vir  ex  castris  properat  j 

But  a  or  ab  means /n?;/ij  the  outside  of,  and  e  or  tn  from  the 
inside  of.    Note  the  diagram  : 


with  the 


e  or  ex 
Place 


abl. 


a  or  ab 


with  the  abl. 


Note.    Write  e  before  consonants  only,  ex  before  either  vowels  or 
consonants. 

^  Also  called  the  imperfect. 
55 


56 


PAST  AND  FUTURE  INDICATIVE  OF  SUM 


PUERI   SEXTUS   ET   QUINTUS 
First  learn  the  special  vocabulary,  page  363 

172.  Sextus.  Quo,  Quinte,  properas  ?  Cur  arma  nova  et 
telum  longum  portas  ? 

QuiNTUs.  Ad  castra  proxima  propero,  Sexte,  cum  viris  et 
pueris  oppidi  nostri.    Cur  in  armis  non  es  ?    Cur  terrae  nostrae 

tuum   auxilium   n5n   das  ? 

S.  Romanus  sum.  Po- 
pulo  Romana  bellum  sem- 
per gratum  est.  Sed  in 
nostra  oppido  non  erat 
fama  belli.  Quis,  Quinte, 
bellum  parat?  Eritne  no- 
vum bellum  cum  Gallis  ? 

Q.  Non  cum  Gallis. 
Germani,  semper  inimici 
Romanis,  bellum  magna 
diligentia  parant.  Ex  silvis 
Germaniae  copias  suas  con- 
vocant.  Mox  viae,  Sexte, 
erunt  crebrae  equis  et  viris, 
et  agri  Romani  proximi  Ger- 
maniae in  periculo  erunt. 
QUO,  QUINTE  PROPERAS?  Scd  nostra  victoria  erit. 

173.  I.  The  Germans  fight  with  long  spears.  2.  Soon  we- 
shall-be  outside-of  the  Roman  camp.  3.  Shall-you-be  with 
Sextus  ?    We-shall.    4.  The  perils  of -our  forces  were  many. 

174.  Derivation.  Give  the  meaning  of  the  following  English 
words  and  tell  to  what  Latin  words  they  are  related : 

insulate         conservation         longevity        agriculture        elaborate 
sinecure        navigable  servile  virile  depopulate 


LESSON   XX 

Nil  desperandum  —  There's  no  such  word  as  faiP 
PAST  INDICATIVE  ACTIVE  OF  THE  FIRST  CONJUGATION 

175.  Formation  of  Tenses.  Instead  of  using  auxiliary  verbs, 
like  was,  shall,  will,  etc.,  to  express  differences  in  tense,  Latin 
adds  to  the  verb  stem  certain  elements  that  have  the  force  of 
auxiliary  verbs.    These  are  called  tense  signs. 

176.  The  tense  sign  of  the  past  is  -ba-,  which  is  added  to 
the  present  stem.    The  past  consists,  therefore,  of  three  parts  : 


:sENT  Stem 

Tense  Sign 

Personal 

voca- 

ba- 

m 

calling- 

was- 

I 

a.  Note  that  the  Latin  verb  is  translated  from  right  to  left,  so  that 
English  J  was  calli?ig  is  in  Latin  voca'bam,  calling-was- 1. 

Vl*l,  Inflection  of  Past  Indicative  Active.  The  personal  end- 
ings of  the  past  are  the  same  as  those  of  the  present,  except 
that  -m  is  used  instead  of  -o  in  the  first  person  singular. 

SINGULAR 

1.  voca'bam,  I-was-calling  or  I-called 

2.  voca'bas,  yoic-were-calling  or  yotc-called 

3.  voca'bat,  he-^  she-,  it-was-calling  or  he-,  she-,  it-called 

PLURAL 

1.  vocaba'mus,  we-were-calling  or  we-called 

2.  vocaba'tis,  you-were-calling  ox  you-called 

3.  voca'bant,  they-were-c ailing  or  they-callcd 

^  From  Horace,  a  Roman  poet.    Literally,  In  nothing  must  it  be  despaired. 

57 


58     PAST  INDICATIVE  ACTIVE,  FIRST  CONJUGATION 

a.  Note  that  the  inflection  above  is  somewhat  like  that  of  eram 
(§  170),  the  past  tense  of  sum,  and  that  the  long  a  of  the  tense  sign 
-ba-  is  shortened  before  final  -m,  -t,  and  -nt.  A  long  vowel  is  regularly 
shortened  before  nt  and  final  -m  or  -t.    Learn  this  rule  now. 

178.  Meaning  of  Past  Tense.  The  Latin  past  tense  has 
two  uses. 

a.  It  may  represent  an  action  as  going  on  in  past  time  and  not  yet 
completed,  and  is  then  translated  by  the  English  past  progressive :  as, 
vocabam,  I  was  calling.  For  this  reason  this  tense  is  often  called  the 
imperfect. 

b.  It  usually  describes  a  past  situation,  and  is  then  translated  by 
the  English  past :  as,  vocabam,  /  ca//ec^.  For  this  reason  this  tense  is 
often  called  the  past  descriptive. 

EXERCISES 

179.  Inflect  in  the  past  indicative  active  the  verbs  given 
in  §  161. 

180.  I.  Narras,  narrabas,  paramus,  parabamus.  2.  Pugnatis, 
portabat,  occupant,  dabam.  3.  Occupabatis,  navigatis',  laborabas, 
habitant.    4.  Datis,  pugnabam,  properatis,  occupabamus. 

BRITANNIA 

First  learn  the  special  vocabulary,  page  364,  and  locate  on  the  map, 
page  49,  the  countries  mentioned  in  the  story. 

181.  Britannia,  terra  Britannorum,  est  insula  magna. 
Britanni  erant  barbari  et  in  silvis  magnis  et  oppidis  parvis 
habitabant.  Britannia  est  prbxima  Galliae  et  Britanni  erant 
amici  Gallorum.  In  longis  bellis  Gallorum  et  Roman5rum 
Britanni  sociis  suis  auxilium  saepe  dabant.  lam  nota  popul5  5 
Romano  erat  Britannia.  Sed  amicitia  Britannorum  et  Gallo- 
rum populo  Romano  grata  non  erat.  Itaque  Roman!  copias 
convocabant    et    arma    sua    et    magnam    copiam    frumenti 


PAST  INDICATIVE  ACTIVE,  FIRST  CONJUGATION     5^ 

parabant.  Magna  cum  diligentia  laborabant.  Turn  cum  multis 
viris  ad  insulam  Britanniam  navigabant.  Insula  erat  crebra  10 
silvis  et  viae  non  bonae  erant.  Itaque  Romani  in  periculo 
saepe  erant.  Britanni  ex  castris  suls  properabant  et  cum 
Romanis  pugnabant.  Sed  vict5ria  Romanorum  erat,  et 
Romani  c5piis  suis  multa  oppida  Britann5rum  occupabant. 


BRITANNI    ERANT   BARBARI 


182.  I.  The  Romans  were-fighting  in  the  forest  with  the 
savage  Britons.  2.  The  Britons  carried  grain  to  the  camp 
with-their  horses.  3.  Your  friendship  will-be  known  to-the- 
Romans.  4.  Because-of-the-rumor  ^  of-war  the  Britons  were 
already  calling-together  their  forces.  5.  The  Romans  sailed 
through  the  deep  waters  with  great  danger. 

I.  Ablative  of  cause,  §  165. 


LESSON  XXI 

MontanI  semper  liberi  —  Mountaineers  are  always  free ^ 

FUTURE  INDICATIVE  ACTIVE  OF  THE  FIRST  CONJUGATION 

183.  Formation  of  Future  Indicative  Active.  The  tense  sign 
of  the  future  in  the  first  conjugation  is  -bi-.  This  is  added  to 
the  present  stem  and  followed  by  the  personal  endings. 


Present  Stem 

Tense  Sign 

Personal  Ending 

voca- 

bi- 

t 

call- 

will- 

he 

184.  Inflection  of  Future  Indicative  Active.  The  first  person 
singular  ends  in  -bo,  the  i  of  the  tense  sign  disappearing. 
In  the  third  person  plural  -bi-  becomes  -bu-. 

1.  voca'bo,  I-shall-call  voca'bimus,  we-shall-call 

2.  voca'bis,  yon-will-call  voca'bitis,  yoiL-will-call 

3.  voca'bit,  he-,  she-,  it-will-call      voca'bunt,  they-will-call 

a.  Note  that  the  inflection  is  somewhat  like  that  of  ero  (§  170), 
the  future  of  sum. 

EXERCISES 

First  learn  the  special  vocabulary,  page  364 

185.  I.  Quis  fabulam  insulae^  Britanniae  narrabit .?  2.  Cur, 
mi  fill,  Britanni  erant  miseri .?  3.  Bellis  crebris  Britanni 
erant  miseri.  4.  Erantne  orae  insulae^  altae^?  Altae  erant. 
5.  Britanni  Gallis,  sociis  suis,  auxilium  saepe  dant.  6.  Itaque 
R5mani  magnis  cum  copiis  ad  oras  altas  insulae  navigabunt. 

1  Motto  of  the  state  of  West  Virginia.  The  verb  io  be  is  omitted  in  this 
motto,  as  in  many  others. 

60 


FUTURE  INDICATIVE  ACTIVE 


6i 


7.  lam  Romani  barbaros  multis  proeliis  ^  superabunt.  8.  Magna 
erunt  praemia  victdriae.    9.  Turn  insula  erit  Romanorum. 

I.  Genitive.    2.  Predicate  adjective,  nominative  plural.    3.  Ablative  of 
means. 

186.  I.  The  shore   of-the-island,   nearest  to-Gaul,   is   high. 

2.  We-shall-fight  with  the  hostile  savages  ^  in  the  great  forests. 

3.  Our  friends  will-be  wretched  because-of-the-dangers  ^  of-the- 
battle.  4.  You-will-conquer  the  Britons,  O  Romans,  with-your 
long  spears.^  5.  Soon  (iam)  the  Romans  will  give  great  rewards 
to  their  allies. 


Ablative  of  accompaniment.     2.  Ablative  of  cause.     3.  Ablative  of 


means. 


187.  Inflect  in  the  future  indicative  active  the  verbs  given 
in  8  161. 


ORAE   BRITANNIAE   ERANT  ALTAE 


LESSON   XXII 

Virtus  praemium  est  optimum  —  Virtue  is  the  best  prize ^ 

PRESENT,  PAST,  AND  FUTURE  INDICATIVE  ACTIVE 
OF  THE  SECOND  CONJUGATION 

188.  Formation  of  Present,  Past,  and  Future  Indicative 
Active.  Verbs  having  the  infinitive  termination  -ere,  such  as 
mone're,  belong  to  the  Second  Conjugation. 

189.  The  present,  past,  and  future  of  the  second  conjuga- 
tion, as  of  the  first,  are  formed  on  the  present  stem. 

190.  The  present  stem  of  the  second  conjugation  ends  in 
-e  (§  155).  This  characteristic  vowel  appears  in  every  form 
of  the  present,  past,  and  future. 

191.  The  same  personal  endings  and  the  same  tense  signs 
are  used  as  in  the  first  conjugation. 

192.  Inflection  of  Present,  Past,  and  Future  Indicative 
Active.  The  inflection  below  shows  the  present,  past,  and 
future  indicative  active  of  vo'co  (/  call)  of  the  first  conjuga- 
tion and  of  mo'neo  (/  advise  or  warn)  of  the  second.  Review 
the  forms  of  vo'co  and  learn  the  corresponding  tenses  of  mo'neo. 

vo'co,  voca're  (pres.  stem  voca-),  call 

PRESENT 

1.  vo'co,  I-call  voca'mus,  we-call 

2 .  vo'cas,  yoti-call  voca'tis,  yoit-call 

3.  vo'cat,  he-,  she-,  it-calls  vo'cant,  they-call 

J  From  Plautus,  a  writer  of  Latin  plays. 
O2 


PRESENT,  PAST,  AND  FUTURE  INDICATIVE       63 

PAST  (Imperfect) 

1 .  voca'bam,  I-zvas-calling  or  I-called 

2.  wocdJhSiS,  yoii-were-calli7ig  or  yoti-called 

3.  voca'bat,  he-^  she-,  it-w as-calling  or  he-,  she-,  it-called 

1 .  vocaba'mus,  zve-were-calling  or  zve-called 

2.  vocaba'tis,  yoic-zve re-calling  or  yon-called 

3.  voca'bant,  they-ivere-calling  or  they-called 

FUTURE 

1 .  voca'bo,  I-shall-call  voca'bimus,  we-shall-call 

2.  vocdihis,  you-will-call  woca'hitis,  yo?i-will-eall 

3.  voca'bit,  he-,  she-,  it-will-call       voca'bunt,  they-will-call 

mo'neo,  mone're  (pres.  stem  mone-),  advise 

PRESENT 

1.  mo'neo,  I-advise       '  mone'mus,  tve-advise 

2.  mo'nes,  yoii-adz'ise  mon^'tis,  yon-advise 

3.  mo'net,  he-,  she-,  it-advises  mo'nent,  they-advise 

PAST  (Imperfect) 

1.  mone^bam,  I-zvas-advising  or  I- advised 

2.  mone'bas,  you-we7'e-advisi7ig  or  yon-advised 

3.  mone'bat,  he-,  she-,  it-zvas-advising  or  he-,  she-,  it-advised 

1.  moneba'mus,  zve-zvcre-advising  or  zve-advised 

2 .  moneba'tis,  yon-zvere-advising  or  yon-advised 

3.  mone'bant,  they-zvere-advising  or  they-advised 

FUTURE 

1.  mone'bo,  I-shall-advise  mone'bimus,  zve-shall-advise 

2.  mone'bis,  yon-zvill-advise        mone'hitis,  yo?i-zvill-advise 

3.  mone'bit,  he-zvill-advise  mone'bunt,  they-will-advise 


64  SHORTENING  OF  VOWELS 

193.  Nearly  all  regular  verbs  ending  in  -eo  belong  to  the 
Second  Conjugation. 

194.  Shortening  of  Vowels.  Attention  has  been  called  to  the 
shortening  of  long  vowels  in  certain  forms.  The  following  rules 
are  of  general  application  : 

1.  A  long  vowel  is  shortened  before  another  vowel. 
Thus,  mone-6  becomes  mone-6. 

2.  A  long  vowel  is  shortened  before  nt  and  nd,  before  final 
-m  or  -t,  and,  except  in  words  of  one  syllable,  before  final 
-1  or  -r. 

Thus,  vocant,  vocandus,  vocabam,  vocabat,  monet. 

EXERCISES 

First  learn  the  special  vocabulary,  page  364 

195.  Like    moneo,    inflect    the    present,    past,    and    future 

indicative  of 

Derivatives 
habeo,  habe're,  have  habit 

teneo,  tene're,  hold^  keep  tenacious 

timeo,  time're,  fear  timid 

video,  vide' re,  see  vision,  evident 

196.  I.  Tenetis,  vocabitis,  habebant.  2.  Videbunt,  mone- 
bamus,  narrabat.  3.  Habebo,  times,  vocatis.  4.  Videsne  altas 
oras  insulae  ?  5.  Numquam,  Romani,  sine  auxilio  sociorum 
nostr5rum  praemia  vict5riae  tenebimus. 


MY  FIRST  REMEMBRANCE  OF  GRAMMAR  IS  MY  STUDY  OF  THE  LATIN  GRAM- 
MAR,  "WHICH   GAVE   ME,   AS  FAR  AS  I  NOW  CAN  SEE,   WHATEVER   KNOWL- 
EDGE I  POSSESS   OF  THE  STRUCTURE   OF   LANGUAGE. LYMAN  ABBOTT 


LESSON   XXIII 

Lupus  in  fabula  —  The  wolf  in  the  story  ^ 
LATIN  ORDER  OF  WORDS 

197.  Order  of  Words  in  English  and  Latin  Compared.    In 

English,  words  are  arranged  in  a  fairly  fixed  order,  and  this 
order  cannot  be  changed,  as  a  rule,  without  changing  or  destroy- 
ing the  meaning  of  the  sentence. 

198.  In  Latin  the  office  of  the  words  in  a  sentence  is  shown 
by  their  forms  (§  39),  and  their  position  is  much  more  free. 
Still  there  are  general  rules  of  order,  which  should  be  carefully 
observed.  The  rules  already  given  in  the  preceding  lessons 
are  here  summarized  for  review. 

flf.  The  subject  generally  stands  first,  the  verb  last.  But,  to  avoid 
obscurity,  est,  is,  and  other  forms  of  the  verb  ito  be  usually  stand,  as  in 
English,  between  the  subject  and  a  noun  or  adjective  in  the  predicate. 

Note.  In  connected  narrative  each  succeeding  sentence  begins  with 
the  word  or  words  that  link  it  most  closely  to  the  sentence  preceding.  For 
example,  in  "  The  Rhine  was  the  frontier  of  Germany.  Caesar  built  a  bridge 
across  this  river,"  the  order  of  words  in  Latin  would  be  "  The  Rhine  was 
the  frontier  of  Germany.  Across  this  lii'er  Cassar  a  bridge  built."  Observe 
that  the  first  words  of  the  second  sentence,  "Across  this  river,"  link  it  to 
the  sentence  preceding  and  are  therefore  placed  before  the  subject,  "  Caesar." 

h.  The  indirect  object  may  either  precede  or  follow  the  direct  object. 
C.  The  vocative  case  rarely  stands  first. 

d.  An  adjective  may  either  precede  or  follow  its  noun  (cf.  §  199). 

e.  The  possessive  adjective  regularly  follows  its  noun. 

/.  Adverbs  normally  stand  directly  before  the  words  they  modify. 

^  From  Terence,  a  writer  of  Latin  comedies.  The  expression  applies  to  an 
unexpected  and  unwelcome  appearance  ;  cf.  "  Speak  of  the  devil." 

65 


66  LATIN  ORDER  OF  WORDS 

199.  Words  are  made  emphatic  by  placing  them  in  unusual 
positions.  Thus  we  have  seen  that  possessive  adjectives,  which 
regularly  follow  their  nouns,  are  made  emphatic  by  placing 
them  before  their  nouns  (§  137)  ;  and  any  adjective  or  other 
modifier  is  made  emphatic  by  separating  it  from  the  word  to 
which  it  belongs.    Observe  the  following  sentences: 

Caesar  agros  pulchros  Gallonim  occupat 
C2iQS,2iX  pulchros  Gallorum  agros  occupat 

In  the  first  sentence  pulchros  is  not  emphatic.  In  the  second 
it  has  been  made  so  by  separating  it  from  its  noun  agros. 
The  order  of  words,  therefore,  in  a  Latin  sentence  tells  the 
eyes  of  the  reader  as  much  about  the  emphasis  as  his  ears 
tell  him  when  he  hears  a  man  speak.  If  you  do  not  note  the 
order,  you  will  often  fail  to  get  the  sense. 

EXERCISES 

200.  Derivation.  What  Latin  derivatives  can  you  find  in 
the  following  paragraph  ?  Give  the  meaning  of  each  derivative 
and  the  Latin  word  from  which  it  is  derived. 

Britain,  because  of  its  insular  character,  was  not  occupied  by 
the  Romans  for  many  years.  Its  inhabitants  were  a  great 
multitude,  barbarous  in  their  habits  of  life,  very  belligerent, 
and  not  slow  to  fight  for  their  liberties.  Then,  too,  the  visible 
and  the  invisible  perils  of  navigation  in  the  open  sea,  though 
not  insuperable,  made  the  Romans  timid. 


Third  Review,  Lessons  XVI-XXIII,  §§  743-748 


o    c 

ti    ^ 

X     rt 

«  ^ 

■^   ^ 

w    *-• 

<+-!       *-* 

O     a; 

!2   o 

rt    d 

■-2   X 

c  "^ 

m 

'o  B 

S3 

^ 

a  M 

< 

(U    <u 

-M       O 

S 

W 

Oh 

X      rC 

D 

(X, 

^      .i= 

^    X 

o 

< 

t_     0) 

en    -^ 

'o , 

^ 

So 

3       ■!-> 

2 

c5 

^ 

"^      (U 

H 

rG        (U 

13   pC 

w 

< 

2 

o 

% 

i^^ 

1? 

u^ 

\ ) 

SB 

C3    5 

<u 

ai 

t/3     ■(-> 

^ 

o 

1  2i 

o 

< 

o 

Pi 

w 

11 

1 

X 
H 

6    c 

^  ^ 

gr&. 

•c  ^ 

<u    <u 

}:?     C 

irt  -ci 

£     bJD 

12 

a 

<u    -; 

U      (U 

b    ?^ 

tio .!:: 

<u  mX 

c«     ex 

^  >, 

1? 

o   c 

w 

ex    rt 

=3  ?? 

«  g 

-5    rt 

o    o 

^  Pi 

c3     CX 

LESSON   XXIV 

Quandoque  bonus  dormitat  Homerus  —  Even  good  Homer 
sometimes  nods  i 

THE  DEMONSTRATIVE  IS,  EAy  ID 

201.  Definition  of  a  Demonstrative.  A  demonstrative  is  a 
word  that  points  out  an  object,  as,  t/iis,  that,  these,  those. 
Sometimes  these  words  are  pronouns  :  as,  Do  you  hear  these  f 
Sometimes  they  are  adjectives  :  as,  Do  yoti  hear  these  men  f 
In  the  former  case  they  are  called  demonstrative  pronouns,  in 
the  latter  demojistrative  adjectives. 

202.  Agreement  of  Latin  Demonstratives.  Demonstrative 
pronouns  agree  in  gender  and  number  with  the  nouns  to 
which  they  refer,  but  their  case  is  determined  by  the  way  they 
are  used. 

Demonstrative  adjectives,  like  other  adjectives,  agree  w^ith 
their  nouns  in  gender,  number,  and  case. 

203.  Demonstrative  is,  ea,  id.  The  demonstrative  most  used 
is  is  (masculine),  ea  (feminine),  id  (neuter),  meaning  this  or 
that  in  the  singular  and  these  or  tJiose  in  the  plural.  It  is 
declined  as  follows : 


Masc. 

Fem. 

Neut. 

NOM. 

is 

ea 

id 

Gen. 

eius 

eius 

eius 

DAT. 

ei 

ei 

ei 

Ace. 

eum 

eam 

id 

Abl. 

eo 

ea 

eo 

Masc 

Fem. 

Neut. 

ei  (ii) 

eae 

ea 

eorum 

earum 

eorum 

eis  (iis) 

eis  (iis) 

eis  (iis) 

eos 

eas 

ea 

eis  (iis) 

eis  (iis) 

eis  (iis) 

1  From  Horace.  The  meaning  is  that  even  the  best  make  mistakes.  Of 
similar  sentiment  are  his  words  "  Vitiis  nemo  sine  nascitur,"  no  one  is  born 
without  faults. 

67 


68  THE  DEMONSTRATIVE  IS,  EA,  ID 

The  genitive  singular  eius  is  pronounced  ek'ytis.  The  plural 
forms  with  two  i's  are  pronounced  as  one  syllable.  Hence, 
pronounce  ii  as  i  and  iis  as  is. 

204.  Position  of  Demonstrative  Adjectives.  Demonstrative 
adjectives,  being  emphatic,  normally  precede  their  nouns  :  as, 

Ad  earn  insulam  navigat,  he  is  sailing  to  this  (or  that)  island 

205.  Demonstratives  used  as  Personal  Pronouns.  Latin  de- 
monstratives are  frequently  used  for  the  personal  pronouns  of 
the  third  person,  he^  she,  it,  or  (plural)  they.  Is,  as  a  personal 
pronoun,  has  the  following  meanings : 

NoM.     is,  he  ;  ea,  she  ;  id,  it 

Gen.      eius,  of  him,  his  ;  eius,  of  her,  her,  hers  ;  eius,  of  it,  its 
DAT.      ei,  to  or  for  him  ;  ei,  to  or  for  her',  ei,  to  or  for  it 
Ace.      eum,  him  ;  eam,  her ;  id,  it 

Abl.      eo,  with,  from,  etc.,  him  ;  ea,  with,  from,  etc.,  her ; 
eo,  with,  from,  etc.,  it 

NoM.  ei  or  ii,  eae,  ea,  they 

Gen.  eorum,  earum,  eorum,  of  them,  their 

DAT.  eis  or  iis,  eis  or  iis,  eis  or  iis,  to  or  for  them 

Ace.  eos,  eas,  ea,  them 

Abl.  eis  or  iis,  eis  or  iis,  eis  or  iis,  with,  from,  etc.,  them 

EXERCISES 

First  learn  the  special  vocabulary,  page  364 

206.  I .  Quis  ea  c5nsilia  Romanorum  iam  nuntiabat  t  Bonus 
amicus  Britannorum.  2.  Quo  ei  Roman!  navigabunt .?  Ad 
insulam  ei  Romani  navigabunt.  3.  Quid  in  eam  insulam  por- 
tabunt }  Multos  viros  et  equ5s  et  magnam  copiam  frumenti 
in  eam  insulam  portabunt.  4.  Pugnabuntne  Britanni  cum  R5- 
manis  }  Mox  pugnabunt,  sed  eos  non  superabunt.    5 .  Amantne 


POSSESSIVE  OF  THE  THIRD  PERSON  69 

Britanni  insulam  suam  ?  Amant.  6.  Ilabentne  Britanni  socios  ? 
Nunc  Galli  sunt  socii  eorum,  sed  auxilium  Gallorum  eos  num- 
quam  servabit.  7.  lam  {soon)  magnam  victoriam  Roman!  nun- 
tiabunt.  8.  Iniuriae  Britannorum  erunt  magnae  et  vita^  eorum 
erit  semper  misera. 

I .  Observe  that  vita  is  translated  lives.  The  plural  of  vita  is  not  used 
except  in  the  sense  of  biographies,  as,  vitae  magnorum  virorum,  lives  of 
great  men. 

207.  I.  He-sees  him,  her,  it,  them.  2.  This  plan,  that  Hfe, 
these  boys.  3.  P'or-those  rewards,  with  that  friend,  the  rumor 
of-that  battle.  4.  The  story  of -those  wrongs,  for-that  life, 
those  girls. 


LESSON   XXV 

Aurea  mediocritas  —  The  golden  mean ^ 
THE   POSSESSIVE  OF  THE   THIRD  PERSON 

208.  We  learned  in  §  135  that  the  possessive  of  the  third 
person,  suus,  -a,  -um,  his,  her,  its,  their,  is  reflexive  and  is 
used  when  the  subject  is  the  possessor  :  as, 

Britanni  insulam  suam  amant,  the  Britons  love  their  islafid  . 

209.  When  his,  her,  its,  their  do  not  refer  to  the  subject,  but 
to  other  persons  or  things,  we  translate  his,  her,  its  by  eius 
{of  him ^  of  her,  of  it),  and  their  by  eorum  {of  them)  for  mas- 
culine or  neuter  possessors  and  earum  for  feminine  possessors. 

Galba  sees  his  (own)  danger,  Galba  periculum  suum  videt 
Galba  sees  his  danger  (not  his  own),  Galba  periculum  eius  videt 
The  men  see  their  (own)  danger,  viri  periculum  suum  vident 
The  7nen  see  their  danger  (not  their  own),  viri  periculum  eorum 
(earum)  vident 

1  From  Horace,  the  noted  lyric  poet. 


;o  POSSESSIVE  OF  THE  THIRD  PERSON 

EXERCISES 

First  learn  the  special  vocabulary,  page  365 

210.  I .  Regina  amicos  suos  servabat.  2.  Regina  amicos  eius  ^ 
servabat.  3.  Roman!  finitimos  suos  servabunt.  4.  Romani 
finitimos  eorum  servabunt.  5.  Ei  barbari  copiis  suis  muros 
altos  et  latos  eorum  tenebant.  6.  Is  Gallus  Romanes  non 
timebat,  sed  eis  iniurias  suas  narrabat.  7.  Amatisne  patriam 
vestram  ?  Clara  oppida  et  latos  agros  eius  amamus.  8.  German! 
victorias  eorum  nuntiabunt.  9.  Non  sine  praemio  auxilium 
reginae  dabis. 

I.  Do  not  forget  that  eius,  being  masculine,  feminine,  or  neuter,  may 
mean  his,  her,  or  its.    Usually  the  context  will  show  which  meaning  to  use. 

211.  I.  That  slave  will-save  his  {his  own)  life.  2.  That  slave 
will-save  his  {not  his  own)  life.  3.  Those  girls  were-holding 
their  {their  oivn)  prizes.  4.  Those  savages  will-fear  their  {their 
own)  neighbors.    5.  They  love  their  queen  and  see  her  danger. 


THE    ROMAN    FORUM   AT    ITS   WESTERN    END 

On  the  left  are  three  columns  of  the  temple  of  Vespasian  and  the  arch  of 

Septimius  Severus.    On  the  right  are  the  ruins  of  the  temple  of  Saturn.    The 

canvas  near  the  foot  of  the  arch  covers  an  excavation  where  were  found  the 

alleged  tomb  of  Romulus  and  the  oldest  Latin  inscription 


LESSON   XXVI 

Formosa  facies   muta   commendatio   est  —  A  pleasing  countenance  is 
a  silent  recommendation  i 

THE  PRESENT  INDICATIVE   ACTIVE  OF  THE  THIRD 
CONJUGATION 

212.  Verbs  having  the  infinitive  termination  -ere  belong  to 
the  Third  Conjugation  :  as,  rego,  re'gere  {nile),  present  stem 
rege-  (cf.  §  155). 

213.  The  present  indicative   active  of  rego  is  inflected  as 

follows  : 

Personal  Endings  Personal  Endings 

1.  re'go,  I-nile  -0  re'gimus,  we-nde    -mus 

2.  re'gis,  yoti-rnle  -s  re'gitis,  yotc-ride     -tis 

3.  re'git,  ke-y  she-,  it-ndes   -t  re'gunt,  they-mle    -nt 

a.  Note  that  the  final  -e  of  the  present  stem  disappears  in  the  first 
person  singular,  becomes  -u-  in  the  third  person  plural  and  -i-  else- 
\vhere.    The  inflection  is  much  like  that  of  ero,  the  future  of  sum. 


EXERCISES 

214.  Like  rego,  re'gere,  inflect  the  present  indicative  active 
of  dico,  di'cere,  speak,  say;  and  duco,  du'cere,  lead. 

215.  Derivation.    From  the  verb  duco  many  English  words 
are  derived.    Define  the  following  : 

ductile  induce  produce  adduce 

duke  introduce  reduce  deduce 

^  From  Publilius  Syrus,  a  writer  whose  short  and  witty  sayings  were  memo- 
rized in  the  Roman  schools. 


72  PRESENT  INDICATIVE  OF  REGO 

MAGISTER   ET   DISCIPULIi 

First  learn  the  special  vocabulary,  page  365 

216.  Magister.  Saepe,  discipuli  mei,  de  Roma  dicimus, 
sed  ubi  est  Roma  ? 

DiscipulI.  Roma,  magister,  est  in  Italia,  clara  patria 
Romanorum. 

M.    Habetisne  tabulam  {a  map)  Italiae  ? 

D.    Tabulam  bonam  Italiae  in  libris  nostris  habemus. 

M.    Estne  Italia  lata? 

D.    Lata  Italia  non  est.    Longa  est. 

M.    Quid  libri  vestri  de  viis  Romanis  narrant } 

D.  R5mani  multas  et  longas  vias  habebant.  Eae  viae  per 
Italiam,  Galliam,  Germaniam  patebant.  Nota  erat  Appia  via.^ 
De  ea  libri  saepe  dicunt. 

M.    Eratne  Roma  semper  magna  } 

D.  N5n  semper.  Per  multos  ann5s  Roma  erat  parva  et 
finitimi  eius  erant  inimici.  Sed  populus  Romanus  eos  multis 
proeliis  superabat.  Tum  in  {against)  barbards  Roman!  copias 
suas  ducunt  et  denique  multas  terras  regunt. 

M.  Optime  {well  done),  discipuli.  Aliquando  {some  day)  a 
patria  nostra  ad  Italiam  navigabitis  et  oras  pulchras  et  insulas 
eius  et  muros  altos  Romae  videbitis. 

I .  Teacher  and  Pupils.    2.  See  page  86. 


WE  SHOULD  HAVE  SCANT  CAPITAL  TO  TRADE  ON  WERE  WE  TO  THROW 
AWAY  THE  WISDOM  W^E  HAVE  INHERITED  AND  SEEK  OUR  FORTUNE 
WITH  THE  SLENDER  STOCK  WE  OURSELVES  HAVE  ACCUMULATED.  THIS, 
IT  SEEMS  TO  ME,  IS  THE  REAL,  THE  PREVALENT  ARGUMENT  FOR  HOLD- 
ING EVERY  MAN  W^  CAN  TO  THE  INTIMATE  STUDY  OF  THE  ANCIENT 
CLASSICS.  —  WOODROW  WILSON 


Personal 

Endings 

I.  auMio,  I-hear 

-0 

2.  au'dis,  you-hca}' 

-s 

LESSON   XXVII 

Cum  gran5  salis  —  With  a  grain  of  salt ^ 

THE  PRESENT  INDICATIVE  ACTIVE  OF  THE  FOURTH 
CONJUGATION 

217.  Verbs  having  the  infinitive  termination  -ire  belong  to 
the  Fourth  Conjugation  :  as,  audio,  audi're  {hear),  present  stem 
audi-  (cf.  §  155). 

218.  The    present   indicative    active    of    audio,    audi're,    is 

inflected  as  follows  : 

Personal 
Endings 

audi'mus,  we-hear     -mus 

audi'tis,  yott-hear       -tis 

3.  auMit,  he-,  she-,  it-hears     -t         au'diunt,  they-hear    -nt 

a.  Note  that  i,  the  characteristic  vowel,  is  always  long  except 
where  long  vowels  are  regularly  shortened  (cf.  §  194).  In  the  third 
person  plural  u  is  inserted  between  the  stem  and  the  personal 
ending:  as,  audi-u-nt. 

EXERCISES 

219.  Like  audio,  audire,  inflect  the  present  indicative  active 
of  venio,  venire,  come,  and  munio,  vc^umx^,  fortify, 

220.  I.  Nuntiabunt,  venitis,  habebat,  munis.  2.  Videbatis, 
audimus,  timebit,  veniunt.  3.  Dabit,  tenebunt,  munitis,  naviga- 
bas.  4.  Audit,  timebatis,  narrant,  habebimus.  5.  Properabunt, 
venimus,  parabas,  milniunt. 

^  From  PHny.  An  expression  used  to  indicate  that  the  real  facts  have  been 
exaggerated  :  as,  "  That  story  must  be  taken  ciim  grand  satis.'''' 

73 


74 


PRESENT  INDICATIVE  OF  AUDIO 


DE   CASTRIS   ROMANIS 
First  learn  the  special  vocabulary,  page  365 

221 .  Videtisne  castra  Romana  ?  Castra  sunt  magna,  et 
quattuor  (/<?//?-)  portas  {gates)  habent.  Per  eas  portas 
Roman!  in  castra  veniunt  et  ex  eis  portis  copias  suas  ducunt. 
In  castris  multos  viros  et  equ5s  videmus.  Videmus  viros 
qui  in  armis  sunt  et  vir5s  qui  magna  diligentia  laborant.     Ei  5 


CASTRA  ROMANA 


qui  laborant  castra  muniunt.  Romanl  castra  sua  alto  vallo 
et  alta  fossa  semper  muniunt.  Videtisne  eos  qui  terram 
ex  fossa  portant  ?  Barbari  castra  sua  non  muniunt,  itaque 
vita  ^  e5rum  multis  periculis  patet.  Sed  Roman!  sine  periculo 
castra  sua  tenent  nee  {rio'r)  barbarSs  timent.  In  mediis  castris  10 
est  praetorium  {generaVs  tent),  Idne^  videtis  ?  Is  qui  copias 
Romanas  ducit  est  clarus  vir.  Saepe  suos  ^  convocat.  Nunc 
eis^  dicit  {is  talking)  et  ei  eum  audiunt. 

I.  Translate,  lives.    2.  Made  up  of  id  and  -ne,  the  question  sign.    3.  His 
7fieu.    The  possessives  are  often  pronouns  (cf.  §  132).    4.  Indirect  object. 


r 


LESSON   XXVIII 

Palma  non  sine  pulvere  —  No  prize  without  a  struggle ^ 
THE   DATIVE   WITH   SPECIAL  INTRANSITIVE   VERBS 

222.  Intransitive  verbs  do  not  admit  of  a  direct  object  (§  25). 
Many  such  verbs,  however,  are  of  such  meaning  that  they  can 
govern  a  dative  as  indirect  object  (§  58).  This  dative,  in  Latin, 
represents  the  person  or  thing  to  which  a  benefit,  injury,  or 
feeling  is  directed  ;  but  it  appears  in  EngHsh  as  a  direct  object. 

223.  Learn  the  following  list  of  common  verbs  whose  mean- 
ings call  for  a  dative  as  indirect  object : 

Derivatives 

cre'do,  cre'dere,  believe  (give  belief  to),  trust  creed,  credit,  creditor 

fa'veo,  fave're,  favor  (show  favor  to)  favorite,  favorable 

no'ceo,  noce're,  injure  (do  harm  to)  noxious,  innocent 
pa'reo,  pare're,  obey  (give  obedience  to) 

persua'deo,  persuade're,  persuade  (make  a  dissuade,  suasion 

thing  agreeable  to) 

resis'to,  resis'tere,  resist  (offer  resistance  to)  persist,  insist,  desist 

stu'deo,  stude're,  be  eager  (give  attention  to)  study,  student,  studious 

flr.  The  verbs  credo  and  persuaded  are  transitive  in  some  senses  and 
take  an  accusative  (direct  object)  along  with  the  dative  (indirect  object): 
as,  Romanis  sua  credunt,  they  intrust  their  possessions  to  the  Romafis. ' 

224.  Rule  for  Dative  with   Intransitive  Verbs.     The 

dative  of  the  indirect  object  is  used  zvith  the  intransitive 
verbs  credo,  faveb,  noceo,  pared,  persuaded^  resisto,  studeo^  and 
others  of  like  meaning. 

1  Literally,  No  palm  withoiit  dust,  referring  to  the  palm  branch,  the  prize  of 
the  victor  in  the  chariot  race,  and  the  dust  raised  by  the  struggle.  Compare 
Mrs.  Browning's  "  No  cross,  no  crown." 

75 


76 


DATIVE  WITH  INTRANSITIVE  VERBS 


EXERCISES 

225.  Inflect  the  present  indicative  active  of  servo,  faveo, 
credo,  and  munio. 

226.  Derivation.  The  verb  resists,  resist,  is  composed  of  the 
verb  sisto,  stand,  and  the  prefix  re-,  back  or  again,  so  that 
resist  means  to  stand  back  in  the  line  or  stand  again  after 
running  away. 

Look  up  the  words  consist,  desist,  exist,  insist,  and  persist, 
and  note  the  force  of  each  of  the  prefixes. 

227.  I.  Credisne  sociis  eorum  }  Eis  non  credo.  2.  Mei  fini- 
timi  consiUis  novis  tuis  non  favent.  3.  Servi  bello  student. 
4.  Bonae  puellae  Hbris  suis  numquam  nocent.  5.  Equi  Galbae 
Marco  nautae  n5n  parent. 

228.  I .  We-persuade  our  friends.  2.  We-resist  our  neighbors. 
3.  That  boy  does  not  obey  Lesbia.  4.  You-beheve  them,  my 
friends,  because-of-your  friendship.^ 

I.  Ablative  of  cause,  §  165. 


A  COCKFIGHT 
A  wall  painting  from  a  house  in  Pompeii 


LESSON   XXIX 

Dirigo  —  I  point  the  way  ^ 
THE  PAST  INDICATIVE   ACTIVE  OF  REGO  AND  AUDIO 

229.  Formation  and  Inflection.    The  tense  sign  is  -ba-,  as  in 

the  first  two  conjugations.  The  past  indicative  of  rego  is  formed 
and  inflected  just  Hke  that  of  moneo.  The  past  indicative  of 
audio  has  ie  before  the  tense  sign  :  as,  audie'bam. 

THIRD  CONJUGATION 

1.  rege'bam,  I-was-rtding  or  I-nded 

2.  rege^bas,  yoic-were-nding  ox  you-7ided 

3.  rege'bat,  he-zvas-rtding  or  he-rided 

1 .  regeba'mus,  we-zvere-nding  or  ive-r-nled 

2.  regeba'tis,  you-zvere-nding  ox  yon-ride d 

3.  rege'bant,  they-zvere-?iding  or  they-nded 

FOURTH  CONJUGATION 

1 .  audie'bam,  I-zvasdiearing  or  Idieard 

2.  audie'bas,  yoii-were-hearing  ox  yoii-heard 

3.  audie'bat,  he-zvas-hearing  or  he-heard 

1 .  audieba'mus,  zve-zvere-hearing  or  zvedieard 

2.  audieba'tis,  yon-zvere-hearing  ox  yon-heard 

3.  audie'bant,  they-zvere-heartJig  or  they-heard 

230.  The  Conjunction  -que.  The  conjunction  and  is  often 
expressed  in  Latin  by  -que  added  to  the  second  of  two  asso- 
ciated words  :  as, 

senatus  populus'que  Romanus,  the  senate  and  the  Roman  people 

1  Motto  of  the  state  of  Maine. 
77 


78 


PAST  INDICATIVE  OF  REGO  AND  AUDIO 


a.  Words  which  do  not  stand  alone,  but  are  attached  to  other  words, 
are  called  enclitics.    We  have  already  had  -ne,  the  question  sign. 

EXERCISES 

231.  Inflect  the  present  and  past  indicative  of  nuntio,  studeo, 
credo,  and  venio. 

232.  I.  Dicebant,  audiebatis,  superabit,  ducunt.  2.  Tenebis, 
regitis,  muniebamus,  habebunt.  3.  Dicimus,  timebatis,  patent, 
veniebat.  4.  Ducebam,  muniunt,  videbitis,  patebis.  5.  Servabo, 
audiebas,  tenes,  dicebamus. 


DE   DEIS   ROMANIS 

First  learn  the  special  vocabulary,  page  365.    The  names  of  the  gods  men- 
tioned below,  being  the  same  in  English  and  Latin,  are  not  included. 

233.  I.  Roman!    rnultos    deos    et    multas    deas    habebant. 
2.  Poetae  Roman!  multas  fabulas  de  deis  et  deabus  ^  narrabant. 

3.Eisfabulisnoncredimus.  4.Populus 
R5manus  deos  deasque  timebat  et  eis 
parebat.  5.  In  numero  deorum  erant 
luppiter  et  Neptunus  et  Mars.  6.  lup- 
piter  deos  deasque  regebat,  Neptunus 
in  aquis  altis  habitabat.  7.  Mars  erat 
deus  belli,  et  proeliis  semper  studebat. 
8.  In  numero  dearum  erant  liino  et 
Minerva  et  Diana.  9.  Iun5  erat  regina 
dearum.  10.  Minerva  erat  dea  sapi- 
entiae.  1 1 .  Diana  erat  regina  silvarum. 

I .  dea  is  declined  like  filia  (§  70.  a),  having 
deabus  in  the  dative  and  ablative  plural. 


ATHENA  DEA  SAPIENTIAE 


234.  I.  Good  men  obey  the  gods.  2.  Evil  men  resist  the 
gods.  3.  The  gods  never  do-harm  to-good  boys  and  girls. 
4.  Minerva  favors  men  who  (qui)  are-eager  for  wisdom. 


/ 


LESSON   XXX 

In  hoc  signo  vinces  —  In  this  sign  thou  shalt  conquer ^ 

THE  FUTURE   INDICATIVE  ACTIVE   OF  THE   THIRD  AND 
FOURTH  CONJUGATIONS 

235-.  Tense  Sign  and  Inflection.  The  tense  sign  of  the  future 
in  the  third  and  fourth  conjugations  is  not  -bi-,  as  in  the  first 
and  second  conjugations,  but  -a-  in  the  first  person  singular 
and  -e-  in  the  rest  of  the  tense.  This  tense  sign  takes  the 
place  of  the  final  vowel  of  the  present  stem  in  verbs  conju- 
gated like  rego,  and  is  preceded  by  the  stem  vowel  -i  in  verbs 
conjugated  like  audio.  The  usual  shortening  of  long  vowels 
takes  place  (cf.  §  194). 

236.  The  inflection  of  the  future  indicative  active  of  rego 
(third  conjugation)  and  audio  (fourth  conjugation)  is  as  follows: 

1.  re'gam,  I-sJiall-nde  au'diam,  I-shall-hear 

2.  re'ges,  yon-ivill-riile  au'dies,  yoihivill-hear 

3.  re'get,  he-will-nile  au'diet,  he-zvill-hear 

1.  rege'mus,  ive-shall-nile  audie'mus,  we-shall-hear 

2.  rtgk' tis,  yoti-zvill-nile  SLudie'tis,  yo?i-wi/l-/iear 

3.  re'gent,  they-will-rule  auMient,  they-will-hear 

a.  Observe  that  the  future  of  the  third  conjugation  is  like  the 
present  of  the  second,  except  in  the  first  person  singular. 

EXERCISES 

237.  Inflect  the  present,  past,  and  future  indicative  active 
of  con'voco,  te'neo,  dico,  and  mu'nio. 

^  Translation  of  the  Greek  motto  which  Constantine,  the  first  Christian 
emperor,  is  said  to  have  seen  on  a  flaming  cross  in  the  sky.  This  vision,  we 
are  told,  led  to  his  conversion,  and  his  banners  afterwards  bore  a  cross  with 
its  motto.    It  is  now  the  motto  of  the  order  of  Knights  Templar. 

79 


80     FUTURE  INDICATIVE  OF  REGO  AND  AUDIO 

238.  Derivation.  Latin  prepositions  are  often  used  as  prefixes 
and  added  to  simple  verbs  to  make  compound  verbs.  These  same 
prefixes  appear  in  English  and  generally  have  the  same  meanings 
as  in  Latin. 

Form  English  derivatives  from  each  of  the  following  Latin 
compounds,  and  note  the  force  of  the  prefix : 

e\i,from  -\-  duco,  lead  =  abduco,  lead  away 

ad,  to  +  duco,  lead  =  adduce,  lead  to 

de,  down  or  from  +  duco,  lead=  deduco,  lead  down  ox  from 

6,  otit  of-\-  duco,  lead=  educo,  lead  out  of 

in,  into  -f-  duco,  lead  =  induce,  lead  into 

THE'SEUS   ET   MINOTAU'RUS  ^ 

First  learn  the  special  vocabulary,  page  366.  Consult  the  general  vocabulary 
for  new  words  or  words  you  have  forgotten. 

239.  Olim  (once  upon  a  time)  Minos,  qui  insulam  Cretam 
regebat,  bellum  cum  Graecis  gerebat.  Graeci  magno  animo 
pugnant,  sed  Minos  eos  crebris  proeliis  superat.  Turn 
Minos  dicit :  ''  Nunc,  Graeci,  victoria  est  mea  et  servi  mei 
estis.  Nunc  iniuriis^  vestris  poenam  dabitis  magnam.  5 
Quotannis  (every  year)  ad  patriam  meam  septem  (seven) 
pueros  et  septem  puellas  mittetis.  Cum  eis  ad  5ras  altae 
Cretae  navigabitis.  Eos  in  labyrinthum^  inducemus.  Tum 
barbarus  Minotaurus  veniet.  Eum  videbunt  et  audient  et 
timebunt.  Amicos  suos  vocabunt,  sed  quis  ad  eos  auxilia  10 
portabit  t  Sine  consilio,^  sine  armis  vitam  suam  Minotauro 
barbaro  dabunt.   Ea,  Graeci,  erit  poena  vestra.  Quid  dicitis .? " 

I.  Theseus  (the'sus)  and  the  Min' o-taur.  The  Minotaur  was  a  fabulous 
monster,  which  lived  on  the  island  of  Crete  in  the  labyrinth,  a  structure 
containing  so  many  rooms  and  winding  passages  that  nobody  could  get 
out  of  it.  The  Minotaur  fed  on  human  flesh.  2.  Ablative  of  cause.  The 
Greeks  had  caused  the  death  of  a  son  of  Minos,  and  this  led  to  the  war. 
3.  Resource, 


I 


82 


VERBS  IN  -lO,  THIRD  CONJUGATION 


240.  I .  The  wretched  men  will-suffer  punishment.  2.  Whither 
will  Minos  lead  the  boys  and  girls?  3.  He-will-lead  them  ^  to 
his  island.    4.  The  forces  will-wage  war  with  great  spirit. 

I.  Use  the  masculine  form. 


GLASS   VASES   FROM   POMPEII 


LESSON  XXXI 

N5n  est  ad  astra  mollis  e  terrls  via  —  Not  easy  is  the  way 
from  the  earth  to  the  stars  ^ 

VERBS  IN  -lb  OF  THE   THIRD  CONJUGATION 

241.  Some  verbs  of  the  third  conjugation  do  not  end  in  -0 
like  rego,  but  in  -io,  like  audio  of  the  fourth  conjugation.  The 
fact  that  they  belong  to  the  third  conjugation  and  not  to  the  fourth 
is  shown  by  the  ending  of  the  infinitive  (§  155).    Compare 

audio,  audi're  (hear),  fourth  conjugation 
capio,  ca'pere  (take),  third  conjugation 

242.  Observe  that  capio  is  inflected  like  audio  throughout 
the  past  and  future  ;  but  that  in  the  present  only  the  forms 
capio  and  capiunt  are  like  audio  and  audiuat,  all  the  other  forms 
being  like  corresponding  forms  of  rego  (cf .  capis,  regis ;  capit, 
regit;  etc.). 

1  From  Seneca,  a  Roman  philosopher. 


VERBS  IN  -lO,  THIRD  CONJUGATION 
capio,  capere  (pres.  stem  cape-),  take 


33 


PRESENT 

PAST 

FUTURE 

I.  ca'pio 

capie'bam 

ca'piam    ' 

2.  ca^pis 

capie'bas 

ca'pies 

3.  ca'pit 

capie'bat 

ca^piet 

I.  ca^pimus 

capieba'mus 

capie'mus 

2.  ca'pitis 

capieba'tis 

capie'tis 

3.  ca'piunt 

capie'bant 

ca^pient 

EXERCISES 


243.  Like  capio,  inflect  the  present,  past,  and  future  of  facio, 
facer e,  make,  do. 


THESEUS  ET   MINOTAURUS  (Continued) 
First  learn  the  special  vocabulary,  page  366 

244.  Miseri  Graeci  timent  et  parent.  Itaque  quotannis 
{yearly)  ad  Cretam  septem  pulchros  pueros  et  septem  pulchras 
puellas  mittunt.     Numquam  postea  filios  filiasque  vident. 

Turn  Theseus,  clarus  heros  {hero)  Graecorum,  in  patria 
non  erat.  Sed  mox  famam  miseram  audit  et  in  patriam 
celeriter  properat.  Populum  convocat  et  dicit :  '*  Semper,  O 
Graeci,  erimus  servi  ?  Semper  filios  filiasque  ad  Cretam 
mittemus  ?  Bonum  consilium  capiam.  Minerva,  dea  sapien- 
tiae,  auxilium  dabit.  Minotaurum  malum  non  timeo.  Cum 
eo  pugnabo  et  eum  vincam." 


10 


245.  I.  We-were-making,  they-will-wage,  you-are-sending. 
2.  We-shall-conquer,  you-will-take,  they-will-make.  3.  He-was- 
waging,  we-shall-come,  you-hear.  4.  They-will-say,  he-will- 
announce,  we-shall-make. 


LESSON   XXXII 

Ne  cede  malls  —  Do  not  yield  to  misfortunes ' 
THE  IMPERATIVE  MOOD  •  QUESTIONS  AND  ANSWERS 

246.  The  imperative  mood  expresses  a  command :  as,  come  ! 
go  !  speak  ! 

247.  The  Latin  imperative  has  two  tenses,  the  present  and 
future.  The  present  is  used  more  than  the  future,  which  is 
not  included  in  this  book. 

248.  The  present  imperative  is  used  only  in  the  second 
person,  singular  and  plural.  In  the  active  voice  the  singular 
is  the  same  in  form  as  the  present  stem.  The  plural  is  formed 
by  adding  -te  to  the  singular. 

249.  FIRST  CONJUGATION 

2.  voca,  call-tkou  voca'te,  call-ye 

SECOND  CONJUGATION 

2.  mone,  advise-thou  mone'te,  advise-ye 

THIRD  CONJUGATION 

2.  rege,  rnle-thou  re'gite,^  ride-ye 

FOURTH   CONJUGATION 

2.  audi,  hear-thoii  audi'te,  hear-ye 

250.  The  irregular  verb  sum  has  es,  be  thou,  and  este,  be  ye, 
as  present  imperatives. 

^  From  Vergil,  author  of  the  .4{ne'id,  the  greatest  Latin  epic  poem. 
2  Note  that  in  the  third  conjugation  e  of  the  stem  becomes  i  before  -te. 

84 


IMPERATIVE  MOOD  85 

QUESTIONS  AND  ANSWERS 

251.  We  learned  in  §  109  that  questions  might  be  intro- 
duced, as  in  English,  by  interrogative  pronouns  or  adverbs  : 
as,  quis  ?  who  ?  ubi  ?  zvhcre  ?  quo  ?  whither  ?  cur  ?  why  ?  and 
that  questions  expecting  the  answer  yes  or  no  were  often  intro- 
duced by  -ne,  the  question  sign,  combined  with  the  first  word. 

But  questions  expecting  the  answer  yes  or  no  may  take  one 
of  three  forms  : 

1.  Venitne?  Is  he  coming  I    (Asking  for  information.) 

2.  Nonne  venit?  Is  he  not  coming^    (Expecting  the  answer ^^i-.) 

3.  Num  venit  ?  He  isn't  coming,  is  he  ?  (Expecting  the  answer  no.) 

252.  We  learned  in  §  no  thsit  yes-or-no  questions  are  usually 
answered  by  repeating  the  verb,  with  or  without  a  negative. 
Instead  of  this,  ita,  vero,  certe,  etc.  (so,  truly,  eertainly,  etc.) 
may  be  used  for  yes ;  and  non,  minime,  etc.  for  no  if  the  denial 
is  an  emphatic  by  no  means,  not  at-all,  or  the  like. 

Num  via  longa  est  ?  Minime.   The  road  isn't  hmg,  is  it  ?  Not  at  at t. 

EXERCISES 

253.  Give  the  present  imperative  of  the  following  verbs  : 
facio,  venio,  gero,  pateo,  servo. 

THESEUS   ET   MInOTAURUS  (Continued) 

P'irst  learn  the  special  vocabulary,  page  366 

254.  Tum  Theseus  navigium  celeriter  parat  et  ad  insulam 
Cretam  navigat.  Cum  ^  ad  oram  altam  venit,  ex  navigio 
properat  et  terram  petit.  Eum  Ariadne,^  filia  reginae,  videt. 
Tum  eum  vocat  et  dicit :  ''Quis  es,  bone  vir^.?  Quid  in 
patria  mea  petis  .?  Nonne  Graecus  es  .?  Greta  est  inimica  5 
Graecis  et  vita  tua  est  in  periculo."    Theseus  respondet : 


86 


IMPERATIVE  MOOD 


''Theseus  sum,  Graecorum  heros  {hero),  notus  fama'*  mea 
per  multas  terras.  Minotaurum  peto.  Cum  ^  eo  pugnabo. 
Eum  vincam.  Nonne  Theseo  auxilium  dabis  ?  "  Tum  Ari- 
adne, clara  fama  et  magno  animo  These!  commota  {moved),  lo 
eum  amat  et  respondet :  *'  Num  barbara  sum  ?  Vitam  tuam 
servab5.    Cape  arma  et  veni." 

I.  The  conjunction  cum,  when,  and  the  preposition  cum,  with,  though 
alike,  are  easily  distinguished,  as  cum,  with,  is  followed  by  the  ablative  case. 

2.  Pronounce  in  English  A-ri-ad'ne.    3.  Good  sir,   4.  Ablative  of  cause. 

255.  I.  Nuntia,    munite,    mitte.     2.  Pete,    veni,    navigate. 

3.  Servate,  miini,  tene.    4.  Videte,  porta,  mittite. 

Fourth  Review,  Lessons  XXIV-XXXII,  §§  749-754 


THE   APPTAN  WAY   AND   THE   CLAUDIAN   AQUEDUCT 

The  Romans  excelled  as  engineers  and  builders.  A  system  of  splendid  roads 
connected  the  capital  with  the  different  parts  of  the  Empire.  "  All  roads  lead 
to  Rome  "  was  literally  true.  The  Appian  Way  extended  southeast  to  Brun- 
disium,  the  great  commercial  port  for  the  East.  Equally  famous  were  the 
aqueducts,  bringing  the  city  an  abundant  water  supply 


i^ 


LESSON  XXXIII 

Accipere  quam  facere  iniuriam  praestat — It  is  better  to  suffer 
a  wrong  than  to  do  one  ^ 

PRESENT  INDICATIVE  PASSIVE  OF  THE  FIRST 
CONJUGATION 

256.  Passive  Voice.  The  passive  voice  (§  141)  uses  a  different 
set  of  personal  endings  from  those  of  the  active.  The  present 
indicative  passive  of  voco  is  inflected  as  follows  : 

vo'co,  voca're  (pres.  stem  voca-),  call 

Personal  Endings 

1.  vo'cor,  I-arn-called 

2.  voca'ris  or  -re,  you-are-called 

3.  voca'tur,  he-,  she-,  it-is-called 

1.  voca'mur,  we-are-called 

2.  voca'mini,  you-are-called 

3.  voca'ntur,  they-are-called 

a.  The  letter  r,  which  appears  in  all  but  one  of  the  personal  end- 
ings, is  sometimes  called  the  passive  sign. 

6.  A  long  vowel  is  shortened  before  final  -r  or  -ntur. 

C.  The  forms  vocor  etc.  may  be  translated  either  /  am  called  etc. 
or  /  aJJt  being  called  etc. 

EXERCISES 

257.  Like  vocor,  inflect  amor,  server,  nuntior,  portor,  superor. 

258.  Derivation.  The  prefix  con-  (com-,  co-),  identical  with 
the  preposition  cum  {zvith),  added  to  simple  verbs  makes  many 
compounds  both  in  Latin  and  English.    This  prefix  sometimes 

1  From  Cicero,  Rome's  greatest  orator  and  man  of  letters. 
87 


-r  or  -( 

)r 

-ris  or 

-re 

-tur 

-mur 

-mini 

-ntur 

88 


PRESENT  PASSIVE  OF   VOCO 


means  zvitk  or  together,  and  sometimes  strengthens  the  simple 
verb  with  the  meaning  eompletely,  foreibly.  What  is  the  force 
of  this  prefix  in  the  following  words  ? 

contain  (teneo)  compete  (peto)  conserve  (servo) 

convoke  (convoco)  convince  (vinco)  cofidiict  (duco) 

collalwrate  ^  (labOro)  convene  (venio)  commit  (mitto) 

I .  The  final  letter  of  the  prefix  is  often  assimilated  {7nade  like)  to  the 
first  letter  of  the  simple  verb. 


THESEUS  ET   MINOTAURUS  (Concluded) 
First  learn  the  special  vocabulary,  page  366.    Read  the  story  as  a  whole 

259.  Tum  Ariadne  Theseum  in  notum  labyrinthum  inducit 
et  ei  longum  filum  {string)  dat  et  dicit :   "  Tene  id  filum. 

Pllum  vestigia  {steps)  tua 
y|m  reget  ^  et  ex  labyrintho  te 

{you)  educet.    Nunc  pro-  5 
pera.   Minotaurum  audio. 
Num  times  ?    Ei  fortiter 
resiste  et  clara  erit  vict5ria 
tua.  Vince  et  serva  vitam 
puerorum    puellarumque  10 
Graeciae."   Mox  Theseus 
Minotaurum      videt      et 
petit.2      Dill     pugnatur  ^ 
nee  sine  magno  periculo. 
Denique  Minotaurus  su-  15 
peratur,   et  postea  pueri 
puellaeque  servantur. 

I.  Guide.  2.  Attack.  3.  The 
form  pugnatur  means  /'/  is  fought'., 
translate  freely,  the  battle  is  fought  or  the  contest  rages.  The  verb  pugno 
in  Latin  is  intransitive,  and  so  has  no  personal  subject  in  the  passive.  A  verb 
with  an  indeterminate  subject  is  called  impersonal,  as  in  English  //  rains. 


PUERI   PUELLAEQUE  THESEUM  AMANT 
From  a  Pompeian  wall  painting 


LESSON   XXXIV 

Terras  irradient — Let  them  illumine  the  earth ^ 

PRESENT  INDICATIVE  PASSIVE  OF  MONEO  -  ABLATIVE 
OF  THE  PERSONAL  AGENT 

260.  The  present  indicative  passive  of  the  second  conjugation 
is  inflected  as  follows  : 

mo'neo,  mone're  (pres.  stem  mone-),  advise 

Personal  Endings 

1.  mo'neor,  I-am-advised  -r  or  -or 

2.  mone'ris  or  -re,  yoit-are-advised  -ris  or  -re 

3.  mone'tur,  he-,  she-,  it-is-advised  -tur 

1.  mone^mur,  wc-arc-adviscd  -mur 

2.  mone^mini,  yoii-air-advised  -mini 

3.  monen'tur,  they-arc-advised  -ntur 

261.  Rule  for  Ablative  of  Personal  Agent.  The  ablative 
with  the  preposition  a  or  ab  is  used  zuith  passive  verbs 
to  indicate  the  person  by  whom  the  act  is  performed. 

Pueri  a  Romanis  servantur,  the  boys  are  saved  by  the  Ro??ta?is 

Note.  The  literal  meaning  of  a  Romanis  isfrofn  the  Romafts,  but  in 
our  idiom  by  the  Ro)/ians  is  a  better  translation. 

262.  Ablative  of  Means  and  Ablative  of  Agent  Compared. 

Compare  the  two  sentences  : 

Pueri  a  Romanis  servantur,  the  boys  are  saved  by  the  Romans 
Pueri  navigio  servantur,  the  boys  are  saved  by  (or  ivith^  a  boat 

In  the  first  sentence  a  Romanis  is  the  ablative  of  personal 
agent ;    in  the  second  navigio  is  the  ablative  of  means.    To 

1  Motto  of  Amherst  College. 
89 


go  ABLATIVE  OF  PERSONAL  AGENT 

aid  in  distinguishing  these  two  constructions,  which  are  often 
confused,  observe  the  following  facts : 

a.  The  agent  is  a  person ;  the  means  is  a  thing. 

b.  The  ablative  of  personal  agent  has  the  preposition  a  or  ab ;  the 
ablative  of  means  has  no  preposition. 

c.  The  ablative  of  personal  agent  is  used  only  with  a  passive  verb ; 
with  the  ablative  of  means  the  verb  may  be  either  active  or  passive. 

EXERCISES 

263.  Like  moneor,  inflect  habeor,  teneor,  timeor,  videor. 

264.  I .  Superaris,  habemur,  videntur.  2.  Tenetur,  occupamini, 
timemur.  3.  Videris,  parantur,  teneminl.  4.  Servatur,  habetur, 
tenemur.    5.  Portamini,  haberis,  teneor. 

265.  I.  Galli  crebra  proelia  faciunt  et  fortiter  pugnant,  sed 
a  finitimis  superantur.    2.  Minotaurus  a  filiabus  eorum  timetur. 

3.  Num   Theseus  Minotaurum  barbarum  timet.?     Non   timet. 

4.  Capite  arma,  R5mani ;  a  barbaris  inimicis  videmini.  5.  Nee 
frumentum  nee  aquam  in  castris  habemus.  Quid  faciemus  ? 
6.  Tene  castra,  Marce,  bonis  telis.  lam  (soon)  socii  nostri 
auxilium  mittent. 

266.  I.  The  Gauls  are  quickly  conquered  by-the-arms  of-the- 
Romans.  2.  Are  not  pleasing  stories  told  by  many  poets.-* 
Yes.  3.  Theseus  is-advised  by  Minerva,  the  goddess  of -wisdom. 
4.  By-the-wisdom  of-Minerva  we-are-saved.  5.  Give  that  money 
to-the-good  queen,  my  son.  6.  The  camp  of-the-savages  has 
neither  wall  nor  ditch.  7.  When  we-are-seen  by  your  men, 
we-shall-suffer  punishment. 


LESSON   XXXV 

Salve!  — Haili 

THE  PAST  AND  FUTURE  INDICATIVE  PASSIVE  OF  THE 
FIRST  AND  SECOND  CONJUGATIONS 

267.  The  tense  signs  of  the  past  and  future  passive  are  the 
same  as  in  the  active.  The  inflection  of  voco  and  moneo  in 
these  two  tenses  is  as  follows  : 

vo'co,  voca're  (pres.  stem  voca-),  call 

PAST  INDICATIVE  PASSIVE  (Tense  Sign  -ba-) 

Personal  Endings 

1.  voca'bar,  I-ivas-callcd'^  -r 

2.  vocaba'ris  or  -re,  yoii-were-c ailed  -ris  or  -re 

3.  vocaba'tur,  he-^  she-,  it-ivas-called  -tur 

1.  vocaba'mur,  zve-were-called  -mur 

2.  vocaba'mini,  yoti-were-called  -mini 

3.  vocaban'tur,  they-were-called  -ntur 

FUTURE  INDICATIVE  PASSIVE  (Tense  Sign  -bi-) 

1.  voca^bor,  I-shall-be-called  -r 

2.  voca'beris  or  -re,  yoti-will-be-called  -ris  or  -re 

3.  voca'bitur,  he-,  she-,  it-will-be-called  -tur 

1.  voca'bimur,  zve-shall-be-called  -mur 

2.  vocabi'mini,  you-will-be-c ailed  -mini 

3.  vocabun'tur,  they-will-be-called  -ntur 

1  Motto  of  the  state  of  Idaho. 

2  Or  I-was-being-called,  etc.  Thus  for  all  verbs  in  the  past  indicative 
passive. 

91 


92  PAST  AND  FUTURE  PASSIVE 

mo'neo,  mone're  (pres.  stem  mone-),  advise 

PAST  INDICATIVE  PASSIVE  (Tense  Sign  -ba-) 

Personal  Endings 

1.  mone'bar,  I-iv as-advised  -x 

2.  moneba'ris  or  -re,  yoiL-ivere-advised  -ris  or  -re 

3.  moneba'tur,  he-^  she-,  it-was-advised  -tur 

1.  moneba'mur,  ive-ivere-advised  -mur 

2.  moneba'mini,  yoii-were-advised  -mini 

3.  moneban'tur,  they-ivere-advised  -ntur 

FUTURE  INDICATIVE  PASSIVE  (Tense  Sign  -bi-) 

1.  mone'bor,  I-shall-be-advised  -r 

2.  mone'beris  or  -re,  yoii-ivill-be-advised  -ris  or  -re 

3.  mone'bitur,  he-,  she-,  it-will-be-advised         -tur 

1.  mone'bimur,  we-shall-be-advised  -mur 

2.  monebi'mini,  yon-zvill-be-advised  -mini 

3.  monebun'tur,  they-will-be-advised  -ntur 

a.  In  the  future  passive  the  tense  sign  -bi-  appears  as  -bo-  in  the 
first  and  as  -be-  in  the  second  person  singular,  and  as  -bu-  in  the  third 
person  plural. 

EXERCISES 

268.  Inflect  the  following  verbs  in  the  present,  past,  and 
future,  active  and  passive :  amo,  niintio,  porto,  teneo,  video,  timeo. 

269.  I.  Amabas,  amabaris,  timebis,  timeberis.  2.  Servat, 
servatur,  dabit,  dabitur.  3.  Portamus,  portabamus,  portabimus. 
4.  Dabimini,  videbuntur,  tenemur.  5.  Amantur,  dabatur,  ti- 
mentur.  6.  Videris,  nuntiamus,  timebat.  7.  Tenent,  timebunt, 
moneris.    8.  Videbant,  amabimini,  portamur,    9.  Venite,  time. 


PASSIVE  OF  REGO  AND  AUDIO  93 

270.  I.  They-will-be-feared,  I-am-loved,  we-were-seen.  2.  We- 
are-carried,  you-will-be-advised  {phir.),  they-have.  3.  He- will- 
hasten,  you-vvere-announcing  [sing,),  he-persuades.  4.  I-shall- 
injure,  you-favor  {siug.)^  you-will-be-overcome  {pltir.).  5.  We- 
shall-be-carried,  I-was-eager-for,  you-will-favor  {sing).  6.  He- 
will-obey,  we-are-held,  they-were-seen. 


ROIMAN   SWORDS 


LESSON    XXXVI 


THE  PRESENT  INDICATIVE  PASSIVE  OF  THE  THIRD  AND 
FOURTH  CONJUGATIONS 

271.  The  present  indicative  passive  of  re'go  (third  conjuga- 
tion) and  au'dio  (fourth  conjugation)  are  inflected  as  follows : 

re'go,  re'gere  (pres.  stem  rege-),  rule 

1.  re'gor,  I-am-fuled  re'gimur,  we-qre-nded 

2.  re'geris  or  -re,  you-arc-7iilcd  regi'mini,  you-are-ruled 

3.  re'gitur,  he-^  she-^  it-is-nded  regun'tur,  they-are-nded 

au'dio,  audi're  (pres.  stem  audi-),  hear 

1.  au'dior,  I-am-heard  audfmur,  we-are-heard 

2.  audi'ris  or  -re,  yon-are-heard         audi'mini,  you-are-heard 

3.  audi^tur,  he-,  she-,  it-is-heard         audiun'tur,  they-are-heard 

a.  Observe  the  changes  of  the  final  stem  vowel  -e  in  the  third  con- 
jugation. It  appears  unchanged  only  in  the  second  person  singular : 
as,  re'ge-ris  or  re'ge-re. 

1  From  Horace,  Rome's  greatest  lyric  poet. 


94 


PASSIVE  OF  REGO  AND  AUDIO 
EXERCISES 


272.  Like  rego,  inflect  the  present  active  and  passive  of  duco, 
vinco,  and  gero. 

273.  Like  audio,  inflect  the  present  active  and  passive  of  munio. 

274.  I.  Teneberis,  dicitur,  habebamini.    2.  Superabitur,  mu- 
niuntur,  geritur.    3.  Munitur,  parabit,  vincite. 


ROMANI   MAGNUM   NUMERUM   CAPTIVORUM   CAPIUNT 


DE  BELLIS  ROMANORUM  ET  GALLORUM 
First  learn  the  special  vocabulary,  page  366 

275.  Cum  bella  in  GalUa  a  Romanis  geruntur,  castra  eorum 
latis  fossis  vallisque  altis  celeriter  muniuntur.  Turn  copiae 
ex  portis  {gates)  castrorum  educuntur,  sed  castra  firmo 
praesidio  tenentur.    Saepe  Romani  proeHa  in  mediis  silvis 


PASSIVE  OF  REGO  K^V^  AUDIO  95 

faciunt,    saepe   diu    pugnatur  ^ ;    sed   denique   barbari   bonis  5 
armis  Romanorum  vincuntur.    Rdmani  magnum  numerum 
captivorum  capiunt.    In  numero  captivorum  multi  pueri  puel- 
laeque  videntur.    Captivi  a  Romanis  in  Italiam  inducuntur. 
Ibi  erunt  servi  miseri  nee  postea  patriam  videbunt. 
I.  See  §  259,  note  3. 


I   AM    A    FIRM    BELIEVER    IN   THE   VALUE    OF    STUDYING    GREEK   AND    LATIN. 

ALTHOUGH  IN  AFTER  LIFE  ONE  MAY  FORGET  MUCH  THAT  HE  HAS  LEARNED, 

HE  CAN  NEVER  LOSE  THE  INFLUENCE  UPON  HIS  CHARACTER. —  ELIHU  ROOT, 

FORMER  SECRETARY  OF  STATE 


LESSON   XXXVII 

RepetitiS  est  mater  studiorum  —  Repetition  is  the  mother  of  learning 

THE   PAST  AND  FUTURE   INDICATIVE   PASSIVE    OF 
BEGO  AND  AUDIO 

276.  The  past  and  future  indicative  passive  of  rego  (third 
conjugation)  and  audio  (fourth  conjugation)  are  inflected  as 
follows  : 

re'go,  re'gere  (pres.  stem  rege-),  rule 

PAST  INDICATIVE  PASSIVE  (Tense  Sign  -ba-) 

1 .  rege'bar,  I-was-niled  regeba'mur,  we-ivere-ruled 

2 .  regeba'ris  or  -re,  yon-ivere-nded   regeba'mini,  yoiL-ivere-nded 

3.  regeba'tur,  Jie-^  she-,  it-was-ruled  regeban'tur,  they-were-ndcd 

FUTURE  INDICATIVE  PASSIVE  (Tense  Signs  -a-  and  -e-) 

1 .  re'gar,  I-shall-be-nded  rege'mur,  zve-shaU-be-nded 

2 .  rege'ris  or  -le^yoti-wiH-be-nded     rege'mini,  yoii-wdl-be-nilcd 

3.  rQge!t\xx,he-jshe'fit'Will-be-nded  regen'tur,  they-wdl-be-ruled 


96  PASSIVE  OF  RFXrO  ANJ)  AUDIO 

au'dio,  audi're  (pres.  stem  audi-),  hear 

PAST  INDICATIVE  PASSIVE  (Tense  Sign  -ba-) 

1.  audie'bar,  I-ivas-heard 

2.  audieba'ris  or  -XQy  yoti-wcre-heard 

3.  audieba'tur,  he-^  she-^  it-ivas-heard 

1.  audieba'mur,  %ve-ive re-heard 

2.  audieba'mini,  you-ivere-heard 

3.  audieban'tur,  they-were-heard 

FUTURE  INDICATIVE  PASSIVE  (Tense  Signs  -a-  and  -e-) 

1.  au'diar,  1-shall-be-heard 

2.  audie'ris  or  -re,  yoii-will-be-heard 

3.  audie'tur,  Jie-^  she-,  it-ivill-be-heard 

1.  audie'mur,  we-shall-be-heard 

2.  2i\\6Ak^vpim\^  yo7i-%vill-be-heard 

3.  audien'tur,  they-will-be-heard 

EXERCISES 

277.  Like  rego,  inflect  the  present,  past,  and  future,  active 
and  passive,  of  duco,  vinco,  and  gero.^ 

278.  Like  audio,  inflect  the  present,  past,  and  future,  active 
and  passive,  of  munio. 

279.  I.  Ducebas,  ducebaris,  munies,  munieris.  2.  Vincit, 
vincet,  veniet,  munietur.  3.  Gerebamus,  gerebamur,  gerimus, 
geremus.  4.  Ducemini,  regimini,  audiebantur.  5.  Amabunt, 
nocebunt,  venient,  munientur.    6.  Timeris,  munimus,  veniemus, 

^  Extend  the  blank  scheme  (§748)  of  verb  inflection  to  include  the  first 
three  tenses  of  the  passive  voice,  and  use  it  for  self-drill  with  a  variety  of 
verbs.     Yoii  cannot  know  verbs  too  zae/l. 


PASSIVE  OF   CAPIO 


97 


capiunt.  7.  Persuadent,  tenebunt,  videberis,  audientur.  8.  Ge- 
runtur,  gerebatur,  geritur.  9.  Paremus,  paramur,  nocebunt, 
muniemini. 

280.  I .  They-are-sent,  they-will-be-conquered,  I-am-heard,  we- 
were-led.  2.  We-are-sent,  you-will-be-fortified  {sing.),  they-come. 

3.  He-will-resist,  you-seek  (sing.),  you-will-be-conquered  {phir.). 

4.  You-were-believing  (sing.),  he-carried-on,  I-shall-come.  5.  We- 
shall-be-heard,  I-was-leading,  you-will-seek  (//?/r.).  6.  He-will- 
carry-on,  we-are-fortified,  they-were-carried-on. 


LESSON   XXXVIII 

Deo,  amicis,  patriae  —  For  God,  for  friends,  for  country 

THE  PRESENT,  PAST,  AND  FUTURE   INDICATIVE   PASSIVE 

OF  CAPIO 

281.  The  present  indicative  passive  of  capio  (cf.  §  242)  is 
inflected  like  regor,  except  the  two  forms  capior  and  capiuntur, 
which  are  like  audior  and  audiuntur.  The  past  and  future 
throughout  are  inflected  like  audiebar  and  audiar. 


Present  Passive 

1.  ca'pior 

2.  ca'peris  or -re 

3.  ca'pitur 

1.  ca'pimur 

2.  capi^mini 

3.  capiun'tur 


Past  Passive  Future  Passive 

capie'bar  ca'piar 

capieba'ris  or  -re  capie'ris  or  -re 

capieba'tur  capie'tur 


capieba'mur 
capieba'mini 
capieban'tur 


capie'mur 
capie'mini 
capien'tur 


EXERCISES 

282.  Like  capio,  inflect  rapio,  seise,  in  the  present,  past,  and 
future,  active  and  passive. 


98  PASSIVE  OF   CAFIO 

DE   LUDQi   ROMANO 
First  learn  the  special  vocabulary,  page  367 

283.  Spectate,  amici  mei,  picturam  {picture)  ludi  Romani. 
Videtisne  discipulos  {pupils)  ?  Sunt  unus,^  duo,  tres,  quat- 
tuor,  quinque,  sex  discipuli.  Duo  pueri  stant  {are  standifig) 
et  quattuor  sedent.  Quid  pueri  faciunt  ?  Lab5rant  magna 
diligentia.    Duo  tenent  tabellas.^    Tres  tenent  libros.    Libri  5 


Romanorum  erant  volumina  {rolls).  In  subsellio  {bench) 
sunt  duo  libri  et  tres  tabellae  ^  et  atramentum  {ink).  Spectate 
magistrum  {teacher).  Quid  facit  ?  Magister  discipulis  fabulam 
narrat.  Magister  multas  et  gratas  fabulas  in  memoria  habet. 
Cum  pueri  sunt  tardi,  tum  poenam  dant.  Sed  bonis  pueris  prae-  10 
mia  pulchra  a  magistro  dantur.   Amatisne  praemia  ?    Certe. 

I.  Latin  has  two  words  for  school,  ludus,  an  elementary  school,  and 
schola,  an  advanced  school  or  college  for  adults.  2.  One.  The  next  five 
numerals  follow.  Learn  to  count  six  in  Latin.  3.  Writing  tablets.  These 
were  thin  boards  smeared  with  wax  (cf.  picture,  p.  7).  The  writing  was  done 
with  a  stilus,  a  pointed  instrument,  like  a  pencil,  made  of  bone  or  metal. 


LESSON   XXXIX 

Dum  spiro,  spero  —  While  I  breathe,  I  hope^ 

THE  PRESENT  INFINITIVE  AND  THE  PRESENT  IMPERA- 
TIVE, ACTIVE   AND   PASSIVE 

284.  Infinitive  Defined.  The  infinitive  is  a  verbal  noun, 
giving  the  general  meaning  of  the  verb  without  person  or 
number :  as,  amare,  to  love, 

285.  Present  Infinitive.  The  present  infinitive  active  is 
formed  by  adding  -re  to  the  present  stem  (§  154).  The 
present  infinitive  passive  may  be  formed  from  the  active  by 
changing  final  -e  to  -i,  except  in  the  third  conjugation,  which 
changes  final  -ere  to  -i. 


CON-J. 

Pres.  Stem 

Pres.  Inf.  Active 

Pres.  Ixf.  Passive 

I 

II 
III 

IV 

voca- 
mone- 
rege- 
audi- 

voca're,  to-call 
mone're,  to-advise 
re'gere,  to-ride 
audi 're,  to-hear 

voca'ri,  to-be-called 
mone'ri,  to-be-advised 
re'gi,  to-be-ruled 
audi'ri,  to-be-heard 

CL.  The  present  infinitive  of  sum  is  esse.    There  is  no  passive. 

286.  Present  Imperative.  The  active  forms  of  the  present 
imperative,  already  given  in  §  249,  are  repeated  below  for 
comparison  with  the  passive  forms.  The  present  imperative 
passive  ends  in  -re  in  the  singular  and  in  -mini  in  the  plural. 
Thus  the  singular  of  the  passive  imperative  is  like  the  present 
active  infinitive,  and  the  plural  is  like  the  second  person  plural 
of  the  present  indicative  passive. 

^  Closing  words  of  the  motto  of  the  state  of  South  Carolina.  Free  transla- 
tion, "  While  there  's  life,  there 's  hope." 

99 


100  INFINITIVE  AND  IMPERATIVE 

ACTIVE  IMPERATIVE 

CONJ. 


Con  J. 


I 

vo'ca,  call-thou 

voca'te,  call-ye 

II 

mo'ne,  advise-thou 

mone'te,  advise-ye 

III 

re'ge,  nde-thoii 

re'gite,  nde-ye 

IV 

au'di,  hear-thou 

audi'te,  hear-ye 

PASSIVE   IMPERATIVE 

I 

voca're,  be-thon-called 

voca'mini,  be-ye-called 

II 

mone're,  be-thon-advised 

mone'mini,  be-ye-advised 

III 

re'gere,  be-thotc-nded 

regi'mlni,  be-ye-nded 

IV 

audi're,  be-thou-heard 

audi'mini,  be-ye-heard 

EXERCISES 

287.  Give  the  active  and  passive  present  infinitives  of  narro, 
rapio,  munio,  respondeo,  paro,  gero,  video,  specto,  duco,  vinco. 

288.  Give  the  imperative  active  of  dico/  duco,  facio,  nuntio, 
venio,  credo,  noceo,  faveo,  resisto,  sedeo. 

289.  Give  the  imperative  passive  of  narro,  rapio,  porto,  peto, 
occupo,  vinco,  servo,  timeo,  munio,  video. 

290.  I.  Hasten-thou,  to-be-prepared,  be-ye-sent,  lead-thou. 
2.  To-lead,  to-be-led,  be-ye-seized,  come-thou.  3.  To-be-sent, 
to-save,  lead-ye,  speak-thou.  4.  To-be-sought,  be-ye-led,  to- 
seize,  to-be-held.  5.  Fear-thou,  come-ye,  be-ye-prepared,  to-be- 
fortified. 

1  The  verbs  dico,  duco,  and  faci5  have  die,  due,  and  fae  in  the  singular  of 
the  present  imperative  active.    The  plural  is  formed  regularly  :  dicite,  etc. 


LESSON   XL  ' ■  "   •    ■ 

Melius  esse  quam  viderl  —  Better  to  be  than  to  seem  ^ 

I  SYNOPSES  IN  THE   FOUR  CONJUGATIONS 

291.  Learn  to  give  rapidly  the  synopses  of  the  verbs  you 
liave  had,  in  any  person  or  number,  following  the  model 
given  below  : 


First  Conjugation 


Second  Conjugation 


Active 


indicative 

Passive  Active  Passive 


pREs.     voco  vocor 

Past      voca'bam     voca'bar 
FuT.       voca'bo         voca'bor 


mo  neo  mo'neor 

mone'bam     mone'bar 
mone'bo         mone'bor 


Pres.     vo'ca 


imperative 


infinitive 


Pres.     voca're         voca'ri  mone're         mone'ri 


Third  Conjugation       Third  Conjugation  (-io  verbs) 
indicative 

Active         Passive  Active  Passive 

Pres.     re'go  re'gor  ca^pio  ca'pior 

Past      rege'bam      rege'bar 


FuT.      re'sram 


re'gar 


capie'bam      capie'bar 
ca'piam         ca'piar 


I  Motto  of  the  state  of  North  Carolina,  adapted  from  Sallust, 

lOl 


IC2  ^YNOPS.ES  OF  REGULAR  VERBS 

IMPERATIVE 
Pres.        re'ge  re'gere  ca'pe  ca'pere 

INFINITIVE 

Pres.        re^gere         re'gi  ca'pere  ca'pi 

Fourth  Conjugation 

indicative 
Active  Passive 

Pres.        au'dio  au'dior 

Past         audie'bam  audie'bar 

FuT.  au'diam  au'diar 

IMPERATIVE 
Pres.        au'di  audi 're 

INFINITIVE 
Pres.        audi're  audi'ri 

DE   MALO   MAGISTRO    LUDI 
First  learn  the  special  vocabulary,  page  367 

292.  Olim  {once  upon  a  time)  Romani  cum  finitimo  oppido 
bellum  gerebant.  Camillus,  vir  clarus,  copias  Romanas 
ducebat.  In  e5  oppido  erat  quidam  magister  \ud\}  Eum 
puerl  amabant  et  viri  oppidi  ei^  credebant.  Saepe  magister 
pueros  ex  oppido  per  agr5s  proximos  educebat,  nee  pueri  in  5 
periculo  erant,  nam  oppidum  a  Romanis  nondum  {not  yet) 
oppugnabatur.  Sed  denique  magister  puer5s  in  media  castra 
Romana  inducit  et  dicit :  "  Specta,  Camille,  eos  pueros.  Ei 
erunt  captivi  tui."    Sed  Camillus  dicit :  "  Malum  animum, 


SYNOPSES  OF  REGULAR  VERBS 


103 


magister,  habes.    N5n  cum  pueris  Romani  bellum  gerunt."  10 
Turn   suis^   dicit,    '' Rapite    et   ligate    {bind)    eum."    Turn 
pueris  virgas  {rods)  dat  et  dicit,  ''  lam  agite,  pueri  mei,  eis 


MALUS   MAGISTER   LUDI   POENAM   DAT 

virgis  eum  malum  magistrum  in  oppidum  vestrum."  Id 
factum  erat  gratum  viris  eius  oppidi  et  mox  amicitiam 
R5mae  petunt.  15 

I .  quidam  magister  ludi,  a  school  teacher.  2.  ei,  dative  with  credebant 
(§  224).    3.  To  his  men. 

293.  Derivation.    What  is  the  meaning  of  the  following  Eng- 
lish words  and  to  what  Latin  words  are  they  related  ? 

dictate  clarify  capacity  repeat  retard 

regulate  regent  factory  sediment         rapture 


Fifth  Review,  Lessons  XXXIII-XL,  §§  755-76i 


LESSON  XLI 

Equd  ne  credite  —  Do  not  trust  the  horse  i 
THE  ABLATIVE  DENOTING  FROM 

294.  One  of  the  relations  covered  by  the  ablative  case  is 
expressed  in  English  by  the  preposition,  front  (cf.  §  65). 
This  relation  is  represented  in  Latin  by  a  number  of  special 
constructions.  One  of  these,  the  ablative  of  personal  agent^ 
has  been  already  discussed  (§  261).  Two  others  of  importance 
are  the  ablative  of  the  flaee  from,  many  instances  of  which 
have  occurred  in  the  preceding  exercises,  and  the  ablative 
of  separation. 

295.  Rule  for  Ablative  of  Place  From.  The  place  from 
which  is  expressed  by  the  ablative  with  the  prepositions 
a  (ab),  de,  e  (ex), 

Agricolae  ex  agris  veniunt,  the  farmers  come  from  the  fields 

a,  A  or  ab,  denotes  from  near  a  place  ;  e  or  ex,  out  from  it ;  and  de, 
downfvm  it.    This  may  be  represented  graphically  as  follows : 


a  or  ab 


e  or  ex 


Place 


de 


1  This  is  taken  from  Vergil's  TEneid,  and  refers  to  the  famous  wooden 
horse  by  means  of  which  the  Greeks  took  Troy  after  they  had  besieged  it  in 
vain  for  ten  years.  Used  in  a  general  way,  the  expression  is  a  warning  against 
the  tricks  of  an  enemy. 

104 


ABLATIVE  DENOTING  FROM  105 

296.  Rule  for  Ablative  of  Separation.  Words  express- 
ing separation  or  taking  away  are  followed  by  the  abla- 
tive^ often  with  the  prepositions  a  {ab\  de,  e  (ex). 

1.  Theseus  patriam  a  Minotauro  liberal,  Theseus  frees  his  country 

from  the  Minotaur 

2.  Theseus  patriam  periculo  liberat,    Theseus  frees  his  country 

from  peril 

a.  When  there  is  actual  separation  of  one  material  thing  from 
another,  as  in  i,  the  preposition  is  usually  present.  When  the  sep- 
aration is  figurative,  as  in  2,  the  preposition  is  usually  omitted. 

EXERCISES 

First  learn  the  special  vocabulary,  page  367 

297.  I.  Galli  crebris  proeliis  Germanos  ab  agris  suis  pro- 
hibebunt.  2.  Facto  ^  Camilli  pueri  ex  castris  Romanis  celeriter 
dimittentur.  3.  Ibi  ab  amicis  suis  longe  aberant.  4.  Memoria 
eius  facti  animis  nostris  numquam  longe  aberit.  5.  Cur  vir 
malus  puer5s  a  muris  oppidi  abdOcit  ?  6.  Vir  malus  amicitiam 
Camilli  petebat.  7.  Libera  filios  nostros  periculo,  Camille. 
8.  Certe  eos  liberabo  et  vir  malus  poenam  dabit.  9.  Facta  ^ 
malo  eum  ex  castris  meis  agam. 

I .  Ablative  of  cause. 

298.  I.  The  Roman  camp  was  far  distant  from  that  place. 
2.  We  shall  be  freed  from  the  memory  of  those  wrongs.  3.  De- 
part from  this  place,  my  friends,  and  attack  their  towns.  4.  My 
men  will  lead  them  away  from  the  walls.  5.  Keep^  the  savages 
out  of  your  towns,  Romans.  6.  Seize  that  man,  my  son,  and 
send  him  away.    7.  The  boys  are  not  dull,  are  they  2? 

I.  Imperative  of  prohibeo.    2.  Review  §  251. 


LESSON  XLII 

N5n  omne  quod  nitet  aurum  est  —  All  is  not  gold  that  glitters 

PRINCIPAL  PARTS  •  VERB  STEMS  •  THE  PERFECT  STEM 
THE  ENDINGS  OF  THE  PERFECT 

299.  Principal  Parts.  Certain  forms  of  the  verb  are  impor- 
tant because  we  cannot  inflect  the  verb  without  knowing  them. 
These  are  called  the  prittcipal  parts. 

In  English,  the  principal  parts  are  the  present  indicative,  the 
past  indicative,  and  the  past  participle  :  as,  go,  wenty  gone. 

In  Latin,  the  principal  parts  are  the  first  person  singular  of 
the  present  indicative,  the  present  infinitive,  the  first  person 
singular  of  the  perfect  indicative,  and  the  past  participle  :  as, 

vo'co  voca're  voca'vi  voca'tus 

300.  Verb  Stems.  From  the  principal  parts  we  get  three 
verb  stems,  from  which  we  construct  the  entire  conjugation. 
These  are  the  present  stem,  formed  from  the  present  infinitive 
(§  154),  iho,  perfect  stem,  and  t\\t  participial  stem. 

301.  The  perfect  stem  is  found  by  dropping  final  -i  from  the 
first  person  singular  of  the  perfect :  as,  vocav-  from  voca'vi, 
perfect  of  voco. 

302.  The  participial  stem  is  found  by  dropping  final  -us 
from  the  past  participle  :  as,  vocat-  from  voca'tus,  past  par- 
ticiple of  voco. 

303.  From  the  perfect  stem  are  formed 

The  Perfect  Indicative  Active 
The  Past  Perfect  Indicative  Active 
The  Future  Perfect  Indicative  Active 
106 


ENDINGS  OF  THE  PERFECT  107 

304.  Endings  of  the  Perfect.  The  perfect  is  inflected  .by 
adding  the  following  endings  to  the  perfect  stem  : 

1.  -i,  /  -imus,  we 

2.  -isti,  j/(?//  -istis,  j/^// 

3.  -it,  he,  she,  it  -erunt  or  -ere,  they 

The  endings  of  the  perfect  are  different  from  those  found  in 
any  other  tense.    They  are  the  same  in  all  conjugations. 

305.  Practically  all  the  verbs  of  the  first  conjugation  have 
regular  principal  parts  :  as, 

vo'co  voca're  voca'vi  voca'tus 

P'ollowing  the  model,  give  the  principal  parts  of  amo,  narro, 
porto,  paro,  occupo,  pugno,  supero,  specto,  libero. 

EXERCISES 

First  learn  the  special  vocabulary,  page  367 

306.  I.  Barbari  magnam  copiam  frumenti  comparabunt  et  ex 
agris  suis  discedent.  2.  Multa  oppida  finitimorum  oppugna- 
bunt.  3.  Ea  oppida  muris  altis  et  fossis  latis  muniuntur  et  for- 
titer  defendentur.  4.  Quam  longe  ab  Italia  absunt  ea  oppida  .-* 
Non  longe  absunt.  5.  Nonne  Roman!  auxilium  ad  ea  oppida 
mittent  ?  Certe,  nam  populi  eorum  oppidorum  sunt  socii 
Romanorum.  6.  Amplae  copiae  Roman5rum  anim5s  timidos 
sociorum  cdnfirmabunt.  7.  Roman!  firma  praesidia  in  eis 
oppidis  locabunt.  8.  Itaque  barbari  iniuriis  prohibebuntur  et 
copias  suas  dimittent. 

307.  I.  The  cowardly  allies  will  be  defended  by  the  Romans. 

2.  How  far   distant  were    those    places ^   from    their ^   camp.? 

3.  Prepare  an  abundant  supply^  of  grain,   Marcus,  and  place 
it  in  our  town.     4.  Because  of  the  memory  ^  of  your  deeds, 


I08  PERFECT  TENSES  OF  SUM 

we  shall  be  neither  slow  nor  cowardly.  5.  Their  2  hearts  were 
encouraged,  and  so  they  seized  their  arms  and  bravely  assaulted 
the  lofty  walls.  6.  Why  are  you  sitting  there  t  Depart  and 
quickly  free  those  captives. 

I .  What  is  there  irregular  about  the  plural  of  locus  ?     2.  Not  suus 
(cf.  §§  135,  209).    3.  copia.   4.  Ablative  of  cause. 


LESSON  XLIII 

DImidium  fact!  est  co'episse  —  Well  begun  is  half  done ^ 

THE  PERFECT,  PAST  PERFECT,  AND  FUTURE  PERFECT 
INDICATIVE  OF  SVM 

308.  The  irregular  verb  sum  is  inflected  in  the  perfect,  past 
perfect,  and  future  perfect  indicative  as  follows : 

Prin.  Parts  :  sum,  esse,  f ui  (perf.  stem  f u-) 

PERFECT 

f u'i,  /  have  been,  I  was  fu'imus,  we  have  been,  zve  were 

f  uis'ti,  you  have  been,  yon  zvere     f  uis' tis,  you  have  been,  you  zvere 
fu'it,  he  has  been^  he  was  fue'runt  or  fue're,    they  have 

been,  they  zvere 

PAST  PERFECT  (Tense  Sign  -era-) 

fu'eram,  /  had  been  fuera'mus,  we  had  been 

f u'eras,  you  had  been  fuera'tis,  you  had  been 

fu'erat,  he  had  been  fu'erant,  they  had  been 

FUTURE  PERFECT  (Tense  Sign  -eri-) 

f  u'ero,  /  shall  have  been  f ue'rimus,  we  shall  have  been 

fu'eris,  you  will  have  been  fue'ritis,  you  ivill  have  been 

fu'erit,  he  zvill  have  been  fu'erint,  they  will  have  been 

1  From  Horace,  the  greatest  Roman  lyric  poet  and  still  the  most  widely  read. 
The  literal  translation  of  the  Latin  is  Half  of  an  achievement  is  to  have  begun  it^ 


prrfp:ct  tenses  of  sum  109 

a.  The  past  perfect  may  be  formed  by  adding  eram,  the  past 
of  sum,  to  the  perfect  stem.    The  tense  sign  is  -era-. 

6.  The  future  perfect  may  be  formed  by  adding  ero,  the  future  of 
sum,  to  the  perfect  stem.  But  the  third  person  plural  ends  in  -erint, 
not  -erunt.    The  tense  sign  is  -eri-. 

c.  The  perfect,  past  perfect,  and  future  perfect  of  all  active  verbs 
are  formed  on  the  perfect  stem.    They  are  all  inflected  like  sum. 

SEXTUS,  QUlNTUS,  MARCUS 
First  learn  the  special  vocabulary,  page  367 

309.  Marcus.    Ubi  fuistis,  Sexte  et  Quinte  ? 

Sextus.  Ego  (/)  in  nostra  villa  fui,  et  Ouintus  in  sua  villa 
fuit.  Din  in  agris  nostris  fuimus.  Officia  agricolarum  sunt 
multa.    Habesne  bonos  servos  ? 

M.  Habeo.  Diu  exempla  egregiae  diligentiae  fuerunt.  Eis 
ampla  praemia  mox  dabo  et  eos  liberabo. 

S.  Sine  sapientia  fueris.  Tene  bonos  servos  et  libera  eos 
numquam.    Sed  quid  spectas,  Quinte  ? 

OuIntus.    Spect5  eum  pulchrum  librurrx.    Estne  tuus  ? 

M.  Mens  est.  Semper  bonis  libris^  studebam.  Is  liber 
erat  Galbae^  et  iam  diu  in  casa  sua  erat.  Liber  est  notus  et 
de  bellis  Romanorum  Gallorumque  narrat.  Denique  Galli  pa- 
cantur,  sed  iam  per  septem^  annos  R5mani  in  Gallia  fuerant. 

I.  Dative.  See  §  224.  2.  Genitive  of  the  possessor,  §  150.  3.  Can  you 
count  seven  in  Latin  } 

310.  I.  Where  had  the  farmers  been.?  They  had  been  on 
their  farms.  2.  Have  you  not  been  examples  of  remarkable 
industry,  O  slaves  }  Yes.  3.  Soon,  Romans,  we  shall  have  been 
in  Gaul  for^  seven  years.  4.  Hov^  long^  have  we  been  absent 
from  our  duties  }  5 .  Finally  the  Gauls  will  be  subdued,  but  they 
will  have  been  neither  stupid  nor  cowardly.  6.  Encourage  the 
loyal  hearts  of  their  ^  allies  with  an  abundant  supply  of  money. 

I .  per.    2.  Distinguish  between  quam  diu,  how  long,  and  quam  longg, 

how  far.    3.  Not  suus  (cf .  §§  J35,  209). 


LESSON  XLIV 

Non  ministrari,  sed  ministrare  —  Not  to  be  ministered  unto, 
but  to  minister  1 

USE  AND  INFLECTION  OF  THE  PERFECT  INDICATIVE 

ACTIVE 

311.  Use  of  the  Perfect.  The  perfect  indicative  has  two  dis- 
tinct meanings ;  according  to  its  translation,  it  is  called  the 
present  perfect  or  the  past  absolute. 

312.  As  presefit  perfect,  the  perfect  is  translated  by  the 
English  present  perfect  with  have,  and  denotes  the  action  as 
completed  at  the  time  of  speaking :  as,  /  have  now  finished 
my  work, 

313.  K%  past  absolute,  the  perfect  is  translated  by  the  English 
past  tense,  and  denotes  that  the  action  took  place  sometime  in 
the  past :  as,  I  finished  my  work. 

314.  Translation  of  the  English  Past.  The  English  past  is 
expressed  sometimes  by  the  Latin  perfect  and  sometimes  by 
the  Latin  past.  In  telling  a  story  the  perfect  is  used  to  mark 
its  successive  forward  steps,  and  the  past  to  describe  past 
situations  and  past  circumstances  that  attended  those  steps. 

What  tenses  would  be  used  in  a  Latin  translation  of  the 
following  passage } 

I  sailed  the  seas  for  many  years.  Once  a  school  of  whales  sur- 
rounded our  ship.  The  whales  were  swimming  slowly  along 
and  were  not  terrified  by  our  presence.  Spouts  of  water  arose 
on  every  side  and  some  of  the  passengers  were  greatly 
alarmed.     Then  the  monsters  suddenly  vanished. 

1  Motto  of  Wellesley  College. 


USE  AND  INFLECTION  OF  THE  PERFECT        1 1 1 

315.  Inflection  of  the  Perfect.  The  perfect  indicative  active 
of  the  four  conjugations  is  inflected  Hke  fui  (cf.  §  308),  and  is 
as  follows : 

First  Conjugation  Second  Conjugation 

voca'vi  (perf.  stem  vocav-),  mo'nui  (perf.  stem  monu-), 

/  have  called,  I  called  I  have  advised,  I  advised 


2.  vocavis'ti   vocavis'tis  monuis'ti  monuis'tis 

3.  voca'vit      vocave'runt  or -e're    mo'nuit     monue'runt  or -e're 

Third  Conjugation  Fourth  Conjugation 

re'xi  (perf.  stem  rex-),  audi'vi  (perf.  stem  audiv-), 

/  have  ruled,  I  ruled  I  have  heard,  I  heard 

1.  re'xi  re'ximus  audiVi       audiVimus 

2.  rexis'ti       rexis'tis  audivis'ti  audivis'tis 

3.  re'xit  rexe'runt  or -e're      audi'vit      audive'runt  or -e're 

a.  In  vocabularies  the  first  person  of  the  perfect  is  always  given 
as  the  third  of  the  principal  parts.  Principal  parts  must  be  learned 
thoroughly.  With  principal  parts  and  the  rules  for  tense  formation 
well  in  mind,  the  conjugation  of  verbs  becomes  easy. 

EXERCISES 

316.  Nearly  all  perfects  of  the  first  conjugation  are  formed 
by  adding  -vi  to  the  present  stem.  Like  voca'vi,  inflect  ama'vi, 
narra'vi,  paca'vi. 

317.  Like  monui,  inflect  habui,  tenui,  patui. 

318.  Like  rexi,  inflect  dixi  (perfect  of  dico),  duxi  (perfect  of 
duco),  misi  (perfect  of  mitto),  and  cepi  (perfect  of  capio). 

319.  Like  audivi,  inflect  munivi. 


112        USE  AND  INFLECTION  OF  THE  PERFECT 


CURIUS   DENTATUS  AND  THE  SAMNITE  AMBASSADORS 


DE  CURIO  DENTATO 


First  learn  the  special  vocabulary,  page  368. 
use  of  the  past  and  perfect  tenses  in  this  story. 


See  if  you  can  explain  the 


320.  In  numero  clarorum  Romanorum  erat  Curius  Den- 
tatus.  Saepe  magna  proelia  faciebat,  saepe  inimica  castra 
oppidaque  capiebat.  Sed  in  mediis  victoriis  vita  eius  erat 
vera  et  Integra.  Nee  in  villa  ampla,  sed  in  casa  parva  habi- 
tabat,  et  cum  officia  publica  non  prohibebant,  magna  diligentia  5 
in  parvo  agro  laborabat.  Olim  Samnites,^  finitimi  R5ma- 
norum,  qui  amicitiam  Dentati  .petebant,  ad  eum  legates 
miserunt.  Legati  multa  praemia  pulchra  et  copiam  auri 
{gold)  portabant  et  ad  agrum  Dentati  properaverunt. 

I.  The  Samnites^  living  west  and  south  of  Latium,  conquered  by  the 
Romans  after  a  great  struggle,  in  which  Dentatus  played  a  prominent  part. 


LESSON   XLV 

Ut  sementem  feceris,  ita  metes  —  As  you  sow,  so  shall  you  reap  ^ 
PRINCIPAL  PARTS  OF  VERBS 

321.  The  following  verbs  include  the  three  irregular  verbs 
and  all  verbs  of  the  second  conjugation  previously  used.  Review 
the  meanings  and  drill  on  the  inflection  of  the  perfect. 

322.  Principal  Parts  of  Irregular  Verbs.  Learn  the  principal 
parts  of  the  following  irregular  verbs  : 


Pres.  Indic. 
sum 
ab'sum 
do 


Pres.  Inf. 
esse 
abes'se 
dare 


Perfect 
fui 
a'fui 
dedi 


Past  Part. 


datus 


be 

be  away 
give 


a.  Sum  and  absum  have  the  future  participles  futurus  and  afuturus. 

323.  Principal  Parts  of  Second  Conjugation.   Learn  the  prin- 
cipal parts  of  the  following  verbs  of  the  second  conjugation  : 


fa'veo 

fave're 

favi 

fautu'rus 

favor 

ha'be5 

habe're 

ha'bui 

ha'bitus 

have 

mo'neo 

mone're 

mo'nui 

mo'nitus 

advise 

no'ceo 

noce're 

no'cui 

nocitu'rus 

injure 

pa'reo 

pare're 

pa' nil 

obey 

pa'teo 

pate're 

pa'tui 

extend 

persua'deo 

persuade're 

persua'si 

persua'sus 

persuade 

prohi'beo 

prohibe're 

prohi'bui 

prohi'bitus 

prevefit 

respo'n'deo 

responde're 

respon'di 

respon'sus 

reply 

se'deo 

sede're 

sedi 

sessus 

sit 

stu'deo 

stude're 

stu'dui 

be  eager 

1  From  Cicero,  Rome's  greatest  orator  and  generally  considered  her  first 
man  of  letters. 


te'neo 

tene're 

te'nui 

ti'meo 

time' re 

ti'mui 

vi'deo 

vide're 

vidi 

114  PRINCIPAL  PARTS  OF  VERBS 

hold 

fear 

visus  see 

a.  Note  that  all  these  verbs  have  the  infinitive  ending  -ere.  This 
marks  them  as  belonging  to  the  second  conjugation.  Further,  observe 
that  the  formation  of  the  perfect  varies  in  different  verbs  and  that  the 
past  participle  is  sometimes  lacking.  Occasionally  a  verb  that  has  no 
past  participle  will  have  a  future  participle  ending  in  -urus,  and  this 
is  then  given  in  the  principal  parts.  There  are  two  examples  of  this 
in  the  above  list.  Do  you  see  them  ?  In  dealing  with  verbs  make  it 
a  rule  to  look  at  the  infinitive  first  of  all  to  determine  the  conjugation, 
and  do  not  be  surprised  to  find  irregularities  in  the  formation  of  the 
perfect  and  the  participle. 

DE   CURIO   DENTATO  (Concluded) 
First  learn  the  special  vocabulary,  page  368 

324.  Non  in  agro  sed  in  casa  legati  Dentatum  invenerunt. 
Vir  clarus  ante  mensam  ^  sedebat.  Ibi  cenam  ^  rapulorum  ^ 
edebat.^  Turn  legati  casam  intraverunt^  et  dixerunt :  "Factis 
tuis  egregiis  et  oflficiis  publicis,  Dentate,  Samnites  amicitiam 
tuam  petunt.  Ea  praemia  et  id  aurum  {gold)  sunt  tua."  s 
Turn  Dentatus  respondit :  ''  Minime,  Samnites,  naturam 
meam  tenetis.^  Verus  Romanus  n5n  studet  aur5  sed  imperio 
in  {pveT^  eos  qui  aurum  habent.    lam  discedite." 

I.  mensa,  -ae,  f.,  table,  2.  cena,  -ae,  f.,  dinner.  3.  rapulum,  -i,  n., 
young  turnip.    4.  edo,  -ere,  eat.    5.  intro,  -are,  enter.    6.  Understand. 


THAT  CLASSICAL  STUDIES  HAVE  BEEN  OF  VERY  GREAT  VALUE  TO  MANY 
PERSONS  IS  SIMPLY  A  MATTER  OF  FACT,  AND  NOT  OF  OPINION.  THEIR 
VALUE    MOREOVER    HAS    NOT    BEEN    PURELY    CULTURAL     BUT     INTENSELY 

PRACTICAL.  MARION    LEROY    BURTON,     PRESIDENT    OF    THE    UNIVERSITY 

OF   MICHIGAN 


LESSON  XLVI 

Amicus  certus  in  re  incerta  cernitur  —  A  friend  in  need  is 
a  friend  indeed  ^ 

PAST  PERFECT  INDICATIVE  -PRINCIPAL  PARTS  (Continued) 

325.  Past  Perfect  Indicative.  The  tense  sign  of  the  past 
perfect  indicative  active  is  -era-.  This  is  added  to  the  perfect 
stem.  The  personal  endings  are  the  same  as  in  the  past  indica- 
tive, and  the  inflection  is  hke  that  of  fueram  (§  308). 

326.  The  past  perfect  indicative  active  of  the  four  conjuga- 
tions is  inflected  as  follows  : 

First  Conjugation  Second  Conjugation 

voca'veram  (perf.  stem  vocav-),  monu'eram  (perf.  stem  monu-), 
/  had  called  I  had  advised 

vocavera'mus  monu'eram     monuera'mus 

vocavera'tis  monu'eras      monuera'tis 

3.  vocaVerat       voca'verant  monu'erat       monu'erant 

Third  Conjugation  Fourth  Conjugation 

re'xeram  (perf.  stem  rex-),  audi'veram  (perf.  stem  audiv-), 
/  had  ruled  I  had  heard 

rexera'mus  audiVeram     audivera'mus 

rexera'tis  audiVeras       audivera'tis 

3.  re'xerat  re'xerant  audiVerat       audi'verant 

327.  Principal  Parts  of  Third  Conjugation.  Learn  the  prin- 
cipal parts  of  the  following  verbs  of  the  third  conjugation. 
The  list  includes  all  previously  used.  Review  the  meanings 
and  drill  on  the  inflection  of  the  perfect  and  the  past  perfect. 

1  From  Ennius,  the  most  famous  of  the  early  Latin  poets.  More  literally, 
The  faithful  friend  is  revealed  when  all  is  unfaithftil.    Note  the  play  on  words. 

"5 


ii6 


PRINCIPAL  PARTS 


RES.  Indic. 

Pres.  Inf. 

Perfect 

Past  Part. 

abdu'co 

abdu'cere 

abdu'xi 

abduc'tus 

lead  away 

ago 

a'gere 

egi 

actus 

drive 

ca'pio 

ca'pere 

cepi 

captus 

take 

credo 

cre'dere 

cre'didi 

cre'ditus 

believe 

defen'do 

defen'dere 

defen'di 

defen'sus 

defefid 

dico 

di'cere 

dixi 

dictus 

say 

dimit'to 

dimit'tere 

dimi'si 

dimis'sus 

send  away 

disce'do 

disce'dere 

disces'si 

disces'sus 

go  away 

duco 

du'cere 

duxi 

ductus 

lead 

6du'c6 

edu'cere 

edu'xi 

educ'tus 

lead  out 

fa'cio 

fa'cere 

feci 

factus 

make 

gero 

ge'rere 

gessi 

gestus 

carry  oJi,  ivage 

indu'co 

indu'cere 

indu'xi 

induc'tus 

lead  in 

mitto 

mit'tere 

misi 

missus 

send 

peto 

pe'tere 

peti'vi  or 
pe'tii 

peti'tus 

seek 

ra'pio 

ra'pere 

ra'pui 

raptus 

seize 

rego 

re'gere 

rexi 

rectus 

rule 

resis'to 
vinco 

resis'tere 
vin'cere 

re'stiti 
vici 

resist 
conquer 

victus 

EXERCISES 

328.  I.  Egeramus,  misisti,  vicit.  2.  Capiet,  gesserunt,  resti- 
terat.  3.  Rexit,  induxerant,  faciemus.  4.  Vocaveras,  monuit, 
petierunt.  5.  Habebit,  rapuistis,  eduxeratis.  6.  Credideram, 
egisti,  paruit.  7.  P'ecit,  defenderat,  persuasimus.  8.  Mittit, 
mittet,  misit.  9.  Duxerunt,  dimiseramus,  nocebit.  10.  Dixisti, 
discesserant,  eduxistis. 

329.  I.  We  have  conquered,  he  will  favor,  he  had  made. 
2.  You  (sing)  have  waged,  they  will  extend,  lead  thou.  3.  He 
has  seized,  they  had  departed,  you  {phir.)  had  taken.  4.  He 
has  said,  we  were  defending,  we  shall  reply. 


<U    J- 

d 

r^      .ti 

(U 

Z  * 

<]; 

^ 

^« 

bf) 

<L)     (U 

C 

■X3 

VO 

^.^ 

c«   R 

3 

p 

3.? 

J2 

C3 

p^ 

c 

a. 

o 

''      « 

o 

bn 

42 

V     r^ 

. 

« 

^       G 

*T1 

c 

V) 

H    w 

(U 

o 

o 

0) 

<1> 

^ 

w  ^ 

^ 

.1-1 

0 
[-1 

d 
o 

3 

•£ 
'^ 

w 

^   r 

C 

f^ 

^^ 

o 

3 
o 

'a, 

M 

^-s 

a, 

U 

3 

p 

OJ 

u 

<< 

0^  Ji 

3 

rt 

'^  2 

a, 

p 

r^  :h 

<+H 

B 

J^ 

o 

o 

<5 

4) 

U 

^ 

^  ,a 

cu 

w 

fl>  ^ 

fi 

bo 

c   c 

0) 

T1 

hJ 

Cj      M 

(U 

o 

Oh 
< 

•S  5 

02 

3 

o 

u 

6 

3 

o 

P4 

O 

1^'' 

^P^ 

•§. 

d 
1 

P^ 
o 

3 

w 

g 

01 

H 

S      g 

CO 

H      « 

u 

o    «J 

u 

o  X 

o 

^H      <+^ 

X 

D     O 

;h 

o  2 

<J 

X    o 

h  f-. 

-^ 

LESSON   XLVII 

Veni,  vidi,  vici  —  I  came,  I  saw,  I  conquered^ 

FUTURE   PERFECT  INDICATIVE  AND  PERFECT  INFINITIVE 
ACTIVE  •  PRINCIPAL  PARTS  (Concluded) 

330.  Future  Perfect  Indicative  Active.  The  tense  sign  of 
the  future  perfect  indicative  active  is  -eri-.  This  is  added  to 
the  perfect  stem.  The  personal  endings  are  the  same  as  in  the 
future,  and  the  inflection  is  Hke  that  of  fuero  (§  308). 

331.  The  future  perfect  indicative  active  of  the  four  con- 
jugations is  inflected  as  follows  : 


First  Conjugation 

voca'vero  (perf.  stem  vocav-), 
/  shall  have  called 


Second  Conjugation 

monu'ero  (perf.  stem  monu-) 
/  shall  have  advised 


I.  voca  vero 


vocave'rimus 


3.  vocaVerit       vocaVerint 

Third  Conjugation 

re'xero  (perf.  stem  rex-), 
/  shall  have  ruled 


1.  re'xero 

2.  re'xeris 

3.  re'xerit 


rexe'ritis 
re'xerint 


monu  ero 

monu'eris 

monu'erit 


monue'rimus 

monue'ritis 

monu'erint 


Fourth  Conjugation 

audi'vero  (perf.  stem  audiv-), 
/  shall  have  heard 

audfvero        audive'rimus 
audiVeris       audive'ritis 
audi'verit       audi'verint 


332.  Perfect  Infinitive  Active.  The  perfect  infinitive  active 
is  also  part  of  the  perfect  system  and  is  easily  learned  in  this 
connection.    It  is  formed  by  adding  -isse  to  the  perfect  stem. 

1  a  famous  dispatch  of  Caesar  at  the  conclusion  of  a  short  and  brilliant 
campaign.    He  was  a  man  of  quick  decision  and  tireless  energy. 

117 


Ii8 


FUTURE  PERFECT  INDICATIVE 


CONJ. 

Perfect  Stem 

Perfect  Infinitive 

I 

vocav- 

vocavis'se,  to  have  called 

II 

monu- 

monuis'se,  to  have  advised 

III 

rex- 

rexis'se,  to  have  ruled 

IV 

audiv- 

audivis'se,  to  have  heard 

sum 

fu- 

fuis'se,  to  have  been 

333.  Principal  Parts  of  Fourth  Conjugation.  The  following 
list  comprises  the  verbs  of  the  fourth  conjugation  thus  far 
used.  Learn  the  principal  parts,  review  the  meanings,  and 
drill  on  the  perfect,  past  perfect,  and  future  perfect  indicative 
and  the  perfect  infinitive. 


RES.  InDIC. 

Pres.  Inf. 

Perfect 

Past  Part. 

au'dio 

audi're 

audi'vi 

audi'tus 

hear 

inve'nio 

inveni're 

inve'ni 

inven'tus 

find 

mu'nio 

muni're 

muni'vi 

muni'tus 

fortify 

ve'nio 

veni're 

veni 

ventus 

come 

EXERCISES 

334.  Give  the  present  and  perfect  infinitives  of  do,  munio,  facio, 
credo,  dico,  mitto,  teneo,  video,  persuadeo,  porto,  absum,  paco. 

335.  Inflect  the  following  verbs  in  the  perfect,  past  perfect, 
and  future  perfect :  narro,  timeo,  venio,  ago,  loco,  mitto,  pugno, 
munio,  sum. 

336.  I.  You  {sing)  have  had,  they  have  believed,  they  had 
sent.    2.  He  has  seen,  you  (sing.)  will  have  said,  to  have  led. 

3.  You  (pltir.)  have  sent,  they  have  obeyed,  we  had  departed. 

4.  He  has  attacked,  I  had  given,  I  shall  have  sent.  5.  We  shall 
have  feared,  he  has  extended,  to  have  been.  6.  You  {sing.)  had 
given,  you  {phir.)  will  have  made,  to  have  sent.  7.  You  {sing.) 
had  come,  you  {plur.)  had  given,  he  will  have  carried. 


LESSON   XLVIII 

Forsan  et  haec  olim  meminisse  iuvabit — Perhaps  some  day  you 
will  take  pleasure  in  remembering  even  this  i 

REVIEW  OF  THE  ACTIVE  VOICE 

337.  Formation  of  Tenses  of  Indicative.    A  review  of  the 
tenses  of  the  indicative  active  shows  the  following  formation: 


Present 

First  of  the  principal  parts 

Past 

Present  stem  +  -ba-m 

Future 

T,         ...   r-bo,  Conj.  I  and  II 
Present  stem  +  ^             ^  •'  .    ^^^       .  _^^ 
[-a-m,  Conj.  Ill  and  IV 

Perfect 

Third  of  the  principal  parts 

Past  Perf. 

Perfect  stem  +  -era-m 

FuT.  Perf. 

Perfect  stem  +  -ero 

338.  Synopsis  of  voco.    The  synopsis  of  the  active  voice  of 
voco,  as  far  as  we  have  learned  the  conjugation,  is  as  follows : 


Principal  Parts  :  voco,  voca're,  voca'vi,  voca'tus 
(pres.  stem  voca-,  perf.  stem  vocav-) 


{Present 
Past 
rAST 
Future 


voco 

voca'bam 

voca'bo 


Pres.  Imper.  voca 
Pres.  Infin.  voca're 


r  Perfect        voca'vi 
^^D^C-J  Past  ^---     ----'^ 


ATIVE 


Perf.   voca'veram 


Fut.  Perf.    voca'vero 


Perf.  Infin.  vocavis'se 


1  From  Vergil,  author  of  the  JEn€'i6,  the  greatest  Latin  epic.  The  senti- 
ment is  appropriate  when  a  person  is  beset  by  difficulties  and  dangers.  Of 
similar  import  are  his  words,  "  Revocate  animos,  maestumque  timorem  mittite," 
Recall  your  courage  and  banish  gloomy  fear. 

119 


120 


REVIEW  OF  THE  ACTIVE  VOICE 


EXERCISES 

339.  Following  §  338  as  a  model,  learn  to  write  and  to 
recite  rapidly  the  principal  parts  and  the  synopsis  of  the 
following  verbs  in  any  person  or  number :  paro,  do,  habeo, 
video,  dico,  duco,  capio,  munio,  venio,  and  other  verbs  selected 
from  the  lists  in  §§  161,  323,  327,  333. 

340.  Read  again  the  story  about  Curius  Dentatus  and 
answer  the  following  questions  in  Latin  : 

1 .  Quo  Samnites  legatos  miserant  ? 

2.  Cur  Samnites  legatos  ad  eum  miserant? 

3.  Quid  legati  comparaverant  et  ad  Dentatum  portaverant  ? 

4.  Num  Dentatus  amplam  villam  habuit  ? 

5.  N5nne  vita  Dentati  vera  et  Integra  fuerat? 

6.  Laboraveratne  Dentatus  in  agro  ? 

7.  Ubi  legati  Dentatum  invenerunt? 

8.  Cepitne  Dentatus  praemia  pulchra  legat5rum  ? 

9.  Quid  dixit? 

Sixth  Review,  Lessons  XLI-XLVIII,  §§  762-767 


A   CHARIOT  RACE  IN  THE   CIRCUS   MAXTMUS 

The  Circus  Maximus  was  among  the  most  magnificent  structures  of  the 
Roman  world,  and  held  nearly  400,000  people 


LESSON   XLIX 

Tempus  fugit  —  Time  flies 
WORD  FORMATION 

341.  Something  has  been  said  in  §§238  and  258  concern- 
ing Latin  and  English  prefixes.  Those  mentioned  before  are 
here  reviewed  and  three  new  ones  are  added. 

a,  ab,  from,  as  in  abduco,  kad  away  ;  English,  abduct 

ad,  to,  as  in  adduce,  lead  to ;  English,  adduce 

con-  (com-,  co-),  together,  as  in  conduco,  lead  together;  English, 

conduct.    Often  with  intensive  force,  as  in  convinco,  conquer 

completely ;  English,  convmce 
de,  donm  from,  as  in  deduce,  lead  dowfi ;  English,  deduce 
e,  ex,  out  fro77i,  as  in  educo,  lead  out ;   English,  educe 
in,  /;/,  into,  as  in  induce,  lead  in ;  English,  induce 
^XQ,  forth,  forward,  as  in  produce,  lead  forufard ;  English,  produce 
re-  (red-),  back  or  again,  as  in  reduce,  lead  back ;  English,  reduce 
trans  (tra-),  across,  as  in  traduco,  lead  across ;  English,  traduce 

All  these  prefixes,  excepting  con-  and  re-,  are  also  used 
alone  as  prepositions. 

Note.  An  English  derivative  from  a  Latin  compound  often  loses  the 
literal  meaning  of  the  Latin  and  is  used  only  in  a  figurative  sense.  This  is 
well  illustrated  by  the  derivatives  given  above.  For  example,  traduce  never 
means  to  lead  across,  but  is  used  only  in  the  figurative  sense  of  to  make  a 
parade  of,  dishonor,  slander.  The  Latin  student  has  the  advantage  of 
being  able  to  trace  the  figurative  meaning  back  to  its  literal  source. 

342.  Derivation.  Write  a  list  of  English  derivatives  from  the 
verbs  servo,  loco,  voco,  video,  mitto,  dico,  specto,  selecting  the 
proper  prefixes  from  §  341,  and  adding  such  English  suffixes 
as  you  may  know.    Use  the  English  dictionary. 

Note.    Students  should  keep  derivation  notebooks.    See  page  382. 


122 


WORD  FORMATION 


GALLI   ROMAM   OPPUGNANT 
First  learn  the  special  vocabulary,  page  368 

343.  Olim  Galli  Italiam  vastabant.  lam  agricolas  miseros 
ex  agris  latis  egerant  et  equos  pulchros  eorum  rapuerant. 
lam  multa  oppida  expugnaverant.  lam  Romam  petebant. 
Tum  Romani  magnopere  perterrebantur  et  in  Capitolium  ^ 
fugerunt.  Manlius,  vir  egregius  belli,  Capitolium  firmo  5 
praesidio  tenuit  nee  Gallos  timuit.  Capit5lium  erat  in  loco 
alto  et  magnis  muris  muniebatur.  Diu  populus  natura  loci 
et  praesidio  defendebatur  et  Galli  frustra  {in  vain)  lab5ra- 
bant  Victoria  longe  aberat.  Sed  denique  barbari  novum 
consilium  ceperunt.^  Nocte^  magno  silentio*  saxa^  alta  10 
ascenderunt.  Nee  audiebantur  nee  prohibebantur.  lam 
muros  Capitoli  tenebant.  Sed  erant  in  Capit5lio  sacri 
anseres.^  Ei  anseres  Gallos  audiverunt  et  Capitolium  serva- 
verunt.  Nam  clamGre"^  suo  Manlium  ex  somno^  excita- 
verunt.^  Manlius  arma  rapuit,  suos  vocavit,  Gallos  de  saxis  15 
altis  iecit. 

I.  The  Capitolium  was  the  citadel  of  Rome.  It  was  located  on  the 
Capitoline  Hill,  which  was  steep  and  rocky.  2.  consilium  cai)ere,  to  form 
a  plan.  3.  By  night.  4.  silentium,  silenti,  n.,  silence.  5.  saxum,  -i,  n., 
rock.  6.  Geese.  These  were  sacred  to  Juno,  whose  temple  was  on  the 
Capitoline.  7.  clamore  suo,  by  their  cackling.  8.  somnus,  -i,  m.,  sleep. 
9.  excito,  -are,  arouse. 


A   ROMAN   MARKET   PLACE 


THE   SACRED   GEESE   SAVE  THE   CAPITOL 


LESSON   L 

Vincit  qui  se  vincit — He  conquers  who  conquers  himself  ^ 
THE  PAST  PARTICIPLE  •  THE  PASSIVE  PERFECTS 

344.  Participles  Defined.  A  participle  is  a  verbal  adjective, 
and  takes  its  name  from  the  fact  that  it  participates  in  the 
uses  of  both  verb  and  adjective.  As  a  verb,  it  has  tense  and 
voice,  and  may  be  either  transitive  or  intransitive.  As  an 
adjective,  it  is  declined,  and  agrees  with  its  noun  in  gender, 
number,  and  case.  Thus,  in  ''  He,  seeing  the  enemy,  fled," 
seeing  is  a  participle,  present,  active,  and  transitive,  with  enemy 
as  its  direct  object.  This  is  its  verbal  side.  As  an  adjective, 
it  agrees  with  he  in  gender,  number,  and  case. 

345.  Participles  in  English.  In  English  the  chief  classes 
of  participles  are  present  and  past.  The  present  participle 
ends  in  -ing.  It  usually  describes  an  action  as  taking  place 
at  the  same  time  with  some  other  action  :  as,  ''  Reaching  for 
the  boat  I  lost  my  balance."  The  past  participle  expresses 
completed  action.  In  the  passive  it  has  the  same  form  as  the 
past  tense :  as,  ''  The  floors  are  swept,''  "  The  chairs  are 
mended!'  The  active  past  participle  is  formed  by  putting 
having  before  the  passive  past  participle  :  as,  "  Having  swept 
the  floors,  I  rested,"  ^^  Having  viended  the  chairs,  I  sold 
them."  Sometimes  having  is  used  also  in  passive  participial 
expressions  :  as,  ''  The  floors  having  been  szvept,  I  rested." 
Participles  with  having  are  often  called  perfect  participles. 

346.  Past  Participles  in  English  and  Latin.  English  has 
both  an  active  and  a  passive  past  participle  :  as,  having  called 

1  From  Publilius  Syrus.  Born  a  slave  and  educated  by  his  master,  he  was 
granted  his  freedom  and  became  a  noted  writer. 

124 


PASSIVE  PERFECTS  OF  THE  INDICATIVE        125 

(active),  {having  been)  called  (psLSsive).-  Latin  has  only  a  passive 
past  participle,  and  this  participle  is  of  special  importance 
because,  as  we  have  seen  (§  299),  it  is  the  fourth  and  last  of 
the  principal  parts. 

347.  Participial  Stem.  The  participial  stem  is  found,  as 
will  be  recalled,  by  dropping  -us  from  the  past  participle. 
From  this  stem  are  formed  the  future  active  infinitive  and  all 
passive  perfects. 

348.  Perfect,  Past  Perfect,  Future  Perfect  Indicative  Passive. 

In  English  the  perfect,  past  perfect,  and  future  perfect  tenses 
of  the  indicative  passive  are  made  up  of  forms  of  the  auxiliary 
verb  to  be  and  the  past  participle :  as,  /  have  been  called,  I  had 
been  called,  I  shall  have  been  called. 

Very  similarly  in  Latin  the  perfect,  past  perfect,  and  future 
perfect  passive  use  the  present,  past,  and  future  of  sum  as  an 
auxiliary  verb  with  the  past  participle :  as. 

Perfect  passive,  voca'tus  sum,  I  have  been  called  or  was  called 
Past  perfect  passive,  voca'tus  eram,  I  had  been  called 
Future  perfect  passive,  voca'tus  ero,  /  shall  have  bee?i  called 

349.  The  past  participle  is  declined  like  bonus,  bona,  bonum. 
When  making  part  of  a  verb  form,  it  agrees  in  gender,  number, 
and  case  with  the  subject  of  the  verb,  as  shown  below : 

EXAMPLES  IN  THE  SINGULAR 

Vir  vocatus  est,  the  man  was  called  or  has  bee7i  called 
Puella  vocata  est,  the  girl  ivas  called  or  has  been  called 
Praesidium  vocatum  est,  the  garrison  was  called  or  has  been  called 

EXAMPLES   IN  THE  PLURAL 
Viri  vocati  sunt,  the  men  were  called  or  have  been  called 
Puellae  vocatae  sunt,  the  girls  were  called  or  have  been  called 
Praesidia  vocata  sunt,  the  garrisotis  were  called  or  have  been  called 


126       PASSIVE  PERFECTS  OF  THE  INDICATIVE 

350.  In  all  the  conjugations  the  perfect^  past  perfect^  and 
future  perfect  indicative  passive  are  formed  and  inflected  in 
the  same  way.    Study  these  inflections,  §§  832-835. 

EXERCISES 

351.  Inflect  the  perfect,  past  perfect,  and  future  perfect 
indicative,  active  and  passive,  of  voco,  moneo,  rego,  and  audio. 

352.  I.  Agricolae  frumentum  in  oppidum  sacrum  portave- 
runt.  2.  Frumentum  ab  agricolis  in  oppidum  sacrum  portatum 
est.  3.  Regina  Lesbiae  pecuniam  dederat.  4.  Pecunia  a  regina 
Lesbiae  data  erat.  5.  Manlius  de  mur5  sacr5  Gallos  iecerit. 
6.  Galli  a  Manlio  de  muro  sacr5  iacti  erunt.  7.  Dentatus  lega- 
tes dimiserat.  Legati  a  Dentato  dimissi  erant.  8.  Puellae 
exemplum  egregium  verae  amicitiae  viderant.  9.  Exemplum 
egregium  verae  amicitiae  a  puellis  visum  erat.  10.  Animi 
timidi  eorum  factis  vestris  confirmati  sunt.  Ii.  Galli  ab  agris 
nostris  armis  Romanis  prohibit!  erant. 

353.  I.  Greece  had  been  freed  from  danger.  2.  Fresh  troops 
had  been  put  before  the  sacred  town  by  the  Romans.  3.  The 
girls  had  been  greatly  terrified  and  had  fled.  4.  The  fields  had 
been  laid  waste,  but,  because  of  the  nature  of  the  place,  the 
camp  had  not  been  taken  by  storm.  5.  Did  the  Gauls  climb 
your  walls  ?    Not  at  all,  but  they  laid  waste  the  fields. 


ROMAN   HAIRPINS,   POWDER   BOXES,  AND  OTHER  TOILET  ARTICLES 


P3 

_^ 

N 

m 

i-i 

bjO 

o 

"o 

<u 

t 

w 

bn 

C 

rt 

r! 

3 

U 

0 

^-< 

<u 

.fi 

a 

,r! 

rt 

H 

t 

<u 

3 

aj 

Fi 

0 

j::! 

a 

c:i. 

H 

^ 

Tl 

rn 

in 

c 

C3 

a; 

fl 

o 

1 

(L) 

n 

H 

P^ 

T3 

C 

^^i 

00 

0-1 

-M 

^ 

, 

(U 

s 

-(-> 

H 

o 

(U 

in 

C 

c 

03 

a 
0 

Q 

o 

^ 

>< 

<: 

o 

M 

0 

•s 

c 

^ 

w 

G 

B 

u 

o 
a, 
g 

3 

o 

g 

(i) 

pL, 
4J 

< 

^^ 

C/2 

. 

aj 

> 

hn 

H 

2:. 

i-t 

C3 

c/^ 

bX) 

0) 

ri 

M-l 

^ 

L; 

t. 

o 

OJ 

O 

-M 

03 

0 

3 

H 

.2 

o 

0 

U 

G 

<i', 

o 

4_, 

oJ 

U 

Vh 

o 

T3 

^ 

d 

dJ 

C3 

P^ 

(U 

G 

0 
u 

H 

<+H 

O 

n1 

<U 

cu 

W 

^ 

tc 

6 

E 

o 

W 

H 

r^ 

1) 

u 

7; 

^ 

<u 

M-l 

+-> 

^ 

0 

M-4 

H 

^3 

0 

C 

Xi 

03 

B 
0 

o 

fl) 

1) 

c 

rC 

-t-" 

o 

w 

c 

rt 

fan 

Cfl 

D 

- 

^ 

0 
0 

bO 

C 

;zi 

< 

LESSON  LI 

Da  dextram  misero  —  Lend  a  hand  i 

THE  PERFECT  INFINITIVE   PASSIVE  AND  THE  FUTURE 
INFINITIVE  ACTIVE  •  PREPOSITIONS 

354.  As  the  perfect  infinitive  passive  and  the  future  infinitive 
active  are  also  formed  from  the  participial  stem,  they  are  most 
easily  learned  at  this  point. 

355.  Perfect  Infinitive  Passive.  The  perfect  infinitive  passive 
is  formed  by  adding  esse  to  the  past  participle :  as,  vocatus  esse, 
to  have  been  called.  Similarly  in  the  other  conjugations  v^e 
have  monitus  esse,  to  have  been  advised\  rectus  esse,  to  have 
been  nded\  auditus  esse,  to  have  been  heard, 

356.  Future  Infinitive  Active.  The  future  infinitive  active 
of  voco  is  vocatu'rus  esse,  to  be  about  to  call.  This  is  formed 
by  adding  -urus  esse  to  the  participial  stem.  Similarly  in  the 
other  conjugations  we  have  monitu'rus  esse,  to  be  about  to 
advise ;  rectu'rus  esse,  to  be  about  to  nde ;  auditu'rus  esse, 
to  be  aboiLt  to  hear, 

357.  We  have  now  completed  the  infinitive,  active  and  pas- 
sive.   The  synopsis  of  the  infinitives  of  voco  is  as  follows : 

ACTIVE  PASSIVE 

Pres.    voca're,  to  call  voca'ri,  to  be  called 

Perf.   vocavis'se,  to  have  called         voca'tus  esse,  to  have  been 

called 
FuT.     vocatu'rus  esse,  to  be  about     (Rare  and  hence  omitted) 
to  call 

^  From  Vergil.    Literally,  Give  your  right  {hand)  to  an  unfortunate  {man). 

127 


128  INFINITIVES  •  PREPOSITIONS 

a.  The  infinitives  of  the  other  conjugations  are  similarly  formed;  but 
do  not  forget  the  peculiar  formation  of  the  present  infinitive  passive 
in  the  third  conjugation  (§285). 

358.  Prepositions.  We  learned  in  §  77  that  only  the  accusa- 
tive and  ablative  are  used  with  prepositions.  Those  prepo- 
sitions which  we  have  had  before  are  here  summarized  and 
three  more  added. 

fl.  Prepositions  expressing  ablative  relations  (from,  with,  in,  etc.) 
govern  the  ablative  case.    Learn  the  following  list : 

a  or  ab,from,  by  e  or  ex,  out  from,  out  of 

cum,  with  in,  i7i  or  on 

de,  down  from,  concerning,  about       pro,  in  behalf  of,  for 
sine,  without 

b.  Prepositions  not  expressing  ablative  relations  must  govern  the 
accusative.    Among  these  are 

ad,  to,  towards  -  per,  through 

ante,  before,  in  front  of  post,  after 

in,  into,  to,  against  trans,  across 

There  are  many  others;  but  learn  the  list  above  of  prepositions  taking 
the  ablative,  and  use  the  accusative  after  all  others. 

EXERCISES 

First  learn  the  special  vocabulary,  page  368 

359.  I.  Imperium  Romanum  Germanis  qui  trans  Rhenum 
habitabant  non  gratum  erat.  2.  Itaque  per  multos  annos  Ger- 
man! Romanes  ab  regnis  suis  prohibuerunt.  3.  Firmis  et^ 
veris  animis  pro  patria  fortiter  pugnaverunt.  4.  Regna  Ger- 
manorum  longe  trans  Rhenum  patebant.  5.  German!  copias 
integras  ex  silvis  oppidisque  evocabant.  6.  Numerus  virorum 
erat  magnus  et  animi  eorum  bello  studebant.  7.  Sed  fortuna 
belli  erat  iniqua  Germanis  ac  Romanis  victoriam  dedit.  8.  Antea 


CONJUGATION  OF  POSSUM  129 

German!  fuerant  liberi,  sed  post  victoriam  Romanam  multi  in 
magnas  silvas  fugerunt.  9.  Multi  rapti  sunt  atque  in  Italiam 
missi  sunt.    10.  Quam  misera  erat  fortuna  e5rum  captivorum  ! 

I.  What  are  the  three  Latin  words  for  andl 

360.  I .  The  Roman  power  did  not  formerly  extend  across  the 
Rhine.  2.  When  you  are  in  the  realm  of  the  Germans,  you 
will  see  great  forests.  3.  The  nature  of  the  place  was  certainly 
unfavorable  for  the  battle.  4.  They  will  fight  bravely  and  many 
will  give  their  lives  ^  for  their  country .^  5 .  After  the  unfavorable 
battle  grain  was  provided  and  many  fresh  troops  were  called  out. 

I.  Singular.    2.  Not  the  dative. 

361.  Give  the  infinitives,  active  and  passive,  of  the  following 
verbs :  paco,  habeo,  teneo,  ago,  gero,  capio,  iacio,  audio,  munio. 


LESSON    LII 

Dulce  et  decdrum  est  pro  patria  mori  —  Sw,eet  and  fitting  it  is 
to  die  for  one's  country  1 

THE   CONJUGATION  OF  POSSUM 

362.  Possum,  /  a7n  able^  I  can,  is  a  compound  of  the  adjec- 
tive potis,  able,  and  sum,  /  am.  It  is  inflected  in  the  indicative 
and  infinitive  as  follows  : 

Principal  Parts  :  possum,  posse,  potui, 

INDICATIVE  MOOD 
Present 


possum,  /  am  able,  I  can  pos'sumus,  zve  are  able,  zve  can 

potes,  yoiL  are  able,  yo'u  can  potes'tis,  yo7c  are  able,  yon  can 

potest,  he  is  able,  he  can  possunt,  they  are  able,  they  can 

1  From  one  of  the  Odes  of  Horace,  Rome's  greatest  lyric  poet. 


130  CONJUGATION  OF  POSSUM 

Past 

po'teram,  I  was  able,  I  could  \     potera'mus,  zve  ivere  able,  we 
etc.  could)  etc. 

Future 
po'tero,  /  shall  be  able  ;  etc.         pote'rimus,  zve  shall  be  able  ; 

etc. 
Perfect 

po'tui,    /  have    been    able,    I     potu'imus,  we  have  been  able, 
conld',  etc.  we  coidd\  etc. 

Past  Perfect 

potu'eram,  /  had  been  able  ;  potuera'mus,  we  had  been  able ; 

etc.  etc. 

Future  Perfect 
^^XW^xh,! shall  have  been  able  \     potue'rimus,    zve    shall   have 
etc.  beeti  able  ;  etc. 

INFINITIVE   MOOD 
Present  Perfect 

posse,  to  be  able  potuis'se,  to  have  been  able 

a.  This  verb  has  no  imperative  and  no  future  infinitive.  The  per- 
fect infinitive,  as  in  all  verbs,  is  formed  by  adding  -isse  to  the  perfect 
stem  (§  332). 

EXERCISES 

DE   MUCIO    SCAEVOLA 
First  learn  the  special  vocabulary,  page  369 

363.  Olim  Porsenna,  qui  regnum  Etruscorum  1  turn 
obtinebat,  cum  Romanis  de  imperio  Italiae  pugnavit  et 
R5mam  magnis  copiis  oppugnavit.  lam  Roman!  inopia 
frumenti  laborabant^  et  magnopere  perterrebantur.  Erat  in 
numer5  Roman5rum  egregius  iuvenis  ^  Mucius  Scaevola.^  Is  5 
timidos  animos  eorum  confirmavit  atque  dixit :  "In  castra 


INFINITIVE  USED  AS  IN  ENGLISH  131 

Etruscorum  procedam  et  Porsennam  interficiam.  Itaque 
patriam  periculo  liberabo."  Fortiter  neg5tium  suscepit,  sed 
visus  captusque  est.    Turn  ante  Porsennam  productus  est. 

I.  Etrusci,  -orum,  m.,  the  Etj^uscans,  neighbors  of  the  Romans  to  the 
north  and  their  most  powerful  enemies  in  the  early  years  of  the  city. 
2.  Used  here  in  the  sense  of  suffer.  3.  Youth.  4.  The  English  pronuncia- 
tion is  Sev'o-la. 

364.  I.  They  had  held  the  sovereignty  across  the  Rhine  for 
(per)  many  years.  2.  Because  of  the  scarcity  of  grain  the  men 
had  not  advanced.  3.  That  matter  had  been  undertaken  by 
Mucius.  4.  The  captives  had  been  led  before  your  camp. 
5.  After  the  battle  a  large  supply  of  money  was  found  there. 


LESSON   LIII 

Possunt  quia  posse  videntur  —  They  can  because  they  think  they  can  1 
THE  INFINITIVE   USED  AS  IN  ENGLISH 

365.  Nature  of  the  Infinitive.  The  uses  of  the  infinitive  are 
much  the  same  in  Latin  as  in  English.  Being  a  verbal  noun 
it  is  used  sometimes  as  a  verb  and  sometimes  as  a  noun. 
As  a  verb,  it  has  tense  and  voice,  may  govern  a  case,  and  may 
be  modified  by  an  adverb.  As  a  noun,  it  may  have  the  con- 
struction of  a  noun.  For  example,  in  To  cross  the  marsh 
qnickly  was  difficnlt^  the  infinitive  to  cross  is  a  noun,  for  it  is 
the  subject  of  was ;  but  it  is  also  a  verb,  for  it  takes  an  object 
{jnarsh)  and  is  modified  by  an  adverb  {quickly). 

366.  Infinitive  Clause  as  Object.  In  English,  verbs  of  com- 
manding, wishing,  forbidding,  and  the  like  may  be  followed 
by  a  clause  consisting  of  a  noun  or  pronoun  in  the  objective 

^  From  Vergil.  Literally,  They  are  able  becatise  they  seem  {think  themselves) 
to  be  able. 


132  INFINITIVE  USED  AS  IN  ENGLISH 

case  and  an  infinitive  :   as,  the  slave  commmided  the  men  to 
flee.     The  same  construction  is  used  in  Latin. 

Servus  viros  fugere  iussit,  the  slave  commanded  the  men  to  flee 
Eos  fabulam  audire  cupit,  he  wishes  them  to  hear  the  story 
Eum  dicere  vetat,  he  forbids  him  to  speak 

367.  Rule  for  the  Infinitive  Object  Clause.  The  verbs 
iubed,  command;  cvpio,  wish;  veto,  forbid,  and  the  like 
are  ofteji  followed  by  an  infinitive  clause  as  object, 

368.  Rule  for  Subject  of  Infinitive.  The  subject  of  the 
infi7iitive  is  in  the  accusative, 

369.  Complementary  Infinitive.  In  English,  and  also  in 
Latin,  an  infinitive  without  a  subject  may  be  added  to  many 
verbs  as  an  adverbial  modifier  to  complete  their  meaning. 
Such  verbs  are  called  verbs  of  i7icomplete  predication,  and  the 
added  infinitive  is  called  a  complementary  inflnitive.  Among 
such  verbs  are  the  following  : 

incipio,  /  begin  possum,  I  am  able,  I  can 

propero,  I  hastefi  studeo,  I  am  eager 

Fugere  incipiunt,  they  begin  to  flee 

Oppidum  capere  properat,  he  hastens  to  take  the  town 

Non  pugnare  potes,  you  are  not  able  toflght  or  you  canHflght 

Eum  invenire  studeo,  I  am  eager  to  flnd  hifn 

370.  Infinitive  as  Noun.  In  English,  and  also  in  Latin,  the 
infinitive  is  often  a  pure  noun,  being  used  as  the  subject  of  a 
sentence  or  as  a  predicate  noun  :  as, 

Videre  est  credere,  seeing  {to  see)  is  believing  {to  believe) 
Vincere  est  gratum,  to  co?iquer  is  pleasing 

a.  An  infinitive  used  as  a  noun  is  neuter  singular,  as  is  shown  in 
the  sentence  above  by  gratum,  a  neuter  adjective  in  agreement  with 
vincere,  the  subject. 


INFINITIVE  USED  AS  IN  ENGLISH 


33 


EXERCISES 

First  learn  the  special  vocabulary,  page  369 

371.  I.  Vincere  Romanes  erat  gratum  inimicis  finitimis. 
2.  Mucius  Porsennam  interficere  studebat.  3.  Romani  eum 
suscipere  id  negotium  cupiverunt.  4.  Populus  eum  in  castra 
inimica  procedere  non  vetuit.  5.  Romani  imperium  Italiae 
obtinere  inceperunt.  6.  Inopia  frumenti  Romani  diu  resistere 
non  poterant.  7.  Porsenna  Mucium  prdduci  iussit.  8.  Porsen- 
nam interficere  erat  officium  pOblicum  veri  R5mani. 

372.  I.  To  possess  power  was  pleasing  to  Dentatus.  2.  The 
ambassadors  were  eager  to  give  him  ^  money.  3.  But  they  could 
not  persuade  himx.^  4.  They  began  to  speak,  but  Dentatus  com- 
manded them  to  depart.  5.  He  wished  them  to  see  an  example 
of  a  true  Roman.  6.  Therefore  he  did  not  desire  them  to  give 
him  the  money.  7.  Dentatus  forbade  them  to  seek  his  friend- 
ship with  money .^ 

I.  Indirect  object.    2.  What  case?    See  §  224.    3.  Ablative  of  means. 


THE   ROMAN   FORUM,  A.D.  400 

Note  the  Capitoline  Hill  with  its  two  summits  in  the  background 


LESSON  LIV 

Oleum  et  operam  perdidi  —  I  have  wasted  time  and  labor i 
WORD  FORMATION 

373.  One  of  the  most  important  of  the  Latin  prefixes  is  in-. 
We  have  already  learned  something  of  its  use  with  verbs.  It 
is  then  the  same  as  the  preposition  in,  and  has  the  same  mean- 
ings of  iriy  on,  into,  against,  and  has  the  same  force  in  related 
English  words  :  as,  Latin  induce,  lead  into ;  English  indnce, 
meaning  to  lead  one  into  some  course  of  action. 

374.  But  there  is  another  prefix  in-,  identical  in  form  but 
of  a  different  origin,  which  may  be  combined  with  an  adjective 
or  an  adverb.  This  in-  negatives  the  word  to  which  it  is 
attached  :  thus,  firmus,  firm  or  strong,  but  infirmus,  infirm  or 
iveak.  The  same  prefix  is  similarly  used  in  English :  as,  iii- 
secure,  in-sincere,  in-valid,  etc.  In  English  the  prefix  often 
changes  its  form  to  tin-,  as  in  unsafe,  tcnmoved,  etc.  This  in- 
is  never  used  as  a  Latin  preposition,  but  only  as  a  prefix. 

375.  Latin  prefixes  before  a  consonant  may  change  their  final 
consonant  to  a  similar  letter  or  one  more  easily  pronounced. 
This  is  called  assimilation.  Thus,  in-  +  maturus  =  immaturus, 
immature ;  in-  +  mortalis  =  immortalis,  immortal',  con-  +  rectio 
=  correctio,  correction.  Compare  also  such  English  words  as 
impossible  (in- + possum),  irresponsible  (in- -f  responded),  illiberal 
(in- +  liberalis),  etc. 

376.  Another  important  point  is  that  Latin  simple  verbs 
having  a  short  a  in  the  first  syllable  followed  by  a  single  con- 
sonant (as  in  capio)  generally  change  a  to  i  in  the  present,  and 

1  From  Plautus.    Literally,  I  have  wasted  oil  (i.e.  lamp  oil)  and  labor. 

134 


136  WORD  FORMATION 

to  e  in  the  past  participle,  when  the  simple  verb  is  compounded 
with  a  prefix.  So  in-  +  capio  becomes  incipio  in  the  present  and 
inceptus  in  the  past  participle.  The  same  change  in  spelling 
follows  in  English  ;  from  capio  we  have  capture^  but  incipio 
gives  us  incipienty  and  inceptus,  mceptio7i.  So  recipio  gives  us 
recipienty  recipCy  and  receptus,  reception^  receptive, 

EXERCISES 

377.  Derivation.  Name  ten  English  words  in  the  composition 
of  which  the  prefix  in-  is  used,  and  state  the  force  of  the  prefix. 

378.  Give  the  synopsis,  active  and  passive,  of  iacio,  cupio, 
iubeo,  vasto. 

DE  MUCIO   SCAEVOLA  (Concluded) 
First  learn  the  special  vocabulary,  page  369 

379.  Porsenna  in  mediis  castris  sedebat  et  magnopere  per- 
terrebatur,  nam  suum  periculum  ex  animo  agere  non  poterat. 
Spectavit  Mucium  et  dixit :  '' Vitam  meam  petere,  Romane, 
parabas.  Meo  iudicio  sine  auxilio  sociorum  id  negotium  non 
suscepisti.  Narra  malum  c5nsilium  ac  conserva  vitam  tuam.  5 
Si  non  ita  facies,   igni  ^  cremaberis."  ^    Mucius  respondit : 

"  Non  vitam  sed  patriam  conservare  est  officium  Romanum. 
Poenas  tuas  minime  timeo.  Vitam  Romanam  rapere  potes, 
sed  animo  ^  Romano  nocere  non  potes."  Tum  statim  dex- 
tram  ^  medio  igni,^  qui  n5n  longe  aberat,  iniecit,^  nee  dolore''  10 
superabatur.  Post  id  factum  egregium  Porsenna  vetuit  eum 
interfici  et  iussit  eum  ad  Romanes  remitti.  Postea  Mucius 
appellatus  est  Scaevola.^ 

I.  By  fire.  2.  cremo,  -are,  burn^  consume.  3.  Why  dative?  See  §  224. 
4.  dextra,  -ae,  f.,  right  hand.  5.  medio  igni,  into  the  midst  of  a  fire. 
6.  iniecit,  he  thrust.    7.  By  the  pain,    8.  Scaevola,  left-handed. 


LESSON   LV 

In  Deo  speramus  —  In  God  we  trust i 
SENTENCES  AND  CLAUSES  •  RELATIVE  PRONOUNS 

380.  Sentences  and  Clauses.  Sentences  are  simple,  com- 
po?indy  or  complex, 

381.  A  simple  sentence  makes  but  one  statement,  and  has  but 
one  subject  and  one  predicate  :  as, 

Columbus  discovered  America 

382.  A  compo7ind  sentence  contains  two  or  more  independent 
statements  :  as, 

Columbus  discovered  America  |  and  \  he  thereby  won  i7ni7iortal  fame 

383.  A  complex  sentence  contains  one  independent  state- 
ment and  one  or  more  dependent  statements  :  as, 

Wheft  Columbus  discovered  America  |  he  won  immortal  fame 

384.  The  separate  statements  in  a  compound  or  complex 
sentence  are  called  clauses.  An  independent  statement  is  called 
a  main  clause ;  a  dependent  statement,  a  subordinate  clause. 

385.  Subordinate  clauses  may  be  used  as  nouns,  adjectives, 
or  adverbs.  Hence  we  have  noiui  clauses,  adjective  clauses, 
and  adverb  clauses, 

386.  Relative  Pronouns.    Examine  the  following  sentences : 

1.  This  is  the  wounded  soldier. 

2.  This  is  the  soldier  who  has  been  wounded. 

3.  This  is  the  soldier,  and  the  soldier  has  beefi  zvounded. 

1  Motto  of  Brown  University. 


138 


RELATIVE  PRONOUNS 


Number  i  is  a  simple  sentence.  Number  2  is  complex,  the 
adjective  wotmded  in  number  i  being  represented  in  number  2 
by  the  subordinate  adjective  clause  who  has  been  wounded. 
The  word  who  is  a  pronoun,  taking  the  place  of  soldier,  as 
shown  by  number  3,  and  it  also  connects  the  subordinate  adjec- 
tive clause  who  has  been  wotmded  with  the  noun  soldier.  A 
pronoun  that  connects  an  adjective  clause  with  a  noun  or  pro- 
noun is  called  a  relative  pronotm,  and  the  noun  or  pronoun 
is  called  its  antecedent.  In  English  the  relative  pronouns  are 
whoy  whose,  whom,  which,  what,  that. 


387.  Declension  of  Relative  Pronoun  qui.    The  relative  pro- 
noun in  Latin  is  qui,  quae,  quod.    It  is  declined  as  follows  : 


Masc. 

Fem. 

Neut. 

NOM. 

qui 

quae 

quod 

Gen. 

cuius 

cuius 

cuius 

DAT. 

cui 

cui 

cui 

Ace. 

quern 

quam 

quod 

Abl. 

quo 

qua 

quo 

Masc 


Fem. 


Neut. 


qui  quae  quae 

quorum  quarum  quorum 

quibus  quibus  quibus 

quos  quas  quae 

quibus  quibus  quibus 


a.  Review  the  declension  of  is,  §  203,  and  note  the  similarity  in 
the  endings.  The  forms  qui,  quae,  and  quibus  are  the  only  forms 
showing  new  endings. 

Note.  The  genitive  cuius  is  pronounced  coo' y 00s ^  and  the  dative  cui 
is  pronounced  kwee. 


388.  Translation. 


NOM. 

Gen. 

DAT. 

Ace. 
Abl. 


The  relative  qui  is  translated  as  follows  : 
Masc.  and  Fem. 
who,  that 
of  whom,  whose 
to  or  for  whom 
whom,  that 


Neut. 
which,  what,  that 
of  zvhich,  of  what,  whose 
to  or  for  which,  to  or  for  what 
which,  what,  that 


from,  etc.,  zvhom 


from,  etc.,  which  or  what 


RELATIVE  PRONOUNS  139 

389.  Agreement  of  Relative  Pronoun.  Note  the  following 
sentences  : 

Puer  quern  vides  est  Marcus,  the  boy  whom  you  see  is  Mark 
Puella  quam  vides  est  Lesbia,  the  girl  whom  you  see  is  Lesbia 

The  relatives  quern  and  quam  agree  with  their  antecedents 
puer  and  puella  in  gender  and  number,  but  not  in  case.  The 
antecedents  are  nominatives,  subjects  of  est,  and  the  relatives 
are  accusatives,  objects  of  vides.  The  rule  for  the  agreement 
of  the  relative  is,  therefore,  as  follows : 

390.  Rule  for  Agreement  of  Relative  Pronoun.  The  rela- 
tive agrees  with  its  antecedent  in  gender  and  number^  but 
its  case  is  determijied  by  its  use  in  its  ow7z  clause. 

EXERCISES 

First  learn  the  special  vocabulary,  page  370 

391.  I.  Mucius,  qui  a  Porsenna  in  iudicium  vocatus  est, 
animum  verum  habebat.  2.  Roma,  quam  Porsenna  expugnare 
cupiebat,  inopia  friamenti  laborabat.  3.  Vir  cuius  vita  pro  patria 
datur  egregiam  famam  obtinebit.  4.  Porsenna,  quem  Mucius 
interficere  studebat,  magnopere  perterritus  est.  5.  Factum  quo 
Mucius  vitam  suam  conservare  potuit  a  multis  poetis  narratum 
est.  6.  Quid  de  Mucio  putas }  Vir  clarus  meo  iudicio  erat 
Mucius.    7.  Cur  appellatus  est  Scaevola .? 

392.  I.  Afterwards  the  camp  was  moved  from  that  unfavor- 
able place.  2.  Only  a  few  hurled  their  spears,  the  rest  imme- 
diately fled.  3.  The  baggage  which  was  captured  was  placed 
in  our  camp.  4.  Will  he  begin  to  send  back  the  grain  which 
they  have  found.?  I  don't  think  so.  5.  He  will  command  the 
troops  which  he  has  summoned  to  move  the  baggage  across 
the  Rhine. 


LESSON   LVI 

lacta  est  alea  —  The  die  is  cast^ 

INTERROGATIVE  PRONOUNS  AND  ADJECTIVES  •  THE 
ABLATIVE  ABSOLUTE 

393.  Interrogatives  in  English,  Interrogative  pronouns  and 
adjectives  are  used  in  asking  questions.  In  English  the  inter- 
rogative pronouns  are  who  f  which  ?  and  zvhat  ?  Which  and 
what  are  used  also  as  interrogative  adjectives. 

Who  is  your  friefid  ?  {Who,  interrogative  pronoun) 
What  friends  have  you  ?  (What,  interrogative  adjective) 

394.  Interrogatives  in  Latin.  The  Latin  interrogative  pro- 
noun is  quis  (who  f),  quid  (what  ?).  It  is  declined  in  the  singular 
as  follows : 

Masc.  and  Fem.  Neut. 

NoM.    quis,  zvho  ?  q^id,  what  f  which  ? 

Gen.     cuius,  zvhose ?  cuius,  whose? 

DAT.     cui,  to  or  for  whom  ?  cui,  to  or  for  which  or  what  ? 

Ace.     quern,  zvhom  ?  quid,  what  ?  which  ? 

Abl.     quo,  from,  etc.,  zvhom  ?  quo,  from,  etc.,  which  or  zvhatf 

The  plural  forms  are  the  same  as  those  of  the  relative  (§  387). 

Quis  est  amicus  tuus,  who  is  your  friend^ 
Qui  sunt  amici  tui,  who  are  your  friends  ? 

395.  The  Latin  interrogative  adjective  is  qui  (or  quis),  quae, 
quod.    It  is  declined  like  the  relative  (§  387). 

Quos  libros  habes,  what  books  have  you  ? 

1  Words  of  Julius  Caesar  when  he  crossed  the  river  Rubicon,  the  boundary 
of  his  province,  with  an  armed  force.  This  act  amounted  to  a  declaration  of 
war  against  the  Roman  government. 

140 


ABLATIVE  ABSOLUTE  141 

396.  Ablative  Absolute.  In  English  a  noun  with  a  participle 
attached  is  often  used  to  make  a  phrase  grammatically  inde- 
pendent of  the  main  clause  :   as, 

The  tow7i  haviiig  been  captiired'X    ,     ..  //7// 

With  the  town  captured  J 

The  independent  phrase  is  called  the  absolute  construction. 
The  noun  is  in  the  nominative  case,  and  is  called  the  nomi- 
native  absolute. 

397.  In  Latin  a  noun  with  attached  participle  in  the  absolute 
construction  is  put  in  the  ablative,  and  the  construction  is  called 
the  ablative  absolute :  as, 

Oppido  capto,  legatus  fugit 

a.  The  ablative  absolute  denotes  the  circumstances  accompanying 
the  action  of  the  main  verb,  a  fundamental  ablative  relation  often 
expressed  in  English  by  the  preposition  with.  Note  the  second  form 
in  §  396  :    With  the  town  captured^  the  lieutenant  fled. 

398.  There  is  no  present  participle  "  being "  in  Latin.  In 
consequence  we  often  have  two  nouns,  or  a  noun  and  an  adjec- 
tive, in  the  ablative  absolute  with  no  participle :  as, 

filia  regina,  his  daughter  being  queen 
pueris  tardis,  the  boys  being  slow 

399.  Translation  of  Ablative  Absolute.  The  absolute  con- 
struction, rather  rare  in  English,  is  very  common  in  Latin, 
and  is  often  best  translated  by  a  clause  introduced  by  when, 
after,  since,  though,  etc.  Use  the  form  of  clause  that  will  best 
express  the  thought.  Note  the  following  translations  of  oppido 
capto,  legatus  fugit : 

,         .  j.^        1.1       y  ( the  toivn  was  captured,  the 

when,  since,  after,  although,  eic.\       ,.  ^f 

^  L     lieutenant  fled 


142  ABLATIVE  ABSOLUTE 

400.  Rule  for  Ablative  Absolute.  The  ablative  of  a 
noun  and  a  participle^  a  nouri  and  an  adjective^  or  two 
nouns  may  be  used  in  the  absolute  construction  to  denote 
attendant  circumstances. 

EXERCISES 

401.  I.  Castris  motis,  crebra  tela  nostris^  nocere  non  potue- 
runt.  2.  E5  loco  occupato,  reliquae  copiae  periculo  liberatae 
sunt.  3.  Agris  vastatis  et  equis  raptis,  inopia  frumenti  mox 
laborabimus.  4.  Sociis  nostris  interfectis,  a  quibus  auxilium 
petemus  ?  5.  Eo  proelio  facta,  pauci  procedere  studebant. 
6.  Qu5rum  ^  erat  imperium  Italiae  ?  Imperium  Italiae  erat 
Romanorum.  7.  Qui  Germanos  copias  integras  ducere  trans 
Rhenum  vetuerunt  ?  RomanL  8.  Quibus  bona  regina  pecuniam 
dari  iussit?  Miseris  captivis.  9.  Legato  in  iudicium  vocato, 
populus  bellum  geri  non  cupivit. 

I.  Why  dative?    See  §  224.    2.  Predicate  genitive  of  possession,  §  150. 

402.  I.  After  the  battle  was  fought,^  to  what  famous  place 
did  they  wish  the  lieutenant  to  move  the  camp  ?  2.  How  far 
away  was  the  camp  which  you  saw?  3.  Did  the  battle  rage^ 
a  long  time  ?  I  think  so.  4.  Whose  money  did  you  find  ? 
Galba's.  5.  After  the  town  had  been  stormed,  did  not  the 
people  suffer^  the  penalty  due  the  state*?  6.  Who  can  tell 
the  story  of  Dentatus  ?    I  can. 

I.  Not  pugno.  2.  Literally,  was  it  fought,  the  word  battle  not  being  ex- 
pressed.  See  §  259,  note  3.    3.  do,  -are.    4.  Due  the  state ^  publicus,  -a,  -um. 


Seventh  Review,  Lessons  XLIX-LVI,  §§  768-773 


r/i 

."S 

X) 

j3 

c 

4!> 

c 

rt 

H 

t— 1 

e 

>^ 

C/] 

0 

2i 
0 

rt 

0) 

rt 

(i> 

at 

(1) 

CL. 

w 

> 

;J 

y5 

Q 

•— > 

3 

^ 

6 

«4-H 

0 

d 

o 

Xi 

0 

G 

o 

be 

trt 

S 

n 

ro 

n 

>-> 
> 

e 

(U 

Vh 

rt 

J3 

w 

0 

s 

0 

-R 

rt 

tJ 

(l> 

<u 

1/1 

(U 

en 

Rj 

^ 

E 

0 

Si 

O 

OJ 

^. 

CJ 

rt 

(1) 

hJ 

O 

e 

(U 

c 

j:: 

n 

.1-1 

<L) 

u 

c 

^ 

G 

w 

e 

Ji 

K 

b 

<u 

(U 

H 

H 

Q 

8 

o 

2 

ex 
£ 

'a 

0 
0 

tf) 

(U 

Cfl 

D 

3 

o 

V(-l 

O 
>^ 

3 

T3 

PS 

H 
H 

o 

0 

e 

C 

^ 

2 
"i 

n 

<u 

u 

§ 

> 

0 

+j 

(1) 

OS 

c 

< 

(U 

0 
'o 
U 

0 

X 

>-. 

TTf) 

H 

.s 

OJ 

V|-l 

T3 

TD 

+-' 

TJ 

X! 

(U 

w 

<1J 

o 

^ 

C 

(]> 

3 

v^ 

0 

t 

^ 

a; 

i) 

C/3 

J2 

^ 

2 

^ 

n3 
0 

w 

^ 

w 

03 

« 

1 

)-i 

Xi 

OT 

6 
0 

H 

CX 

0) 

s 

0 

o 

'u 
0 

4:: 

< 

,C1 

D 

13 

J3 

0 

rt 

H  H 

'bb 

SECOND  HALF  YEAR 

Classes  should  have  reached  at  least  this  point  ai:  the  beginning  of 
the  second  half  year.  This  is  suggested  not  as  a  maximum,  however, 
but  as  a  minimum.  Go  as  far  beyond  it  as  you  can  consistently  with 
good  work,  so  as  to  have  more  time  for  the  reading  of  the  stories  at 
the  end  of  the  book  before  the  close  of  the  year. 


LESSON   LVII 

Salus  populi  suprema  lex  esto  —  The  safety  of  the  people  shall  be 
the  supreme  law  ^ 

THE  THIRD  DECLENSION  •  CONSONANT  STEMS 

403.  Nouns  that  end  in  -is  in  the  genitive  singular  are  of 
the  Third  Declension.  They  may  be  masculine,  feminine,  or 
neuter. 

classes"  of  nouns  in  the  third  declension 

404.  Nouns  of  the  third  declension  are  divided  into  two 
classes,  known  as  co7isonant  stems  and  i-stems, 

a.  The  stem  is  the  body  of  a  word  to  which  the  terminations  are 
added.  When  the  stem  ends  in  a  consonant,  the  stem  is  the  same  as 
the  base.  In  vowel  stems  the  stem  is  formed  by  adding  the  stem 
vowel  to  the  base :  thus,  the  base  of  hostis,  enemy ^  is  host-,  and  the 
stem  is  host  -f  i  =  hosti-.  Consonant  stems  and  i-stems  differ  some- 
what in  declension,  so  the  distinction  is  an  important  one. 

1  Motto  of  the  state  of  Missouri,  quoted  from  a  famous  code  of  Roman  laws. 

'43 


144       THIRD  DECLENSION,  CONSONANT  STEMS 

CONSONANT  STEMS,   MASCULINES  AND   FEMININES 

405.  Masculines  and  feminines  are  declined  alike.  The 
nominative  is  often  the  same  as  the  base  or  nearly  so.  Often 
it  is  formed  by  adding  -s  to  the  base.  In  that  case  the  added 
-s  causes  various  changes  in  spelling.  Always  learn  the  geni- 
tive along  with  the  nominative,  for  the  genitive  gives  the  key 
to  all  the  other  forms. 


consul,  M.,  consul 

legio,  F.,  legion 

pater,  m.,  father 

(base  consul-) 

(base  legion-) 

(base  patr-)     . 

Iermina 

TIONS 

NoM.     con^sul 

le'gio 

pa'ter 

Gen.     con'sulis 

legio'nis 

pa'tris 

-is 

DAT.     con'suli 

legio'ni 

pa'tri 

-i 

Ace.      con'sulem 

legio'nem 

pa'trem 

-em 

Abl.     con'sule 

legio'ne 

pa'tre 

-e 

NoM.    con'sules 

legio'nes 

pa'tres 

-es 

Gen.     con^sulum 

legio'num 

pa'trum 

-um 

DAT.     consu'libus 

legio'nibus 

pa'tribus 

-ibus 

Ace.      con'sules 

legio'nes 

pa'tres 

-es 

Abl.      consu'libus 

legi5'nibus 

pa'tribus 

-ibus 

princeps,  m.,  chief 

miles,  M.,  soldier 

rex,  M.,  king 

(base  princip-  i) 

(base  milit- 1) 

(base  reg-) 

NoM.    prin'ceps 

miles 

rex 

-s 

Gen.     prin'cipis 

mi'litis 

regis 

-is 

DAT.     prin^cipi 

mi'liti 

regi 

-i 

Ace.      prin'cipem 

mi'litem 

regem 

-em 

Abl.      prin'cipe 

mi'lite 

rege 

-e 

^  An  i  in  the  last  syllable  of  the  base  is  often  changed  in  the  nominative 
to  e :  as,  princeps,  base  princip- ;  miles,  base  milit-. 


THIRD  DECLENSION,  CONSONANT  STEMS        145 


NOM. 

prin'cipes 

mi'lites 

reges 

-es 

Gen. 

prin^cipum 

mi'litum 

regum 

-um 

DAT. 

princi'pibus 

mili'tibus 

re 'gibus 

-ibus 

Ace. 

prin'cipes 

mi'lites 

reges 

-es 

Abl. 

princi'pibus 

mili'tibus 

re 'gibus 

-ibus 

a.  The  nominative  case  termination  s  combines  with  a  final  c  or  g 
of  the  base  and  makes  x :  thus,  reg  +  s  gives  rex,  ^ing ;  and  due  +  s 
gives  dux,  leader.  A  final  d  or  t  is  dropped  before  s :  thus,  lapid  -f  s 
gives  lapis,  stone ;  milet  +  s  gives  miles,  soldier. 

b.  The  base  or  stem  is  found  by  dropping  -is  in  the  genitive  singular. 

c.  Review  §  108  and  apply  the  rules  to  this  declension. 

EXERCISES 

First  learn  the  special  vocabulary,  page  370 

406.  I.  Si  milites  regis  oppidum  nostrum  oppugnabunt,  ab 
legionibus  Romanis  vincentur.  2.  Cum  tela  nostra  iacere  inci- 
piemus,  pauci  resistent ;  reliqui  statim  fugient.  3.  Milites  nostri 
a  patre  consulis  ducebantur.  4.  Multis  interfectis,  rex  principes 
regni  legates  ^  misit  et  pacem  petiit.  5.  Legatis  auditis,  pax 
regi  data  est.  6.  Pater  c5nsulis  iussit  regem  in  suum  regnum 
discedere  nee  iniuriam  agris  nostris  facere.  7.  Rex,  qui  legiones 
nostras  magnopere  timuit,  imperio^  Romano  paruit  et  statim 
discessit.  8.  Numquam  postea  bellum  cum  legionibus  nostris 
gerere  poterit. 

I.  In  apposition  with  principes.    2.  Why  dative.?  See  §  224. 

407.  I.  The  consul  commanded  the  soldiers  to  move  the 
camp  quickly  from  that  unfavorable  place.  2.  The  legions 
could  not  fight  bravely  there.  3.  The  king,  who  was  eager  to 
make  peace,  sent  ambassadors.  4.  After  peace  had  been  made,^ 
the  chiefs  forbade  the  king's  father  to  call  out  the  legions. 

I.  Ablative  absolute. 


LESSON   LVIII 

Si  quaeris  peninsulam  amoenam,  circumspice  —  If  you  are 
seeking  a  charming  peninsula,  look  about  you  i 

THE  THIRD  DECLENSION,  CONSONANT  STEMS  (Continued) 

408.  Neuter  Consonant  Stems.  There  are  many  neuter  con- 
sonant stems.  The  nominative  singular  generally  differs  from 
the  base.  Thus,  bases  in  -in-  have  final  -en  in  the  nominative, 
and  bases  in  -er-  or  -or-  generally  have  -us. 


flumen,  n.,  river 

tempus,  N.,  time 

caput,  N.,  head 

(base  flumin-) 

(base  tempor-) 

(base  capit-) 

Termina- 
tions 

NOM. 

flu'men 

tem'pus 

ca'put 

Gex. 

flu'minis 

tem^poris. 

ca'pitis 

-is 

DAT. 

flu'mini 

tem'pori 

ca'piti 

-i 

Ace. 

flu'men 

tem'pus 

ca'put 

Abl. 

flu^mine 

tem'pore 

ca^pite 

-e 

NOM. 

flu'mina 

tem'pora 

ca'pita 

-a 

Gen. 

flu'minum 

tem'porum 

ca'pitum 

-um 

DAT. 

flami'nibus 

tempo^ribus 

capi'tibus 

-ibus 

Ace. 

flu'mina 

tem'pora 

ca'pita 

-a 

Abl. 

flumi'nibus 

tempo'ribus 

capi'tibus 

-ibus 

a.  These  neuter  nouns,  like  all  other  neuters,  have  the  nominative 
and  accusative  alike,  which  in  the  plural  end  in  -a  (§  io8.  a). 

b.  Some  neuters  of  this  class  have  passed  into  English  without 
change  :  as,  acumen,  omen,  specimen.  A  few  have  kept  the  Latin  form 
also  in  the  plural :  as,  genus,  plural  genera ;  stamen,  plural  stamens 
and  stamina,  with  a  difference  in  meaning.  Note,  too,  the  plurals 
viscera  and  capita. 

1  Motto  of  the  state  of  Michigan. 
146 


THIRD  DECLENSION,  CONSONANT  STEMS        147 

MARCUS   ET   QUTNTUS 
First  learn  the  special  vocabulary,  page  370 

409.  QuiNTUS.  Quid  audivisti,  Marce,  de  magno  bello  quod 
consul  noster  in  Germania  nunc  gerit  ?  Diu  patria  in  periculis 
mediis  fuit  et  timidi  animi  perterreri  incipiunt. 

Marcus.  Bona  fama  venit.  Consul  magnas  copias  Ger- 
manorum  crebris  proeliis  superavit  atque  eos  trans  flumen 
Rhenum  egit.  Rex  Germanorum,  vir  barbarus  et  inimicus, 
in  silvas  fugit.  Et  ^  mater  et  soror  eius,  quae  in  castris 
Germanis  erant,  captae  sunt. 

Q.  Certe  ea  fama,  si  vera  est,  grata  populo  Romano  erit. 
Quo  modo  (Jiow)  de  victoria  audivisti  ? 

M.  Et  pater  et  f rater  meus  cum  legionibus  pugnant. 
Hodie^  litteras^  a  patre  accepimus. 

Q.  Certe  animum  meum  c5nfirmavisti.  Sed  tempus  fugit. 
Vale.4 

I.  et  .  .  .  et,  hotJi  .  .  .  ^n(f.  2.  Today.  3.  litterae,  -arum,  f.,  leifer. 
4.  Good-by. 

410.  I.  When  kings  ruled  the  Romans,  the  times  were  evil. 
2.  Rome,  the  capital  of  Italy,  has  a  well-known  river.  3.  After 
the  king  was  killed,^  both  his  son  and  his  brother  begged  for 
peace.  4.  Did  not  the  Romans  capture  both  his  mother  and 
his  sister.? 2  I  think  so.  5.  After  the  ambassadors  had  been 
received,^  the  chiefs  who  were  eager  for  war^  fled. 

I.  Ablative  absolute.    2.  See  §  251.    3.  What  case.''    See  §  223. 


LESSON  LIX 

Cedant  arma   togae  —  Let  arms  yield  to  peace  * 

ROMULUS  ET   REMUS 

First  learn  the  special  vocabulary,  page  371.  Decline  all  the  nouns,  adjec- 
tives, and  pronouns  in  the  story,  and  give  the  principal  parts  of  all  the  verbs. 

411.  Romulus  et  Remus  erant  filii  Martis/  dei  belli. 
Eorum  mater  erat  Rhea  Silvia,  filia  Numitoris,^  qui  rex 
Albanorum^  antea  fuerat,  sed  a  malo  fratre  Amulio  pulsus 
erat.  Itaque  Amulius,  qui  regnum  Albanorum  tum  obtinebat, 
pueros  magnopere  timuit  et  eos  interficere  consilium  cepit.  5 
Rhea  vitam  fili5rum  suorum  conservare  studebat,  sed  rex 
iussit.  servum  eos  in  flumen  deicere.  Imperid  regis  autem 
servus  n5n  paruit,  sed  pueros  in  area  lignea^  posuit,  quae 
aqua^  fluminis  sine  periculo  vehi^  poterat.  Mox  pueri  ad 
ripam  fluminis  vecti  sunt.^  Ibi  lupa/  quae  non  longe  aberat,  10 
pueros  audivit  atque  curavit.^  Postea  pastor^  benignus^^ 
eos  invenit  et  in  casam  parvam  portavit. 

Post  longum  tempus  Romulus  et  Remus,  qui  viri  nunc 
erant,  et  malum  regem  interfecerunt  et  regnum  Numitori 
reddiderunt.  Tum  auxilio  soci5rum  suorum  novum  oppidum  1 5 
ad  {near)  flumen  posuerunt.  Eius  fluminis  nomen  est 
Tiberis.ii  Eius  oppidi  nomen  est  R5ma.  Roma  posita  est 
in  eo  loco  ubi  (where)  Romulus  et  Remus  inventi  erant. 

I.  Mars,  genitive  Martis.  2.  Numitor,  brother  of  Amulius,  was  the 
dethroned  king  of  Alba,  at  that  time  the  largest  town  in  Latium.  3.  Albani, 
-6rum,  M.,  the  Albans.  4.  in  area  lignea,  in  a  wooden  chest.  5.  Abla- 
tive of  means.  6.  veho,  -ere,  carry.  7.  lupa,  -ae,  f.,  wolf.  8.  euro,  -are, 
care  for.  9.  pastor,  -6'ris,  m.,  shepherd,  i  o.  benignus,  -a,  -um,  kind. 
ii.Tiberis,  the  Tiber. 

^  Motto  of  the  state  of  Wyoming.  Literally,  Let  arms  yield  to  the  toga. 
The  toga,  the  dress  of  the  civilian,  was  a  sign  of  peace. 

148 


LESSON   LX 


Virtute   et   armis  —  By  valor  and  arms  * 

THE  THIRD  DECLENSION,   /-STEMS,   MASCULINES 
AND  FEMININES 

412.  Masculine  and  feminine  i-stems  are  declined  alike.  As 
distinguished  from  consonant  stems,  they  have  -ium  in  the 
genitive  plural  and  -is  or  -es  in  the  accusative  plural. 


caedes,  f.,  slaughter 
(stem  caedi-,  base  caed-) 

NoM.  caedes  caedes 

Gex.  caedis  cae'dium 

DAT.  caedi  caeMibus 

Ace.  caedem  caedis,  -es 

Abl.  caede  caeMibus 


hostis,  M.,  enemy 
(stem  hosti-,  base  host-) 

hostis  hostes 

hostis  hos^tium 

hosti  hos'tibus 

hostem  hostis,  -es 

hoste  hos^tibus 


urbs. 

F.,  city 

cohors, 

F.,  cohort 

(stem  urbi 

-,  base  urb-) 

(stem  cohort!- 

-,  base  cohort-) 

NOM. 

urbs 

urbes 

co'hors 

cohor'tes 

Gex. 

urbis 

ur'bium 

cohor'tis 

cohor'tium 

DAT. 

urbi 

ur'bibus 

cohor'ti 

cohor'tibus 

Ace. 

urbem 

urbis,  -es 

cohor'tem 

cohor'tis,  -€S 

Abl. 

urbe 

ur'bibus 

cohor'te 

cohor'tibus 

c.  A  few  nouns  have  either  -i  or  -e  in  the  ablative  singular :  as,  civis 
(abl.  civi  or  cive),  ignis  (abl.  igni  or  igne),  navis  (abl.  navi  or  nave). 

6.  A  number  of  Latin  and  Greek  nouns  ending  in  -is  or  -x  have 
passed  into  English  without  change  and  form  their  plural  in  -es :  as, 
analysis,  analyses ;  appendix,  appendices ;  axis,  axes ;  basis,  bases ; 
crisis,  crises  ;  hypothesis,  hypotheses  ;  index,  indices ;  oasis,  oases ;  paren- 
thesis, parentheses  ;  thesis,  theses  ;  vertex,  vertices. 

1  MoUo  of  the  University  of  Mississippi. 
149 


I50  THIRD  DECLENSION,  /-STEMS 

413.  Masculine  and  feminine  i-stems  include  the  following : 

a.  Nouns  in  -es  or  -is  with  the  same  number  of  syllables  in  the 
genitive  as  in  the  nominative. 

Thus  caedes,  caedis,  is  an  i-stem,  but  miles,  militis,  is  a  con- 
sonant stem. 

b.  Nouns  of  more  than  one  syllable  in  -ns  or  -rs:  as,  cliens, 
cohors. 

c.  Nouns  of  one  syllable  in  -s  or  -x  preceded  by  a  consonant: 
as,  urbs,  arx. 

ROMAN!  ET  SABInI 
First  learn  the  special  vocabulary,  p.  37 1 

414.  Erant  in  urbe  nova  multi  viri,  sed  mulieres  paucae. 
Itaque  Romulus  spectacula  ^  publica  comparavit  et  Sabmos,^ 
finitimos  suos,  invitavit.^ '  Magnus  numerus  Sabinorum  cum 
filiabus  ad  spectacula  Romana  venerunt.  Tum  signo  dato^ 
Roman!  filias  Sabinorum  rapuerunt.  Statim  Sabini  cohortes  5 
ad  bellum  evocaverunt,  et  iam  caedes  misera  non  longe 
aberat.  Sed  mulieres,  filiae  Sabinorum,  quas  Romani  in 
matrimonium  duxerant,  in  medium  proelium  properaverunt 
et  bellum  prohibuerunt. 

I .  spectaculum,  -i,  n.,  spectacle, game.  2.  Sabini,  -orum,  m.,  the  Sabmes^ 
the  nearest  neighbors  of  Rome,    3.  invito,  -are,  invite.   4.  Ablative  absolute. 

415.  I.  The  king  had  been  driven  from  his  realm  by  his 
wicked  brother.  2.  Where  did  Romulus  build  the  new  city  I 
3.  After  the  city  was  built,^  whose  daughters  did  the  Romans 
marry .?  4.  The  neighbors  commanded  the  Romans  to  give 
back  the  women,  but  could  not  persuade  them.^  5.  The 
cohorts  of  the  enemy  were  thrown  down  from  the  rampart 
with  great  slaughter.^ 

I.  Ablative  absolute.  2.  What  case?  See  §  224.  3.  What  construction.'' 
See  §  168. 


MULIERES    I3ELLUM    PROHIBUERUNT 


LESSON  LXI 

Deus  ditat  —  God  enriches^ 

THE  THIRD  DECLENSION,  /-STEMS,  NEUTERS 

416.  Neuter  i-stems  end  in  -e,  -al,  or  -ar  in  the  nominative 
singular,  in  -i  in  the  ablative  singular,  and  have  an  -1-  in  every 
form  of  the  plural.    They  are  declined  as  follows : 

mare,  n.,  sea  animal,  n.,  animal  calcar,  n.,  spur 


(stem  marl-, 

(stem  animali-. 

(stem  calcari-, 

base  mar-) 

base  animal-) 

base  calcar-) 

Termina- 
tions 

NOM. 

ma're 

an'imal 

cal'car 

Gen. 

ma'ris 

anima'lis 

calca'ris 

-is 

DAT. 

ma^ri 

anima'li 

calca'ri 

-i 

Ace. 

maVe 

an'imal 

cal'car 

Abl. 

ma'ri 

anima'li 

calca'ri 

-i 

NOM. 

ma'ria 

anima'lia 

calca'ria 

-ia 

r^pv 

anima'lium 
anima'libus 

calca'rium 
calca'ribus 

-ium 

vjrn..N . 
DAT. 

ma'ribus 

JlUllX 

-ibus 

Acc. 

ma'ria 

anima'lia 

calca'ria 

-ia 

Abl.' 

ma'ribus 

anima'libus 

calca'ribus 

-ibus 

fl.  In  the  nominative  and  accusative  singular  the  final  -i  of  the 
stem  is  either  dropped  or  changed  to  -e. 

EXERCISES 

First  learn  the  special  vocabulary,  page  371 

417.  Equites  Roman!  calcaria  magna  gerebant  et  equi  eorum 
erant  pulchra  animalia.  2.  Ora  Galliae  maribus  et  insulis  con- 
tinetur.     3.  Gallia   multas   civitates   et  multas   linguas   habet. 

1  Motto  of  the  state  of  Arizona,  whose  wealth  consists  of  minerals. 

152 


TftiRD  DECLENSION,  /-STEMS 


153 


4.  Principes  civitatis,  qui  bello  semper  studebant,  legates  ad 
Romanos  remitti  vetuerunt.  5.  Vidistine  animalia  magna  quae 
in  media  mari  habitant?  Pauca  vidi.  6.  Num  calcaria  quae 
eques  gerit  equ5  nocebunt  ?  Non  nocebunt.  7.  Barbari  copias 
suas  trans  flumen  duxerunt,  sed  legatus  iussitcohortes  castris^ 
contineri.  8.  Linguae  Latinae  magna  diligentia  studemus. 
9.  Ponite  castra  celeriter,  hostes  impedimenta  iam  ceperunt. 

I.  Latin,  by  cajjip^  ablative  of  means. 

418.  I.  Do  their  horsemen  wear  spurs?  I  think  so.  2.  If 
the  danger  is  great,  we  can  keep  the  soldiers  in  camp.^  3.  Wc 
saw  many  large  animals  in  the  forests  of  Germany.  4.  To  sail 
through  the  deep  seas  is  pleasing  to  sailors.^  5.  The  Romans 
found  savage  peoples  and  strange^  languages  in  those  states. 

I.  Compare  §  417.  7.    2.  See  §  130.    3.  novus,  -a,  -um. 


THE  TIBER  AT  THE    FOOT   OF   THE   AVENTINE 


LESSON   LXII 

Nil  sine  numine  —  Nothing  without  divine  guidance  ^ 

THE  THIRD  DECLENSION,  IRREGULAR  NOUNS 

419.  A  few  nouns   of  the  third   declension  are  somewhat 
irregular  in  inflection.    Among  these  are  the  following : 


homo,  M.,  man 

vis,  F.,  force 

iter,  N.,  march 

NOM. 

ho'mo 

vis 

iter 

Gen. 

ho'minis 

vis  {rare) 

iti'neris 

DAT. 

ho'mini 

vi  {rare) 

iti'neri 

Ace. 

ho'minem 

vim 

iter 

Abl. 

ho'mine 

vi 

iti'nere 

NOM. 

ho'mines 

vi'res 

iti'nera 

Gen. 

ho'minum 

vi'rium 

iti^nerum 

DAT. 

homi'nibus 

vi'ribus 

itine'ribus 

Ace. 

ho'mines 

vi^ris,  -es 

iti'nera 

Abl. 

homi'nibus 

vi'ribus 

itine'ribus 

a.  The  accusative  plural  viris  may  be  distinguished  from  the 
dative  and  ablative  plural  viris  (from  vir)  by  the  length  of  the  i  in 
the  first  syllable. 

EXERCISES 

First  learn  the  special  vocabulary,  page  372 

DE  BRUTO   PRfMO   CONSULE 

420.  dim  Romani  a  regibus  regebantur,  sed  post  multos 
ann5s  reges  vi  et  armis  pulsi  sunt  atque  consulibus  imperium 
commissum  est.  Primus  consul  erat  Brutus,  quem  egregia 
virtute  populus  amabat.    Tamen  erant  in  urbe  quidam^  mali 

1  Motto  of  the  state  of  Colorado. 
154 


156       THIRD  DECLENSION,  IRREGULAR  NOUNS 


homines  qui   imperio  consulis   inimici   erant  ac  reges  reduci 
cupiebant.    In  eorum  numero  erant  filii  Bruti.    Itaque  Brutus 
filios  suos  in  iudicium  vocavit  et  iussit  eos  interfici.    Quid  de 
eo  exemplo  virtutis  Romanae  putas  ? 
I.  quidam,  soine^  certain. 

421.  I.  The  men  who  were  in  the  boat  were  overcome  by 
the  violence  of  the  sea.  2.  A  few  who  were  saved  will  march 
to  the  nearest  city.  3.  After  the  battle  had  begun,^  our  soldiers 
by  their  great  valor  quickly  conquered  the  remainder  of  the 
enemy .2  4.  Nevertheless,  the  enemy  did  not  flee,  but  led  their 
forces  back  into  camp. 

I.  Ablative  absolute.     2.  Latin  idiom,  the  remaming  eneitiy. 


ORPHEUS  AND   EURYDICE 


LESSON   LXIII 

lustitia  omnibus  —  Justice  to  all ^ 

ORPHEUS   ET   EURYDICE 
First  learn  the  special  vocabulary,  page  372 

422.  Poetae  multas  fabulas  de  Orpheo,  sacro  vate,^  narrant. 
Eum  etiam  animalia  et  arbores^  libenter^  audiebant.  Orpheus 
puellam  pulchram,  Eurydicen/  in  matrimonium  duxerat,  sed 
mors  earn  rapuit  et  Orpheus  vir  miser  rehctus  est.  Turn 
Orpheus  dolorem^  suum  continere  non  poterat  et  ausus  est  5 
ad  inferds^  descendereJ  Ibi  Plutonem,^  regem  inferorum, 
petiit  et  dixit :  "  Cur,  Pluto,  earn  iniuriam  misero  viro 
fecisti  ?  Certe  non  aequum  est  Eurydicen  mprti  dari.  Earn 
reducere  studeo."  Turn  dulcissime^  cecinit^^  et  etiam  Plia- 
toni  persuasit.  Tamen  Pluto  eum  spectare  Eurydicen  vetuit  10 
et  dixit,  *'  Si  in  eo  loco  eam  spectabis,  postea  eam  videbis 
numquam."  lam  salus  non  longe  aberat.  Sed  Orpheus 
resistere  non  potuit  et  Eurydicen  spectavit.    Statim  magna 

vi  Eurydice  rapta  est  et  numquam  est  reddita. 

I.  vates,  -is,  m.  and  f.,  bard^  inspired  singer.  1.  arbor,  -oris,  f.,  tree. 
3.  Gladly.  4.  Eu-ryd'i-ce.  This  is  the  accusative  case.  5.  dolor,  -oris,  m., 
grief.  6.  inferi,  -orum,  m.,  shades.,  lower  world.  7.  descendo,  -ere,  descend. 
8.  Pluto,  -onis,  M.,  Pluto.   9.  Very  sweetly.    10.  Perfect  of  cano, -ere,  siiig. 

423.  Answer  the  following  questions  in  Latin  : 

1 .  Qui  de  Orpheo  fabulas  narrant  ? 

2.  Quam  puellam  Orpheus  in  matrimonium  duxit  ? 

3.  Cur  mala  erat  fortuna  Orphei  ? 

4.  Quid  Orpheus  facere  studuit  ? 

5.  Quid  Pluto  vetuit? 

6.  Num  Orpheus  puellam  servare  potuit  ? 

^  Motto  of  the  District  of  Columbia. 
157 


LESSON   LXIV 

Alis  volat  propriis — She  flies  with  her  own  wings ^ 
WORD  FORMATION 

424.  Selecting  appropriate  prefixes  from  §  341,  write  a  list  of 
English  derivatives  from  the  following  verbs.  Define  the  deriva- 
tives, looking  them  up  in  the  English  dictionary  if  necessary. 

puto  ag5  habeo 

moves  paro  pello 

capio  pugno  teneo 

425.  Latin  Suffixes.  Many  Latin  words  are  formed  from 
others  by  means  of  suffixes.    Thus : 

civis,  citizen  civitas,  state 

advenio,  come  to  adventus,  arrival 

capio,  take  captivus,  captive 

aequus,  level  aequo,  make  level 

liber  J  free  lihert&s,  freedom 

magnus,  great  magnitude,  greatness 

pecus,  cattle  pecunia,  wealth 

vir,  man  virtus,  maftliness,  courage 

We  see,  too,  that  by  the  use  of  suffixes  different  parts  of 
speech  are  derived  from  each  other,  such  as  verbs  from  nouns, 
nouns  from  verbs,  nouns  from  adjectives,  etc.  Some  of  the 
suffixes  are  readily  recognized  and  have  a  uniform  and  easily 
defined  meaning.  We  shall  study  some  of  the  more  important 
ones  later  on  (§§  626-629).  A  knowledge  of  prefixes  and 
suffixes  will  greatly  increase  your  Latin  and  English  vocabu- 
lary, as  it  will  enable  you  to  grasp  the  meaning  of  many  words 
without  consulting  a  dictionary. 

1  Motto  of  the  state  of  Oregon. 
158 


WORD  FORMATION 


159 


426.  English  Suffixes.  Suffixes  are  equally  important  in  Eng- 
lish. Many  of  them  are  of  Latin  origin  and  have  the  same 
meaning  as  in  Latin.  As  an  illustration  of  the  part  that  suffixes 
play  in  the  making  of  English  words,  note  the  following  com- 
binations oi port-^  'carry,'  from  Latin  porto  : 

•  porter  portly  portage  portal  portable 

Using  prefixes  as  well,  we  get  a  much  larger  number :  as, 


comport 

unexportable 

importation 

comportable 

exportation 

importer 

deport 

exporter 

reimport 

deportable 

reexport 

report 

deportation 

import 

reportable 

deportment 

importable 

unreportable 

export 

important 

,  reporter 

exportable 

unimportant 

etc. 

Eighth  Review,  Lessons  LVII-LXIV,  §§  774-777 


A  ROMAN  STREET  SCENE 


LESSON   LXV. 

Te  Deum  laudamus  —  We  praise  Thee,  O  God 
ADJECTIVES  OF  THE  TfflRD  DECLENSION,  THREE  ENDINGS 

427.  All  adjectives  are  either  of  the  first  and  second  declen- 
sions (like  bonus,  pulcher,  liber)  or  of  the  third  declension. 

428.  Nearly  all  adjectives  of  the  third  declension  have  i-stems 
and  are  declined  like  nouns  with  i-stems  (§  412). 

429.  Classes  of  Adjectives.  Adjectives  of  the  third  declen- 
sion are  classified  as  follows : 

Class  I.  Adjectives  of  three  endings — a  different  form  in 
the  nominative  for  each  gender. 

Class  II.  Adjectives  of  two  endings  —  the  nominative  of 
the  masculine  and  feminine  alike,  the  neuter  different. 

Class  III.  Adjectives  of  one  ending  —  the  nominative  mas- 
culine, feminine,  and  neuter  all  alike. 

430.  Adjectives  of  the  third  declension  in  -er  have  three 
endings ;  those  in  -is  have  two ;  the  others  have  one. 

CLASS   I 

431.  Adjectives  of  three  endings  are  declined  as  follows : 

acer,  acris,  acre  (stem  acri-,  base  acr-),  sharp,  keen,  eager 

Fem.  Neut. 

acres  acria 

acrium        acrium 
acribus       acribus 


160 


Masc. 

Fem. 

Neut. 

Masc. 

NOM. 

acer 

acris 

acre 

acres 

Gen. 

acris 

acris 

acris 

acrium 

DAT. 

acri 

acri 

acri 

acribus 

Ace. 

acrem 

acrem 

acre 

acris,  -€ 

Abl. 

acri 

acri 

acri 

acribus 

ADJECTIVES  OF  THE  THIRD  DECLENSION      i6l 

EXERCISES 

First  learn  the  special  vocabulary,  page  372 

432.  I.  Romani  acre  proelium  cum  copiis  pedestribus  eques- 
tribusque  hostium  facient.  2.  Proelio  commisso  equites  nostri 
copias  equestres  hostium  in  fugam  dare  cupient.  3.  Hostes 
magna  virtute  pugnabunt,  tamen  vincentur.  4.  Mulieres  puellae- 
que,  quae  proelium  spectant,  aut  capientur  aut  salutem  fuga 
petent.  5.  Castra  nostra  in  aequo  loco  posita  sunt.  6.  Firmum 
praesidium  ante  castra  locatum  erat.  7.  Copiae  pedestres  per 
silvas  magnis  itineribus^  reductae  erant.  8.  Homines  eius  civi- 
tatis  bona  tela  habebant  et  vallum  magna  vi  oppugnaverunt. 

I.  magna  i\,m%xa.,fo?ced marches. 

433.  I.  The  sailors  of  Britain  are  not  timid,  and  do  not  fear 
death.  2.  But  with  eager  hearts  they  dare  to  sail  even  through 
the  midst  of  the  perils  of  the  sea.  3.  Leaving  safety  behind/ 
they  put  the  enemy  to  flight.  4.  The  spurs  which  the  cavalry 
forces  wore  2  were  sharp.  5.  The  men  had  swift  horses,  and 
sought  safety  in  flight.^  6.  Either  kill  the  captive  or  let  him  go.^ 

I.  Ablative  absolute.  2.  gero, -ere.  3.  Latin,  by  flight.  4.  Imperative 
of  dimitto,  -ere. 

434.  Derivation.  Define  the  following  English  words  and 
give  the  Latin  word  to  which  each  is  related : 

dislocate  dependent  disintegrate  dispute 

prohibition  project  legation  temporal 

amplify  official  minimize  invincible 


LESSON   LXVI 

Christo  et  Bcclesiae  —  For  Christ  and  the  Church ^ 
ADJECTIVES  OF  THE  THIRD  DECLENSION,   TWO  ENDINGS 

CLASS   II 
435.  Adjectives  of  two  endings  are  declined  as  follows : 
omnis,  omne  (stem  omni-,  base  omn-),  every,  all^ 


M.  AND  F. 

Neut. 

M.  AND  F. 

Neut. 

NOM. 

omnis 

omne 

omnes 

omnia 

Gen. 

omnis 

omnis 

omnium 

omnium 

DAT. 

omni 

omni 

omnibus 

omnibus 

Acc. 

omnem 

omne 

omnis,  -es 

omnia 

Abl. 

omni 

omni 

omnibus 

omnibus 

EXERCISES 

First  learn  the  special  vocabulary,  page  373 

436.  I.  Brutus,  primus  consul,  suos  filios  in  iudicium  voca- 
vit.  2.  Brutus  eos  ad  certam  mortem  duci  iussit.  3.  Filii 
consulis  in^  salutem  communem  consilia  facere  inceperant. 
4.  Itaque  coacti  sunt  grave  supplicium  dare.  5.  BrOtus  erat 
certus   amicus   patriae   et  omnia  ^  pr5  bon5  publico  faciebat. 

6.  Etiam    Romanis    id    grave    supplicium    non    gratum    erat. 

7.  Non  omnes  Bruto  similes  esse  possunt.    8.  Romani  omnibus 
terris  multa  exempla  virtutis  verae  dederunt. 

I.  Against.    2.  Adjective  used  as  a  noun.    This  usage  is  very  common. 

^  Motto  of  Harvard  University. 

2  Omnis  is  usually  translated  ez'ery  in  the  singular  and  all  in  the  plural. 

162 


ADJECTIVES  OF  THE  THIRD  DECLENSION      163 

437.  I.  The  languages  of  Gaul  and  of  Italy  were  not  at  all 
similar.  2.  The  wars  which  the  Romans  waged  with  the  Gauls 
were  long  and  severe.  3.  The  fortune  of  war  is  not  always 
sure.  4.  All  men  are  compelled  to  defend  the  common  safety, 
or  the  country  cannot  be  preserved.  5 .  Our  courageous  soldiers 
with  their  swift  horses  will  keep^  the  violence  of  the  enemy 
from  our  towns. 

I.  prohibeo,  -ere. 


LESSON   LXVII 

Pares  cum  paribtis  facillime  congregantur  —  Birds  of  a  feather 
flock  together  1 


ADJECTIVES  OF  THE   THIRD  DECLENSION,   ONE  ENDING 

CLASS   III 
438.  Adjectives  of  one  ending  are  declined  as  follows : 

par  (stem  pari-,  base  par-),  equal 


M.  AND  F. 

Neut. 

M.  AND  F. 

Neut. 

NOM. 

par 

par 

pares 

paria 

Gen. 

paris 

paris 

parium 

parium 

DAT. 

pari 

pari 

paribus 

paribus 

Ace. 

parem 

par 

paris,  -es 

paria 

Abl. 

pari 

pari 

paribus 

paribus 

a.  Some  adjectives  of  one  ending  have  -e  in  the  ablative  singular. 

6.  Adjectives  declined  like  par  do  not  always  end  in  -r,  but  have 
various  other  endings,  such  as  -x,  -ns,  -es,  etc.  The  final  letter  of  the 
base  is  shown  by  the  genitive  :  as,  felix,  felicis ;  amens,  amentis ;  etc. 

^  Literally,  Equals  most  easily  assemble  with  equals.  A  Latin  proverb, 
quoted  by  Cicero  in  his  well-known  essay  on  old  age. 


l64      ADJECTIVES  OF  THE  THIRD  DECLENSION 

MIDAS,   THE   KING   OF  THE   GOLDEN   TOUCHY 
First  learn  the  special  vocabulary,  page  373 

439.  Olim  erat  rex  cuius  nomen  erat  Midas.  Ei  deus 
Bacchus  erat  amicus  et  dixerat :  "  Tibi,^  rex,  beneficium 
dare  studeo.  Id  quod  maxime  petis,  tibi  dabo."  Sed 
sapientia  regis  par  bonae   fortunae  non  erat  et  respondit, 

'*  Cupia  omnia  quae  corpore  meo  tangam^  in  aurum^  mu-  5 
tari."^  Statim  rex  accepit  donum^  quod  petiverat.  Saxum^ 
tangit  et  saxum  in  aurum  solidum  ^  mutatur.  Turn  arborem  ^ 
tangit,  et  arbor  est  similis  auro.  Rex  gaudet  ^  et  deo  gratias 
agit.  Sed  cum  cibum  ^^  et  aquam  tangit,  et  cibus  et  aqua 
in  aurum  miitantur.  Magnopere  perterritus  Midas  mortem  10 
certam  timuit  et  deum  vocavit :  *'  Serva,  serva,  Bacche. 
Da  auxilium  misero.  Donum^  tuum  non  est  beneficium, 
sed  grave  supplicium.'*  Bacchus  audivit  et  iussit  eum  in 
flumine  corpus  suum  lavere.^^  Rex  paruit  et  hberatus  est. 
Etiam  nunc  harena^  eius  fluminis  est  aurea.^^  15 

I.  tibi,  to  you.  2.  Future  of  tango,  -€re,  touch.  3.  aurum,  -i,  n.,  gold. 
4.  muto,  -are,  change.  5.  donum,  -i,  ^.^gift.  6.  saxum,  -i,  n.,  stone.  7.  soli- 
dus, -a, -um,  .f^//V/.  8.  arbor, -oris,  f., /r^^.  g.  gaudeOj -ere,  rejoice.  10.  cibus, 
-i,  M.,/ood.  1 1 .  lavo,  -ere,  wash.  1 2.  harena,  -ae,  f.,  sand.  1 3.  aureus,  -a, 
-um,  golden. 

440.  Give  the  principal  parts  of  all  the  familiar  verbs  used 
in  §  439.  Decline  the  nouns  aqua,  beneficium,  rex,  nomen, 
mors,  corpus.    Decline  the  adjectives  certus,  similis. 

1  Read  '*  The  Golden  Touch  "  in  Hawthorne's  "  The  V^onder-Book." 


ROMAN  SILVER  CUPS 


LESSON   LXVIII 

Excelsior — Higher  ^ 

REGULAR  COMPARISON  OF  ADJECTIVES  •  THE 
COMPARATIVE   WITH   QUAM 

441.  Comparison  of  Adjectives  in  English.  In  English,  adjec- 
tives regularly  change  their  form  to  express  quality  in  different 
degrees.  This  is  called  comparison.  There  are  three  degrees 
of  comparison  :  the  positive^  the  comparative,  and  the  super- 
lative. The  usual  way  of  comparing  an  adjective  is  by  using 
the  suffix  -er  for  the  comparative  and  -est  for  the  superla- 
tive :  as,  positive  highy  comparative  higher,  superlative  highest. 
Sometimes  we  use  the  adverbs  more  and  most :  as,  positive  ** 
beautiful,  comparative  more  beautiftd,  superlative  viost  beautifid. 

442.  Comparison  of  Adjectives  in  Latin.  In  Latin,  as  in 
EngHsh,  adjectives  are  regularly  compared  by  adding  suffixes. 
From  the  base  of  the  positive  the  comparative  is  formed  by 
adding  -ior,  masculine  and  feminine,  and  -ius,  neuter ;  the 
superlative,  by  adding  -issimus,  -issima,  -issimum.  Thus,  altus 
(base  alt-),  high^  and  gravis  (base  grav-),  heavy,  are  compared 
as  follows : 

altus,  -a,  -um,  altior,  altius,  altissimus,  -a,  -um, 

high  higher                           highest 

gravis,  grave,  gravior,  gravius,  gravissimus,  -a,  -um, 

heavy  heavier                         heaviest 

443.  Adjectives  in  -er  form  the  comparative  regularly,  but 
the  superlative  is  formed  by  adding  -rimus,  -rima,  -rimum  to 
the  nominative  masculine  of  the  positive.   Thus,  acer  (base  acr-), 

^  Motto  of  the  state  of  New  York. 
165 


i66  COMPARISON  OF  ADJECTIVES 

sharp  ;    pulcher  (base  pulchr-),  pretty ;   and  liber  (base  liber-), 
free^  have  the  following  comparative  and  superlative  forms  : 

acer,  acris,  acre,  acrior,  acrius,  acerrimus,  -a, 
sharp                                 sharper  -um,  sharpest 

pulcher,  pulchra,  pul-  pulchrior,  pulchrius,  pulcherrimus,  -a, 
chrum,  pretty                  prettier  -um,  prettiest 

liber,  libera,  liberum,  liberior,  liberius,  liberrimus,  -a, 
free                                   freer  -um.,  freest 

444.  The  superlative  is  often  translated  by  very :  as,  altissi- 
mus,  very  high. 

445.  Comparative  with  quam.  In  English  two  objects  are 
compared  by  the  use  of  a  comparative  followed  by  the  con- 
junction than  :  2iSy  the  ditch  is  wider  than  the  wall.  In  this 
sentence  ditch  is  nominative,  subject  of  is ;  and  ^vall  is  also 
nominative,  subject  of  is  understood.  That  is  to  say,  the  two 
objects  compared  are  in  the  same  case.  In  Latin  the  word 
for  tha7i  is  quam  and  the  usage  is  the  same.  Thus  the 
sentence  above  becomes  fossa  est  latior  quam  murus. 

446.  Rule  for  Comparative  with  quam,  lit  comparisons 
with  quam  the  two  objects  compared  are  in  the  same  case, 

EXERCISES 

First  learn  the  special  vocabulary,  page  373 

447.  I.  Consul  est  aequior  quam  rex.  2.  Supplicium  regis 
erat  gravissimum.  3.  Equus  est  celerior  quam  homo.  4.  Sed 
equus  n5n  est  omnium  animalium  celerrimum.^  5.  Virtus  Scae- 
volae,  qui  ignem  et  mortem  non  timebat,  erat  clarissima.  6.  Quis 
erat  fortior  quam  Theseus,  qui  pueros  puellasque  patriae  serva- 
vit  ?  7.  Viae  Romanae  erant  longissimae  et  per  multas  terras 
patebant.   8.  Iter  quod  per  silvas  ducebat  erat  difficile.  9.  Castra 


DECLENSION  OF  COMPARATIVES  167 

in  loco  iniquissimo  posita  erant.     10.  Id   iter  erat  brevius  et 
facilius.    1 1 .  Mare  est  altius  quam  flumen. 
I.  Neuter,  agreeing  with  animal  understood. 

448.  I.  The  wall  of  that  town  was  very  high.  2.  Galba's 
horse  is  more  beautiful  and  swifter  than  mine.  3.  Those  spears 
are  very  sharp.  4.  That  route  was  longer  and  more  difficult. 
5.  The  longest  rivers  are  not  always  the  deepest.  6.  The  fire 
which  the  goddess  gave  to  the  queen  was  very  sacred. 

449.  Compare  the  adjectives  brevis,  fortis,  notus,  gravis, 
creber,  miser,  gratus,  longus,  tardus,  integer. 


LESSON   LXIX 

Silent  leges  inter  arma  —  Laws  are  silent  amid  arms  1 

DECLENSION  OF  COMPARATIVES  •  THE   ABLATIVE   OF 
THE   MEASURE   OF  DIFFERENCE 

450.  Declension  of  Comparatives.  Comparatives  are  adjec- 
tives of  the  third  declension.  They  are  of  two  endings  (§  429) 
and  are  declined  as  follows  : 

altior,  higher 

Neut.  Masc.  and  Fem.       Neut. 

altius  altiores  altiora 

altioris  altiorum  altiorum 

altiori  altioribus  altioribus 

altius  altiores  altiora 

altiore  altioribus  altioribus 

451.  Ablative  of  Measure  of  Difference.  In  the  sentence 
Sextus  is  a  foot  taller  than  Julia  the  word  foot  expresses  the 
measure   of   difference   in   height  between   Sextus   and   Julia. 

1  From  Cicero,  the  greatest  Roman  orator. 


M 

Asc.  AND  Fem. 

NOM. 

altior 

Gex. 

alti5ris 

DAT. 

altiori 

Ace. 

alti5rem 

Abl. 

altiore 

1 68  DECLENSION  OF  COMPARATIVES 

The  Latin  form  of  expression  would  be  Sextiis  is  taller  by  a 
foot  than  Julia,  Sextus  est  longior  pede  quam  lulia,  and  the 
ablative  pede  is  called  the  ablative  of  the  measure  of  difference. 

452.  Rule  for  Ablative  of  Measure  of  Difference.  With 
comparatives  and  words  implying  compariso7i  the  abla- 
tive is  used  to  denote  the  measure  of  difference. 

a.  The  neuter  ablatives  multo,  by  much\  nihilo,  by  nothing-,  and 
paulo,  by  a  little,  are  very  common  in  this  construction. 

EXERCISES 

First  learn  the  special  vocabulary,  page  373 

453.  I.  Corpus  hominis  est  multo  levins  quam  corpus  equi. 
2.  Inter  ea  oppida  iter  est  nihilo  facilius.  3.  Puellae  sunt 
paul5  breviores  quam  pueri.  4.  Mea  poena  est  multo  gravior 
quam  tua.  5.  C5piae  pedestres  erant  nihilo  fortiores  quam 
copiae  equestres.  6.  Nihil  gratius  quam  fabulam  de  virtute 
Dentati  audivimus.  7.  Estne  tua  soror  brevior  quam  mea  ? 
Longior  pede  ea  est.  8.  Animalia  vidimus  quae  multo  tardiora 
sunt  quam  equi.  9.  Urbe  expugnata,  filia  pulcherrima  reginae 
inter  ignes  et  arma  relicta  est.  10.  Oppidum  vestrum  ab  eo 
loco  magno  spati5  abest. 

454.  I.  The  marches  which  the  commander  made  were 
neither  very  long  nor  very  swift.  2.  The  commander  thanked 
the  bravest  legion  most  of  all.  3.  Your  spears  are  no  ^  longer 
and  no  lighter  than  mine.  4.  Between  the  Gauls  and  the 
Germans  very  frequent  wars  were  waged.  5.  That  river  is 
no  1  wider,  but  a  foot  ^  deeper.  6.  Nothing  is  more  beautiful 
than  Rome,  the  capital  of  Italy.  7.  We  are  a  long  distance  ^ 
from  Italy. 

I.  Ablative  of  measure  of  difference.    2.  Latin,  distant  by  a  great  space. 

455.  Decline  the  comparatives  occurring  in  §  453. 


LESSON   LXX 

Lux  et  Veritas  —  Light  and  truth ^ 

IRREGULAR  COMPARISON  OF  ADJECTIVES  •  THE 
DECLENSION  OF  PLUS 

456.  Irregular  Comparison  of  Adjectives.  Some  adjectives 
in  English  have  irregular  comparison  :  as,  good,  better,  best ; 
mtcchy  more,  most.  So  some  Latin  adjectives  are  compared 
irregularly.    Among  these  are  the  following : 


POSITIVE 


COMPARATIVE 


SUPERLATIVE 


bonus,  -a,  -um,  good  melior,  melius  optimus,  -a,  -um 

magnus,  -a,  -um,  great  maior,  mains  maximus,  -a,  -um 

mains,  -a,  -um,  bad  peior,  peins  pessimns,  -a,  -um 

multus,  -a,  -um,  much  ,  plus  plurimus,  -a,  -um 

parvus,  -a,  -um,  small  minor,  minus  minimus,  -a,  -um 


457.  The  following  adjectives,  with  regular  comparative,  form 
the  superlative  by  adding  -limns  to  the  base  of  the  positive : 


POSITIVE 


facilis,  -e,  easy 
difficilis,  -e,  hard 
similis,  -e,  like 
dissimilis,  -e,  tinlike 


COMPARATIVE      SUPERLATIVE 

facilior,  -ins  facillimus,  -a,  -um 

difiicilior,  -ins  difiicillimus,  -a,  -um 

similior,  -ins  simillimus,  -a,  -um 

dissimilior,  -ins  dissimillimus,  -a,  -um 


458.  Declension  of  plus.  Plus,  more,  in  the  singular  is  a 
neuter  noun.  The  plural  {more,  many,  several)  is  used  as  an 
adjective.    It  is  declined  as  follows  : 

1  Motto  of  Yale  University,  the  University  of  Indiana,  the  University  of 
North  Carolina,  and  the  University  of  Montana. 

169 


i;o      IRREGULAR  COMPARISON  OF  ADJECTIVES 

SINGULAR  PLURAL 

Neut.  Noun  Masc.  and  Fem.  Adj.  Neut.  Adj. 

NoM.     plus  plures  plura 

Gen.      pluris  plurium  plurium 

DAT.      pluribus  pluribus 

Ace.      plus  pluris,  -es  plura 

Abl.      plure  pluribus  pluribus. 

EXERCISES 

First  learn  the  special  vocabulary,  page  374 

459.  I.  Reliqui  hostes,  qui  proelium  committere  audebant, 
copiis  nostris  non  pares  erant  atque  in  maximam  silvam  fuge- 
runt.  2.  Libertas  est  multo  melior  quam  servitus.  3.  Nihil 
peius  quam  servitus  esse  potest.  4.  Leges  quibus^  paremus 
sunt  legibus^  Romanls  non  dissimillimae.  5.  Dux  vetuit  plures 
captivos  dimitti.  6.  Linguae  Galliae  et  Britanniae  erant  simil- 
limae.  7.  Fortes  mulieres  difficillimum  iter  aut  pericula  plurima 
silvarum  non  timuerunt.  8.  Rex  pessimus  ampliorem  pecuniam 
petiit,  sed  populus  plus  dare  non  potuit.  9.  Minores  principes 
civitatis  maximam  auctoritatem  non  habebant.  10.  Agris^  igni 
vastatis,  dux  oppida  maxima  oppugnare  incepit. 

1.  What  case?    See  §  224.    2.  Dative,  §  130.    3.  Ablative  absolute. 

460.  Among  the  Romans  the  consuls  had  the  greatest 
authority.  2.  After  the  kings  ^  were  driven  out,  greater  liberty 
was  given  to  the  people.  3.  The  smallest  states  often  have  the 
bravest  men  and  the  best  women.  4.  The  shortest  route  was 
much  more  difficult  than  the  longest.  5.  After  that  time  the 
captives  feared  either  certain  death  or  the  worst  slavery.  6.  Your 
laws  and  your  languages  are  very  different.^ 

I .  Ablative  absolute.    2.  Latin,  different  by  much. 


LESSON   LXXI 

Omnia  praeclara  rara  —  All  the  best  things  are  rare ^ 
FORMATION  AND  COMPARISON   OF  ADVERBS 

461.  Formation  of  Adverbs.  An  adverb  is  a  word  that 
modifies  a  verb,  an  adjective,  or  another  adverb,  and  gener- 
ally answers  the  question  How  ?  Where  ?  When  ?  Why  ?  To 
what  extent  f 

462.  Rule  for  Adverbs.  Adverbs  modify  verbs,  adjec- 
tives, and  other  adverbs. 

463.  Adverbs  are  generally  derived  from  .  adjectives.  In 
English  they  usually  end  in  -ly  :  as,  adjective  brave,  adverb 
bravely,  Latin  adverbs,  too,  have  certain  endings.  They  are 
compared,  but  not  declined. 

464.  Adverbs  derived  from  adjectives  of  the  first  and  second 
declensions  are  formed  by  adding  -e  to  the  base  of  the  adjective. 

Adj.      latus,  wide  pulcher,  beaiitifid        llher,  free 

Adv.     late,  widely  pulchre,  beantifidly      libere,  freely 

465.  Adverbs  derived  from  adjectives  of  the  third  declension 
are  generally  formed  by  adding  -iter  to  the  base  of  the  adjective. 

Adj.      acer,  shar/>  celer,  swift  brevis,  brie/ 

Adv.     acriter,  sharply      celeriter,  swiftly  breviter,  briefly 

466.  Comparison  of  Adverbs.  Adverbs  are  compared  like 
the  adjectives  from  which  they  are  derived,  except  that  the 
comparative  ends  in  -ius  and  the  superlative  in  -e. 

^  From  Cicero,  Rome's  foremost  man  of  letters. 
171 


172     FORMATION  AND  COMPARISON  OF  ADVERBS 


POSITIVE 

COMPARATIVE 

SUPERLATIVl 

late,  widely 

latius 

latissime 

pulchre,  beautiftdly 

pulchrius 

pulcherrime 

libere,  freely 

liberius 

liberrime 

acriter,  sharply 

acrius 

acerrime 

similiter,  similarly 

similius 

simillime 

467.  Using  the  regular  terminations,  form  adverbs  from  the 
following  adjectives,  and  compare  them  : 

longus  brevis  altus  gravis  celer 

tardus  similis  malus  levis  fortis 

EXERCISES 

First  learn  the  special  vocabulary,  page  374 

468.  I.  Dux  tardissime  processit  quod  nihil  de  natura  loci 
cognoverat.  2.  Tum  iussit  equites  celerrime  discedere  et 
homines  ex  proximo  oppido  rapere.  3.  Post  breve  tempus 
equites  septem  ^  homines  ceperunt  et  eos  ad  ducem  adduxerunt. 

4.  Dux    cupivit    captives    narrare    omnia    quae    cognoverant. 

5.  Is  captivis  dixit:  "  Dicite  liberrime,  homines.  Si  ita 
non  facietis,  gravissimum  supplicium  dabitis."  6.  Tamen  sep- 
tem captivi  nihil  responderunt  et  certam  mortem  fortissime 
exspectaverunt. 

I.  Count  seven  in  Latin;  see  §  283. 

469.  I.  When  that  plan  ^  became  known,  their ^  allies  quickly 
deserted  the  city  and  sought  safety  in  flight.^  2.  The  com- 
mander had  been  very  severely  wounded  by  a  spear.  3.  The 
soldiers  advanced  more  slowly  because  they  were  waiting  for 
fresh  troops.  4.  The  captives  were  quickly  brought  to  the  com- 
mander. 5.  He  wished  to  learn  the  nature  of  the  place.  6.  A 
few  ^  being  lightly  wounded,  the  rest  did  not  advance  farther. 

I.  Ablative  absolute.    2.  Not  suus.    3.  Latin,  by  flight. 


LESSON   LXXII 

Salus  populi  —  The  safety  of  the  people ^ 
FORMATION  AND  COMPARISON  OF  ADVERBS  (Concluded) 

470.  Case  Forms  used  as  Adverbs.  The  accusative  or  the 
ablative  neuter  singular  of  some  adjectives  is  used  adverbially. 
Thus  the  comparative  adverb  in  -ius  is  really  the  accusative 
neuter  singular  of  the  comparative  adjective.  Other  examples 
are  the  following : 

facile,  easily,  accusative  of  facilis,  easy 
plurimum,  very  much,  accusative  of  plurimus,  most 
primum,  first,  accusative  of  primus,  first 
primo,  at  first,  ablative  of  ^xvams,  first 

471.  The  following  adverbs  are  formed  irregularly  and  have 
irregular  comparison  : 

bene,  well  melius,  better  optime,  best 

diu,  long  (time)  diutius,  longer  diutissime,  longest 

magnopere,  greatly  magis,  more  maxime,  most 

saepe,  ofte7t  saepius,  oftener  saepissime,  ofte7iest 

a.  Note  the  difference  in  meaning  between  diu,  long  in  time,  and 
longe,  long  in  space. 

472.  In  English,  adverbs  and  adjectives  are  often  compared 
by  means  of  more  and  most.  So  some  Latin  adverbs  and  adjec- 
tives are  compared  by  means  of  magis,  more,  and  maxime, 
most :  as,  idoneus,  suitable ;  magis  idoneus,  more  suitable ; 
maxime  idoneus,  most  suitable, 

a.  The  Latin  comparative  sometimes  means  ^uite  or  somewhat, 
and  the  superlative  is  often  best  translated  by  very  or  exceedingly. 

1  Motto  of  the  University  of  Missouri. 
173 


1/4     FORMATION  AND  COMPARISON  OF  ADVERBS 

COLLOQUIUM  — DUO   DISCIPULI 

First  learn  the  special  vocabulary,  page  374 

473.  Primus.    Habesne  multas  fabulas  in  tuo  libro  ? 
Secundus.    Plurimas  fabulas  habeo.    Omnes  fabulae  sunt 

bonae  ;  sed  optima  fabula,  meo  iudicio,  est  fabula  de  Theseo. 
Quam  facile  et  bene  pericula  maxima  superavit ! 

P.  Certe  facta  These!  sunt  notissima,  tamen  fabula  Manli, 
viri  clarissimi,  meum  animum  magis  tenet.  Is  Romam  a  Gallis 
qui  muros  ascenderant  servavit.  Facta  Manli  sunt  maiora  quam 
facta  These! . 

S.  Minime  ita  put5.  Quid  autem  de  Scaevola  dicam  ? 
Nonne  eius  virtus  multo  magis  egregia  ? 

P.  Id  est  verum,  nam  is  ignem  mortemque  non  timebat. 
Tamen  Dentatus  maiora  negotia,  primo  in  bell5  deinde  in 
pace,  suscepit  ac  saepius  patriam  servavit.  Itaque  Dentatus 
erat  maior  quam  Scaevola. 

S.  lam  de  quattuor  viris  famae  n5tissimis  diximus.  Primus  ^ 
erat  Theseus,  secundus  erat  Manlius,  tertius  erat  Scaevola, 
quartus  erat  Dentatus.  De  Bruto  autem,  primo  consule,  non 
diximus.  Sed  de  omnibus  dicere  non  possumus.  Diutius  manere 
non  possum.  Frater  meus  me  ^  exspectat  et  villa  nostra  magno 
spatio  absum. 

I.  Learn  the  ordinal  numerals, yfrj-/,  second,  third,  fourth^  as  they  appear 
here.    2.  Me. 

474.  Derivation.  Using  prefixes  previously  studied  (§§  341, 
373>  374)  and  such  suffixes  as  appear  in  §  426,  and  any  others 
you  know,  make  a  list  of  at  least  twenty-five  English  derivatives 
from  the  verbs  navigo,  timeo,  sedeo,  vinco,  facio. 


Ninth  Review,  Lessons  LXV-LXXII,  §§  778-782 


"^    ^ 

2    rt 

n1 

^ 

S^s  XI 

< 

Ss 

.^ 

r^ 

^   £2 

3 

JD 

Cfl      <L> 

aJ 

<U     > 

1? 

e  .s 

(1) 

o 

^  "C 

en 

.ii  rt 

O   -Q 

S| 

C 

•S^ 

U 

O 

^1 

% 

03    ^ 

^ 

^? 

< 

pa 

^';;; 

43 

< 

^ 

>> 

C    -^^ 

f 

."ti 

I.K 

r; 

H 

c    &. 

-1 

43 

< 
< 

1" 

o 

O 

e 

be   c 

1 
c3« 

ID 

O 

03 

J3 

o 

2 

^1 

% 

^-'    ,   ^ 

Cfl 

c 

< 

;s  ° 

rt 
^ 

o 

C     rt 

^ 
< 

O     D 

3 
O 

S 

^  ■*-' 

^ 

§ 

6  ^ 

XJ 

C4     . 

< 

H 

W)  c 

(U 

C     V 

43 

^  -H 

H 

C     C3 

3    bJC 

o  _ 

TJ 

a> 

s  s 

s 

c  j2 

u 

tJ    o 

(U 

2i  ^ 

5 

w)^ 

i-i 

> 

9J 

H   p. 

G 

LESSON   LXXIII 

Ad  maiorem  Dei  gloriam  —  To  the  greater  glory  of  God^ 
THE   FOURTH  DECLENSION 

475.  Nouns  that  end  in  -us  in  the  genitive  singular  are  of 
the  Fourth  Declension. 

476.  Nouns  of  the  fourth  declension  are  either  masculine  or 
neuter.  The  nominative  singular  of  masculine  nouns  ends  in 
-us  ;  of  neuters,  in  -u. 

a.  Feminines,  by  exception,  are  domus,  ^ouse ;  manus,  /lan^^ ;  and  a 
few  others. 

477.  Nouns  of  the  fourth  declension  are  declined  as  follows  : 
adventus,  m.,  arrival    cornu,  n.,  horn 


(base  advent-) 

(base  corn-) 

Terminations 

MASC.                 NEUT. 

NOM. 

adventus 

cornu 

-us 

-u 

Gen. 

adventus 

cornus 

-us 

-us 

DAT. 

adventui  (-u) 

cornu 

-Ui   (-U) 

-u 

Ace. 

adventum 

cornu 

-um 

-u 

Abl. 

adventu 

cornu 

-u 

-u 

NOM. 

adventus 

cornua 

-us 

-ua 

Gen. 

adventuum 

cornuum 

-uum 

-uum 

DAT. 

adventibus 

cornibus 

-ibus 

-ibus 

Ace. 

adventus 

cornua 

-us 

-ua 

Abl. 

adventibus 

cornibus 

-ibus 

-ibus 

a.  The  base  is  found,  as  in  other  declensions,  by  dropping  the 
ending  of  the  genitive  singular. 

b,  Cornu  is  the  only  neuter  in  common  use. 

1  Motto  of  the  Jesuits. 
175 


176 


FOURTH  DECLENSION 


478. 


EXERCISES 

First  learn  the  special  vocabulary,  page  374 

I.  Ante  adventum  Caesaris   equitatus  hostium  magna 


celeritate  acerrimum  impetum  in  castra  fecit.  2.  Continere  exer- 
citum  a  proelio  difficile  erat.  3.  Post  adventum  suum  Caesar 
iussit  legiones  ex  castris  educi.  4.  A  dextro  cornu  equitatum  Ro- 
manum,  a  sinistro  cornu  equitatum  sociorum  posuit.  5.  Signo 
dato,  proelium  commissum  est.  6.  Diii  et  acriter  in  eo  loco 
pugnatum  est.^  7.  Denique  multis^  interfectis  et  vulneratis, 
hostes  fugere  inceperunt  ad  castra  quae  trans  flumen  posita 
•erant.  8.  Hac  victoria  cognita,  civitates  proximae,  primum 
minores,  deinde  eae  quae  plurimum  poterant,  pacem  petierunt. 

I.  See  §  259,  note  3.    2.  Adjective  used  as  a  noun,  ablative  absolute. 

479.  I.  After  Caesar's  arrival  ^  was  known,  the  cavalry  fought 
well.  2  First  on  the  right  wing,  then  on  the  left,  the  signal 
was  given.  3.  The  swiftness  of  our  attack  terrified  the  army- 
most  of  all.  4.  Lesbia  remained  a  little  ^  longer,^  because  she 
was  expecting  her  sister.  5.  The  farmer  held  the  animal  by 
the  horn.    6.  He  very  easily  led  it  to  the  shore. 

I.  Ablative  absolute.  2.  Ablative  of  measure  of  difference.  3.  Why  not 
longius  ? 


OFFERING   A   SACRIFICE 


LESSON   LXXIV 

In  lumine  tuo  videbimus  lumen  —  In  thy  light  we  shall  see  light ^ 
EXPRESSIONS  OF  PLACE 

480.  Regular  Expressions  of  Place.  The  place  to  which^  the 
place  from  which^  and  the  place  at  or  in  which  are  regularly 
expressed  by  prepositions  with  their  proper  cases.  From  this 
general  principle  we  deduce  the  following  rules : 

481.  Rule  for  Accusative  of  Place  to  Which.  The  place 
to  which  is  expressed  by  ad  or  in  with  the  accusative^  and 
aiiswers  the  question  Whither} 

Galba  ad  casam  properat,  Galba  hastejis  to  his  cottage 

482.  Rule  for  Ablative  of  Place  from  Which.  The  place 
from  which  is  expressed  by  a  or  ah,  de,  e  or  ex,  with  the 
ablative,  ajid  answers  the  question  Whence  ">    (Cf.  §  295.) 

Galba  a  casa  properat,  Galba  hastens  from  his  cottage 

483.  Rule  for  Ablative  of  Place  at  or  in  Which.^  The 
place  at  or  in  which  is  expressed  by  the  ablative  with  in,  ajid 
answers  the  question  Where  ? 

Galba  in  casa  habitat,  Galba  lives  i7i  his  cottage 

484.  Important  Exceptions.  Names  of  towns  and  small 
islands,  domus,  home,^  and  rus,  country,  omit  the  preposition 
in  expressions  of  place. 

Galba  Athenas  properat,  Galba  hastens  to  Athens 
Galba  Athenis  properat,  Galba  hastens  from  Athefis 

1  Motto  of  Columbia  University. 

2  This  is  often  called  the  locative  ablative  (from  loCMS,  ptace). 
^  When  domus  means  house,  the  preposition  is  used. 

177 


178  EXPRESSIONS  OF  PLACE 

Galba  Athenis  habitat,  Galba  lives  at  (or  in)  Athens 
Galba  domum  properat,  Galba  hastens  home 
Galba  rus  properat,  Galba  hastens  to  the  country 
Galba  domo  properat,  Galba  hastens  from  home 
Galba  rure  properat,  Galba  hastens  from  the  cou?itry 

a.  Names  of  countries,  like  Germania,  Italia,  etc.,  do  not  come 
under  these  exceptions.    With  them  prepositions  must  be  used. 

485.  Locative  Case.  Names  of  towns  and  small  islands  that 
are  singular  and  belong  to  the  first  or  second  declension 
express  the  place  at  which  by  the  so-called  locative  case. 
This  is  like  the  genitive  singular  in  form.  Other  locatives 
are  domi,i  at  home,  and  ruri,  in  the  country. 

Galba  Romae  habitat,  Galba  lives  at  Rome 
Galba  Corinthi  habitat,  Galba  lives  at  Corinth 
Galba  domi  habitat,  Galba  lives  at  home 
Galba  ruri  habitat,  Galba  lives  in  the  country 

a.  When  the  name  of  the  town  is  plural,  there  is  no  special 
locative  form  and  the  ablative  must  be  used  (§  483). 

Galba  Athenis  habitat,  Galba  lives  at  Athens 

EXERCISES 

First  learn  the  special  vocabulary,  page  375 

486.  I.  Num^  f rater  tuus  iter  in  Galliam  cum  exercitu 
Caesaris  fecit.?  2.  Minime.  Frater  meus  domi  mansit.  3.  Ubi 
est  domus  tua }  4.  Antea  ruri  habitabamus,  nunc  in  urbe 
domum  habemus.  5.  Habitasne  Romae?  6.  Non  Romae  sed 
Athenis  ^  habito,  quae  urbs  est  in  Graecia.  Mox  ab  Italia  navi- 
gabo  et  domum  celerrime  contendam.  Nonne  cupis  Athenas, 
urbem  Minervae,  navigare  ?  7.  Cupi5,  sed  non  possum. 
Officia    publica    me^   prohibent.     Meliora   tempora   exspecto. 

1  For  the  declension  of  domus  see  §  813. 


iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiitiiitiiiiiuuiiuiihiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiuiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiuiiuiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiuiiiiiiiiiiiiiuiiiiiimiiiiiiiiiiim 


FIFTH   DECLENSION  179 

Turn  in  navem  ascendam  atque  primum  Athenas,  deinde  ad 
reliquas  urbes  claras,  quae  magn5  spatio  absunt,  contendam. 
I.  See  §  251.   2.  Athenae,  -arum,  f.,  Athens.   3.  Me. 

487.  I.  The  cavalry  was  on  the  right  wing,  the  infantry  on 
the  left.  2.  Ambassadors  of  the  king  hastened  to  Rome  and 
thanked  ^  the  consul.  3.  In  the  country  we  saw  an  ample 
supply  of  grain.  4.  The  men  who  were  the  most  powerful 
remained  at  Rome.  5.  They  were  waiting  for  the  arrival  of  a 
ship.  6.  When  an  attack  2  had  been  made  on  the  city,  the 
consul  fled  from  Rome  into  the  country. 

I.  gratias  agere,  followed  by  the  dative.    2.  Ablative  absolute. 


LESSON   LXXV 

Regnant  populi  —  The  peoples  rule ^ 
THE  FIFTH  DECLENSION  •  THE  ABLATIVE  OF  TIME 

488.  Fifth  Declension.  Nouns  that  end  in  -ei  in  the  genitive 
singular  are  of  the  Fifth  Declension.  The  nominative  singular 
ends  in  -es. 

489.  Nouns  of  the  fifth  declension  are  feminine,  except  dies, 
day^  which  is  usually  masculine. 

490.  Nouns  of  the  fifth  declension  are  declined  as  follows : 


^ 

-^  n  ■"■•>  ~~i» 

\ 

-  '  />  -  •> 

*»        Termina- 

tions 

NOM. 

dies 

dies 

res 

res 

-es     -erum 

Gen. 

diei 

dierum 

rei 

rerum 

-ei     -es 

DAT. 

diei 

diebus 

rei 

rebus 

-ei     -ebus 

Ace. 

diem 

dies 

rem 

res 

-em   -es 

Abl. 

die 

diebus 

re 

rebus 

-e      -ebus 

1  Motto  of  the 

state  of  Arkansas. 

1 80  ABLATIVE  OF  TIME 

a.  The  vowel  e  which  appears  in  every  form  is  regularly  long. 
But  it  is  shortened  in  the  ending  -ei  after  a  consonant,  as  in  r6i ;  and 
before  -m  in  the  accusative  singular,  as  in  diem.    (Cf.  §  194.  2.) 

b.  Only  dies  and  res  are  declined  throughout.  Other  nouns  of  this 
declension  lack  all  or  a  part  of  the  plural. 

c.  What  do  the  abbreviations  a.  m.  and  p.  m.  stand  for  ?   (Cf.  p.  292 .) 

491.  Declension  shown  by  Genitive.  The  key  to  the  declen- 
sion of  a  noun  is  the  ending  of  its  genitive  singular.  Review 
the  five  distinctive  genitive  endings  given  below. 

Declension  Genitive  Ending 

I  -ae 

II  -i 

III  -is 

IV  -fls 

V  .  -li 

492.  Ablative  of  Time  When.  The  ablative  relation  of  at, 
m,  or  on  (§65)  may  refer  to  time  as  well  as  to  place  :  as,  at 
noon,  in  snmmer,  on  the  first  day.  The  ablative  expressing 
this  relation  is  called  the  ablative  of  time, 

493.  Rule  for  Ablative  of  Time  When.  The  time  when  or 
within  which  anything  happens  is  expressed  by  the  ablative 
without  a  prepositioft, 

a.  Occasionally  the  preposition  in  is  found.  Compare  the  English 
The  next  day  we  started  and  On  the  next  day  we  started. 

EXERCISES 

First  learn  the  special  vocabulary,  page  375 

494.  I.  Hieme  dies  sunt  multo  breviores  quam  aestate. 
2.  Prima  luce  agricolae  laborare  inceperunt.  3.  Populus  oppi- 
dum  nocte  reliquit  quod  diiitius  manere  timuit.  4.  Hieme 
Romae  habitamus,  aestate  riari.    5.  Omnes  res  quas  homines 


GENDER  IN  THE  THIRD  DECLENSION  l8l 

pessimi  fecerant  clariores  erant  quam  lux.  6.  Proximo  ^  anno 
in  Italia  domi  eram.  7.  Eis  rebus  cognitis,  omnes  paulo  acrius 
contendere  inceperunt.  8.  Dux  iussit  legidnem  primam  media 
nocte  discedere.  9.  E5  die  vidimus  multos  ignes  qui  agros 
hostium  vastabant.     10.  Ignes  magno  spatio  aberant. 

I.  Last.    It  may  also  mean  next  if  the  sense  demands  that  translation. 

495.  I.  Galba,  who  lives  in  the  country,  is  a  remarkable 
example  of  industry.  2.  For  he  begins  to  work  at  daylight. 
3.  Neither  does  he  leave  the  fields  before  night.  4.  In  summer 
he  works  longer-^  than  in  winter.  5.  But  even  at  that  time 
many  things  claim  ^  his  attention.  6.  And  he  does  not  often 
sit^  idly  at  home. 

I.  Not  longius.  2.  animum  tenere,  claitn  attention.   3.  sedere,  sit  idly. 


LESSON   LXXVI 

Est  modus  in  rebus — There  is  a  proper  measure  in  things^ 

GENDER  IN  THE  THIRD  DECLENSION  •  WORD  FORMATION 

496.  Gender  in  Third  Declension.  In  all  the  declensions 
except  the  third  the  gender  of  nouns  is  easy  to  determine. 
In  the  third,  however,  the  rules  for  gender  are  numerous  and 
present  many  exceptions.  The  subject  has  therefore  been 
postponed  to  prevent  confusion  during  the  learning  of  the  case 
forms.  We  take  it  up  at  this  point,  confining  it  to  a  few  rules 
that  are  of  great  practical  service  and  have  few  exceptions. 

1  From  Horace,  the  great  lyric  poet.  The  sentiment  teaches  the  value  of 
the  golden  mean.  One  of  the  sayings  of  one  of  the  seven  sages  of  Greece 
was,  "  Nothing  too  much."  The  Latin  equivalent,  ne  quid  nimis^  quoted  from 
Terence,  will  be  found  on  the  title-page  of  this  book. 


1 82  WORD  FORMATION 

a.  Masculine  are  most  nouns  in  -or  and  -es  (genitive  -itis). 
h.  Feminine  are  most  nouns  in  -do,  -i6,  -tas,  -us,  and  in  -s  preceded 
by  a  consonant. 

(i)  Exception:  masculine  are 

dens,  a  toothy  and  mons,  a  mountain, 
pons,  a  bridge,  and  fons,  a  fountain. 

c.  Neuter  are  most  nouns  in  -e,  -al,  -ar,  -n,  -fis. 

497.  Word  Formation.  To  the  prefixes  that  you  have  learned 
(a,  ab,  ad,  con-,  de,  e,  ex,  in,  in-,  pro,  re-,  trans)  we  now 
add  four  more  :  inter,  per,  prae,  and  sub.  Two  of  these,  inter 
and  per,  you  have  already  learned  as  prepositions. 

a.  Inter,  between  or  among,  also  used  as  a  preposition  with  the 
accusative:  as,  intermitto,  send  between  or  among,  hence  interrupt, 
suspend \  English  derivatives,  i?itermission,  intermittent',  intericio 
(inter  +  iacio,  throw'),  throw  between ;  English  derivatives,  interject, 
interjectio7i,  etc. 

&.  Per,  through,  also  used  as  a  preposition  with  the  accusative : 
as,  permitto,  seiid  through,  hence  give  leave,  permit ;  English  deriva- 
tives, permission,  permissible,  etc.  As  a  prefix  per  often  has  the  force 
of  through  a7id  through,  thoroughly :  as,  terreo,  frightejt ;  perterreo, 
frighten  thoroughly ;  moveo,  permoveo ;  etc. 

C.  Prae,  before,  also  used  as  a  preposition  with  the  ablative,  but 
more  common  as  a  prefix :  as,  praemitto,  sejtd  ahead.  In  English 
this  prefix  usually  appears  as  pre-,  as  in  the  word  prefix  itself,  which 
means  to  fix  or  fasten  before  or  in  front.  Compare  also  such  words 
as  predict  (prae  +  dico),  prepare  (prae  -f  paro),  precede  (prae  +  cedo, 
move),  preoccupy  (prae  +  occupQ),  etc. 

d.  Sub,  tmder,  also  used  as  a  preposition,  generally  with  the  abla- 
tive :  as,  submitto,  send  under,  hence  yield,  submit ;  English  deriva- 
tives, submissio7i,  submissive,  etc.  The  prefix  also  takes  the  form 
sue-,  suf,  sug-,  sup;  and  sus-,  as  in  suc-cumb,  suffer,  sug-gest,  sup-port, 
sus-tain.  Look  up  these  words  in  the  English  dictionary  and  note  the 
force  of  the  prefix  and  the  meaning  of  the  root  word. 


THE  NINE  IRREGULAR  ADJECTIVES  183 

EXERCISES 

498.  Derivation.  What  should  you  judge  to  be  the  meaning 
of  inter  +  venio,  per  +  venio,  prae  +  venio,  sub  +  venio  ? 

499.  Derivation.  With  venio  as  the  root  word,  write  a  Hst 
of  twenty-five  EngHsh  derivatives,  using  prefixes  and  suffixes, 
and  define  each  derivative. 

500.  With  the  aid  of  the  rules  in  §  496  give  the  gender  of 
the  following  nouns : 

mare  aestas  animal 

mors  nomen  legio 

pedes  virtus  corpus 

501.  Give  the  rules  for  gender  in  the  five  declensions. 
See  §§  86,  97,  496,  476,  489. 


LESSON  LXXVII 

Non  omnia  possumus  omnes — We  cannot  all  do  all  things  ^ 

THE  NINE  IRREGULAR  ADJECTIVES 

502.  Nine  adjectives  of  the  first  and  second  declensions 
have  the  genitive  singular  in  -ius  and  the  dative  in  -i  in  all 
genders.  The  rest  of  the  singular  and  all  the  plural  forms  are 
regular.    Learn  the  meaning  of  each  : 

alius,  alia,  aliud,  other ^  another  (of  solus,  -a,  -um,  alone 

several)  totus,  -a,  -um,  all,  whole,  e7itire 

alter,  altera,  alterum,  the  one,  the  uUus,  -a,  -um,  any 

other  (of  two)  unus,  -a,  -um,  one,  alone ;  (in  the 

neuter,  neutra,  neutrum,  neither  plural)  only 

(of  two)  uter,    utra,    utrum,    which  ?    (of 

nuUus,  -a,  -um,  none,  no  two) 

1  From  Lucilius,  a  famous  writer  of  Latin  satire. 


1 84 


THE  NINE  IRREGULAR  ADJECTIVES 


503.  Declension  of  nullus  and  alius. 


Masc. 

Fem. 

Neut. 

Masc. 

Fem. 

Neut. 

NOM. 

nullus 

nulla 

nullum 

alius 

alia 

aliud 

Gen. 

nulli'us 

nulli'us 

nulli'us 

ali'us 

ali'us 

ali'us 

DAT. 

nulli 

nulli 

nulli 

alii 

alii 

alii 

Ace. 

nullum 

nullam 

nullum 

alium 

aliam 

aliud 

Abl. 

nullo 

nulla 

nullo 

alio 

alia 

alio 

The  plural  is  regular. 

504.  Alius  and  alter  are  frequently  used  in  pairs  as  follows  : 
alius  .  .  .  alius,  one  .  .  .  another 


alter,  the  one 


the  other 


alii,  some  .  .  .  others 


alter 

alii  . 

alteri  .  .  .  alteri,  the  one  party  .  .  .  the  other  party 

alter  iubet,  alter  paret,  the  ojie  commands^  the  other  obeys 

alii  terram,  alii  aquam  amant,  some  love  the  land,  others  the  water 

505.  Alius  repeated  in  another  case  expresses  briefly  a  double 
statement. 

alius  aliud  petit,  one  seeks  one  thing,  another  another  (literally, 

another  seeks  another  thing) 
alii  aliam  urbem  occupant,  some  seize  one  city,  others  another  (lit- 
erally, others  seize  another  city) 


EXERCISES 

506.  I .  Utra  domus  est  Caesaris  t  Neutra  domus  est  Caesaris. 
2.  Ea  civitas  nee  ulli  leg!  ^  nee  ulli  imperio^  parebit.  3.  Exer- 
citus  duo  cornua  habet ;  alterum  appellatur  dextrum,  alterum 
sinistrum.  4.  Alii  alias  res  portabant.  5.  Alii  hieme,  alii  aestate 
acrius  laborant.  6.  Galli  soli  impetum  e5rum  prohibere  non 
poterant.  7.  Alius  aliam  rem  spectavit.  8.  Alii  equi  sunt 
celeres,  alii  tardi.    9.  Omnia  in  iino  loco  locata  erant. 

I.  Why  dative?    See  §  224. 


CLASSES  OF  PRONOUNS  185 

507.  I.  Some  horses  are  slower  than  others.  2.  The  king 
had  seized  the  sovereignty  of  the  entire  island.  3.  Some  live 
on  one  street,  others  on  another.  4.  At  night  we  could  see 
many  fires ;  some  were  large,  others  small.  5.  At  daylight 
neither  commander  was  at  home.  6.  At  no  time  of  the  year 
have  I  seen  any  ships  in  that  sea.  7.  You  can  make  that 
journey  without  any  danger. 


LESSON   LXXVIII 

Nee   teeum  possum  vivere,  nee  sine  te  —  I  can  live  neither  with  you 

nor  without  you  ^ 

CLASSES  OF  PRONOUNS  •  PERSONAL  AND  REFLEXIVE 
PRONOUNS 

508.  Classes  of  Pronouns.    The  classes  of  pronouns  are  the 
same  in  Latin  as  in  English. 

a.  Personal  pronouns,  which  show  the  person  speaking,  spoken  to, 
or  spoken  of:  as,  ego,  /;  tu,  you.   (Cf.  §  509,) 

b.  Possessive  pronouns,  which  denote  possession :  as,  mens,  pty ; 
tuus,  your\  suus,  his^  her^  its,  their -^  etc.    (Cf.  §  133.) 

c.  Reflexive  pronouns,  used  in  the  predicate  to  refer  back  to  the 
subject:  as,  se  vidit,  he  saw  himself.    (Cf.  §  511.) 

d.  Intensive  pronouns,  used  to  emphasize  a  noun  or  pronoun :  as, 
ipse  id  vidi,  I  myself  saw  if.    (Cf.  §  516.) 

e.  Demonstrative  pronouns,  which  point  out  persons  or  things :  as, 
is,  this,  that.    (Cf.  §  203.) 

/.  Relative  pronouns,  which  connect  a  subordinate  adjective  clause 
with  an  antecedent :  as,  qui,  who.    (Cf.  §  386.) 

g.  Interrogative  pronouns,  which  ask  a  question :  as,  quis  ?  who  ? 

(Cf.  §394.) 

h.  Indefinite  pronouns,  which  point  out  indefinitely :   as,  aliquis, 

someone,  anyone-,  quidam,  some,  certain  ones;  etc.    (Cf.  §  528.) 
1  From  Martial,  a  Roman  poet,  famous  for  his  epigrams. 


1 86  PERSONAL  PRONOUNS 

509.  Personal  Pronouns.  The  personal  pronouns  of  the  first 
person  are  ego,  /,  and  nos,  we ;  of  the  second  person,  tu,  thou 
or  yon^  and  vos,  ye  or  you.    They  are  decHned  as  follows  : 


SINGULAR 

First  Person 

Second  Person 

NOM. 

ego,  / 

tu,  yon 

Gen. 

mei,  of  me 

tui,  of  you 

DAT. 

mihi,  to  ox  for  me 

tibi,  to  ox  for  you, 

Ace. 

me,  me 

te,  you 

Ap.l. 

me,  ivith^from^  etc 

.,  me 

PLURAL 

te,  zvith,  from,  etc.,  you, 

NoM.  nos,  we  vos,  you. 

Gen.  nostrum  or  nostri,  of  us  vestrum  or  vestri,  of  you 

DAT.  nobis,  to  ox  for  us  vobis,  to  ox  for  you 

Ace.  nos,  us  vos,  you 

Abl.  nobis,  with,  from,  etc.,  us  vobis,  tc///^,  from,  etc.,  ji'^?/ 

a.  The  nominatives,  ego,  tu,  nos,  vos,  are  used  only  to  express 
emphasis  or  contrast. 

510.  The  personal  pronoun  of  the  third  person  {he,  she,  it, 
they,  etc.)  is  regularly  expressed  by  the  demonstrative  pronoun 
is,  ea,  id  (§  205). 

511.  Reflexive  Pronouns.  The  reflexives  of  the  first  person 
{myself,  ourselves)  and  of  the  second  person  {yourself,  your- 
selves) are  expressed  by  the  forms  of  ego  and  tu  :  as, 

video  me,  /  see  myself  videmus  nos,  we  see  ourselves 

vides  te,  you  see  yourself  videtis  vos,  you  see  yourselves 

512.  The  reflexive  pronoun  of  the  third  person  {himself 
herself,  itself  themselves)  has  a  special  form,  declined  alike  in 
the  singular  and  plural. 


REFLEXIVE  PRONOUNS  187 

SINGULAR  AND  PLURAL 

NoM.     lacking 

CiEs.      sui,  of  himself ,  herself,  itself,  themselves 
DAT.      sibi,  to  ox  for  himself  herself  itself  themselves 
Ace.      se  or  sese,  himself  herself  itself  themselves 
Abl.      se    or   sese,    zvith,  from,    etc.,   himself  herself,   itself 
themselves 

EXAMPLES 

Puer  se  videt,  the  boy  sees  himself 
Puella  se  videt,  the  girl  sees  herself 
Animal  se  videt,  the  animal  sees  itself 
li  se  vident,  they  see  themselves 

513.  Enclitic  Use  of  cum.  The  preposition  cum,  when  used 
with  the  ablatives  me,  te,  se,  nobis,  vobis,  is  Joined  to  them  : 
as,  mecum,  voith  me ;  nobis'cum,  zvith  ns ;  etc.  Cum  is  likewise 
joined  to  quo,  qua,  and  quibus,  the  ablative  forms  of  the  relative 
and  interrogative  :  as, 

Vir  quocum  puer  venit,  the  f?uin  with  whom  the  boy  is  coming 
Quibuscum  bellum  gerunt,  with  lahom  do  they  carry  o?i  war  ? 

EXERCISES 

First  learn  the  special  vocabulary,  page  375 

514.  I.  Mea  patria  est  mihi  nota,  et  tua  patria  est  tibi  nota. 

2.  Vestri  amici  sunt  nobis  grati,  et  nostri  amici  sunt  vobis  grati. 

3.  Legati  pacem  amicitiamque  sibi  et  sociis  suis  petierunt.  4.  Si 
tu  1  arma  capies,  ego  ^  regnum  tuum  occupabo.  5 .  Uter  vestrum 
est  civis  Romanus .?  Neuter  nostrum.  6.  Quibus  ^  rebus  cog- 
nitis,  multi  sese  in  fugam  dederunt.  7.  Timore  servitutis  com- 
motae,  multae  mulieres  sese  interfecerunt.  8.  Qudcum  imperator 
iter  faciet  ?    Mecum. 

I.  Personal  pronouns  in  the  nominative  are  emphatic.  2.  These.  The 
relative  is  often  used  at  the  beginning  of  a  sentence  with  the  force  of  a 
demonstrative. 


1 88  INTENSIVE  PRONOUN  IPSE 

515.  I.  You  cannot  see  yourself.  2.  The  queen  is  pleasing 
to  herself,  but  not  to  her  kingdom.  3.  The  general,  alarmed 
by  your  arrival,  fled.^  4.  You  will  suffer  ^  punishment  on  that 
day,  but  not  I.^  5.  Many  things  alarmed  us,  but  most  of  all 
the  fear  of  the  cavalry. 

I.  Latin,  gave  hiinself  into  flight.  2.  Latin,  give.  3.  The  pronouns 
you  and  /,  being  emphatic,  must  be  expressed. 


LESSON   LXXIX 

Nil  sine  magno  vita  lab5re  dedit  mortalibus  —  Life  has  given 
nothing  to  mortals  without  great  labor  ^ 

THE  INTENSIVE  PRONOUN  IPSE  •  THE  DEMONSTRATIVE 
PRONOUN  IDEM 

516.  Intensive  Pronoun  ipse.  The  intensive  ipse,  ipsa,  ipsum, 
is  used  both  as  a  pronoun  and  as  an  adjective.  It  is  usually  an 
adjective  and  emphasizes  the  noun  or  pronoun  with  which  it 
agrees,  and  is  translated  himself^  herself^  itself ^  my  self ^  yourself^ 
etc.:  as, 

Homo  ipse  venit,  the  man  himself  is  coming 
Puella  ipsa  venit,  the  girl  herself  is  coming 
Pueri  ipsi  veniunt,  the  boys  themselves  are  coming 
Ego  ipse  venio,  /  myself  am  coming 

a.  In  English  the  pronouns  himself  ^tc.  are  used  both  intensively 
(as,  Galba  will  come  himself^  and  reflexively  (as,  Galba  will  kill 
himself) ;  in  Latin  the  former  would  be  translated  by  the  adjective 
ipse,  the  latter  by  the  pronoun  se : 

Galba  ipse  veniet  Galba  se  interficiet 

&.  Ipse  is  sometimes  translated  by  very :  as,  eo  ipso  die,  on  that 
very  day. 

1  From  Horace. 


DEMONSTRATIVE  PRONOUN  IDEM 


189 


517.  The  intensive  pronoun  ipse  is  declined  like  the  nine 
irregular  adjectives  (§  502). 


Masc.     Fem. 


Ipse       Ipsa 


ipsi'us 


NOM. 

Gen. 

DAT.  ipsi 

Ace.  ipsum 

Abl.  ipso 


ipsi'us 
ipsi 
ipsam 
ipsa 


Neut. 

ipsum 

ipsi'us 

ipsi 

ipsum 

ipso 


Masc. 


Fem. 


Neut. 


Ipsi  ipsae  ipsa 

ipsorum  ipsarum  ipsorum 

ipsis  ipsis  ipsis 

ipsos  ipsas  ipsa 

ipsis  ipsis  ipsis 


518.  Demonstrative  Pronoun  idem.  The  demonstrative  pro- 
noun idem,  the  same^  is  a  compound  of  is,  and  is  declined  as 
follows  : 

Fem. 

e'adem 

eius'dem 

ei'dem 

ean'dem 

ea'dem 


NOM. 

Gen. 

DAT. 

Ace. 
Abl. 


Masc. 
idem 
eius'dem 
ei'dem 
eun'dem 
eo'dem 


Neut. 
idem 
eius'dem 
ei'dem 
idem 
eo'dem 


NOM 

Gen 

DAT 


Jii'd 

•|ei'( 
eor 
r  iis'c 
'  [eis'i 


dem 
dem 
eorun'dem 
dem 
dem 
Ace.     eos'dem 
iis'dem 
eis'dem 


Abl. 


eae'dem 

earun'dem 

iis'dem 

eis'dem 

eas'dem 

iis'dem 

eis'dem 


e'adem 

eorun'dem 

iis'dem 

eis'dem 

e'adem 

iis'dem 

eis'dem 


a.  The  forms  iidem  and  iisdem  are  often  spelled  and  pronounced 
with  one  i. 

&.  The  demonstrative  idem  is  used  both  as  a  noun  and  as  an 
adjective. 

c.  idem  is  sometimes  best  rendered  also^  at  the  same  time :  as,  ego 
idem  dixi,  /  also  said. 


I90     DEMONSTRATIVE  PRONOUNS  HIC,  ISTE,  ILLE 

EXERCISES 

First  learn  the  special  vocabulary,  page  376 

519.  I.  Ego  et  tu  1  eandem  urbem  incolimus.  2.  Iter  ipsum 
n5n  timemus,  sed  aliis  rebus  commoti  sumus.  3.  Olim  nos  ipsi 
idem  iter  fecimus,  sed  alio  tempore  anni.  4.  Roman!  in  maxi- 
mam  spem  adventu  imperatoris  adducti  erant.  5.  lam  totam 
spem  salutis  deposuerunt,  quod  pars  exercitus  capta  est  et 
imperator  ipse  est  in  manibus  hostium.  6.  Tamen  vos  ipsi  eos- 
dem  saepissime  vicistis.  7.  Imperator  sua  manQ  filiam  servavit, 
sed  se  ipse  ^  servare  non  potuit. 

I .  Latin  says  I  and  you,  notyou  a7id  I.  2.  The  intensive  ipse  here  agrees 
with  the  subject,  though  in  English  the  emphasis  falls  on  the  predicate. 

520.  I.  The  general  himself  gave  a  part  of  the  army  the 
right  of  way  through  the  same  kingdom.  2.  After  all  hope^ 
of  safety  was  left  behind,  the  citizens  themselves  laid  down 
their  arms.    3.  The  same  great  fear  seized  ^  the  hearts  of  all. 

I .  Ablative  absolute.    2.  occupo,  -are. 


LESSON   LXXX 

Non  sibi,  sed  suis — Not  for  herself,  but  for  her  own  ^ 

THE  DEMONSTRATIVE  PRONOUNS  HIC,  ISTE,  ILLE 

521.  Use  of  hiCy  istCj  and  ille.  The  demonstrative  pronoun 
is,  ea,  id,  makes  no  definite  reference  to  place  or  time  (§  203)  ; 
but  hie  (t/its,  he)  refers  to  a  person  or  thing  near  the  speaker, 
iste  {that^  he)  to  a  person  or  thing  near  the  person  addressed, 
and  ille  {that,  he)  to  a  person  or  thing  remote  from  both. 

Amasne  hunc  equum,  do  you  like  this  horse  (of  mine)  .? 
Istum  equum  amo,  sed  ilium  equum  non  amo,  /  like  that  horse 
(of  yours),  but  that  horse  (yonder)  /  donH  like 
1  Motto  of  Tulane  University. 


DEMONSTRATIVE  PRONOUNS  NIC,  ISTE,  ILLE     19I 

522.  The  demonstratives  hie,  iste,  and  ille  are  used  both 
as  pronouns  and  as  adjectives.  When  used  as  adjectives,  they 
regularly  precede  their  nouns. 

523.  Declension  of  hic^   iste^   and  ille.    Hie  is  declined  as 


lollov 

^s  : 
Masc. 

Fem. 

Neut. 

Masc. 

Fem. 

Neut. 

NOM. 

hie 

haec 

hoe 

hi 

hae 

haee 

Gex. 

huius 

huius 

huius 

horum 

harum 

horum 

DAT. 

huie 

huie 

huie 

his 

his 

his 

Acc. 

hune 

hane 

hoe 

hos 

has 

haec 

Abl. 

hoe 

hae 

hoe 

his 

his 

his 

a.  Huius  is  pronounced  hob^ymys^  and  huie  is  pronounced  hweek 
(one  syllable). 

524.  The  demonstrative  pronouns  iste,  ista,  istud,  and  ille, 
ilia,  illud,  except  for  the  nominative  and  accusative  singular 
neuter  forms  istud  and  illud,  are  declined  like  ipse,  ipsa,  ipsum. 
(See  §517.) 


A  GALLIC  CHIEFTAIN  ADDRESSES   HIS  FOLLOWERS 

First  learn  the  special  vocabulary,  page  376 

525.  Ille  fortis  Gallorum  princeps  suos  convocavit  et  hoc 
modo^  animos  e5rum  confirmavit :  '' Vos,  qui  hos  fines 
incolitis,  in  hunc  locum  convocavi,^  quod  mecum  debetis  istos 
agr5s  atque  istas  domos  a  manibus  Romanis  liberare.  Hoc 
nobis  non  difficile  erit,  quod  illi  hostes  has  silvas,  hos  montes  5 
timent.  Si  fortes  erimus,  dei  ipsi  nobis  viam  salutis  demon- 
strabunt.  Itaque  deponite  istum  timorem.  Magnam  spem 
victoriae  habeo.  lam  magnam  partem  exercitus  Romani 
superavimus."2 

I.  Ablative  of  manner.    2.  Translate  by  the  present  perfect  (§  312). 


192  INDEFINITE  PRONOUNS 

526.  I .  Is  that  spear  (of  yours  ^)  heavy  ?  No,  this  spear  (of 
mine  ^)  is  Hght.  2.  That  spear  of  Mark's  is  much  longer  than 
mine.  3.  You  ought  to  show  us  the  road  that  leads  across 
this  mountain.  4.  That  road  which  extends  through  our  terri- 
tory is  much  shorter.  5.  The  very  manner  of  life  of  those 
savages  is  not  the  same. 

I.  English  words  in  parentheses  are  not  to  be  translated. 


LESSON   LXXXI 

Labor  omnia  vincit — Labor  conquers  all  things ^ 
INDEFINITE  PRONOUNS 

527.  Indefinite  pronouns  do  not,  like  demonstratives,  point 
out  definite  persons  or  things,  but  refer  to  them  indefinitely : 
as,  someone^  anyone^  something,  some,  any, 

528.  Indefinite  pronouns,  like  demonstratives,  are  used  both 
as  pronouns  and  as  adjectives.  The  simple  indefinite  pronoun 
is  quis,  someone y  anyone,  and  the  indefinite  adjective  is  qui, 
quae,  quod,  some,  any?  Far  more  common  are  the  compounds 
aliquis,  someone ;  quisque,  each  07ie ;  and  quidam,  a  certain 
one.    The  forms  of  these  indefinites  are  as  follows : 

I .  Substantive  forms  : 

Masc.  and  Fem.  Neut. 

aliquis,  someone,  anyone  aliquid,  something,  anything 

quisque,  each  one,  everyone  quidque,  each  thing,  everything 

Masc  Fem.  Neut. 

quidam,  a  certain       quaedam,  a  certain       quiddam,  a  certai7t 
man  woman  thing 

1  Motto  of  the  state  of  Oklahoma. 

2  The  indefinites  quis  and  qui  are  the  same  in  form  and  declension  as  the 
interrogatives  (§§  394,  395). 


INDEFINITE  PRONOUNS  193 

2.  Adjective  forms  : 
Masc.  Fem.  Neut. 

aliqui  aliqua  aliquod,  any 

quisque  quaeque  quodque,  each 

quidam  quaedam  quoddam,  a  certain 

529.  Declension  of  Indefinites.  Indefinites  are  declined,  in 
general,  like  the  interrogatives  quis  and  qui.  An  m  coming 
before  a  d  is  changed  to  n :  as,  quendam,  not  quemdam.^ 

EXERCISES 

First  learn  the  special  vocabulary,  page  '^jd 

530.  I.  Hoc  proeli5  facto,  Galli  suam  quisque ^  domum  pro- 
peraverunt.  2.  Quidam  homines,  qui  amici  illius  regis  existi- 
mabantur,  ab  imperatore  retenti  sunt.  3.  Est  in  vita  cuiusque 
aliqua  ad  versa  {ill)  fortuna.  4.  Aliquis  debet  tibi  viam  dem5n- 
strare.  5.  Quisque  nostrum  illi  forti  militi  aliquid  dare  debet. 
6.  Ego  quendam  ruri  vidi  qui  per  illos  fines  iter  fecerat. 

I .  In  apposition  with  Galli. 

531.  I.  If  you  see  a  certain  Quintus  at  Rome,  send  him  to 
me.  2.  Even  I  said  something  to  someone.  3.  Some  who 
were  considered  very  brave  did  not  retain  their  arms.  4.  Each 
citizen  ought  to  uphold  the  state  and  obey  the  laws.^  5 .  Certain 
cities  are  considered  equal  to  Rome  itself. 

I.  Dative,  §  224. 

Tenth  Review.   Lessons  LXXIII-LXXXI,  §§  783-787 

^  The  declension  of  the  indefinites  is  given  in  §  831,  but  demands  little 
special  study. 


LESSON   LXXXII 

Quot   homines,  tot  sententiae  —  As  many  men,  so  many  minds ^ 

CARDINAL  NUMERALS  AND  THEIR  DECLENSION 

532.  Cardinal  Numerals.   Cardinal  numerals  answer  the  ques- 
tion Hoiv  many  ?   The  first  twelve  cardinals  are  as  follows  :  ^ 


I,  unus 

5,  quinque 

g,  novem 

2,  duo 

6,  sex 

JO,  decern 

3,  tres 

;-,  septem 

ji,  undecim 

4,  quattuor 

8,  octo 

J2,  duodecim 

a.  The  word  for  loo  is  centum ;  for  200,  ducenti ;  for  1000,  mille. 

533.  Declension  of  Cardinals.  Of  the  cardinals,  only  unus, 
duo,  tres,  the  hundreds  above  one  hundred,  and  mille  used  as 
a  noun,  are  declined. 

534.  Unus,  07ie,  is  one  of  the  nine  irregular  adjectives,  and 
is  declined  like  nullus  (§  503). 

535.  Learn  the  declension  of  duo,  two^  and  of  tres,  three. 
See  §  824. 

536.  Mille,  thotisajid,  in  the  singular  is  an  indeclinable 
adjective.  In  the  plural  it  is  a  neuter  noun,  and  is  declined 
like  the  plural  of  mare  : 

NoM.  milia 

Gen.  milium 

DAT.  milibus 

Ace.  milia 

Abl.  milibus 

^  From  Terence,  the  famous  writer  of  comedies.  The  motto  means  that 
every  man  has  his  opinion. 

2  A  fuller  table  of  numerals  is  given  in  §  823. 

194 


CARDINAL  NUMERALS 


195 


537.  Ducenti,  two  hundred,  and  other  hundreds  above  one 
hundred  are  dedined  hke  the  plural  of  bonus :  as, 


ducenti 

ducentae 

ducenta 

ducentorum 

ducentarum 

ducentorum 

ducentis 

ducentis 

ducentis 

etc. 

etc. 

etc. 

THE  CONTEST  OF  THE   HORATII  AND  THE  CURIATII 

Try  to  translate  this  at  sight 

538.  Olim  Romani  cum  Albanis  ^  helium  gerebant.  Erant 
in  duobus  exercitibus  trigemini  ^  fratres,  tres  Horatii  in  exer- 
citu  Romano,  tres  Curiatii  in  exercitu  Albano.  Ducibus 
convocatis,  quidam  ex  eis  dixit :  "  Cur  omnes  nos  pugnamus  } 
Melius  est  paucos  ^  pro  omnibus  contendere  et  reliqu5s  ^  esse  5 


SO-CALLED   TOMB   OF   THE   HORATII   AND   CURIATII 


CARDINAL  NUMERALS 


197 


integros.  Cur  non  iubemus  tres  Horati5s  cum  tribus  Curia- 
tiis  pugnare  et  hoc  modo  helium  diiudicamus  ^  ? "  Hoc 
consilio  omnibus^  persuasit,  et  pater  ipse  Horatiorum  filiis 
fortibus  suis  nova  arma  dedit. 

Et  Horatii  et  Curiatii  certamini^  studebant  et  manus  con-  10 
serueruntJ  Primo  impetu  tres  Albani  a  tribus  Romanis 
vulnerati  sunt,  duo  Romani  a  tribus  Albanis  interfecti  sunt, 
Onus  Romanus  integer  erat.  lam  totus  Albanorum  exer- 
citus  certam  victoriam  exspectabat.  Romanus  autem  fugam 
simulavit  ^  et  illo  modo  tres  vulneratos  Albanos  separavit.^  1 5 
Tum  subita  ^^  revertit  ^^  et  singulos  ^  superavit  atque  inter- 
fecit.  Postea  Romani  in  ^^  Albanos  multos  annos  imperium 
tenebant. 

I.  Albani,  -6rum,  the  Albans^  who  lived  near  Rome.  2.  Triplet. 
3.  paucos  is  the  subject  accusative  of  contendere,  and  reliquos  of  esse. 
The  infinitive  clauses  are  the  subjects  of  est.  4.  diiudico,  -are,  decide. 
5.  Why  dative.?  See  §  224.  6.  certamen,  -inis,  n.,  contest.  7.  manus  con- 
seruemnt,  joined  in  a  hand-to-hand  struggle.  8.  simulo,  -are,  pretend. 
9.  separo,  -are,  separate.  10.  Suddenly.  11.  reverto,  -ere,  turn  back. 
12.  singuli,  one  at  a  tiine.    13.  Over. 


VILLA  OF   A  WEALTHY   ROMAN 


LESSON  LXXXIII 

Ense  petit  placidam  sub  libertate  quietem — With  the  sword  she 
seeks  calm  repose  in  freedom  ^ 

ORDINAL  NUMERALS  •  THE  GENITIVE  OF  THE  WHOLE, 
OR  THE  PARTITIVE  GENITIVE 

539.  Ordinal  Numerals.  Ordinal  numerals  answer  the  ques- 
tion In  what  order  ?    The  first  twelve  are  as  follows  : 

first,  primus,  -a,  -um  seventh,  septimus,  -a,  -um 

second,  secundus,  -a,  -um  eighth,  octa'vus,  -a,  -um 

third,  tertius,  -a,  -um  ninth,  nonus,  -a,  -um 

fourth^  quartus,  -a,  -um  tenth,  decimus,  -a,  -um 

fifth,  quintus,  -a,  -um  eieve?ith,  undecimus,  -a,  -um 

sixth,  sextus,  -a,  -um  twelfth,  duodecimus,  -a,  -um 

The  ordinals  are  all  declined  like  bonus. 

540.  Genitive  of  the  Whole,  or  Partitive  Genitive.  In  the 
sentence  Of  all  these  the  Belgce  are  the  bravest^  the  phrase 
of  all  these  represents  the  whole  number  of  whom  the  Belgae 
are  the  bravest  part.  This  sentence  is  expressed  similarly  in 
Latin  :  as, 

"   Horum  omnium  fortissimi  sunt  Belgae 

and  the  genitive  horum  omnium  is  called  the  genitive  of  the 
whole,  or  the  partitive  genitive. 

541.  Rule  for  Genitive  of  the  Whole.  A  genitive  denot- 
ing the  whole  is  used  with  words  dejioting  a  part,  and 
is  k7town  as  the  genitive  of  the  whole,  or  the  partitive 
genitive, 

^  Motto  of  the  state  of  Massachusetts. 
198 


GENITIVE  OF  THE  WHOLE  199 

542.  Mille,  singular,  is  an  indeclinable  adjective :  as,  mille 
milites,  a  thousand  soldiers.  Milia,  plural,  is  a  neuter  noun, 
and  is  followed  by  the  genitive :  as,  decern  milia  militum,  ten 
thotisand  soldiers  (literally,  ten  thousands  of  soldiers). 

543.  Cardinal  numbers,  except  milia,  are  followed  by  the 
ablative  with  ex  or  de,  instead  of  the  genitive :  as,  unus  ex 
pueris,  one  of  the  boys. 

EXERCISES 

First  learn  the  special  vocabulary,  page  y]"] 

544.  Annus  quattuor  tempora  ^  et  duodecim  menses  ^  con- 
tinet.  Aestas  est  omnium  temporum  gratissimum.  Nunc 
mensis  primus  anni  est  lanuarius,  sed  antiquis  ^  temporibus 
Martius*  primus  mensis  existimabatur.  Qua  de  causa  Sep- 
tember erat  septimus  mensis  antiqui^  anni,  October  erat  s 
octavus  mensis,  November  erat  nonus  mensis,  December 
erat  decimus  mensis.  Omnium  mensium  Februarius  erat 
brevissimus.  Urbs  Roma  plus  quam  mille  annos  permansit  ^ 
et  multa  milia  hominum  habet. 

I.  Here  used  in  the  sense  of  seasons.  2.  mgnsis,  -is,  m.,  month. 
3.  antiquus,  -a,  -um,  ancient.   4.  March.    5.  Present  perfect,  §  312. 

545.  The  Romans  had  seven  kings.  The  first  king  was 
Romulus,  the  second  king  was  Numa,  the  third  king  was 
Tullus  Hostilius,  the  fourth  king  was  Ancus  Marcius,  the 
fifth  king  was  Tarquinius  Priscus,  the  sixth  king  was  Servius 
Tullius,  the  seventh  king  was  Tarquinius  Superbus.  Of  all 
the  kings  Tarquinius  Superbus  was  the  worst.  For  this  reason 
he  was  driven  out  by  Brutus,  the  first  consul. 


LESSON  LXXXIV 

Civi  et  rei  publicae  —  For  the  citizen  and  the  commonwealth ^ 

THE  ACCUSATIVE  OF  DURATION  OF  TIME  OR  EXTENT 

OF  SPACE 

546.  The  questions  How  long?  and  How  far?  are  answered 
in  English  by  an  adverbial  objective  expressing  duration  of 
time  or  extent  of  space.  This  relation  is  similarly  expressed 
in  Latin  by  the  Latin  objective,  or  accusative :  as, 

Gain  sex  dies  pugnaverunt,  the  Gauls  fought  for  six  days 
Aqua  centum  pedes  alta  est,  the  water  is  a  hundred  feet  deep 

547.  Rule  for  Accusative  of  Duration  or  Extent.  Dura- 
tio7i  of  time  mtd  extent  of  space  are  expressed  by  the 
accusative. 

548.  The  accusative  of  time  how  long  and  the  ablative  of  the 
time  when  or  within  which  (§  493)  must  be  carefully  distin- 
guished. Select  what  would  be  accusatives  of  time  or  space  and 
ablatives  of  time  in  the  following  passage  if  it  were  in  Latin  : 

At  midnight  I  went  on  deck.  For  many  hours  I  had  been 
tossing  sleepless  in  my  bunk.  In  the  first  place,  the  storm 
which  began  on  Monday  had  now  been  raging  for  five  days. 
Furthermore,  in  a  few  hours  we  should  be  in  the  channel ; 
only  a  few  miles  from  safety,  to  be  sure,  but  also  in  the 
most  dangerous  zone  of  our  voyage.  The  night  was  clear, 
and  once  I  thought  I  saw  a  periscope,  but  it  was  only  a 
floating  spar  extending  several  feet  above  the  water.  I  was 
distinctly  nervous,  and  did  not  care  to  repeat  my  former 
experience  when  I  spent  forty-eight  hours  in  a  leaky  boat, 
which  we  rowed  forty-seven  miles  before  we  were  saved. 

^  Motto  of  the  University  of  Oklahoma. 
200 


ACCUSATIVE  OF  DURATION  OR  EXTENT        201 

CESAR  IN   GAUL 

First  learn  the  special  vocabulary,  page  377 

549.  Caesar  bellum  in  Gallia  septem  annos  gessit.  Primo 
anno  Helvetios  superavit,  et  eodem  anno  Germanos,  qui 
magnum  numerum  hominum  trans  Rhenum  traduxerant,  ex 
Gallia  expulit.  Multos  iam  annos  German!  magnam  partem 
Galliae  obtinebant.^  Qua  de  causa  principes  Galliae  legatos  5 
ad  Caesarem  miserant  et  auxilium  petierant.  Legatis  auditis, 
Caesar  brevi  tempore  copias  suas  coegit.  Magno  itinere  con- 
fecto,  aciem  instruxit  et  prima  luce  proelium  cum  Germanis 
commisit.  Totum  diem  acriter  pugnatum  est.  Caesar  ipse  a 
dextrd  cornu  aciem  duxit.  Denique  post  magnam  caedem  10 
Germani  alii  aliam  in  partem  trans  Rhenum  fugam  ceperunt. 

I .  Translate  as  if  past  perfect. 

550.  I.  The  battle  began  at  daylight  and  part  of  the  army 
fought  ain  day.  2.  That  bridge  is  two  hundred  feet  long. 
3.  The  enemy's  camp  was  twelve  miles  ^  distant.  4.  Those 
mountains  are  three  hundred  feet  high.  5.  In  a  short  time 
the  queen  had  collected  five  thousand  men.  6.  That  forest 
extended  a  great  distance. 

I.  Not  omnis.    2.  Latin,  twelve  thousands  of  paces. 


A  GATE   OF   POMPEII  (RESTORED) 


.    LESSON  LXXXV 

Amicitia   nisi   inter  bonos   esse   non   potest  —  Friendship  cannot 
exist  except  between  the  good  i 

THE  ABLATIVE  OF  RESPECT  •  THE  GENITIVE  WITH 
ADJECTIVES 

551.  Ablative  of  Respect.    Note  the  following  sentences : 

Cives  erant  pauci  numero,  the  citizens  were  few  in  number 
Marcus  fratrem  virtute  superat,  Mark  excels  his  brother  in  valor 

The  ablatives  numero  and  virtute  answer  the  question  /;/ 
what  respect?  and  are  called  ablatives  of  respect. 

552.  Rule  for  Ablative  of  Respect.  The  ablative  is  used 
to  denote  in  what  respect  something  is  true. 

553.  Genitive  with  Adjectives.  Compare  the  following  sen- 
tences : 

Rex  bellum  cupit,  the  king  desires  war 

Rex  belli  cupidus  est,  the  ki?ig  is  desirous  of  war 

The  relation  between  the  verb  cupit  and  its  direct  object 
bellum  is  clearly  similar  to  that  between  the  adjective  cupidus 
and  its  genitive  belli.  Genitives  used  as  the  object  of  the  action 
or  feeling  implied  in  certain  adjectives  are  therefore  called 
objective  genitives. 

554.  Rule  for  Genitive  with  Adjectives.  The  adjectives 
cupidus,  desirous ;  peritus,  skilled ;  imperitus,  ignorant,  and 
others  of  similar  character  are  followed  by  the  objective 
genitive, 

1  From  Cicero's  famous  essay  on  friendship. 


GENITIVE  WITH  ADJECTIVES 


203 


EXERCISES 

First  learn  the  special  vocabulary,  page  yJ^ 

555.  I.  Aciem  instruere  non  poterat,  quod  erat  imperitus 
rei  militaris.  2.  Sapientia  Minerva  reliquass  deas  superabat. 
3.  Signo  dato,  legio  decima,  cupidior  laudis  quam  vitae  ipsius, 
procedere  incepit.  4.  Galli  et  Germani  dissimillimi  lingua  ac 
legibus  erant.  5.  Ouidam  ex  principibus,  quod  pacis  cupidi 
erant,  legatos  ad  n5s  miserunt.  6.  Dux  rei  militaris  peritus 
in  loco  iniqu5  non  permanebit.  7.  Servi  libertatis  cupidissimi 
alii  aliam  in  partem  fugerunt.  8.  Quidam  imperator,  Galba 
nomine,  timore  commotus  iter  intermitti  iussit.  9.  Oppidum, 
nullo  spatio  intermisso,  muro  viginti  ^  pedes  alt5  defendebatur. 
10.  Cur  in  eadem  libertate  quam  a  patribus  nostris  accepimus 
permanere  non  possumus  ? 

I.  Twettty, 

556.  I.  Few  men  were  equal  to  Caesar  either  ^  in  wisdom 
or  in  valor.  2.  The  men  are  unskilled  in  languages.  3.  These 
ought  not  to  sail  to  other  lands.  4.  Caesar  was  king  in  fact,^ 
but  not  in  name.  5.  Some  work  because  they  are  desirous  of 
praise,  others  because  they  are  desirous  of  money.  6.  The  com- 
mander himself  is  skilled  in  the  art  of  war.  7.  He  will  not 
let  several  days  elapse  without  good  cause. 

I.  Either ,  ,  ,  or,  aut  .  .  .  aut.   2.  res. 


ANCIENT  COINS 


LESSON   LXXXVI 

Non   omnis   moriar  —  I  shall  not  wholly  die ^ 

DEPONENT  VERBS  •  THE  GENITIVE  OR  ABLATIVE 
OF  DESCRIPTION 

557.  Deponent  Verbs.  A  deponent  verb  is  one  that  is  passive 
in  form  but  active  in  meaning. 

558.  The  principal  parts  of  deponents  are,  of  course,  passive. 

hortor,  hortari,  hortatus  sum,  urge 
a,  A  few  verbs  are  deponent  in  the  perfect  system  only :  as, 
audeo,  audere,  ausus  sum,  dare 

559.  Deponent  verbs  are  conjugated  in  the  passive  : 

hortor,  hortari,  hortatus  sum  (urge),  like  vocor  (§  832) 
vereor,  vereri,  veritus  sum  (fear),  like  moneor  (§  833) 
sequor,  sequi,  secutus  sum  (follow),  like  regor  (§  834) 
patior,  pati,  passus  sum  (suffer),  like  capior  (§836) 
partior,  partiri,  partitus  sum  (share),  like  audior  (§  835) 

560.  Besides  having  all  the  forms  of  the  passive,  deponent 
verbs  have  also  the  future  active  infinitive,  the  active  participles, 
and  a  few  other  active  forms  which  will  be  noted  later .^ 

561.  Genitive  or  Ablative  of  Description.  English  and  Latin 
employ  similar  expressions  of  quality  or  description.  Thus  we 
may  say  either  Ccesar  was  a  man  of  great  courage  or  Ccesar 
was  a  man  with  great  coicrage.  Similarly  in  Latin  we  may  use 
the  genitive  in  the  first  case  and  the  ablative  in  the  second  :  as, 

Caesar  erat  vir  magnae  virtutis 
Caesar  erat  vir  magna  virtute 

1  From  Horace,  the  poet  laureate  of  the  Augustan  age. 

2  The  complete  synopsis  of  deponent  verbs  is  given  in  §  837. 

204 


DEPONENT  VERBS  205 

562.  Rule  for  Genitive  or  Ablative  of  Description.    The 

gejtitive  or  the  ablative^  with  a  modifying  adjective^  is 
used  in  expressions  of  quality  or  description, 

a.  Numerical  descriptions  of  measure  are  in  the  genitive,  and 
descriptions  of  physical  characteristics  are  usually  in  the  ablative. 

fossa  decern  pedum,  a  ditch  of  teti  feet^  or  a  ten-foot  ditch 
puella  parvis  manibus,  a  girl  with  small  hands 

C^SAR  AND  THE  HELVETIANS 
First  learn  the  special  vocabulary,  page  378 

563.  I.  Helvetii,  qui  nee  deos  nee  homines  verebantur, 
magnum  dolorem  patiebantur  quod  ex  omnibus  partibus^ 
magnae  altitiidinis  montibus  continebantur.  2.  Qua  de  causa 
consilium  ceperunt  ex  suis  finibus  cum  omnibus  c5piis  excedere. 
3.  His  rebus  cognitis,  Caesar,  vir  egregia  virtute  et  rei  militaris 
peritissimus,  magnis  itineribus  in  Galliam  contendit.  4.  Non 
passus  est  Helvetios  iter  per  fines  Romanos  facere,  sed  pi  Ores  ^ 
dies  eos  secutus  est.  5.  Denique  Helvetii,  itinere  intermisso, 
aciem  instruxerunt.  6.  Helvetii  Romanis  erant  pares  virtute, 
sed  non  armis.  7.  Tum  Caesar  milites  hortatus  est,  et,  proeli5 
commissd,  magnam  partem  hostium  interfecit. 

I.  ex  omnibus  partibus,  on  all  sides.    2.  Several. 

564.  I.  Caesar  constructed ^  a  ten-foot  rampart.^  2.  The 
rampart  was  many  miles  ^  long.  3.  Men  of  no  wisdom  suffer 
pain  because  they  do  not  fear  the  laws.  4.  One  man  urges 
one  thing,  another  another.^  5.  But  we  shall  follow  Caesar's 
authority.    6.  In  height  your  mountains  are  not  equal  to  ours. 

I.  dilc5.  2.  Latin,  a  ra7npart  of  ten  feet.  3.  Latin,  many  thousands  of 
paces.   4.  Translate  the  sentence  by  three  Latin  words.    See  §  505. 


LESSON  LXXXVII 

Vox  clamantis  in  deserto  —  The  voice  of  one  crying  in  the  wilderness ^ 

PARTICIPLES 

565.  The  nature  of  the  participle  has  been  already  discussed 
(§  344).  Latin  has  four  participles,  the  present  and  the  future 
in  the  active  voice,  and  the  past  and  the  future  (also  called  the 
gen^ndive)  in  the  passive  voice  .^ 

vocans,  calling 
monens,  advising 
regens,  ruling 
audiens,  hearing 

vocaturus,  about  to  call 
moniturus,  about  to  advise 
recturus,  about  to  rule 
auditurus,  about  to  hear 

'  vocatus,  having  been  called 
monitus,  having  bee?i  advised 
rectus,  having  been  ruled 
auditus,  having  been  heai'd 

'  vocandus,  to  be  called 
monendus,  to  be  advised 
regendus,  to  be  ruled 
audiendus,  to  be  heard 


XL 


Present  Active  Participle.  Present 
Stem  +  -ns  or  -ens 


Future  Active  Participle.     Parti- 
cipial Stem  +  -urus,  -a,  -um 


III.  Past   Passive    Participle.     Parti- 

cipial Stem  +  -us,  -a,  -um 

IV.  Future  Passive  Participle  or  Ge- 

rundive. Present  Stem-}- -ndus- 
or  -endus,  -a,  -um 


566.  Declension  of  Participles.  All  participles  ending  in  -us 
are  declined  like  bonus  (§  120).  Present  participles  are  declined 
like  adjectives  of  one  ending ;  see  the  declension  of  vocans, 
§817. 

1  Motto  of  Dartmouth  College.    From  the  Latin  translation  of  the  Bible. 

2  It  is  to  be  noted  that  Latin,  unlike  English,  has  no  past  active  participle 
{having  called)  or  present  passive  participle  {being  called). 

206 


USES  OF  PARTICIPLES  2o; 

567.  Past  and  Future  Participles.  We  have  made  frequent 
use  of  the  past  passive  participle  as  the  last  of  the  principal 
parts  (§  299),  and  in  the  formation  of  the  perfect  passive  system 
(vocatus  sum,  etc.).  We  have  also  used  it  frequently  in  agree- 
ment with  a  noun  in  the  ablative  absolute  (§  400) :  as, 

Gallis  superatis,  Caesar  in  Italiam  contendit,  after  the  Gauls  had 
been  overcome^  CcEsar  hastened  mto  Italy 

The  future  active  participle  with  esse  makes  the  future  active 
infinitive  (§  356):  as,  vocaturus  esse,  to  be  about  to  call. 

568.  Present  Active  Participle.  The  present  active  parti- 
ciple, as  well  as  the  past  passive,  is  often  used  with  a  noun  or 
pronoun  in  the  ablative  absolute. 

Caesare  ducente,  nihil  timemus,  Ccesar  leading^  (or  7vhen  Ccesar 
leads),  we  fear  nothing 

569.  Participles  of  Deponent  Verbs.  Deponent  verbs  have 
four  participles,  of  the  same  form  as  those  of  other  verbs  :  as, 

hortans,  urgifig 
hortaturus,  about  to  urge 
hortatus,  having  urged 
hortandus,  to  be  urged  "^ 

But  note  that  the  past  participle  of  deponents  is  active  in  mean- 
ing, and  that  only  deponent  verbs  have  an  active  past  participle. 
Compare 

hortatus,  having  urged  (active),  from  hortor,  deponent 
vocatus,  havi?ig  been  called  (passive),  from  voco,  not  deponent 

570.  Give  the  participles  of  the  following  verbs  : 

I)orto  mitto  muniS  vereor 

iacio  duGO  moveo  patior 

1  The  future  passive  participle,  or  gerundive,  of  deponent  verbs  is  passive 
in  meaning  as  well  as  in  form. 


2o8  USES  or  PARTICIPLES 

EXERCISES 

First  learn  the  special  vocabulary,  page  378 

571.  I.  Caesar  sequens  Helvetios  nee  nocte  nee  die  iter 
intermisit.  2.  Magnam  multitudinem  hostium  fugientium  inter- 
fecit  et  grave  supplicium  de  captivis  sumpsit.  3.  Magnitiidine 
et  altitudine  illud  flumen  omnia  alia  superat.  4.  In  ^  e5  flumine 
imperator  pontem  mille  pedum  fecit.  5.  His  bellis  confectis, 
imperator  librum  de  re  militari  scripsit.  6.  Ubi  Lesbiam  vidisti  ? 
Lesbiam  sedentem  ante  casam  Galbae  vidi.  7.  Tertia  hora  ex- 
ploratores,  qui  praemissi  erant,  locum  idoneum  castris  delege- 
runt.  8.  III5  imperatore  ducente,  certissima  esse  victoria  debet. 
9.  Dux  tuus  est  celerior  corpore  quam  animo.  10.  Veriti  fortunam 
pessimam,  gratias  deis  iam  egimus  quod  conservati  eramus. 

I.  Where  we  say  "build  a  bridge  over^^''  the  Romans  said  "build  a  bridge 
/>;,"  because  bridges  were  often  built  of  boats. 

572.  I.  When  our  country  calls,i  we  ought  to  take  up  arms. 
2.  The  king,  fearing  the  multitude,  did  not  dare  to  send  ahead 
spies.  3.  After  suffering  ^  wrongs  for  many  years,  the  allies 
were  eager  for  war.  4.  At  the  fourth  hour  suitable  scouts  were 
chosen  and  sent  forward.  5.  Caesar  inflicted  punishment  on 
that  king.  6.  Many  books  have  been  written  concerning  the 
size  of  Rome.  7.  After  drawing  up^  the  line  of  battle,  the 
commander  waited  for  two  hours. 

I.  Express  by  the  present  participle  in  the  ablative  absolute.  2.  Past 
participle.  3.  Express  by  the  past  participle  in  the  ablative  absolute,  and 
note  that,  as  this  participle  is  regularly  passive  in  Latin,  the  voice  of  the 
English  verb  must  be  changed,  and  thus  the  English  becomes  after  the  line 
of  battle  had  been  drawn  up.  Never  fail  to  change  an  English  past  par- 
ticiple from  the  active  to  the  passive  before  translating,  unless  the  Latin 
verb  is  deponent  (cf.  §  569). 


LESSON   LXXXVIII 

Scientia  sol  mentis  —  Knowledge  the  sun  of  the  mind ^ 

WORD  FORMATION 

573.  Spelling  of  English  Words  in  -ant  and  -ent.  Many 
English  nouns  and  adjectives  ending  in  -aitt  and  -ent  are 
derived  from  the  Latin  present  participle,  and  have  the  same 
form  as  its  base.    Thus  : 


Latin  Verb 

Present  Participle 

English  Word 

occupo 

occupans,  -antis 

occupant 

servo 

servans,  -antis 

servant 

importo 

importans,  -antis 

important 

studeo 

studens,  -entis 

student 

ago 

agens,  -entis 

agent 

contineo 

continens,  -entis 

continent 

English  words  of  this  kind  derived  from  Latin  verbs  of  the 
first  conjugation  end  m-a7it\  from  verbs  of  other  conjugations, 
in  -ent, 

a.  Exceptions  to  this  rule  are  words  of  Latin  origin  that  have  come 
into  English  through  the  medium  of  Norman  French,  where  the 
present  participle  of  verbs  of  all  conjugations  ends  regularly  in  -ant. 
Thus,  from  teneo  (present  participle  tenens)  the  English  derivative  is 
not  tenent,  as  we  should  expect,  but  tenant  (cf.  French  tenant). 

574.  Nouns  in  -or  denoting  the  Agent  or  Doer.  Many  Latin 
nouns  denoting  the  agetit  or  doer  are  formed  from  Latin  verbs 
by  changing  -us  of  the  past  participle  to  -or.  These  nouns  have 
generally  passed  into  English  with  no  change  of  form.    Thus  : 

1  Motto  of  Delaware  College. 

2C9 


210 


WORD  FORMATION 


Verb 

Past  Participle 

Latin  Noun 

English  Noun 

ago 

actus 

actor 

actor 

audio 

auditus 

auditor 

auditor 

capio 

captus 

captor 

captor 

invenio 

inventus 

inventor 

inventor 

libero 

liberatus 

liberator 

liberator 

moneo 

monitus 

monitor 

mo7iitor 

narro 

narratus 

narrator 

narrator 

navigo 

navigatus 

navigator 

navigator 

specto 

spectatus 

spectator 

spectator 

vinco 

victus 

victor 

victor 

The  number  of  these  nouns,  both  in  Latin  and  EngHsh,  is 
very  great.  Some  of  the  Latin  nouns  have  a  feminine  form 
in  -trix :  as,  administratrix,  victrix,  etc.  The  same  suffix  is 
used  in  EngHsh  :  as,  administrator^  m.  ;  administratrix y  f. 

EXERCISES 

First  learn  the  special  vocabulary,  page  378 

575.  I.  Ramani  bellum  cum  Albanis  gerentes  omnes  n5n 
pugnaverunt.  2.  Nam  imperatores  meUus  consiUum  docebant. 
3.  Tres  fratres,  virtutis  magnae  et  rei  mihtaris  periti,  utrimque 
{from  each  side)  delecti  sunt.  4.  Apud  duos  exercitiis  acerrime 
pugnatum  est.  5 .  Curiatiis  interfectis,  civitas  Romana  maiorem 
potestatem  habuit.    6.  Albani  vero  dolorem  magnum  passi  sunt. 

576.  Derivation.  Using  prefixes  previously  studied  (§  497) 
and  such  suffixes  as  appear  in  §  426,  and  any  others  you  know, 
make  a  list  of  at  least  twenty  English  derivatives  from  the  verbs 
scribo,  sumo,  iacio,  audio,  pono. 


Eleventh  Review.    Lessons  LXXXII-LXXXVIII,  §§  788-792 


w     «J     1> 

'^  -^  £    e 


03     (U 
> 


c  .5    1^ 

^      1-,     (L) 

5  -e  ^ 


O     ^-1      rC      rC 

C     *i     ri 


3    rt 


3    bO 


o  .5  *: 

•      C      01 


.S  ^  ^  :n 


>,    OS 


8  I. ^5 

VO       M      J.       0) 

rt    <u    4;  ;^ 


^    T3 


o 

<U      03 


^  rt    ^  O 

O  JJ      C  &H 

03  ^-5  ^ 

OT  +-•     4J  (U 


'^    be 

S   2   bo  c 

o    o    ^  "^ 


LESSON   LXXXIX 

Scientia  crescat,  vita  colatur — Let  knowledge  grow,  let 
life  be  enriched  ^ 

THE  SUBJUNCTIVE  MOOD  •  PRESENT  SUBJUNCTIVE  OF  THE 

FIRST  AND  SECOND  CONJUGATIONS  •  THE  INDICATIVE  AND 

SUBJUNCTIVE  COMPARED 

577.  Subjunctive  Mood.  Besides  the  indicative  and  impera- 
tive, Latin  has  a  third  mood,  called  the  subjunctive. 

578.  Tenses  of  Subjunctive.  The  subjunctive  has  four  tenses  : 
present,  past,  perfect,  and  past  perfect. 

The  personal  endings,  active  and  passive,  are  the  same  as  in 
the  indicative. 

a.  The  meaning  of  the  subjunctive  varies  in  different  constructions 
to  such  a  degree  that  it  is  not  practical  to  translate  the  subjunctive 
forms  in  the  paradigms. 

579.  Present  Subjunctive  of  First  Conjugation.  The  sign  of 
the  present  subjunctive  in  the  first  conjugation  is  -e-,  which 
takes  the  place  of  -a,  the  final  vowel  of  the  present  stem  :  as. 

Active  Passive  . 

voc(a)  +  e  -f-  m  =  vocem  voc(a)  +  e  +  r  =  vocer 

580.  In  the  subjunctive,  as  elsewhere,  a  long  vowel  is 
shortened  before  nt  and  final  -m,  -t,  or  -r  (see  §  194).  The 
present  subjunctive  is  inflected  as  follows : 


Active  Voice 

Passive  Voice 

I .  vo'cem         voce'mus 

vo'cer                    voce'mur 

2.  voices           voce'tis 

voce'ris  (-re)          voce'mini 

3.  vo'cet           vo'cent 

voce'tur                vocen'tur 

1  Motto  of  The  University  of  Chicago. 


21^ 


SUBJUNCTIVE  MOOD 


581.  Present  Subjunctive  of  Second  Conjugation.  The  sign 
of  the  present  subjunctive  in  the  second  conjugation  is  -a-, 
which  is  added  to  the  present  stem  and  is  followed  by  the 
personal  endings :  as, 

Active    mone  +  a  -f  m  =  moneam     Passive    mone  -^-  a  +  r  =  monear 
Long  vowels  are  shortened  in  the  usual  places  (§  194). 


Active  Voice 

1.  mo'neam      monea'mus 

2.  mo'neas        monea'tis 

3.  mo'neat        mo'neant 


Passive  Voice 

mo'near  monea'mur 

monea'ris  (-re)      monea'mini 
monea'tur  monean'tur 


582.  Indicative  and  Subjunctive  Compared.  The  indicative 
mood  asserts  facts  or  inquires  after  facts.  The  subjunctive, 
on  the  other  hand,  expresses  desires,  wishes,  purposes,  possi- 
bilities, expectations,  and  the  like.  The  following  sentences 
illustrate  the  difference  between  indicative  and  subjunctive  ideas. 


Indicative  Ideas 

1.  We  call  him 
Eum  vocamus 

2.  You  see  the  city 
Urbem  vides 

3.  Scouts  come  who  warn  you 
Exploratores    veniunt    qui    te 

monent 

4.  They  fight  bravely 
Fortiter  pugnant 

5.  He  waits  at  Rome  ufitil  the 

enemy  are  overcome 
Romae  exspectat  dum   hostes 
superantur 


Subjunctive  Ideas 

1 .  Let  us  call  him 

Eum  vocemus  (desire) 

2.  May  you  see  the  city 
Urbem  videas  (wish) 

3.  Scouts  come  to  warn  (or  who 

are  to  warn)  you 
Exploratores    veniunt    qui    t6 
moneant  (purpose) 

4.  They  would  fight  bravely 
Fortiter  pugnent  (possibility) 

5.  He  waits   at  Rome   until  the 

enemy  shall  be  overcome 

Romae   exspectat  dum  hostes 

superentur  (expectation) 


SUBJUNCTIVE  MOOD 


213 


EXERCISE 

583.  Which  verbs  in  the  following  paragraph  would  be  in  the 
indicative,  and  which  in  the  subjunctive,  in  a  Latin  translation  ? 

And  we  won't  come  back  till  it 's  over  over  there. 

How  splendidly  our  soldiers  made  good  the  words  of  their  song. 
Who  would  have  expected  so  speedy  and  so  glorious  a  victory.'' 
They  were  young.  They  were  fine.  They  were  brave.  But 
they  had  not  been  tested.  "  Let  us  hope,  let  us  have  confi- 
dence," was  the  best  one  could  say.  The  crisis  was  at  hand. 
At  Paris,  less  than  forty  miles  away,  one  might  hear  the 
thunder  of  the  guns.  And  still  the  enemy  pressed  on  and 
the  brave  French  were  forced  back.  American  forces  were 
rushed  to  the  front.  The  French  urged  retreat  to  a  stronger 
position.  "  We  came  to  fight,  not  to  retreat,-'  said  the  Yanks. 
Then  in  plunged  the  Marines.  May  their  glory  ever  shine ! 
And  what  they  did  thrilled  the  world.  From  that  day  onward 
the  Stars  and  Stripes  blazed  the  victorious  trail. 

'Tis  the  Star-Spangled  Banner,  O  long  may  it  wave 
O'er  the  land  of  the  free,  and  the  home  of  the  brave ! 

584.  Inflect  the  present  subjunctive,  active  and  passive,  of 
vasto^  moved,  servo,  iubeo. 


GREEK  VASES 


LESSON  XC 

Scuto  bonae  voluntatis  tuae  coronasti   nos — Thou  hast 
encompassed  us  by  the  shield  of  Thy  loving-kindness  l 

PRESENT  SUBJUNCTIVE,  THIRD  AND  FOURTH  CONJUGA- 
TIONS •  SUBJUNCTIVE  OF  PURPOSE 

585.  Present  Subjunctive  of  Third  Conjugation.  The  sign 
of  the  present  subjunctive  of  the  third  conjugation  is  -a-.  This 
-a-  takes  the  place  of  -e,  the  final  vowel  of  the  present  stem, 
and  is  followed  by  the  personal  endings  : 


VE    reg(e)  +  a  +  m  =  regam 

Passive    reg(e)  +  a  +  r  =  regar 

Active  Voice 

Passive  Voice 

I.  re'gam        rega'mus 

re^gar                  rega'mur 

2.  re'gas         rega'tis 

rega'ris  (-re)        rega'mini 

3.  re'gat         re'gant 

rega'tur               regan'tur 

a.  In  like  manner  inflect  capiam,  the  present  subjunctive  of  capio, 
and  other  -io  verbs  of  the  third  conjugation  (see  §  836). 

586.  Present  Subjunctive  of  Fourth  Conjugation.  The  sign 
of  the  present  subjunctive  of  the  fourth  conjugation  is  -a-. 
This  is  added  to  the  present  stem  and  is  followed  by  the 
personal  endings : 

Active    audi  +  a  +  m  =  audiam         Passive    audi  +  a  +  r  =  audiar 

Active  Voice  Passive  Voice 

1.  au'diam      audia'mus  au'diar  audia'mur 

2.  auMias        audia'tis  audia'ris  (-re)      audia'mini 

3.  au'diat        au'diant  audia'tur  audian'tur 

1  Motto  of  the  state  of  Maryland.    From  the  Latin  translation  of  the  Bible. 

214^ 


SUBJUNCTIVE  OF  PURPOSE  215 

587.  Subjunctive  of  Purpose.  Observe  the  following  sentence : 
Exploratores  veniunt  qui  te  moneant,  scouts  come  to  warn  you 

The  verb  moneant  in  the  dependent  clause  is  in  the  subjunc- 
tive because  it  expresses  the  scouts'  purpose.  This  use  of  the 
subjunctive  is  called  the  subjunctive  of  purpose.  In  English 
the  purpose  is  often  expressed,  as  here,  by  the  infinitive.  It  is 
never  so  expressed  in  good  Latin  prose. 

588.  Rule  for  Subjunctive  of  Purpose.  A  clause  express- 
ing purpose  takes  the  sudjunctive, 

589.  A  clause  of  purpose  is  introduced  by  the  relative  pronoun 
qui  (as  above),  or  by  ut,  in  order  that,  that ;  or,  if  negative,  by 
ne,  in  order  that  not,  that  not,  lest. 

Caesar  mittit  milites  qui  agros  vastent,  CcBsar  sends  soldiers  to 
lay  waste  (literally,  who  shotdd  lay  waste)  the  fields 

Milites  veniunt  ut  agros  vastent,  soldiers  come  to  lay  waste 
(literally,  in  order  that  they  may  lay  waste)  the  fields 

Agricolae  pugnant  ne  agri  vastentur,  the  farmers  fight  that  their 
fields  may  not  be  laid  waste 

EXERCISES 

First  learn  the  special  vocabulary,  page  379 

590.  I.  Dux,  vir  summae  virtutis,  praemittit  exploratores  qui 
locum  idaneum  castris  deligant.  2.  lubet  eos  celerrime  pro- 
perare  ne  tempus  amittant.  3.  Interim  quidam  princeps,  vir 
summa  potestate  apud  Gallos,  ducem  quaerit  ut  condiciones 
pacis  petat.  4.  Sed  dux  eum  rapit  ut  de  eo  supplicium  sumat. 
5.  Turn  vero  suos  (Jiis  men)  convocat  ut  rationem  proeli  doceat. 

591.  I.  The  soldier  asks  for  better  arms  that  he  may  not 
lose  his  life.  2.  The  king  sends  his  son  to  hear  the  conditions 
of  peace.  3.  He  follows  this  plan  lest  he  lose  the  supreme 
power.    4.  An  army  is  hastening  to  inflict  punishment  on  him. 


LESSON  XCI 

Et  docere  et  rerum  exqulrere  causas  —  Both  to  teach  and  to  search 
out  the  reasons  of  things  ^ 

PAST  SUBJUNCTIVE,  FIRST  AND  SECOND  CONJUGATIONS 
SEQUENCE  OF  TENSES 

592.  Inflection  of  Past  Subjunctive.  The  past  subjunctive  of 
any  verb  may  be  formed  by  adding  the  personal  endings  to 
the  present  infinitive  active.  The  past  subjunctive  of  voco  and 
moneo  is  inflected  as  follows  : 

Active  Voice 


monere  tis 
3.  voca'ret  voca'rent  mone'ret  mone'rent 

Passive  Voice 

1.  voca'rer  vocare'mur         mone'rer  monere'mur 

2.  vocare'ris  (-re)  vocare'mini         monere'ris  (-re)  monere'mini 

3.  vocare'tur  vocaren'tur         monere'tur  moneren'tur 

593.  Sequence  of  Tenses  Defined.  Tenses  referring  to  present 
or  future  time  are  called  primary  tenses.  Tenses  referring  to 
past  time  are  called  secondary  tenses.  As  a  rule,  the  tenses  of 
the  verbs  used  in  the  principal  and  the  dependent  clause  of 
a  complex  sentence  harmonize ;  that  is,  all  are  primary  or  all 
are  secondary.  For  example,  in  He  says  that  he  is  coming  both 
6f  the  verbs  are  present  and  in  a  primary  tense ;  but  if  we 
change  He  says  to  He  said,  a  corresponding  change  takes  place 
in  the  verb  in  the  dependent  clause,  and  we  say  He  said  that  he 
was  coming,  both  of  the  verbs  being  in  a  secondary  tense.  This 
harmony  between  the  tenses  is  called  the  sequence  of  tenses. 

1  Motto  of  the  University  of  Georgia. 
216 


SEQUENCE  OF  TENSES  217 

594.  Primary  and  Secondary  Tenses.  In  the  following  table 
the  primary  tenses  are  marked  (i)  and  the  secondary  tenses  (2) : 

Indicative  Subjunctive 

(i)  Present  (i)  Present 

(2)  Past  (2)  Past 

(1)  Future  (i)  Perfect 

(2)  Perfect  (2)  Past  Perfect 
(2)  Past  Perfect 

(i)  Future  Perfect 

When  indicatives  and  subjunctives  are  used  in  the  same 
sentence,  the  tenses  generally  harmonize. 

595.  Rule  for  Sequence  of  Tenses.  In  a  complex  sen- 
tence a  primary  tense  of  the  indicative  hi  the  principal 
clause  is  followed  by  a  prim^ary  tense  of  the  subjunctive 
in  the  dependent  clause^  a7id  a  secondary  by  a  secondary, 

596.  EXAMPLES 

I.  Primary  tenses  in  principal  and  dependent  clauses  : 

Present        Mittit  1 

Future         Mittet   ^hostes  ut  agros  vastent  (Pres.  Subjv.) 

Fut.  Perf.    MiseritJ 

r  sends  1  f  that  they  may^  1 

He\  will  send  \  foes\  in  order  to,  or  Way  waste  the  fields 

[  will  have  sent  J  I  to  J 

II.  Secondary  tenses  in  principal  and  dependent  clauses : 

Past  Mittebat^ 

Perfect        Misit       Ihostes  ut  agros  vastarent  (Past  Subjv.) 

Past  Perf.    Miserat  J 

f  ivas  sending       1  T  that  they  might,  1 

He\  sent  or  has  sent  \foes<  in  order  to,  or     \lay  waste  the  fields 

\had  sent  J  l^^  J 


21 8  SEQUENCE  OF  TENSES 

EXERCISES 

First  learn  the  special  vocabulary,  page  379 

597.  I .  Partem  impedimentorum  relinquit  ut  ad  illud  oppidum 
celerius  perveniat.  2.  Interim  imperator  tres  legiones  remi- 
serat  quae  illos  fines  statim  pacarent.  3.  Propter  naturam  eius 
loci  nemo  excedere  potuit  qui  fortunam  miseram  nostram  nun- 
tiaret.  4.  Hostes  vallum  decem  milia  passuum  longum  et  fossam 
octo  pedum  perduxerant  ut  itinere  nostros  prohiberent.  5.  Hoc 
proelio  nuntiato,  multi  periti  rei  militaris  domum  contenderunt 
ut  pro  re  publica  pugnarent.  6.  Ampliores  copias  exspecta- 
bimus  ne  hostes  summum  montem  ^  obtineant.  7.  Propter  vul- 
nera  imperator  in  castris  manere  debet  atque  mittere  aliquem 
qui  animos  militum  hortetur.  8.  Quidam  vir  laudis  cupidissimus 
librum  de  suis  victoriis  scripsit.  9.  Quidam  ver5  cives,  timore 
summo  permoti,  Caesarem  quaerunt  ut  eum  de  ratione  belli 
consulant. 

I.  summum  montem,  the  top  of  the  mountain, 

598.  I.  Caesar  forbade  the  Germans  to  advance  farther,  lest 
they  should  settle  in  Gaul.  2.  After  all  things  ^  had  been  pre- 
pared, he  climbed  to  the  top  of  the  mountain  to  storm  the  camp. 
3.  I  shall  arrive  at  Rome^  at  daybreak^  that  I  may  undertake 
this  serious  business  of  the  republic  immediately.  4.  Scsevola 
came  to  put^  the  king  to  death.  5.  Because  of  his  supreme 
valor  no  one  inflicted  punishment  on  him. 

I.  Ablative  absolute.  2.  Accusative  without  a  preposition.  3.  Latin, ^rj/ 
lights  ablative  of  time.    4.  Latin,  give  the  king  to  death. 


LESSON   XCII 

Artes,  scientia,  Veritas  —  The  arts,  knowledge,  truth i 

PAST  SUBJUNCTIVE,  TfflRD  AND  FOURTH  CONJUGATIONS 
NOUN  CLAUSES  OF  PURPOSE 

599.  Inflection  of  Past  Subjunctive.  The  past  subjunctive 
of  rego  and  audio  is  inflected  as  follows : 

ACTIVE  VOICE 

1.  re'gerem  regere'mus  audi^rem  audire'mus 

2.  re'geres  regere'tis  audi'res  audire'tis 

3.  re'geret  re'gerent  audi'ret  audi'rent 

PASSIVE  VOICE 

1 .  re'gerer  regere'mur  audi'rer  audire'mur 

2.  regere'ris  (-re)    regere'mini         audire'ris  (-re)    audire'mini 

3.  regere'tur  regeren'tur         audire'tur  audiren'tur 

a.  Like  regerem  inflect  caperem,  the  past  subjunctive  of  capio,  and 
other  -io  verbs  of  the  third  conjugation  (see  §  836). 

600.  Noun  Clause  Defined.  A  clause  is  often  used  as  a  part 
of  speech,  and  is  then  named  after  the  part  of  speech  to  which 
it  is  equivalent  (cf.  §  385).  Thus  we  saw  in  §  386  that  a  relative 
clause  has  the  force  of  an  adjective  and  hence  is  called  an  adjec- 
tive clause.  A  clause  may  modify  a  verb  like  an  adverb,  and  is 
then  called  an  adverbial  clause  :  as,  venerunt  ut  pdcem  peterent, 
they  came  to  seek  peace  (adverbial  clause  of  purpose).  Similarly, 
a  clause  that  is  used  as  a  noun  is  called  a  noun  clause.  Such  a 
clause  is  often  the  subject  or  object  of  a  verb :  as. 

That  we  should  agree  seems  impossible  (clause  used  as  subject) 
Ccesar  commanded  that  the  captives  should  be  let  go  (clause  used 
as  object) 

1  Motto  of  the  University  of  Michigan. 
219 


220  NOUN  CLAUSES  OF  PURPOSE 

601.  Noun  Clauses  of  Purpose.  In  English,  verbs  of  ask- 
ing, commanding^  urging^  etc.  are  usually  followed  by  an 
infinitive  clause  as  object :  as, 

They  asked  1 

They  commanded  >  me  to  come 

They  urged  J 

Verbs  of  this  kind  denote  a  purpose  or  desire  that  some- 
thing be  done,  and  the  infinitive  expresses  what  that  something 
is.  But  in  Latin,  as  we  have  learned  (§  582),  a  purpose  or 
desire  is  not  expressed  by  the  infinitive,  but  by  the  subjunctive. 
Compare  the  following  English  and  Latin  sentences : 

They  urged  me  to  come 

Hortabantur  me  ut  venirem  (lit.  that  I  should  come) 

602.  Rule  for  Noun  Clauses  of  Purpose.  Verbs  denoting 
a  purpose  or  desire  that  something  be  done  are  followed 
by  a  subjunctive  clause  as  object^  introduced  by  ut  or  ne. 

603.  The  following  common  verbs  are  regularly  followed  by 
a  noun  clause  with  ut  or  ne  and  the  subjunctive : 

hortor,  urge 

impero,  order  (with  the  dative  of  the  person  ordered  and  a  sub- 
junctive clause  of  the  thing  ordered) 
moneo,  advise 

persuadeo,  persuade  (with  the  same  construction  as  impero) 
peto,  rogo,  beg,  ask 
postulo,  demafid,  require 

a.  Remember  that  iubeo,  order,  takes  the  infinitive  as  in  English 
(§  367).    Compare  the  following  sentences: 

Iubeo  eum  venire,  /  order  him  to  come 

ImperQ  ei  ut  veniat,  I  give  orders  to  him  that  he  come 


NOUN  CLAUSES  OF  PURPOSE 


221 


EXERCISES 

First  learn  the  special  vocabulary,  page  379 

604.  I.  Maxima  legates  hortatus  est  ut  de  re  frumentaria 
providerent.  2.  Imperator  regi  imperat  ne  sociis  populi 
Romani  noceat.  3.  Galli,  timore  servitutis  permoti,  postula- 
verunt  ut  exercitus  rei  publicae  ex  finibus  suis  excederet. 
4.  PlOrimis  vulneribus  acceptis,  quidam  nobis  persuasit  ut 
fugam  temptaremus.  5.  Propter  inopiam  rei  frumentariae 
imperator  monuit  ut  castra  in  alium  locum  moverentur. 
6.  Petimus  et  hortamur  ut  nos  ab  iniuriis  defendas.  7.  Ad 
urbem  tertia  hora  perveni,  sed  nemo  me  rogavit  ut  Qnum  {even 
one)  diem  manerem.  8.  Proximo  die  magna  multitudo  venit  ut 
me  consuleret  et  de  condicionibus  pacis  quaereret.  9.  His  rebus 
gestis,  legatus  cum  tribus  legionibus  relictus  est  ut  de  re  fru- 
mentaria provideret. 

605.  I.  Because  of  ^  your  wounds  I  urge  you  not  to  try^  that 
long  journey.  2.  You  asked  him  to  look  out^  for^  the  grain 
supply,  didn't  you'^?  Not  at  all.  3.  Seek  for  the  general  and 
demand  that  he  lead  his  forces  out  of  my  territory.  4.  He 
ordered^  the  captives  not  to  attempt ^  flight.  5.  The  woman 
demanded  that  the  money  be  found. 

I.  The  ablative  of  cause  might  be  used,  but  the  accusative  with  propter 
is  more  common.  2.  Not  infinitive.  3.  de.  4.  On  this  form  of  question, 
review  §251.   5.  What  construction  follows  iubeo  ?  What  impero  1 


gladiators'  helmets 


LESSON  XCIII 

Dei  sub  numine  viget — She  flourishes  under  the  will  of  God  ^ 
THE  SUBJUNCTIVE  OF  SUM  AND  POSSUM 

606.  Subjunctive  of  sum.    The  subjunctive  of  sum  is  inflected 
as  follows; 

Present  Past 

1.  sim  simus 

2.  sis  sitis 

3.  sit  sint 

Perfect 

1.  fu'erim  fue'rimus 

2.  fu'eris  fue'ritis 

3.  fu'erit  fu'erint 

607.  Subjunctive  of  possum.    The  subjunctive  of  possum  is 
inflected  as  follows : 


essem 

esse'mus 

esses 

esse'tis 

esset 

essent 

Past 

Perfect 

fuis'sem 

fuisse'mus 

fuis'ses 

fuisse'tis 

fuis'set 

fuis'sent 

Present 

Past 

I. 

possim           possi'mus 

possem 

posse'mus 

2. 

possis             possi'tis 

posses 

posse'tis 

3. 

possit             possint 

posset 

possent 

Perfect 

Past  Perfect 

I. 

potu'erim       potue'rimus 

potuis'sem 

potuisse'mus 

2. 

potu'eris        potue'ritis 

potuis'ses 

potuisse'tis 

3. 

potu'erit         potu'erint 

potuis'set 

potuis'sent 

a.  Compare  the  perfect  subjunctive  with  the  future  perfect  indica- 
tive. Note  that  the  past  subjunctive  may  be  formed  by  adding  m  to 
the  present  active  infinitive  (po§se  +  m),  and  the  past  perfect  sub- 
junctive by  adding  m  to  the  perfect  active  infinitive  (potuisse  +  m). 

^  Motto  of  Princeton  University. 


SUBJUNCTIVE  OF  SUM  AND  POSSUM 


223 


EXERCISES 

First  learn  the  special  vocabulary,  page  380 

1,  I.  Si  exercitus  vester  finibus  nostris  appropinquabit, 
magnam  multitudinem  mittemus  quae  iter  vestrum  vi  et  armis 
impediat.  2.  Imperator  reliquas  copias  produxit  ne  re  fru- 
mentaria  intercluderetur.  3.  Hac  oratione  ^  habita,^  ne  tardis- 
simi  quidem  rogant  ut  iniquae  condiciones  pacis  accipiantur. 
4.  Caesar  quidem  tres  legiones  conscripserat  ac  postulaverat  ut 
iter  hostium  maxime  impediretur.  5.  Antea  ne  eius  quidem 
oratio  civibus  persuadere  potuerat  ut  rem  publicam  conservare 
deberent.  6.  Nunc  vero  nemd  ausus  est  rogare  ne  legiones 
novae  conscriberentur.  7.  Caesar  vallum  longum  perduxit  ne 
aqua  ab  hostibus  intercluderetur.  8.  Tum  suos,^  gravibus  vul- 
neribus  impedit5s,  hortatus  est  ut  sese  in  castris  continerent. 

I.  Ablative  absolute.  2.  orationem  \\a^:^x^  =  deliver  an  oration. 
3.  Possessive  adjective  used  as  a  noun,  his  meft. 

609.  I.  As  winter  ^  was  approaching,  he  ordered  ^  two  cohorts 
to  look  out  for  a  grain  supply.  2.  Someone  urged  the  chief  to 
make^  a  speech.  3.  He  asked  the  citizens  to  hinder^  the 
march  of  the  enemy.  4.  He  demanded  of  them  (ab  eis)  that 
they  shut  the  enemy  off  from  the  river.  5.  Yet  not  even  he 
could  persuade  the  timid  citizens  to  enroll^  new  legions. 

I .  Ablative  absolute  with  present  participle.  2.  Write,  with  both  iubeS 
and  impero.     3.  Not  infinitive. 


FINGER   RINGS   WITH   ENGRAVED   SETTINGS 


LESSON  XCIV 

Lux   sit — Let  there  be  light  1 

THE  PERFECT  AND  PAST  PERFECT  SUBJUNCTIVE  OF 
VOCO,  MONEO,  REGO,  AND  AUDIO 

610.  Inflection  of  Perfect  Subjunctive.  Learn  the  inflection 
of  the  following  perfect  subjunctives : 

Active  "  Passive 

CoNj.  I        voca'verim  voca'tus  (-a, -um)  sim  {§  832) 

CoNj.  II      monu'erim  mo'nitus  (-a,  -um)  sim  (§  833) 

Coxj.  Ill     re'xerim  rec'tus  (-a, -um)  sim  (§  834) 

Coxj.  IV     audi'verim  audi'tus  (-a,  -um)  sim  (§  835) 

611.  Inflection  of  Past  Perfect  Subjunctive.  Learn  the  inflec- 
tion of  the  following  past  perfect  subjunctives : 

Active  Passive 

voca'tus  (-a,  -um)  essem  (§  832) 
mo'nitus  (-a,  -um)  essem  (§  833) 
rec'tus  (-a,  -um)  essem  (§  834) 
audi'tus  (-a,  -um)  essem  (§  835) 

a.  Note  that  the  formation  and  inflection  of  the  perfect  and  past 
perfect  subjunctive  active  are  like  fuerim  and  fuissem,  the  corre- 
sponding tenses  of  sum ;  and  that  in  the  passive  sim  and  essem  take 
the  place  of  sum  and  eram  of  the  indicative  passive. 

EXERCISES 

612.  Inflect  the  complete  subjunctive,  active  and  passive,  of 
paco,  moveo,  rapio,  mitto,  munio. 

1  Motto  of  the  University  of  Washington.  Compare  the  following  verse  in 
the  Latin  Bible  :  "  Dixitque  Deus  :  Fiat  lux.    Et  facta  est  lux." 

224 


CONJ. 

I 

vocavis'sem 

CONJ. 

II 

monuis'sem 

CONJ. 

III 

rexis'sem 

CONJ. 

IV 

audivis'sem 

PERFECT  AND  PAST  PERFECT  SUBJUNCTIVE     225 

HERO  ET  LEANDER 

The  story  of  Hero  and  Leander  has  been  the  subject  of  many  poems,  both 
ancient  and  modern.    See  Leigh  Hunt,  Tom  Hood,  Moore,  Tennyson. 

First  learn  the  special  vocabulary,  page  380 

613.  ludicio  multorum  poetarum  nemo  apud  puellas 
Graecas  ^  erat  pulchrior  quam  Hero,  sacerdos  ^  templi  ^  quod 
Sesti  *  positum  est.  Earn  Leander,  adulescens  ^  nobilissimus, 
toto  animo  amavit  et  in  matrimonium  ducere  cupivit,  sed 
leges  vetuerunt.  Leander  autem  nee  leges  sacras  nee  deos  5 
iniquos  veritus  est.  Tamen  ut  amor  ^  eius  celaretur,^  Leander 
numquam  die  sed  tantum  ^  nocte  venit  ut  earn  videret.  Nee 
sine  summa  difificultate  erat  hoc  iter,  nam  mare  angustum,^ 
Hellespontus  nomine, ^^  inter  Sestum  et  Abydum,  urbem 
Leandri,  interfluit.^^  Sed  ne  mare  quidem  eum  intercludere  10 
poterat.  Omni^^  nocte  Leander  Hellespontum  tranabat^^; 
omni  nocte  Herd  in  summa  turri  diligenter  locabat  lucer- 
nam^*  quae  adulescentem  per  aquas  perduceret, 

.  I.  Graecus,  -a,  -um,  Greek.  2.  sacerdos,  -otis,  m.  and  f.,  priest  or 
priestess.  3.  templum,  -i,  n.,  temple.  4.  Sestus,  -i,  f.,  Sestos,  a  city  on 
the  Hellespont  at  its  narrowest  point,  opposite  Aby'dos.  The  form  Sesti 
is  locative ;  see  §  485.  5.  adulgscens,  -entis,  m.,  youth.  6.  amor,  -oris,  m., 
love.  7.  celo, -are,  ^^?z^^^/.  8.  Only.  9.  angustus, -a, -um,  ?z^rr^w.  10.  Ab- 
lative of  respect,  §  552.  1 1.  interfluo,  -qxq^JIo'w  betweeti.  12.  omnis  in  the 
singular  often  means  every.  13.  trano,  -are,  swim  across.  The  Hellespont 
at  this  point  is  about  a  mile  wide,  but  there  is  a  dangerous  current.  Byron's 
successful  attempt  to  swim  across  is  well  known.    14,  lucerna,  -ae,  F.,  lamp. 

614.  I .  Many  reasons  urged  Leander  not  to  expose  ^  himself 
to  death.  2.  Not  even  Hero  could  persuade  him 2  not  to  attempt ^ 
that  journey.  3.  He  asked  her  to  put^  a  lamp  on  top  of  the  tower. 
4.  She  listened^  attentively  that  she  might  save  his  life.  5.  She 
ought  to  advise  him  to  remain^  at  home. 

I.  committd.  Not  infinitive.       2.  Dative.     3.  Not  infinitive.     4.  audio. 


LESSON  XCV 

Veritas  v6s  liberabit  —  The  truth  will  set  you  free ^ 
SUBJUNCTIVE  OF  RESULT 

615.  Observe  the  following  sentence : 

The  danger  was  so  great  that  all  fled,  periculum  erat  tantum  ut 
omnes  fugerent 

The  principal  clause  names  a  cause,  and  the  dependent 
clause  states  the  result  of  this  cause.  In  English  the  verb 
fled  in  the  dependent  clause  is  indicative,  but  in  Latin  this 
clause  is  introduced  by  ut  {so  that),  and  fugerent  is  subjunc- 
tive.   This  construction  is  called  the  subjunctive  of  result, 

616.  Rule  for  Subjunctive  of  Result.  Clauses  of  result 
are  introduced  by  ut  {^legative  ut  non)  a7id  have  the  verb 
in  the  subjunctive, 

617.  Result  is  sometimes  expressed  by  a  noun  clause  used 
as  object :  as, 

Periculum  fecit  ut  omnes  fugerent,  the  danger  caused  all  to  flee 
(literally,  made  so  that  allfled) 

618.  Rule  for  Object  Clauses  of  Result.  Object  clauses 
of  result  introduced  by  ut  {negative  ut  non)  are  used  after 
verbs  of  effecting  or  bringing  about, 

619.  Purpose  and  Result  Clauses  Compared.  Affirmative 
clauses  of  purpose  and  result  are  similar ;  but  a  negative  pur- 
pose clause  is  introduced  by  ne,  while  a  negative  result  clause 
has  ut  non. 

^  Motto  of  Johns  Hopkins  University.    From  the  Latin  Bible. 

226 


niii!imMTiiili,.M,iiiiiiiiiiiiii,,iiiiui,iiaiiiiiiiiiiliiliiliiiiiiiiliniiiiiiiniliiii[iiiiiiiiiiiniiiJiiiiiii\iiiiiiiiiiiiiiniiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiTi^^ 


HERO   AND   LEANDER 

Leander !    Leander !    Speak  to  me ! 
Speak  to  me  !    Leander !    Leander ! 

Martin  Schutze  —  Hero  and  Leander 


228  SUBJUNCTIVE  OF  RESULT 

a.  When  tarn,  ita,  sic  (all  meaning  so),  talis  {such),  or  tantus  (j-^ 
great)  appears  in  the  main  clause,  the  dependent  clause  denotes  result. 

b.  Do  the  following  sentences,  denote  purpose  or  result  ? 

Celeriter  f  ugit  ne  caperetur,  he  fled  swiftly  that  he  might  not  be  taken 
Tarn  celeriter  fugit  ut  servaretur,  he  fled  so  swiftly  that  he  was  saved 
Celeriter  fugit  ut  servaretur,  he  fled  swiftly  that  he  might  be  saved 
Tarn  celeriter  fugit  ut  non  caperetur,  he  fled  so  swiftly  that  he  was 
not  taken 


HERO   ET   LEANDER  (Conxluded) 
First  learn  the  special  vocabulary,  page  380 

620.  Hac  in  condicione  res  diu  permanebant.  Sed  nihil 
est  certum  homini,i  nee  ulla  fortuna  semper  aequa.  Olim 
tanta  tempestas^  coorta  est^  ut  etiam  maximae  naves  impetum 
maris  sustinere  n5n  possent  ac  summa  celeritate  ad  oras 
finitimas  fugerent.  Tamen  Leander  sua  consuetildine  ^  ad  5 
oram  prima  nocte  pervenit  Ut  iter  faceret.  Mare  quidem 
erat  turbidum,^  sed  is  lucem  turris  trans  mare  videre  poterat 
ibique^  erat  Hero  ipsa.  Itaque  omni  timore  deposito  adules- 
cens"^  nobilis  vitam  suam  aquis  commisit.  Statim  autem 
summis  difficultatibus  ita  premebatur  ut  vi  ipsa  maris  10 
superaretur. 

Interim  Hero  eum  multas  horas  exspectabat.  Tali  timore 
commota  est  ut  mens  consistere  non  posset.  Prima  luce 
vero  ad  oram  contendit  ut  eum  quaereret.  Denique  diligenter 
quaerens  corpus  eius  invenit.  Eo  viso^  sese  in  mare  coniecit.  15 
Nam  dolor  ipse  f ecerat  ^  ut  puella  miserrima  mentem  suam 
amitteret. 

I.  Man  is  sure  of  nothing.  2.  tempestas,  -atis,  f.,  storm.  3.  coorior, 
-iri,  deponent  verb,  rise.  4.  According  to  his  custom.  5.  turbidus,  -a,  -um, 
stormy.  6.  Two  words,  ibi  +  que.  7.  adulescens,  -entis,  m.,  youth. 
8.  Ablative  absolute.    Translate,  o?i  seeing  this.    9.  Had  caused. 


SUBJUNCTIVE  OF  RESULT  229 

621.  I.  So  great  was  the  violence  of  the  sea  that  no  one 
dared  to  sail.  2.  The  timid  sailors  stood  on  the  shore.  3.  They 
warned  him  not  to  throw  ^  himself  into  such  a  sea.  4.  Leander 
was  so  hard  pressed  that  he  abandoned  all   hope  of  safety. 

5.  Hero,    according    to    her    custom,    was    w^aiting    for    him. 

6.  What  caused 2  her  to  lose  her  mind.? 

I .  Not  infinitive.    2.  Latin  idiom,  7nade  that  she  lost. 


LESSON   XCVI 

Commune  vinculum   omnibus   artibus  —  The  common  bond 
for  all  the  arts  ^ 

THE  DATIVE  WITH  COMPOUNDS 

622.  The  dative  is  the  case  of  the  indirect  object  (§58). 
Many  intransitive  verbs  take  an  indirect  object  (§  222),  and 
some  transitive  verbs  take  both  a  direct  object  and  an  indirect 
object :  as,  Marcus  puero  telum  dedit,  Marcus  gave  a  spear 
to  the  boy.  Whether  or  not  a  verb  will  have  an  indirect  object 
depends  on  its  meaning.  A  number  of  verbs,  some  transitive 
and  some  intransitive,  which  in  their  simple  form  do  not  take 
an  indirect  object,  have  a  meaning,  when  compounded  with 
certain  prepositions,  that  calls  for  one.  This  indirect  object 
is  called  the  dative  with  compo7inds. 

623.  Rule  for  Dative  with  Compounds.  Some  verbs 
compounded  with  ad,  ante,  con,  de,  in,  inter,  ob,  post,  prae,  pro, 
sub,  and  super  take  the  dative  of  the  indirect  object. 
Transitive  compounds  may  take  both  an  accusative  and 
a  dative, 

1  Motto  of  the  University  of  Minnesota. 


230  DATIVE  WITH  COMPOUNDS 

Potestas  regi  non  deerat,  power  was  not  lacking  to  the  king 
Caesar  equitatui  legatum  praefecit,  Ccesar placed  the  lieutenant  in 
command  of  the  cavalry 

a.  Many  verbs  compounded  with  these  prepositions  do  not  take  the 
dative,  because  their  meaning  forbids  :  as, 

Caesar  copias  ad  montem  produxit,  Ccesar  led  forth  the  troops  to 
the  mountain 

EXERCISES 

First  learn  the  special  vocabulary,  page  381 

624.  I.  Consul  optimos  cives  evocare  incepit  ut  eis  praemia 
ampla  proponeret.  2.  Magna  multitudo  convenerat  ne  amplus 
exercitus  imperatori  deesset.  3.  Quern  navibus  senatus  prae- 
ficiet  ?  Senatus  virum  summae  virtutis  deliget.  4.  Barbari  ita 
premebantur  ut  oppida  reliqua  incenderent.  5.  Acie  instructa, 
imperator  iussit  Marcum  dextr5  cornu  praeesse.  6.  Pedites 
tantum  numerum  telorum  coniecerunt  ut  pauci  in  muro  con- 
sistere  possent.  7.  Consuetudine  populi  Romani  et  iure  belli 
senatus  debet  illi  imperatori  imperare  ut  civitates  inimicas 
pacet.    8.  Altitudo  valli  fecit  ut  pauci  vulnerarentur. 

625.  I.  The  senate  ordered  that  the  remaining  captives  be  led 
away  into  slavery.  2.  Heretofore,  according  to  the  law  of  war,  the 
towns  had  been  set  on  fire.  3.  The  senate  assembled  to  place  ^ 
someone  in  command  of  the  infantry  forces.  4.  These  things  he 
set  forth  that  money  might  not  be  lacking  to  the  commonwealth. 
5.  Is  not 2  your  mind  in  command  of  your  body^.?    Yes. 

I.  Express/Az^i?  in  co7n7nand hy  one  word.  2.  See  §  251 .  3.  Not  genitive. 


Twelfth  Review.  Lessons  LXXXIX-XCVI,  §§  793-797 


LESSON   XCVII 

Civium  in  moribus   rel   publicae   salus  —  In  the  character 
of  its  citizens  lies  the  safety  of  the  commonwealth  i 

WORD  FORMATION 

626.  Many  abstract  nouns  are  formed  from  adjectives  by 
the  suffixes  -ia,  -tia,  -tas,  -tudo. 

memor-ia,  memory  memor,  mindful 

inop-ia,  want  ino^s,  poor 

sapient-ia,  wisdom  sapiens,  wise 

ajmci-tiBi,  frie?idship  .  eimlc\xs,  friendly 

celeri-tas,  swiftness  celer,  swift 

liber-tas,  freedom  liber,  free 

magni-tudo,  greatness  magnus,  great 

alti-tudo,  height  altus,  high 

627.  Adjectives  denoting  qtiality  or  state  are  formed  from 
verbs  by  the  suffix  -idus. 

cup-idus,  desirous  cupere,  desire 

t\m-\dMS^  fearful  timere,  fear 

€28.  Adjectives  denoting ///////^i-j  are  formed  from  nouns  by 
the  suffix  -osus-  (the  EngHsh  suffix  -otis). 

pericul-osus,  dangerous  periculum,  danger 

studi-osus,  zealous  studium,  zeal 

629.  Adjectives  denoting  capability  in  a  passive  sense  are 
formed  from  verbs  by  the  suffixes  -ilis  and  -bilis. 

fac-ilis,  easy  (able  to  be  done)  facere,  do 

credi-bilis,  credible  (able  to  be  believed)         credere,  believe 
ama-bilis,  lovable  amare,  love 

1  Motto  of  the  University  of  Florida. 
231 


portable 

portare 

vulnerable 

vulnerare 

comparable 

comparare 

habitable 

habitare 

232  HINTS  ON  SPELLING 

630.  Hints  on  Spelling.  When  in  doubt  as  to  whether  an 
English  word  should  end  in  -able  or  Able,  remember  that 
derivatives  from  Latin  verbs  of  the  first  conjugation  end  in 
-able,  those  from  other  conjugations  end  in  -ible. 

visible  videre 

reducible  reducere 

audible  audire 

possible  posse 

A  few  common  words  are  exceptions  :  as,  tenable,  movable^ 
capable^  preventable. 

631.  Most  English  words  ending  in  -tion  or  -sion  are  derived 
from  Latin  verbs.  If  the  Latin  past  participle  ends  in  -tus, 
use  the  suffix  -tion  ;  if  in  -sus,  use  -sion. 

ENGLISH  W^ORD  LATIN  PARTICIPLE 

exception  exceptus 

contefition  contentus 

monition  monitus 

ascension  ascensus 

admissiofi  admissus 

sessio?i  sessus 

EXERCISES 

632.  Derivation.  From  your  knowledge  of  prefixes  what 
should  you  judge  to  be  the  meaning  of  the  following  com- 
pounds of  iacio,  throw  1 

adicio  deicio  inicio  proicio  subicio 

conicio  eicio  obicio  reicio  traicio 

633.  See  how  many  English  derivatives  you  can  write  from 
iacio  and  its  compounds. 


LESSON  XCVIII 

Litteris  dedicata  et  omnibus  artibus — Dedicated  to  letters  and 

all  the  arts  ^    ' 

THE  IRREGULAR  VERBS  VOLO,  NOLO,   AND  MALO 

634.  Learn  the  inflection  of  volo,  zms/i ;  nolo,  l?e  imzvilling ; 
and  malo,  prefer  (§  840),  and  note  that  the  indicative  and  sub- 
junctive are  inflected  like  rego  except  in  the  present  indicative 
and  the  present  and  past  subjunctive.  These  verbs  have  no 
passive  voice. 

635.  Constructions  with  void,  nolo,  and  malo.  In  Enghsh 
we  say  /  zuis/i  to  write  or  /  wish  him  to  zvfite.  In  the  first 
sentence  /  zvish  is  followed  by  the  complerhentary  infinitive 
to  write ^  and  the  subject  of  the  two  verbs  is  the  same. 
In  the  second,  /  zvish  is  followed  by  the  object  clause  him  to 
zvrite,  and  the  subjects  are  different. 

Similarly,  in  Latin,  volo,  nolo,  and  malo  are  used  with  the 
complementary  infinitive  when  the  subject  remains  the  same ; 
and  with  the  infinitive  with  subject  accusative  when  the  subjects 
are  different  (§§  367-369). 

Volo  scribere,  I  zvish  to  zvrite 

Volo  eum  scribere,  /  zvish  hifu  to  zurite 

EXERCISES 

First  learn  the  special  vocabulary,  page  381 

636.  I.  Potestas  Caesari  non  deerat  et  malebat  re^  esse  rex 
quam  nomine.  2.  Hostes,  cum  primi  ordines  se  ostendunt,  ne 
consistunt  quidem,  sed  in  fines  su5s  se  recipiunt.  3.  Copiae 
enim  quae  praemissae  erant  ut  impetum  nostrum  prohiberent 

1  Motto  of  the  University  of  Nebraska. 


234         CONJUGATION  OF   VOLO,  NOLO,  MALO 

satis  firmae  n5n  erant.  4.  Has  res  legati  proposuerant  ut  hae 
civitates  in  fidem  2  ac  potestatem  populi  Romani  venire  vellent. 
5.  Oportuit  Romanes  urbem  vallo  fossaque  circummunire  ut 
fides  ^  publica  servaretur.  6.  Ilia  silva,  quae  ab  flumine  ad  mare 
pertinet,  multa  genera  animalium  habet  quae  in  aliis  locis  non 
videntur.  7.  Nonne  ilia  legi5  cui  filius  tuus  praeerat  paravit 
omnia  quae  ad  salutem  civium  pertinent?  Paravit.  8.  Tanta 
multitudo  convenerat  ut  copia  frumenti  satis*  non  esset. 

I.  re,  in  reality,  ablative  of  respect,  §  552.  2.  in  fidem,  under  the  pro- 
tection. 3.  fides  publica,  the  promise  given  by  the  state.  4.  The  word 
satis  may  be  an  adverb,  as  in  3 ;  or  an  adjective,  as  in  8 ;  or  a  noun,  as, 
satis  supplied,  enough  {of)  punishment  \  satis  facere,  to  give  satis- 
faction ;  etc. 

637.  I .  The  senate  is  not  willing  to  give  satisfaction  ^  to 
our  enemies.  2.  We  wish  war  rather  than  that  kind  of  peace. 
3.  For  it  is  necessary  to  keep  the  faith  which  we  received  from 
our  fathers.  4.  Display  hope,  citizens,  and  not  fear.  5.  Fortify  ^ 
the  city  all  about  with  walls  and  ditches.  6.  For  the  senate 
does  not  wish  us  to  withdraw  without  a  battle.  7.  But  it  wishes 
us  to  prepare  all  things  that  pertain  to  war. 

I.  See  §  636,  note  4.    2.  Fortify  all  about  is  expressed  by  one  word. 


A  ROMAN   STOVE  WITH    HOT-WATER   BOILER 


LESSON  XCIX 

Vita  hominum  lux — Light,  the  life  of  men ^ 

VOCABULARY  REVIEW  •  CONSTRUCTIONS  WITH  CUM 

638.  Review  the  word  lists  in  §§  732,  733,  737,  738. 

639.  Constructions  with  cum.  The  conjunction  cum  has  three 
meanings  :  zvhen,  since,  and  although, 

640.  Clauses  introduced  by  cum  are  of  four  kinds  :  temporaly 
descriptive,  causal,  and  concessive, 

641.  Cum  meaning  whe7i  is  temporal  or  descriptive,^  and  is 
usually  followed  by  the  indicative  if  the  tense  is  present  or 
future,  otherwise  by  the  subjunctive. 

Veniam  cum  potero,  I  will  come  when  I  can 

Cum  Romani  se  ostenderent,  hostes  fugerunt,  when  the  Romans 

appeared  (showed  themselves),  the  enemy  fled 

642.  Cum  causal  {since)  and  cum  concessive  {although)  are 
followed  by  the  subjunctive. 

Cum  pacem  peterent,  Caesar  in  eos  impetum  non  fecit,  since  they 

were  seeking  peace ^  Ccesar  did  not  make  an  attack  ofi  them 
Cum  primi  ordines  fugissent,  tamen  reliqui  fortiter  consistebant, 

though  the  first  ranks  had  fled  ^  yet  the  rest  bravely  stood  their 
ground 

1  Motto  of  the  University  of  New  Mexico. 

2  A  descriptive  clause  describes  the  circumstances  under  which  the  main 
action  took  place  :  as,  The  farmer  found  the  jnoney  when  he  tvas  ploiving.  It  is, 
furthermore,  implied  that  but  for  the  circumstances  stated,  the  action  ex- 
pressed in  the  main  clause  would  not  have  taken  place.  Thus,  in  the  sen- 
tence above,  if  the  farmer  had  not  been  plowing,  he  would  not  have  found  the 
money. 

235 


236  CONSTRUCTIONS  WITH    CUM 

643.  Rule  for  Constructions  with  cum.  Cum  means  when, 
since,  or  although,  and  takes  thje  subjtmctive  except  in  a 
temporal  or  descriptive  clause  of  present  or  future  time, 

EXERCISES 

644.  I.  Cum  regina  novas  gratasque  condiciones  pacis  pro- 
posuisset,  ne  socii  quidem,  qui  inimici  antea  fuerant,  arma  ac 
frumentum  dare  nolebant.  2.  Cum  ^  via  tam  longa  sit,  tamen 
oportet  pueros  puellasque  iter  facere.  3.  Cum^  aqua  satis  alta 
esset,  nautae  sine  ulla  difficultate  ad  insulam  parvam  naviga- 
verunt.  4.  Cum  naves  omni  genere  convocatae  essent,  regina 
iussit  servos  copiam  frumenti  ex  agris  proximis  ad  oram  maris 
portare.  5.  Cum  ordines  nostri  se  ostenderent,  hostes  in  oppi- 
dum  se  recipiebant.  6.  Cum  R5mani  in  fines  Gallorum  veni- 
rent,  Galli  magnopere  comm5ti  sunt.  7.  Cum  imperator  legatds 
videt,  rogat,  "  Cur,  legati,  venistis  ?  Quid  quaeritis?"  8.  Legati 
respondent,  *'  Volumus  in  fidem  et  potestatem  populi  Romani 
venire." 

I .  cum  =  though.  The  concessive  use  of  cum  is  often  indicated  by  the 
presence  of  tamen  in  the  main  clause.    2,  cum  =  since. 

645.  I.  Since  the  money  is  not  sufficient,  why  do  you  not 
demand  more  ?  2.  Though  you  prepare  all  kinds  of  arms,  you 
cannot  overcome  my  allies.  3.  When  I  was  living  at  Rome, 
I  often  heard  and  saw  famous  Romans.  4.  When  you  call  me, 
I  will  hasten.    5.  When  the  enemy  appeared,  we  withdrew. 


GOLDEN    FIBULA,   OR   BROOCH 
The  Romans  were  famiHar  with  the  principle  of  the  modern  safety  pin 


LESSON  C 

Medio  tutissimus  Ibis  —  In  the  middle  course  you  will  go  safest^ 
VOCABULARY  REVIEW  •  THE  IRREGULAR  VERB  EO 

646.  Review  the  word  lists  in  §§  743,  744. 

647.  Irregular  Verb  eo.  Learn  the  inflection  of  the  irregular 
verb  eo,  go  (§  842),  and  the  declension  of  the  present  participle 
iens,^^/;/^(§8i7). 

EXERCISES 

648.  Derivation.  The  irregular  verb  eo  has  a  large  number 
of  compounds.  Using  your  knowledge  of  prefixes,  give  the 
meaning  of  the  following  common  words  :  adeo,  exeo,  ineo, 
redeo,  transeo. 

649.  I.  Cum^  exercitus  re  frumentaria  premeretur,  dux  ad 
oppidum  ire  contendit.  2.  Castris  positis,  nostri  equites  crebra 
proelia  cum  barbaris  fecerunt,  sed  legiones  sese  in  castris  con- 
tinebant.  3.  Germani  cum  magnis  copiis  ex  finibus  suis  ierant 
ut  agros  meliores  occuparent.  4.  Multi  Germanos  ita  timebant 
ut  cum  eis  pugnare  nollent  et  domum  ire  vellent.  5.  Imperator, 
cum  banc  famam  audivisset,  dixit,  ''  Ite  domum,  si  vultis,  atque 
ego  solus  in  hostes  ibo."  6.  Tum  tanta  virtus  animos  omnium 
occupavit  ut  man  ere  quam  ire  mallent.  7.  Cum  ad  Galliam 
iremus,  oram  insulae  Britanniae  videre  poteramus.  8.  Sine  ulla 
spe  praemi  aut  victoriae  et  cum  summo  periculo  pugnavi,  ne 
amicitiam  tuam  amitterem.  9.  Pueri  miseri,  qui  per  silvam 
euntes  rapti  erant,  numquam  postea  visi  sunt. 

I.  cum  causal. 

^  From  Ovid,  a  famous  poet  of  the  Augustan  age.  The  words  are  often 
quoted  to  urge  the  value  of  moderation  in  all  things. 

237 


238  CONJUGATION  OF  EO 

650.  I .  The  senate  persuaded  the  general  ^  not  to  go  ^  to 
Britain.  2.  Though  we  have  toiled  many  days,  yet  you  wish  us 
to  go  home  without  any  reward.  3.  When  you  have  plenty  of 
money,  I  advise  you  to  go^  to  Rome.  4.  Since  you  fear  fre- 
quent wars,  why  do  you  not  make  peace.?  5.  Go  into  battle 
with  good  arms  if  you  wish  to  conquer. 

I .  Not  accusative.    2.  Not  infinitive. 


LESSON  CI 

Lux  et  lex  —  Light  and  law ^ 
VOCABULARY  REVIEW  •  INDIRECT  STATEMENTS 

651.  Review  the  word  lists  in  §§  749,  750. 

652.  Indirect  Statements  in  English.  Direct  statements  are 
those  which  the  speaker  or  writer  makes  himself  or  which  are 
quoted  in  his  exact  language.  Indirect  statements  are  those 
reported  in  a  different  form  of  words  from  that  used  by  the 
speaker  or  writer.  Compare  the  following  direct  and  indirect 
statements : 

r  I .  The  Gauls  are  brave 
Direct  statements    \  2.  The  Gauls  we^-e  brave 

[3.  The  Gauls  will  be  brave 
Indirect  statements  (  i.  He  says  that  the  Gauls  are  brave 
after  a  verb   in  J  2.  He  says  that  the  Gauls  were  brave 
the  present  tense  [  3.  He  says  that  the  Gauls  will  be  brave 
Indirect  statements  {\.  He  said  that  the  Gauls  were  brave 
after  a  verb   in  j  2.  He  said  that  the  Gauls  had  been  brave 
a  past  tense  [3-  -Sie  said  that  the  Gauls  would  be  brave 

When  an  English  direct  statement  becomes  indirect, 
1  Motto  of  the  University  of  North  Dakota. 


INDIRECT  STATEMENTS  239 

flf.  The  indirect  statement  becomes  a  dependent  clause  introduced 
by  the  conjunction  that. 

b.  The  verb  remains  finite  and  its  subject  is  in  the  nominative. 

c.  The  tenses  of  the  verbs  originally  used  are  changed  after  the 
past  tense,  He  said. 

653.  Indirect  Statements  in  Latin.  In  Latin  the  direct  and 
indirect  statements  above  would  be  expressed  as  follows : 

^.  f  I.  Gain  sunt  fortes,  the  Gauls  are  brave 

ijirect  state-   I 

<2.  Galli  erant  fortes,  the  Gauls  were  brave 

[3.  Galli  erunt  fortes,  the  Gauls  will  be  brave 
'  I.  Dicit  or  Dixit  Gallos  esse  fortis  {he  says  or  he  said 
the  Gauls  to  be  brave)  ^ 
Indirect  state- J  2.  Dicit  or  Dixit  Gallos  fuisse  fortis  (Jie  says  or  he 
ments         j  said  the  Gauls  to  have  been  brave)  ^ 

3.  Dicit  or  Dixit  Gallos  futiiros  esse  fortis  {he  says  or 
he  said  the  Gauls  to  be  about  to  be  brave)  ^ 

Comparing  these  Latin  indirect  statements  with  the  English 
in  the  preceding  section,  we  observe  three  marked  differences  : 

a.  There  is  no  conjunction  corresponding  to  that. 
h.  The  verb  is  in  the  infinitive  and  its  subject  is  in  the  accusative. 
c.  The  tenses  of  the  infinitive  are  not  changed  after  a  past  tense 
of  the  principal  verb. 

654.  Rule  for  Indirect  Statements.  When  a  direct 
statement  becomes  indirect^  the  principal  verb  is  changed 
to  the  infi^iitive  and  its  subject  nominative  becomes  sub- 
ject  accusative  of  the  i^tfinitive. 

655.  Tenses  of  Infinitive.  When  the  sentences  in  §653  were 
changed  from  the  direct  to  the  indirect  form  of  statement,  sunt 
became  esse,  erant  became  fuisse,  and  erunt  became  futuros  esse. 

1  These  parenthetical  renderings  are  not  inserted  as  translations,  but 
merely  to  show  the  literal  meaning  of  the  Latin. 


240  INDIRECT  STATEMENTS 

656.  Rule  for  Tenses  of  Infinitive  in  Indirect  Statements. 

A  present  indicative  of  a  direct  statement  becomes  present 
infinitive  of  the  indirect,  a  past  indicative  becomes  per- 
fect infijiitive^  and  a  future  indicative  becomes  future 
infinitive, 

657.  Rule  for  Verbs  followed  by  Indirect  Statements. 

The  accusative-with-infinitive  constrziction  in  indirect 
statements  is  found  after  verbs  of  saying,  telling,  knowing, 
thinking,  and  perceiving. 

658.  Verbs  regularly  followed  by  indirect  statements  are 

a.  Verbs  of  saying  and  telling : 
dico,  dicere,  dixi,  dictus,  say,  tell 

nego,  negare,  negavi,  negatus,  deny,  say  not 
nuntio,  nuntiare,  nuntiavi,  nuntiatus,  announce 
respondeo,  respondere,  respond!,  responsus,  reply 

b.  Verbs  of  knowing  : 

cognosce,  cognoscere,  cognovi,  cognitus,  learn,  (in  the  perfect)  know 
scio,  scire,  scivi,  scitus,  know 

C.  Verbs  of  thinking  : 
existimo,  existimare,  existimavi,  existimatus,  t/ilnk,  believe 
iudico,  iudicare,  iudicavi,  iudicatus,  yV/^^,  decide 
puto,  putare,  putavi,  putatus,  reckon,  think 
spero,  sperare,  speravi,  speratus,  hope 

d»  Verbs  of  perceiving : 

audio,  audire,  audivi,  auditus,  hear 

sentio,  sentire,  sensi,  stnsus,  feel,  perceive 

video,  videre,  vidi,  visus,  see 

intellegO,  intellegere,  intellexi,  intell6ctus,  under sta?id,  perceive 

Most  of  these  verbs  you  know.    Learn  the  new  ones,  and 
use  the  list  for  reference. 


INDIRECT  STATEMENTS 


24i 


EXERCISES 

659.  I.  Caesar  per  exploratores  cognoverat  hostes  inopia 
friimenti  premi.  2.  R5mani  audiverunt  Helvetios  proxima 
aestate  ex  finibus  suis  excessuros  esse.  3.  Legati  cum  per- 
venissent,  responderunt  fratrem  regis  exercitui  praefuturum 
esse.  4.  Principes  Gallorum  negabant  se  oppida  sua  incendisse. 
5.  Rex  respondit  pecuniam  esse  reginae.^  6.  Poetae  existima- 
bant  potestatem  deorum  esse  maiorem  quam  dearum.  7.  His 
rebus  2  cognitis,  speravimus  aliquem  missurum  esse  navigium 
quod  nos  servaret.^  8.  Cum  urbi  appropinquaremus,  intellexi- 
mus  mediam  partem  altis  et  latis  muris  munitam  esse.  9.  Hac 
oratione^  habita,  sensimus  animum  finitimorum  esse  nobis 
inimicum. 

I.  reginae,  predicate  genitive  of  possessor  (§  150).  2.  Ablative  absolute 
(§  40o)«    3«  Subjunctive  in  a  relative  clause  of  purpose  (§  589). 

660.  Using  five  of  the  verbs  in  §  658,  write  five  Latin  sen- 
tences, each  one  containing  an  indirect  statement. 


A  STREET  IN  POMPEII 

The  street  is  paved  with  blocks  of  lava.   Note  the  stepping-stones  for  crossing 

the  street  in  wet  weather.    Vesuvius  looms  in  the  distance 


LESSON   CII 

Qui  transtulit  sustinet — He  who  transplanted  sustains ^ 

VOCABULARY  REVIEW  •  THE  IRREGULAR  VERB  FERO 

661.  Review  the  word  lists  in  §§  755,  756. 

662.  Irregular  Verb  fero.  Learn  the  inflection  of  fero,  bear 
(§  841).  Its  principal  parts  are  very  irregular,  but  the  different 
tenses  are  formed  on  the  three  stems  as  usual. 

a.  The  verb  fero  has  many  compounds.  One  of  these  is  infero  in 
the  idiom  bellum  infero,  /  ??iake  war  on,  with  the  dative.  Learn  also 
the  idiom  graviter  or  moleste  fero,  /  am  annoyed^  followed  by  the 
accusarive  and  infinitive. 

EXERCISES 

663.  Derivation.  Note  the  prefixes  and  give  the  meanings 
of  the  following  compounds  :  ad'fero,  con'fero,  de'fero,  in'ferd, 
trans'fero.    Name  ten  English  derivatives  from  these  words. 

664.  Li.  Mavis,  non  vultis,  vis,  nolumus.  2.  Ut  nolit,  ne 
vellemus,  nolite,  mavultis.  3.  It,  imus,  ut  eant,  eunt.  4.  ¥tr} 
tulisse,  ferent,  tulerant.    5.  Ut  ferrent,  latus  esse,  ne  ferant. 

I .  Die,  diic,  fac,  and  f er  are  the  four  short  imperatives.  Cf .  p.  1 00,  footnote. 

II.  I.  Roman!  moleste  ferebant  illam  civitatem  sociis  bellum 
inferre.  2.  Exploratores  nuntiaverunt  summum  montem  cir- 
cummunitum  esse  et  firmo  praesidio  teneri.  3.  Caesar  respon- 
dit  senatum  graviter  ferre  magnam  multitudinem  Germanorum 
in  optimis  partibus  Galliae  sedere.  4.  Nos  iudicamus  vos  n5bis 
bellum  inferre  non   oportere.    5.  Rex  dixit  memoria  patrum 

1  Motto  of  the  state  of  Connecticut. 
242 


CONJUGATION  OF  FERO  243 

Helvetios  proelium  cum  Romanis  commisisse  et  eos^  magna 
caede  in  fugam  dedisse.  6.  Cum  impedimenta  rapta  essent, 
barbari  impetum  nostrorum  diutius  ferre  non  poterant. 

I.  eOs  refers  to  the  Romans  and  is  the  object  of  dedisse. 

665.  I.  We  are  annoyed  that  the  Gauls  are  making  war 
on  our  allies.  2.  The  king  denied  that  his  son  had  gone. 
3.  The  captives  hastened  to  go  that  they  might  observe  ^  the 
battle.  4.  When  the  towers  had  been  moved  ^  to  the  walls,  all 
who  bore  arms  were  led  out. 

I .  specto,  -are.   2.  ago,  -ere,  egi,  actus. 


LESSON  cm 

Virtus   omnibus  rebus   anteit  —  Virtue  surpasses  all  things ^ 

VOCABULARY  REVIEW  •  THE   SUBJUNCTIVE   IN  INDIRECT 

QUESTIONS       , 

666.  Review  the  word  lists  in  §§  762,  763. 

667.  Indirect  Question  Defined.    When  we  report  a  question 
instead  of  asking  it  directly,  we  have  an  indirect  question. 

Direct  Question  Indirect  Question 

Who  conquered  the  Gauls  ?      He  asked  who  conquered  the  Gauls 

An  indirect  question  is  a  noun  clause  and  is  usually  the  object 
of  a  verb  of  askings  sayings  knowings  ox  feeling. 

668.  Moods  in  Questions.    In  English,  as  the  example  shows, 
the  indicative  is  used  in  both  direct  and  indirect  questions. 

1  From  Plautus,  a  dramatic  poet. 


244  INDIRECT  QUESTIONS 

669.  In  Latin,  verbs  in  direct  questions  are  in  the  indicative ; 
verbs  in  indirect  questions  are  in  the  subjunctive. 

Direct  Question  Indirect  Question 

Quis  Gallos  vicit  ?  Rogavit  quis  Gallos  vinceret 

Who  co?iqnered  the  Gauls  ?  He  asked  who  conquered  the  Gauls 

Ubi  est  Roma  ?  Rogat  ubi  sit  Roma 

Where  is  Rome  1  He  asks  where  Rome  is 

CL*  Compare  indirect  questions  and  indirect  statements.  An  indirect 
question  is  interrogative  in  form  and  has  its  verb  in  the  subjunctive, 
as  shown  above.  An  indirect  statement  is  introduced  in  English  by 
the  conjunction  that^  and  its  verb  in  Latin  is  in  the  infinitive :  as,  He 
says  that  Ccesar  conquered  the  Gauls^  dicit  Caesarem  Gallos  vicisse. 

670.  Indirect  questions  are  introduced  by  the  same  interroga- 
tive-words as  direct  questions.  Whether  is  usually  rendered 
by  num. 

671.  Rule  for  Indirect  Questions.  In  an  i7idirect  ques- 
tion the  verb  is  iji  the  subjunctive,  and  its  tense  is  deter- 
mined by  the  rule  for  the  sequence  of  tenses  (§  595). 

I 

672.  IDIOMS 

memoria  tenere,  to  remember  (literally,  to  hold  by  memory) 

novis  rgbus  studere,  to  be  eager  for  a  revolution  (literally,  new 

things) 
in  reliquum  t^mi^yxs,  for  the  future 

EXERCISES 

673.  I.  Rex  rogavit  cur  legati  excessissent  atque  cur  ad  se 
non  venissent.  2.  Imperator,  vir  egregiae  virtutis,  amplas  et  inte- 
gras  copias  misit  quae  oppidum  defenderent  et  cognoscerent 
quae  esset  natura  loci.  3.  Galli,  qui  semper  novis  rebus  ^  stude- 
bant,  quaesiverunt  quid  Roman!  armis  facere  possent.  4.  Moneo 
te  ne  in  reliquum  tempus  petas  quid  agam.   5 .  Tenetisne  memoria 


INDIRECT  QUESTIONS 


245 


quae  sint  publica  officia  cdnsulis  ?  6.  Omnibus  rebus  compara- 
tis,  dux  exspectavit^  quid  hostes  facerent.  7.  Hi  milites  erant 
tarn  timidi  ut  imperio  ^  ducis  parere  non  auderent.^ 

I.  Why  dative?     See  §  224.     2.  Waited  to  see.    3.  Why  subjunctive? 
See  §  616. 

674.  I.  How  far  distant  is  the  villa  ?    2.  He  asks  how  far  dis- 
tant the  villa  is.    3.  Do  you  remember  the  story  about  Brutus? 

4.  They  asked  whether  he  remembered  the  story  about  Brutus. 

5.  Whither  do  you  wish  to  go?  6.  Do  you  know  whither  you 
wish  to  go .? 

Thirteenth  Review.    Lessons  XCVII-CIII,  §§  798-803 


lllllllllllllllllllilllHllillllllllllllilllllllillliilliiilllililllllllllllM^ 


A   MUSICAL   RECITAL 

The  woman  at  the  left  is  reciting  a  poem  to  the  accompaniment  of  a  lyre  and 

two  pipes.    The  pipes  are  fitted  into  a  band  across  the  piper's  mouth,  enabling 

him  to  blow  on  both  pipes  at  the  same  time 


LESSON  CIV 

Mens  agitat  molem  —  Mind  moves  the  mass ^ 
VOCABULARY  REVIEW  •  THE  IRREGULAR  VERB  FIO 

675.  Review  the  word  lists  in  §§  768,  769. 

676.  Irregular  Verb  fid.  Learn  the  inflection  of  fio,  de  made, 
happen  (§  843).  In  the  present  system  this  verb  serves  as  the 
passive  of  facio.    The  rest  of  the  passive  of  facio  is  regular. 

677.  IDIOMS 

Aliquem  certiorem  facio,  /  ifiform  someone  (literally,  /  7nake  some- 
one more  certain),  followed  by  an  infinitive  with  subject 
accusative  or  by  an  indirect  question. 

Certior  fio,  /  am  i?iformed  (literally,  /  a?n  made  more  certain), 
followed  by  the  same  construction  as  above, 

Helvetiis  in  animo  est,  the  Helvetii  intend  (literally,  it  is  in  mind 
to  the  Helvetii),  followed  by  the  complementary  infinitive. 

EXERCISES 

678.  I.  Tua  lingua  intelleg5  te  esse  Galium,  et  certior  f actus 
sum  tibi  in  animo  esse  rationem  nostram  belli  hostibus  nuntiare. 
2.  Qua  de  causa  te  rapi  iubeb5  ut  supplicium  publicum  de  te 
sumam.  3.  Multa  beneficia  a  populo  Romano  antea  accepisti, 
itaque  te  rogo  cur  te  gravissimam  poenam  dare  non  oporteat. 
4.  lOre^  belli  te  ad  mortem  duci  statim  oportet.  5.  Magna 
parte  impedimentorum  relicta,  hostes  alii  aliam  in  partem  fuge- 
runt.  6.  Sciebant  nee  quo  irent  nee  quid  facerent.  7.  Explo- 
rator  legatum  certiorem  fecit  quae  ^  copiae  castra  .obtinerent. 

I .  In  accordance  with  the  right.  2.  What  forces,  introducing  an  indirect 
question. 

1  Motto  of  the  University  of  Oregon. 
246 


CONJUGATION  OF  FIO  247 

679.  I.  Don't  you  know  why  I  am  unwilling  to  undertake 
this  business?  2.  He  asked  why  they  were  terrified.  3.  He 
perceived  why  the  camp  had  been  moved.  4.  Someone  in- 
formed the  senate  that  the  town  could  not  be  taken.  5.  We 
think  that  you  will  receive  this  state  under  ^  your  protection. 

6.  He  had  been  informed  that  the  army  had  been  led  forward. 

7.  Do  you  know  what  the  Helvetii  intend  to  do  ? 

I.  in  with  the  accusative. 


LESSON  cv 

Litterae  sine  m5ribus  vanae  —  Letters  without  morals  are  vain  ^ 

VOCABULARY  REVIEW  •  PREDICATE  ACCUSATIVE 
DATIVE  OF  PURPOSE 

680.  Review  the  word  lists  in  §§  774,  775. 

681.  Predicate  Accusative.  In  English,  verbs  of  making, 
choosmg,  calling,  namijig,  and  the  like  may  take  two  objects 
referring  to  the  same  person  or  thing.  The  first  of  these  is  the 
direct  object,  and  the  second  completes  the  sense  of  the  predicate, 
and  is  called  the  predicate  objective  or  the  objective  attribute. 

The  Romans  made  him  consul 
The  senate  called  the  king  friend 

682.  Similarly,  in  Latin,  facio,  make ;  deligo,  choose ;  voco 
and  appello,  call,  and  the  like  may  take  two  accusatives :  the 
first,  the  direct  object;  the  second,  referring  to  the  same  person 
or  thing,  known  as  the  predicate  accusative. 

Romani  eum  consulem  fecerunt,  the  Romans  made  him  consul 
Senatus  regem  amicum  appellavit,  the  senate  called  the  king  friend 

1  Motto  of  the  University  of  Pennsylvania. 


248  PREDICATE  ACCUSATIVE 

683.  When  the  verb  is  changed  to  the  passive,  both  the 
accusatives  become  nominatives ;  the  direct  object  becoming 
the  subject,  and  the  predicate  accusative  the  predicate  nomi- 
native. 

Rex  amicus  a  senatu  appellatus  est,  the  king  was  called  friend  by 
the  senate 

a.  Note  that  senatus,  the  subject  of  the  active  verb,  becomes  a 
senatu,  ablative  of  agent,  when  the  verb  is  changed  to  the  passive. 

684.  Rule  for  Predicate  Accusative.  Verbs  of  making, 
choosing,  calling,  and  the  like  may  take  a  predicate  accusa- 
tive along  with  the  direct  object.  With  the  passive  voice 
the  two  accusatives  beco7ne  nominatives, 

685.  Dative  of  Purpose.    Observe  the  following  sentence : 

Exploratores  locum  castris  delegerunt,  the  scouts  chose  a  place 
for  a  cainp 

Note  that  the  dative  castris  expresses  the  purpose  for  which 
the  place  was  intended.  Such  a  dative  is  called  the  dative  of 
purpose  or  end  for  which.  It  is  often  followed  by  a  second 
dative  denoting  the  person  or  thing  affected :  as, 

Hoc  erat  magno   impedimento  Gallis,  this  was  {for)  a  great 
hindrance  to  the  Gauls 

686.  Rule  for  Dative  of  Purpose.  The  dative  is  used 
to  denote  the  purpose  or  end  for  which,  often  with  another 
dative  denotijig  the  person  or  thing  affected. 

687.  IDIOMS 

iniurias  alicui  inferre,  to  inflict  ifijuries  upon  someone 

nihil  posse,  to  have  fio  power 

praesidio  civitati  esse,  to  be  a  defense  to  the  state 


DATIVE  OF  PURPOSE 


249 


688.  I.  Omnibus  temporibus  exercitus  erat  firmissimo  prae- 
sidio  civitati.  2.  Legatus  nos  certidres  fecit  te  consulem 
appellatum  esse.  3.  Rogavi  cur  senatus  mihi  iniurias  intulisset. 
4.  Rex  voluit  vobis  auxili5  esse,  sed  nihil  poterat.  5.  Certior 
factus  eram  tibi  in  animo  esse  domum  sine  me  contendere. 
6.  Magno  impedimento  hostibus  erit  si  hunc  locum  castris  deli- 
gemus.    7.  Scisne  cur  Romani  urbem  Romam  appellaverint  ? 

EXERCISE 

689.  I.  Men  like  you  are  a  great  defense  to  any  common- 
wealth. 2.  The  consul  called  the  woman's  sister  queen  of  the 
island.  3.  The  new  city  was  called  Rome  by  Romulus.  4.  It 
will  be  a  great  hindrance  ^  to  your  safety  if  the  citizens  make 
you  king.  5.  The  chiefs  dared  to  inflict  injuries  upon  the  king 
because  he  had  no  power.  6.  He  asked  where  the  horseman 
had  left  his  spurs. 

I .  Latin,  for  a  great  hindrance. 

LESSON  CVI 

Crescit  eundo  —  She  grows  as  she  goes ^ 
VOCABULARY  REVIEW  •  THE  GERUND  AND  GERUNDIVE 

690.  Review  the  word  lists  in  §§  778,  779. 

691.  Gerund.  A  verbal  noun  is  the  name  of  an  action  :  as, 
Talking  is  useless. 

692.  English  has  many  verbal  nouns  ending  in  -ing.  When 
these  are  in  the  nominative  case,  they  are  expressed  in  Latin 
by  the  infinitive  :  as, 

Seeing  is  believing,  videre  est  credere 

693.  When  the  English  verbal  noun  is  not  a  nominative,  it 
is  expressed  in  Latin  by  a  verbal  noun  called  a  gerund. 

1  Motto  of  the  state  of  New  Mexico.    Literally,  She  grows  by  going. 


250  GERUND  AND  GERUNDIVE 

694.  The  Latin  gerund  is  used  only  in  the  genitive,  dative, 
accusative,  and  ablative  singular,  and  is  formed  by  adding  -ndi, 
-ndo,  -ndum,  -ndo  to  the  present  stem  :  as. 

Gen.  vocandi,  of  calling 

DAT.  vocando,  for  calling 

Ace.  vocandum,  calling 

Abl.  vocando,  by  callhig 

Learn  the  gerunds  of  the  other  model  verbs,  moneo,  rego, 
capio,  audio  (§§  833-836).  Deponent  verbs  have  the  gerund 
of  the  active  voice. 

695.  Uses  of  Gerund.  The  gerund  has  the  construction  of  a 
noun  ;  but,  being  verbal  in  character,  it  may  have  an  object :  as, 

gerendo  bellum,  by  waging  war 
Here  gerendo  is  ablative  of  means  and  bellum  is  its  direct  object. 

696.  Gerund  denoting  Purpose.  The  accusative  of  the  gerund 
with  ad,  or  the  genitive  of  the  gerund  followed  by  causa  {for 
the  sake  of),  is  often  used  to  express  purpose. 

Homines  ad  videndum  venerunt,  the  men  came  for  the  purpose  of 

seeing,  to  see  (literally,  for  seeing) 
Homines  videndi  causa  venerunt,  the  men  came  for  the  sake  of 

seeing,  to  see 

697.  Gerundive.  The  future  passive  participle  (§565)  is 
called  the  gerundive  when  it  takes  the  place  of  the  gerund. 
The  gerund,  being  a  noun,  may  be  used  either  alone  or  with 
an  object ;  but  the  gerundive,  being  an  adjective,  must  agree 
with  a  noun.    Observe  the  following  sentences  : 

1 .  Urbem  videndi  causa  venerunt,  they  came  to  see  the  town 

2.  Urbis  videndae  causa  venerunt,  they  came  to  see  the  town  (liter- 

ally, they  came  for  the  sake  of  the  town  to  be  seen) 

In  sentence  i,  we  have  the  gerund  videndi  and  its  direct  object 
urbem.   In  2,  we  have  the  gerundive  videndae  in  agreement  with  urbis. 


GERUND  AND  GERUNDIVE  251 

Note  that  the  sentences  are  translated  alike.  The  gerund  with  a  direct 
object  must  not  be  used  except  in  the  genitive  or  in  the  ablative  without 
a  preposition.   Even  then  the  gerundive  construction  is  more  common. 

SUMMARY  OF  IMPORTANT  POINTS 

1.  The  gerund  is  a  noun.    The  gerundive  is  an  adjective. 

2.  The  gerund  may  stand  alone  or  with  an  object. 

3.  The  gerundive  construction  is  more  frequently  used  than  the 
gerund  with  an  object. 

4.  The  gerund  with  an  object  may  be  used  only  in  the  genitive  or 
in  the  ablative  without  a  preposition. 

5.  The  accusative  of  the  gerund  or  gerundive  after  ad,  or  the 
genitive  preceding  causa,  may  be  used  to  denote  purpose. 

EXERCISES 

698.  I.  Omnes  mulieres  orationem  audiendi  ^  causa  manse- 
runt.    2.  Omnes  mulieres  ad  orationem  audiendam  ^  manserunt. 

3.  Fuga  erat  tam  celeris  ut  nullum  spatium  ad  novas  copias 
cogendas  daretur.  4.  Multis  vulneratis,  reliqui  adventum  ducis 
exspectaverunt,  minime  diutius  resistendi  causa  sed  pacis 
petendae  causa.  5.  Spatium  neque  arma  capiendi  neque  auxili 
petendi  datum  est.  6.  Haec  civitas,  auctoritate  et  gratia  regis 
adducta,  copias  pedestres  ad  iter  nostrum  prohibendum  miserat. 
7.  Maximae  res  non  exspectando  sed  agendo  conficiuntur. 

I .  Which  of  these  expressions  is  gerund  and  which  gerundive  ? 

699.  I.  You  will  make  your  death  more  certain  by  remain- 
ing among  the  Gauls.  2.  He  made  the  journey  much  ^  shorter 
by  building  ^  a  bridge.    3.  They  sent  ambassadors  to  seek  ^  peace. 

4.  The  cavalry  battle  was  very  severe,  since  ^  the  place  was  un- 
favorable for  fighting.  5.  Caesar  learned,  by  inquiring,  what^  the 
nature  of  the  island  was. 

I.  Latin,  by  much,  ablative  of  measure  of  difference,  §  452.  2.  Use  both 
the  gerund  and  the  gerundive  construction.  3.  Use  the  genitive  with  causa. 
4.  cum  causal,  §  642.    5.  What  kind  of  question?    See  §  671. 


LESSON  CVII 

Disciplina  praesidium  civitatis  —  Training,  the  defense  of  the  state^ 

VOCABULARY  REVIEW  •  REVIEW  OF  AGREEMENT  AND 
OF  THE  GENITIVE  AND  DATIVE 

700.  Review  the  word  lists  in  §§  783,  784. 

701.  The  Four  Agreements. 

1.  Agreement  of  the  predicate  noun  and  appositive  (§§  61,  104). 

2.  Agreement  of  the  adjective,  adjective  pronoun,  and  participle 
(§§9T,  134). 

3.  Agreement  of  the  verb  with  its  subject  (§  48). 

4.  Agreement  of  the  relative  pronoun  with  its  antecedent  (§  390). 

702.  The  Genitive  Case. 

1.  Genitive  of  the  Possessor  J  ,*  ,.         . ;        \' 

icf.  As  predicate  (s  150). 

2.  Genitive  of  the  Whole,  or  Partitive  Genitive  (§  541). 

3.  Genitive  with  Adjectives  (§  554). 

4.  Genitive  of  Description  (§  562). 

703.  The  Dative  Case. 

'  a.  With  intransitive  verbs,  and  with  transi- 
tive verbs  in  connection  with  a  direct 
object  in  the  accusative  (§  58). 
d.  With  special  intransitive  verbs  (§  224). 
c.  With  verbs  compounded  with  ad,  ante, 
con,  de,  in,  inter,  ob,  post,  prae,  pro, 
sub,  and  super  (§  623). 

2.  Dative  with  Adjectives  (§  130). 

3.  Dative  of  Purpose  (§  686). 

1  Motto  of  the  University  of  Texas. 
252 


I.  The  Indirect  Object- 


REVIEW  OF  SYNTAX 


253 


EXERCISES 

704.  I.  Fortissimi  militum  quos  vidimus  existimaverunt  im- 
perium  belli  esse  Caesaris  imperatdris.  2.  Socii,  timore  com- 
moti,  quendam  rei  militaris  peritissimum  exercitui  praefecerant. 
3.  Num  senatus  memoriam  iniuriarum  quas  nobis  intulisti 
deponere  debet  ?  4.  Non  virtus  sed  sapientia  regi  deerat. 
5.  Milites  cum  diiitius  impetum  sustinere  non  possent,  alii 
aliam  in  partem  fugerunt.  6.  Acie  instructa,  imperator  proelium 
a  dextro  cornu  commisit.  7.  Cum  Romae  essem,  aliquis  de- 
monstravit  domum  ubi  ille  incolebat.  8.  Magna  pars  equitatus, 
hostes  sequendi  cupida,  summa  celeritate  contendit.  9.  Decima 
legio  erat  maximae  virtutis.  Qua  de  causa  Caesar  huic  legioni 
maxime  favebat. 

705.  I .  Marcus  is  not  desirous  of  living^  in  the  city.  2.  Which 
of  you  is  a  Roman  citizen  ?  Neither  of  us.  3.  You  alone  could 
persuade  me  to  hold  2  back  the  army.  4.  Whom  did  the  general 
place  in  command  of  the  left  wing  ?  5 .  A  wall  of  great  height 
was  a  strong  defense^  to  the  town.  6.  A  certain  man  inflicted 
these  injuries  on  me.    7.  He  was  desirous  of  your  friendship. 

I .  Genitive  of  the  gerund.    2.  Not  infinitive.    3.  Dative  of  purpose. 


ROMAN   LAMPS 


LESSON   CVIII 

Studiis   et  rebus   honestis  — To  pursuits  and  deeds  that  are  honorable 

VOCABULARY   REVIEW  •  REVIEW   OF  THE   ACCUSATIVE 
AND  ABLATIVE 

706.  Review  the  word  lists  in  §§  788,  789. 

707.  The  Accusative  Case. 

1.  The  Accusative  as  Direct  Object  (§  35). 

2.  The  Predicate  Accusative  (§  684). 

3.  The  Accusative  as  Subject  of  an  Infinitive  (§  368). 

4.  The  Accusative  of  Duration  or  Extent  (§  547). 

5.  The  Accusative  denoting  the  Place  to  Which  (§  481). 

708.  The  Ablative  Case. 

I.  Ablative  rendered  ivith  (or  by) : 

1.  Cause  (§  165). 

2.  Means  (§  166). 

3.  Accompaniment  (§  167). 

4.  Manner  (§  168). 

5.  Measure  of  Difference  (§452). 

6.  Ablative  Absolute  (§  400). 

7.  Description  (§  562). 

8.  Respect  (§  552). 

II.  Ablative  rendered /r^w  (or  by)  : 

1.  Place  from  Which  (§§  295,  482). 

2.  Separation  (§  296). 

3.  Personal  Agent  with  a  Passive  Verb  (§  261). 
III.  Ablative  rendered  ifi  (or  at) : 

1.  Place  at  or  in  Which  (§  483). 

2.  Time  When  or  within  Which  (§  493). 

1  Motto  of  the  University  of  Vermont. 
254 


REVIEW  OF  SYNTAX 


255 


EXERCISES 

709.  I.  Dux  tres  cohortes  praemisit  quae  vallum  fossamque 
duo  milia  passuum  per  eorum  finis  perdOcerent.  2.  Aliquae 
civitates  scripserunt  se  malle  in  fide  populi  Romani  permanere. 

3.  Paucis  praesidi5  castris  relictis,  barbari  tertia  hora  aciem 
instruere  inceperunt.  4.  Plures  dies  iter  intermissum  est  ut 
milites  oppida  hostium  expugnarent.  5.  Plurimum  vero  apud 
Gallos  haec  civitas  et  virtute  et  hominum  numero  poterat. 
6.  Ilia  victoria  nobis  erat  gratior  quam  omnes  aliae.  7.  Im- 
perator  captivum  rogavit  qua  de  causa  salutem  fuga  petisset. 
8.  Hoc  proelio  confecto,  legatus  suis  laudem  idoneam  dedit 
quod  summa  virtute  pugnaverant.  9.  Rex  cum  a  senatu  amicus 
appellatus  esset,  tamen  erat  animo  inimico. 

710.  I.  The  Gauls,  meanwhile,  seize  the  bridge  that  they 
may  prevent^  our  march.  2.  On  hearing  this,^  Caesar  hastened 
from  Rome  into  Gaul  with  three  legions.  3.  The  citizens  in- 
formed ^   me    that    a    certain    man    had    called    Caesar   king. 

4.  Because  of  the  greatness  of  the  crowd  no  one  could  hear 
the  oration.  5.  Some  towns  are  much  larger  than  others. 
6.  The  next  day  he  w^ent  home  to  see^  his  son. 

I.  Latin,  keep  us  from  the  inarch.  2.  Latin,  these  things  having  been 
heard^  ablative  absolute.  3.  Latin,  inade  more  certain.  4.  Why  not 
infinitive .'' 


STEELYARDS   FROM   POMPEII 

These  seem  to  have  been  a  Roman  invention.    Nearly  all  the  scales  found  at 

Pompeii  are  of  this  pattern 


LESSON   CIX 

Ecce   quam   bonum  —  Behold  how  good ^ 

VOCABULARY  REVIEW  •  REVIEW   OF  THE   GERUND  AND 
GERUNDIVE,  THE  INFINITIVE,  AND  THE  SUBJUNCTIVE 

711.  Review  the  word  lists  in  §§793,  794- 

712.  The  Gerund  and  Gerundive. 

1.  The  Gerund  and  its  Construction  (§§  691-696). 

2.  The  Gerundive  and  its  Construction  (§  697). 

713.  Constructions  of  the  Infinitive. 

I.  The  Infinitive  used  as  in  English : 

1.  As  Subject  or  Predicate  Nominative  (§  370). 

2.  As  Object  with  Subject  Accusative  (§  367). 

3.  Complementary  Infinitive  (§  369). 

II.  The  Infinitive  in  Indirect  Statements  (§§  654,  656,  657). 

714.  Constructions  of  the  Subjunctive. 

1.  The  Subjunctive  of  Purpose  (§§  588,  602). 

2.  The  Subjunctive  of  Result  (§§  616,  618). 

3.  The  Subjunctive  with  cum  (§  643). 

4.  The  Subjunctive  in  Indirect  Questions  (§  671). 

EXERCISES 

715.  I.  Caesar  ab  exploratoribus  certior  f actus  est  Gall5s 
novis  rebus  studere.  2.  Legati  cum  pervenissent,  petebant  ne 
Roman!  oppidum  suum  incenderent.  3.  Dux  mihi  imperavit 
ut  cognoscerem  quae  ratio  belli  esset.  4.  Nos  quidem  moleste 
ferimus  socios  nostros  de  re  frumentaria  non  providisse. 
5.  Propter  multitudinem  telorum  erat  difificillimum  in  vallo 
consistere.    6.  Tam   acriter  ab  utraque   parte   pugnabatur  ut 

1  Motto  of  the  University  of  the  South. 
256 


REVIEW  OF  SYNTAX  257 

multa  milia  hominum  vulnerarentur.  7.  Nonne  copias  integras 
praemittemus  ad  Romanos  itinera  intercludendos  ?  8.  Cum 
oppido^  media  nocte  appropinquaremus,  tamen  omnes  cives 
n5s  exspectabant.  9.  Cum  pacem  iam  petatis,  has  condiciones 
proponam.  10.  Inopia  aquae  fecit  ut  nos  omnes  premeremur. 
I .  Dative  with  appropinquaremus. 

716.  I.  Such  terror  seized  the  hearts  of  all  that  not  even 
the  bravest  were  willing  to  remain.  2.  He  asked  who  was  in 
command  of  the  ships. ^  3.  He  demanded  that^  for  the  future 
the  army  should  not  be  led  through  our  territory.  4.  Caesar 
built  a  bridge  for  the  purpose^  of  terrifying  the  Germans. 
5.  Someone  said  that  you  had  been  placed  in  command  of 
the  army.^ 

I.  Not  genitive.  See  §  623.  2.  That . . .  not,  nS.  3.  Use  causa  with  the 
genitive  of  the  gerund  or  gerundive.    See  §  696. 

LESSON   CX 

lamque   opus   exegl  —  And  now  I  have  finished  my  work  1 
VOCABULARY  REVIEW  •  REVIEW   OF  WORD   FORMATION 

717.  Review  the  word  lists  in  §§  798,  799. 

718.  Review  of  Prefixes. 

1.  Illustrate  the  force  of  each  of  the  following  prefixes  by 
a  Latin  word  (§§  341,  497)  : 

a  (ab)  de  inter  pro  sub 

ad  e  (ex)  per  re-  trans 

con-  (com-,  co-)  in  prae 

2.  What  is  meant  by  assimilation.?    (§  375.) 

3.  What  changes  in  spelling  occur  in  compounds  of  words 
like  capio,  facio,  etc. .?    (§  376.) 

1  From  the  closing  lines  of  Ovid's  great  poem,  the  "  Metamorphoses." 


258 


REVIEW  OF  WORD  FORMATION 


4.  What   is   the   force   of   in-   (im-)   when   prefixed   to   an 
adjective  or  adverb  ?    Illustrate.    (§  374.) 

719.  Review  of  Suffixes. 

1.  What  can  you  say  in  general  about  the  use  of  suffixes  in 
Latin  and  in  English  ?    (§§425,  426.) 

2.  How  are  Latin  nouns  like  rector,  victor,  etc.  formed,  and 
how  are  the  corresponding  English  words  derived.?    (§  574.) 

3.  By   means  of  what   suffixes  are   abstract  nouns   formed 
from  adjectives  ?    Illustrate.    (§  626.) 

4.  Explain  the  force  of  the  suffix  in  the  following  adjec- 
tives :  cupidus,  periculosus,  facilis,  credibilis.    (§§627-629.) 

720.  Hints  on  Spelling. 

1 .  What  generally  determines  whether  an  English  word  should 
end  in  -ant  or  -ent?    Illustrate.    (§  573.) 

2.  What  is  the  rule  for  the  spelling  of  English  words  in 
-adle  or  -idle?  in  -tion  or  -sion?    Illustrate.    (§§  630,  631.) 


THE  GAULS   IN  SIGHT  OF  ROME 


OPTIONAL  LESSONS 

OPTIONAL  LESSON  A 

Emollit  mores  nee  sinit  esse   fer5s  —  She  refines  character  and 
does  not  allow  it  to  be  untrained  ^ 

THE  SUBJUNCTIVE  OF  CHARACTERISTIC  OR  DESCRIPTION 

721.  A  relative  clause  with  its  verb  in  the  indicative  states 
a  fact  concerning  the  antecedent :  as, 

Caesar  erat  imperator  qui  Gallos  superavit,  Ccesar  was  the  general 
who  overcame  the  Gauls 

722.  A  relative  clause  with  its  verb  in  the'  subjunctive  is 
often  used  to  describe  an  antecedent.  Such  a  clause  is  called 
a  relative  clause  of  characteristic  or  description  :  as, 

Quondam  erat  imperator  qui  Gallos  superaret,  once  there  was  a 
general  who  overcame  the  Gauls 

a,  A  relative  clause  is  descriptive  when  the  antecedent  is  indefinite 
or  general  and  the  relative  may  be  translated  by  the  words  of  such  a 
character  that^  as  in  the  following  expressions : 

sunt  qui  sciant,  there  are  some  who  know  (i.  e.  of  such  a  character 

that  they  know) 
quis  est  qui  sciat,  who  is  there  who  knows  ? 
nemo  est  qui  sciat,  there  is  no  one  who  knows 
tinus  est  qui  sciat,  he  is  the  only  one  tvho  knows 

723.  Rule  for  Subjunctive  of  Characteristic.  A  relative 
clause  with  the  subjunctive  may  be  used  to  describe  an 
antecedent.  This  is  called  the  subjunctive  of  characteristic 
or  description, 

1  From  Ovid.    Motto  of  the  University  of  South  Carolina. 
259 


262 


OPTIONAL  LESSONS 


EXERCISES 

730.  I.  Caesari  omnia  uno  tempore  erant  agenda.  2.  Signum 
proeli  imperatori  dandum  erat.  3.  Milites  qui  aberant  ducibus 
convocandi  erant.  4.  Legiones  quae  pugnaturae  erant  Caesari 
hortandae  erant.  5.  His  omnibus  rebus  confectis,  acies  erat 
instruenda.  6.  Sed  tarn  breve  erat  tempus  et  tantus  erat  im- 
petus hostium  ut  magna  pars  harum  rerum  eis  intermittenda 
esset.   7.  E5  die  erant  qui  putarent  Romanes  non  victuros  esse. 

8.  Quis  est  qui  credat  illud  proelium  non  faciendum  fuisse .? 

9.  Mox  audituri  sumus  de  aliis  bellis  quae  a  Romanis  gesta  sunt. 

10.  Longa  itinera  magno  impediment©  Romanis  futura  sunt. 

731.  I.  Many  things  had  to  be  done  by  Theseus  to  save^ 
the  boys  and  girls  of  Greece.  2.  That  famous  man  intended 
to  kill  the  Minotaur.  3.  First  a  long  journey  to  Crete  had 
to  be  made  by  him.  4.  Then  help  had  to  be  given  by  some- 
one. 5.  When  he  had  arrived  at^  Crete,  he  told  the  king's 
daughter  what^  he  intended  to  do.  6.  Without  much  difficulty 
he  persuaded  her  to  give  ^  him  ^  aid. 

I.  Not  infinitive  (§  588).  2.  ad.  3.  An  indirect  question  (§  671).  4.  Not 
infinitive  (§  602).    5.  sibi. 


THE  ROMANS   STORM  THE   ENEMY'S   STRONGHOLD 


ORIGINAL  STORIES 

Study  each  of  the  following  pictures.  Where  is  the  scene 
laid  ?  What  objects  do  you  see  ?  What  characters  are  present  ? 
What  are  they  doing  ?  Attention  to  these  details  will  give  you 
the  material  for  writing  a  short  Latin  story  or,  at  least,  for  com- 
posing some  disconnected  sentences.  The  vocabulary  below 
each  picture  will  help  you. 


I.  In  times  ancient  as  well  as 
service  have  saved  the  state  when 

argentum,  -i,  n.^  silver 

aurum,  -i,  n.^  gold 

computo,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  compute 

desum,  -esse,    -fui,   -futurus,    be 

lacking,  w.  dat. 
donum,  -i,  n.,  gift 
matrona,  -ae,/!,  matron,  lady 
mensa,  -ae,/,  table 
ornamentum,  -i,  n.,  jewel 


modern,  women  by  their  patriotic 
men  were  ready  to  despair. 

patria,  -ae,/,  country,  native  land 
pecunia,  -ae,/^,  money 
periculum,  -i,  it.,  danger 
scriba,  -ae,  m.,  clerk 
sedeo,  -ere,  sedi,  sessurus,  sit ;  ante 
mensam  sedere,  sit  before  a  table 
sine,  prep.  w.  abl.,  without 
summa,  -ae,/i,  sum  total 
tabula,  -ae,/,  writing  tablet 


^63 


264 


ORIGINAL  STORIES 


II.  Roman  women  were  famous  for  their  devotion  to  their  children, 
whom  they  valued  far  above  beauty  or  personal  adornment. 


ancilla,  -ae,/!,  maidservant 

anulus,  -i,  ^.,  ring 

arcula,  -ae,/.,  jewel  casket 

armilla,  -ae,/i,  bracelet 

aurum,  -i,  n.,  gold 

Cornelia,  -ae,/.,  Cornelia,  //le  womati 

on  the  left 
educo,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  train,  bring 

up 
forma,  -ae,/i,  beauty 
Qaius,  Gai,  m.^  Gaius,  the  younge?- 

son  of  Cornelia 
gemma,  -ae,/!,  gem,  jewel 
laudo,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  praise 
liberi,  -orum,  rn.  pi.,  children 
margarita,  -ae,/,  pearl 


matrona,  -ae,/i,  matron 
maxime,  adv.,  most  of  all,  especially 
mensa,  -ae,,/,  table 
optimus,  -a,  -um,  best 
ornamentum,  -i,  //.,  ornament,  jewel 
ostento,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  display, 

show  off 
preti5sus,  -a,  -um,  expensive,  fine 
rogo,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  ask 
splendidus,  -a,  -um,  glittering 
superbus,  -a,  -um,  proud 
Tiberius,  Tibe'ri,  m.,  Tiberius,  the 

older  son  of  Cornelia 
vicina,  -ae,/i,  neighbor 
visits,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  call  on,  go 

to  see 


ORIGINAL  STORIES 


265 


III.  This  picture  is  clearly  of  a  religious  character.  The  Romans 
were  very  faithful  in  their  worship.  The  household  gods  comprised  the 
Lares  (the  spirits  of  the  ances- 
tors), the  Pena'tes  (the  gods 
guarding  the  family  stores),  and 
the  Genius  (the  guardian  spirit 
of  the  master  of  the  house). 
The  family  shrine  was  often  a 
niche,  containing  images  of  the 
gods,  with  an  altar  before  it. 
In  the  picture  the  niche  is  closed 
by  a  metal  screen.  The  serpents 
painted  on  the  wall  are  a  symbol 
of  the  protecting  divinities. 
Incense  was  burned  to  the  gods; 
and  wine,  oil,  and  food  were 
offered.  Family  worship  was 
usually  conducted  by  the  father. 
He  is  not  present  in  this  case. 
Perhaps  he  is  fighting  with  the 
Gauls,  and  is  in  danger  of  his  life. 


absum,  abesse,  afui,  afuttinis,  be 
away,  be  absent 

adoro,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  worship 

ampulla,  -ae,/,  bottle 

ante,  prep.  w.  ace,  before 

ara,  -ae,/,  altar 

COtidie,  adv.,  daily 

cremo,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  burn 

donum,  -i,  n.,  gift,  offering 

educo,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  train,  edu- 
cate 

fumo,  -are, , ,  smoke 

invocO,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  invoke,  call 
upon 

lararium,  -i,  «.,  household  shrine 


Lares,  -um,  m.  pL,  the  Lares 
matrona,  -ae,/,  matron,  wife 
oleum,  -i,  n..,  oil 
opto,  -are,   -avi,   -atus,  wish   for, 

pray  for 
pavimentum,  -i, ;/.,  pavement,  floor 
Penates,  -ium,  m.  pL,  the  Pena'tes 
peristylum,  -i,  «.,  the  peristyle,  the 

ifiner  cowt  of  a  Romafi  house 
sacrifico,    -are,    -avi,    -atus,    offer 

sacrifice 
sellula,  -ae,/,  low  stool 
sto,  -are,  steti,  staturus,  stand 
trochus,  -i,  m.,  hoop 
tus,  turis,  n.,  incense 


266 


ORIGINAL  STORIES 


IV.  Among  the  Greek  heroes  none  was  more  famous  than  Hercules. 
He  went  about  destroying  the  huge  and  fierce  monsters  that  laid 
waste  the  land.  One  of  the  most  dangerous  of  these  was  an  immense 
hydra,  or  water  serpent,  with  seven  heads. 


Cauda,  -ae,/,  tail 

clava,  -ae,/i,  club 

cupio,  -ere,  -ivi,  -itus,  desire,  wish 

exspiro,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  breathe 

out 

ferio,   -ire, , ,  strike,  hit 

flamma,  -ae,/,  flame,  fire 
fortissimus,  -a,  -um,  bravest 
fumus,  -i,  m.^  smoke 
Hercules,  -is,  m.^  Hercules 
heros,    -ois,   ace.    heroa    {a    Creek 

noun),  m.^  hero,  demigod 


hydra,  -slQ,/.,  hydra,  water  serpent 
monstrum,  -i,  n.,  monster 
neco,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  kill 
peto,  -ere,  -ii,  -itus,  seek,  attack 
rapio,  -ere,  -ui,  -tus,  seize 
saevus,  -a,  -um,  savage 

timeo,  -ere,  -ui, ,  fear 

validissimus,  -a,  -um,  strongest 
vasto,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  lay  waste, 

destroy 
vastus,  -a,  -um,  huge,  immense 
vulnero,  -5re,  -avi,  -atus,  wound 


ORIGINAL  STORIES 


267 


7T?/rr>,l^ 


V.  Among  the  most  beautiful  surviving  works  of  ancient  art  are  the 
Greek  vases.  Besides  their  grace  of  form,  they  are  adorned  with 
artistic  designs  and  pictures  drawn  from  legends  of  gods  and  heroes. 
Often,  too,  there  are  scenes  from  the  classic  drama.  The  colors  used 
are  chiefly  black,  red,  and  white.  How  absorbed  the  young  Greek  is 
in  his  painting !  Does  the  girl  seem  interested  ?  What  do  you  think 
the  artist  will  do  with  the  vase  after  he  has  finished  it  t 


admiror,  -ari,  -atus  sum,  admire 

adulescens,  -€ntis,  ;//.,  youth 

albus,  -a,  -um,  white 

artificium,  artifi'ci,  n.^  work  of  art 

ater,  atra,  atrum,  black 

color,  -oris,  w.,  color 

eruditus,  -^a,  -um,  skillful 

ianua,  -ae,/!,  door,  doorway 

lapis,  -idis,  m.,  stone 

laudo,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  praise 

murus,  -i,  m.^  wall 


patella,  -ae,/!,  saucer 
penicillus,  -i,  ///.,  paint  brush 
pictor,  -oris,  m.^  artist,  painter 
pictura,  -ae,/i,  picture 
pingo,  -ere,  pinxi,  pictus,  paint 
pocillum,  -i,  ;/.,  little  cup 
ruber,  -bra,  -brum,  red 
specto,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  look  at 
teneo,  -ere,  -ui, ,  hold  the  atten- 
tion of,  interest 
vas,  vasis,  n.^  //.  vasa,  -orum,  vase 


268 


ORIGINAL  STORIES 


VI.  Many  stories  are  told 
about  Daedalus  (ded'a-Ius), 
the  Athenian,  famed  for  his 
skill  as  an  inventor,  artist, 
and  builder.  Once,  accom- 
panied by  his  son  Icarus 
(ik'a-rus),  he  visited  the 
island  of  Crete  and  by  his 
marvelous  works  won  the 
king's  favor.  Later  the  king 
became  angry  with  him  and 
refused  to  let  him  leave  the 
island.  All  the  ships  were 
seized  and  all  the  ports 
guarded.  Longing  for 
home,  Daedalus  and  his  son 
seemed  without  means  of 
escape.  But  Daedalus  had 
genius  and  a  courage  equal 
to  any  deed  of  daring. 
What  did  he  do.? 


-,  fall  down 


ala,  -ae,/.,  wing 

audax,  -acis,  bold 

avis,  -is,/],  bird 

cera,  -ae,/.,  wax 

decido,  -ere,  decidi, 

desidero,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  long  for 

doceo,  -ere,  -ui,  -tus,  teach 

fuga,  -ae,/,  flight 

fugio,  -ere,  fugi,  fugiturus,  flee 

incipio,  -ere,  -cepi,  -ceptus,  begin 

intercludo,  -ere,  -clusi,  -clusus,  shut 

off,  cut  off 
iratus,  -a,  -um,  angry 
ligo,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  bind,  tie 
liquefacio,  -ere, ,  -factus,  melt 


mare,  -is,  «.,  sea 

monitum,  -i,  «.,  advice 

opus,  operis,  n.,  work 

pareo,  -ere,  -ui, ,  obey,  tv.  dat. 

penna,  -ae,/i,  feather 

pono,  -ere,  posui,  positus,  put 

recuso,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  refuse 

reditus,  -us,  m.,  return 

reperio,  -ire,  repperi,  repertus,  in- 
vent 

sol,  solis,  m.^  sun 

submergo,  -ere,  -mersi,  -mersus, 
drown 

umerus,  -i,  m.,  shoulder 

volo,  -are,  -avi,  -atiirus,  fly 


ORIGINAL  STORIES 


269 


VII.  The  Romans  were  devoted  to  their  children  and  trained  them 
very  carefully.  They  taught  them  to  be  obedient  and  respectful,  to 
have  reverence  for  all  things  sacred,  to  be  truthful  and  honorable, 
and  to  be  courageous  and  self-reliant.  Every  Roman  boy  was  destined 
to  be  a  soldier,  and  so  from  earliest  childhood  he  learned  to  despise 
danger  and  to  regard  cowardice  as  worse  than  death. 


ancilla,  -ae,/.,  maidservant 
coUum,  -i,  w.,  neck 
columna,  -ae,/,  column 
domus,  -us,/!,  house 
fortis,  forte,  brave 
ignavia,  -ae,/.,  cowardice 
ignavus,  -a,  -um,  cowardly 
leo,  -onis,  m.,  lion 
ligo,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  bind,  tie 
ludo,  -ere,  -si,  -sus,  play 
manus,  -us,/!,  hand 
mater,  -tris,/,  mother 


pavimentum,  -i,  ?/.,  pavement 
quod,  C091J.,  because 
restis,  -is,/!,  rope 
rideo,  -ere,  -si,  -sus,  laugh 
saevus,  -a,  -um,  savage 
scutica,  -ae,/!,  whip 
sedeo,  -ere,  sedi,  sessus,  sit 
sto,  -are,  steti,  staturus,  stand 

timeo,  -ere,  -ui, ,  fear 

timor,  -oris,  m.,  fear 

verbero,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  beat,  whip 

virtus,  -utis,/,  courage 


270 


ORIGINAL  STORIES 


VIII.  This  picture  might  be  called  "What  happened  at  Lucia's 
Party."  Lucia  is  having  a  party  on  the  porch.  Refreshments  are  being 
served  by  two  maids.  But  the  children  in  the  adjoining  room,  drawn 
from  their  play  by  the  tempting  sights  and  smells,  are  getting  nothing. 
What  do  you  suppose  they  did  about  it  .-* 


ancilla,  -ae,/!,  maidservant 

bibo,  -ere,  bibi, ,  drink 

callidus,  -a,  -um,  crafty,  sly 

celo,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  hide,  conceal 

cibus,  -i,  m.^  food 

conclave,  -is,  ;/.,  room 

conviva,  -ae,  m.  andf.^  guest 

convivium,  -i,  /^.,  party 

convivor,  -aii,  -atus  sum,  give  a 

party 
crustulum,  -i,  n.^  confectionery 
desidero,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  long  for 
edo,  -ere,  edi,  esus,  eat 
eripio,  -ere,  -ripui,  -reptus,  snatch 

away 


esuriens,  -entis,  hungry 
fructus,  -us,  m.^  fruit 

lateo,  -ere,  latui, ,  lie  hid 

liberi,  -orum,  ;;/.  //.,  children 
libum,  -i,  71.,  cake 
mel,  mellis,  n.,  honey 
mensa,  -a&,f.^  table 
occultus,  -a,  -um,  hidden,  secret 
panis,  -is,  m.,  bread 
poculum,  -i,n.,  cup 
iwrticus,  -us,/,  porch 
post, /r^/.  w.  ace,  behind 
sella,  -ae,/!,  chair 
vinum,  -i,  n.,  wine 
Virgo,  -inis,/,  young  girl 


ORIGINAL  STORIES 


271 


IX.  Roman  towns  had  many  shops.  These  resembled  our  stalls 
or  booths.  They  were  open  in  front  with  the  exception  of  a  low  wall 
forming  the  counter,  and  were  closed  at  night  by  wooden  shutters. 
The  wares  stood  or  hung  about  the  shop  or  were  placed  on  shelves 
within  easy  reach  of  the  shopkeeper  as  he  stood  behind  the  counter. 
This  is  a  provision  shop.  There  are  eatables  of  different  kinds,  and 
jars  of  wine.  Do  you  see  the  sign  ?  What  does  it  advertise }  Give 
Latin  names  to  the  characters,  and  tell  what  they  are  doing  or  make 
up  a  story  about  them.    Do  not  forget  the  donkey. 


altiles,  -ium,///.,  poultry 
alveus,  -i,  m.,  trough 
amphora,  -ae,/^,  wine  jar 
asinus,  -i,  m.,  donkey 

bibo,  -ere,  bibi, ,  drink 

caseus,  -i,  m.,  cheese 
cibaria,  -6rum,  n.  />/.,  provisions 
defessus,  -a,  -um,  weary 
edo,  -ere,  edi,  esus,  eat 
emo,  -ere,  emi,  gmptus,  buy 
farcimen,  -inis,  n.,  sausage 
funds,  -ere,  fu^,  fusus,  pour 
holus,  -eris,  n.,  vegetables 


insigne,  -is,  n.,  sign 
mensa,  -slQ,/.,  table,  counter 
oleum,  -i,  n.,  oil 

pendeo,  -ere,  pependi, ,  hang, 

be  suspended 
poculum,  -i,  «.,  cup 
quies,  -etis,/,  rest 
recreo,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  refresh 

eitio,  -ire,  -ivi, ,  be  thirsty 

taberna,  -ae,/i,  shop 
tabemarius,  -i,  m.,  shopkeeper 
vend5,  -ere,  -didi,  -ditus,  sell 
vinum,  -i, ;/.,  wine 


^llllllll!'IM!miimmH!ll!lll'milllllllll!!l'IIIIIIIIUIII!lll!lll[i!lllll 


niiiiiiiiminiimiiii 


THE   RETURN    OF    PERSEPHONE 


From  the  painting  by  Sir  Frederick  Leighton.    Used  by  permission  of  the  Art 

Gallery  Committee  of  the  Corporation  of  Leeds.    (See  story  of  Ceres  and 

Proserpina,  page  275) 


SELECTIONS   FOR  SIGHT   READING 

A  BRITISH  CHIEF  URGES  RESISTANCE  TO  THE  ROMAN 

INVASION 

(after  lesson  xxiii) 

Est  fama  belli,  Britanni,  novi  et  magni.  lam  Roman!  agros 
miserorum  (jallorum  tenent.  lam  oras  Galliae  proximas  nostrae 
Insulae  tenent.  Nunc  Britannia  est  in  periculo.  lam  Roman! 
copias  suas  convocant.  Mox  ad  insulam  nostram  navigabunt  et 
oppida  nostra  occupabunt.  Sed  sumus  Britann! ;  Britann!  nihil  5 
{nothing)  timent.  Numquam  Romams  oppida  nostra,  filias  nostras, 
filios  nostros  dabimus.  Ad  arma !  Ad  arma !  Pugnabimus,  pug- 
nabimus.  Numquam  l!ber!  vir!  erunt  serv!.  Superabimus  Romanes 
et  magna  erunt  praemia  nostra. 

A  FATHER'S  LETTER  TO  HIS  SON 

(after  lesson  xliii) 

Quam  grata  mihi  {to  me),  Marce,  erat  epistula  magistri  tu! ! 
Nam  magister  d!ligentiam  tuam  laudat  {praise)  et  dicit :  ''  Filius 
tuus  est  bonus  et  industrius.  Numquam  officium  suum  neglegit 
{neglect)  et  semper  egregium  exemplum  tard!s  dat."  Mater  ad  te 
{you)  librum  pulchrum,  praemium  dlligentiae  tuae,  mox  mittet.  5 
Soror  {sister)  tua  hodie  {today)  sex  annos  habet.  Saepe  rogat 
{ask) :  "  Ubi  est  f rater  Marcus  ?  Diu  afuit.  Quando  {when) 
revertet  {return)  ?  "    Vale. 

FABLE  — THE  LION'S  SHARE 

(after  lesson  lxi) 

Animalia  leo,  equus,  capra  {goat),  ovis  {sheep),  societatem  faciunt. 
Multam  praedam  capiunt  et  in  unum  locum  comportant.  Tum  in 
quattuor  partes  praedam  dividunt.   Praeda  divlsa,  leo  dixit :  ''  Prima 

273 


2/4 


SELECTIONS   FOR  SIGHT  READING 


pars  mea  est,  nam  leo  est  rex  animalium.   Et  mea  est  secunda  pars — ' 
meis  laboribus.     Tertiam   partem  vindico  (claim),  nam  magnam  5 
famem  habeo.    Denique  quartam  partem  rapiam  et  si  quis  (anyone) 
prohibebit,  eum  interficiam." 

ARrON'S  GOOD  FORTUNE 
(after  lesson  lxxx) 


ARION   SAVED    BY    A   DOLPHIN 


Ari^on,  the  noted  singer,  after  an  enthusiastic  reception  in  foreign 
lands,  embarks  for  home  laden  7mth  treasures 

Olim  Arlon,^  vates^  notissimus,  domo  longissime  aberat  ac 
patriam  petebat.  Ei  reges  multarum  terrarum  praemia  amplissima 
dederant.  Arion  omnes  res  quas  acceperat  in  nave  posuerat  et 
domum  secum  portabat.  lam  navis  in  medio  mari  erat,  neque  uUa 
terra  videri  poterat. 

I.  In  English,  A-rton.    2.  vates,  -is,  m.  and  f.,  bard,  singer. 


SELECTIONS  FOR  SIGHT  READING  275 

The  crew  conspire  to  drown  him  and  seize  his  wealth 

Turn  nautae,  homines  pessimi,  barbarum  consilium  ceperunt 
atque  inter  S€  ^  dixerunt :  "  Certe  hie  vir  ex  manibus  nostris  num- 
quam  dimittetur.^  Eum  interficiemus  et  omnia  quae  habet  nostra 
erunt."    Deinde  vatem  corripiunt^  et  in  mare  deiciunt. 

He  is  miraculously  saved  by  a  huge  dolphin 

Arion  totam  spem  salutis  deposuerat  et  mortem  certam  exspec-  10 
tavit.    Sed  del  ipsi  vitam  eius  conservaverunt.   Nam  subito  ^  Arion 
in  tergo  ^  magni  delphini  ^  sedere  visus  est,  qui  ad  oramx  proximam 
eum  celeriter  vexit.'^ 

CERES  AND  PROSERPINA 

(after  lesson  lxxxviii) 

This  is  one  of  the  most  beautiful  of  the  Greek  myths.  Proser'pina's 
abduction  signifies  the  disappearance  of  vegetation  in  the  autumn,  when 
the  vital  forces  of  nature  are  drawn  deep  into  the  earth.  Thus  Pluto 
steals  Proserpina.  When  vegetation  reappears  in  the  spring,  Proserpina  is 
restored  to  her  mother.    Read  Tennyson's  "  Deme'ter  and  Perseph'one." 

Pluto ^  king  of  the  lo7ver  worlds  falls  in  love  with  Proserpina  and 
carries  her  down  to  his  gloomy  realm 

Vero,  Venus,^  tua  potestas  est  max4ma.  Nam  tO  docuisti  etiam 
Plutonem,®  deum  inferorum/*^  amare.  OHm  deus  per  insulam 
Siciham  ^^  currum  ^^  agebat.  Ibi  Proserpinam,^^  flHam  pulcher- 
rimam  Cereris,^*  deae  agriculturae,^^  vidit  et  adamavit.^^  Earn 
statim  rapuit  et  equos  hortatus  e  conspectu  ^^  f  ugit.  5 

I.  inter  se,  to  each  ^tker  (literally,  betzveen  themselves).  2.  Allcnved  to  escape. 
3.  corripio,  -ere,  seize.  4.  Suddenly.  5.  tergum,  -i,  n.,  back.  6.  delphinus,  -i,  m., 
dolphin.  7.  veho,  -ere,  ca^vy.  8.  Venus,  -eris,  f.,  Venus,  the  goddess  of  love 
and  beauty.  9.  Pluto,  -onis,  m.,  Pluto,  king  of  the  lower  world.  10.  inferi,  -orum, 
M.,  the  shades,  tlu  lorver  world.  11.  Sicilia,  -ae,  Y.,  Sicily.  12.  CUirus,  -US,  M., 
chariot.  13.  Proserpina,  -ae,  f.,  Proser'pina,  daughter  of  Ceres.  14.  Ceres, 
-eris,  F.,  Ceres,  goddess  of  agriculture.  1 5.  agricultura,  -ae,  f.,  ag7iculttire. 
16.  adamd,  -hx^,fall  in  love  with.    17,  conspectus,  -us,  m.,  sight. 


2/6  SELECTIONS  FOR  SIGHT  READING 

Ceres ^  after  a  long  search^  discovers  where  her  daughter  is.    Then  she 
goes  to  Jupiter  and  demands  that  her  daughter  be  retunud 
Turn  vero  Ceres,  gravi  dolore  ac  timore  commota,  filiam  diem 
noctemque  sine  fine  petebat.   Interim  Pluto  Proserpinam  in  matri- 
monium   duxerat.     lam   dea   erat   reglna   inferorum.^     Denique 
Ceres  omnia  cognoverat,  et  inlquo  animo  apud  lovem  ^  causam  * 
ita  dixit :  "  Filiam  meam,  quam  per  omnes  terras  mariaque  pete-  i  o 
bam,  invenl.    Eam  Pluto  rapuit.    Etiam  nunc  ea  in  manu  eius  est. 
Pluto  mihi  magnam  iniuriam  fecit.    lube  eum  filiam  meam  reddere. 
Sume  de  eo  gravissimum  supplicium." 

Jupiter  compromises  the  matter  so  that  Proserpina  spefids  six  months 
with  her  mother  a?id  six  months  with  her  husband 
luppiter  respondit :  "  Ita,  Ceres,  dicere  non  debes.   Hoc  factum 
meo  iudicio  non  est  iniuria,  sed  certus  {true)  amor.*  Sed  tibi  petenti  1 5 
banc  veniam^  dabo.     Sex  menses  cuiusque  anni  Proserpina  in 
regno  Plutonis  manebit  atque  sex  menses  tecum  erit."     Itaque 
hieme  Proserpina  est  apud  inferos,^  et  aestate,  inferis  relictis,  cum 
matre  terram  incolit. 

CINCINNATUS  CALLED  FROM  THE  PLOW 

(after  lesson  cv) 
The  early  Romans  were  devoted  to  agriculture 
Omnibus  temporibus  vita  rustica^  summo  auxilio  virtuti  ac  fir- 
missimo  praesidio  civitati  fuit.'^   Hanc  rem  etiam  Romani  credebant, 
et  multi  eorum  villas  habebant  et  agros  manibus  suis  colebant* 

Cincinnatus  was  an  example  of  this  Jin e  old  type 
Apud  hos  erat  Cincinnatus,  vir  bello  egregius  et  agricola  minime 
tardus.   Olim  cum  quidam  hostes  urbi  appropinquarent  et  iam  multi  5 
timidi  salutem  patriae  desperare  inciperent,  mentes  omnium  ad 
Cincinnatum  versae*  sunt.    I  lie  autem  non  in  urbe  sed  ruri  erat. 

I.  See  p.  275,  n.  10.  2.  lovem,  accusative  of  luppiter,  lovis,  m., /«///<?r, 
king  of  the  gods.  3.  causam  dicere,  plead  a  cause.  4.  amor,  -oris,  m.,  love. 
5.  venia,  -ae,  y.,  favor.  6.  rusticus,  -a,  -um,  of  the  country^  rustic.  7.  A  present 
perfect,  §  312.  8.  col5, -ere, ////.  9.  verto, -ere, /wr«. 


278  SELECTIONS  FOR  SIGHT  READING 

On  one  occasion  the  senate,  having  appointed  Ci?ici7inatus  dictator^ 
sent  Hctors  to  escort  him  from  his  farm  to  the  city 

Turn  senatus  Cincinnatum  dictatorem  fecit  et  misit  lictores  ^  qui 
eum  in  urbem  deducerent.  Lictores  rus  contenderunt  et  ad  villam 
parvam  Cincinnati  celeriter  pervenerunt.  Ille  tunicatus^  agrum  lo 
arabat''  et,  cum  lictores  videret,  rogavit  quid  vellent.  Lictores 
responderunt  senatum  eum  dictatorem  fecisse  ut  patriam  ex  summo 
periculo  liberaret,  et  se  venisse  ut  eum  in  urbem  deducerent. 

Cincinnatiis,  though  reluctant  to  leave  his  work,  went  with  them, 
but  as  soon  as  possible  returned  to  finish  his  plowing 

Agrum  relinquere  Cincinnato  non  gratum  erat,  tamen  senatui 
parere  oportebat.   Itaque  pulvere  *  ac  sudore  absterso,  optimus  vir  1 5 
induit^  togam  quam  lictores  ferebant  et  Romam  processit.    Bello 
paucis  diebus  confecto,  Cincinnatus  domum  properavit  ut  araret. 

THE  LORD'S  PRAYER 
Pater  noster,  qui  es  in  caelis,  sanctificetur  nomen  tuum.  Adveniat 
regnum  tuum ;  fiat  voluntas  tua,  ut  in  caelo,  ita  etiam  in  terra. 
Panem  nostrum  cotidianum  da  nobis  hodie.  Et  remitte  nobis  debita 
nostra,  sicut  et  nos  remittimus  debitoribus  nostris.  Et  rue  nos  indu- 
cas  in  tentationem,  sed  libera  nos  ab  illo  improbo.  Quia  tuum  est  5 
regnum,  et  potentia,  et  gloria,  in  saecula.    Amen.  —  Matt.  6.  9-13 

THE  GOLDEN  RULE 
Omnia  ergo  quaecumque  vultis  ut  faciant  vobis  homines,  et  vos 
facite  illis.    Haec  est  enim  lex  et  prophetae.  —  Matt.  7.  12 

THE  STRAIT  GATE 

Intrate  per  angustam  portam :  quia  lata  porta,  et  spatiosa  via 
est  quae  ducit  ad  perditionem,  et  multi  sunt  qui  intrant  per  cam.  — 
Matt.  7.  13 

1.  The  Hctors  were  the  official  attendants  of  a  magistrate  and  carried  a 
bundle  of  rods  (fasces),  sometimes  with  an  ax  in  the  middle  standing  for  the 
power  of  the  state  to  punish.  Note  the  fasces  on  the  American  dime.  2.  tuni- 
catus,  -a,  -um,  dressed  in  his  tunic.  Compare  in  his  shirtsleeves  or  /«  his 
overalls.  3.  aro,  -are,  plow.  4.  pulvere  .  .  .  absterso,  wiping  off  the  dust  and 
sweat.   5.  induo,  -exe,  pnt  on. 


A  LATIN   PLAY 

PERSEUS  AND  ANDROMEDA 

This  may  be  used  at  any  time  after  Lesson  LXXX  is  finished 

Characters 

Cepheus,  king  of  Ethiopia  Sacerdos,  priestess  of  the  oracle 

Cassiopeia,  queen  of  Ethiopia  Three  citizens  of  Ethiopia 

Andromeda,  daughter  of  Cepheus  Friends   of    the   royal    family   and 

and  Cassiopeia  attendants 
Perseus,  the  Greek  hero 

Scene  I 

A  room  in  the  palace.    Cepheus  and  Cassiopeia  are  sitting  at  a  table.  An 
Attendant  stands  at  the  right  near  the  stage  entrance 

Cepheus.  Cur,  Cassiopeia  mea,  faciem  tuam  sine  fine  laudas.? 
Audacia  tua  me  terret.    Nonne  deorum  invidiam  vereris  ? 

Cassiopeia.  Non  magis  dico  quam  verum  est.  Specta  me.  Nonrie 
sum  pulchrior  quam  ulla  dea.?  Ne  nymphae  maris  quidem  sunt 
pulchriores. 

Cepheus  {raising  his  ha?id  in  solemn  protest).  Tace,  mulier,  tace  ! 
Etiam  nunc  del  supplicium  fortasse  parant. 

Cassiopeia.  Minime  tacebo.  Supplicia  deorum  non  timeo.  Non 
credo  .  .  .    {She  is  interrupted  by  a  loud  rapping  on  the  door?) 

Attendant.    Aliquis  pulsat,  reglna. 

Cassiopeia.    Aperi  ostium. 

Attendant  {after  opefting  the  door).   Tres  elves  regl  dicere  cupiunt. 

Cepheus.    lube  eos  intrare. 

Enter  three  men  in  great  excitement 

Citizens  {all  speaking  at  once).  Perimus,  rex !  Quid  faciemus  1 
Quid  faciemus  ? 

Cepheus.    Quid  est,  cives  1   Quis  dolor  vos  permovet  ? 

279 


28o  A  LATIN  PLAY 

First  Citizen.  Ingens  monstnim  ex  marl  venit  atque  agros  meos 
vastavit. 

Second  Citizen.    Idem  monstnim  omne  pecus  meum  devoravit. 

Third  Citizen.  Heu  me  miserum !  Saevum  monstrum  coniugem 
liberosque  meos  interfecit. 

Cassiopeia  {risitig  and  raising  both  arms  to  heaven).  Quid  dicitis  ? 
Quid  audio  ?   Mea  est  culpa.   ()  verba  stultissima  !   O  mala  superbia  ! 

Cepheus.  Lna  salus  relicta  est.  Ad  oraculum  properabo  et 
auxilium  petam. 

Scene  II 

At  the  seat  of  the  oracle.    A  veiled  Priestess  is  seated  on  a  high  stool 

Attendant.    Cepheus,  rex  Aethiopiae,  sacerdos,  aditum  petit. 

Sacerdos.  Due  eum  ante  me.  Eum  audiam.  {The  attendant  leads 
in  Cepheus,  who  kneels  before  the  priestess^   Cur,  rex,  ad  me  venisti.'* 

Cepheus.  Te  consulere,  sacerdos,  cupio.  Saevum  monstrum  agros 
nostros  vastat  et  populum  meum  perterret.  Quis  hoc  monstrum 
misit  t    Cur  missum  est  ? 

Sacerdos.  Neptunus,  deus  maris,  monstrum  misit.  Deus  est  ini- 
rnicus  propter  superbiam  reglnae  tuae.  Ilia  ausa  est  se  ante  nymphas 
ipsas  ponere. 

Cepheus.  Obsecro,  sacerdos,  quo  modo  monstrum  ex  patria  agere 
possum  1 

Sacerdos.  Expiare  culpam  reglnae  oportet.  Da  Andromedam, 
filiam  tuam,  monstro  et  patria  tua  conservabitur.    Discede  et  pare. 

Cepheus  rises  and  with  bowed  head  leaves  the  stage 

Scene  III 

Room  in  the  palace,  as  in  Scene  I.    Cassiopeia  and  Andromeda  are 

seated  at  a  table 

Andromeda.    Quae  mora  patrem  tenet  ? 

Cassiopeia.  lam  diu  eum  exspecto.  In  dies  perlcula  nostra  crescunt. 
Pectus  meum  est  plenum  sollicitudinis  et  timoris.  (Cepheus  enters 
with  sIo7v  step  and  sad  cou?itena7ice.  The  queen  a?id  Andromeda  rise  to 
greet  hi?n.^  Salve,  coniunx.  Vultus  tuus  me  terret.  Quid  oraculum  dixit  ? 


A  LATIN  PLAY  281 

Cepheus.  Gravissima  est  fortuna  nostra.  Neptunus,  inimicus 
propter  superbiam  tuam,  hoc  supplicium  de  populo  nostro  sQmit. 
Si  patriam  conservare  cupimus,  Andromedam  monstro  dare  oportet. 

Cassiopeia.  Quid!  Andromedam  dare !  (Clasps  A-ndromeda  in 
her  arms.)  Numquam,  numquam  hoc  faciam.  {Buries  her  face  on 
Andromeda's  shoulder  and  weeps?) 

Andromeda.  Audi,  mater  carissima,  melius  est  me  perire  quam 
omnes  dare  poenas.    Parata  sum,  pater,  parere  oraculo. 

Scene  IV 

On  the  seashore.    Andromeda  stands  bound  to  a  rock^  in  the  center  of 

the  background.    Cepheus  and  Cassiopeia,  dressed  in  black  robes,  are 

seated  on  the  ground  at  the  right.    Friends  of  the  royal  family  appear  at 

the  left,  some  sitting  and  some  standing.    All  exhibit  signs  of  grief 

Cassiopeia.  Perii ;  hunc  dolorem  tolerare  non  possum.  Cur  ilia 
stultissima  verba  dixi  ?    Ego,  non  Andromeda,  monstro  dari  debeo. 

Cepheus.  Verum  dicis,  coniunx  ;  sed  verba  oracuh  scis.  (A  distant 
roaring  is  heard^  Audisne  ilium  sonitum  terribilem .?  Sine  dubio 
monstrum  appropinquat. 

First  Friend.    Heu  !    Heu  !    lam  mors  imminet. 

Second  Friend.  Etiam  Andromeda  sonitum  audit.  Ecce,  quam 
pallidus  est  vultus  eius  ! 

Perseus,  wearing  helmet  and  breastplate  and  grasping  a  sword, 
makes  a  sudden  entrance.    All  look  at  him  in  amazement 

Cepheus.    Quis  as,  hospes  t  Quo  modo  in  fines  nostros  pervenisti  1 

Perseus.  Perseus  sum,  filius  lovis.  Alls  per  auras  iter  facio. 
Unde  istae  lacrimae .?   Cur  ilia  virgo  vincula  gerit  ? 

Cepheus.  Ilia  virgo  est  filia  mea.  Imperio  oracuh  dabitur  monstro 
saevo  quod  Neptunus  ex  marl  cotidie  emittit.  Monstrum  hoc  modo 
pacatum  nobis  parcet.    Pro  patria  Andromeda  vitam  suam  dat. 

Perseus.  Per  deos,  rex,  ego  ipse  hoc  monstrum  interficiam  si 
mihi  filiam  tuam  in  matrimonium  dabis. 

^  A  large  box,  four  or  five  feet  high,  covered  with  gray  cloth,  will  serve 
as  a  rock. 


282 


A  LATIN  PLAY 


Cepheus  {with  great  eagerness).  Libenter,  hospes,  banc  condicionem 
accipio.  Sed  brevissimum  est  tempus.  Etiam  nunc  monstrum  adest. 
{A  loud  roaring  is  heard.) 

Perseus  {calling  loudly).  Pelle  timorem  ex  animo  tuo,  Andromeda. 
Te  servabo.    {Rushes  from  the  stage.) 

Third  Friend.    Magna  spes  me  iam  tenet. 

Fourth  Friend  {pointing  to  the  sky).  Ecce,  hospes  per  auras 
alte  volat. 

Fifth  Friend.    Iam  descendit  et  monstrum  petit. 

All  stand  gazing  toward  the  scene  of  combat.  The  sound  of  blows  is 
heard  mingled  with  roars  of  rage  and  pai?i.  Then  Perseus  reenters 
and  all  greet  him  with  shouts  of  "  lo  triumphe."  He  goes  to  An- 
dromeda, frees  her  from  her  bonds^  and^  taki?ig  her  by  the  hand, 
leads  her  to  her  father 

Perseus.  Ecce,  rex,  filia  tua.  Mea  virtute  eam  servavi.  Praemium 
meum  postulo. 

Cepheus.  Tua  est  Andromeda,  hospes.  Tu  es  servator  domus  meae. 

Curtain  falls  while  all  shout  ^'  Fellciter  " 


PERSEUS  ANDROMEDAM   SERVAT 


BACULUS  THE  CENTURION 

(Use  after  completing  the  Lessons) 

Publius  Sextius  Baculus,  a  centurion,  served  in  Caesar's  army  and 
won  his  general's  highest  praise  for  his  courage  and  fidelity.  The  incidents 
here  related  are  partly  based  on  Caesar's  narrative  ^  and  are  partly  fiction. 
They  make  no  claim  to  historic  accuracy. 

Baculus  on  the  march 

'^  Veni,  mater,  celeriter  veni  1  Multitudo  militum  appropinquat. 
lam  primum  agmen  videre  possum."  Ita  magna  voce  clamavit 
iuvenis  qui  ante  casam  stabat  et  intentis  oculls  milites  procedentes 
spectabat.  Verbis  auditis,  mater  ex  casa  properavit  ac  prope 
fllium  constitit.  5 

Iuvenis  erat  Marcus  Caecilius  Metellus,^  filius  imperatoris  notissi- 
m!  qui  pluribus  ante  annis  ^  vitam  pro  re  piiblica  dederat.  lam 
Marcus  et  Livia  mater  in  villa  patris  habitabant.  Ilia  villa  posita 
erat  in  via  Flaminia  quae  ad  Galliam  ducit. 

lam  copiae  multo  propius  venerant.  Primum  equites  procede-  lo 
bant,  tum  pedites,  multa  milia  hominum,  sequebantur;  denique 
magnus  numerus  equorum  et  carrorum,  qui  impedimenta  ferc- 
bant,  agmen  claudebat.  Apud  centuriones  erat  quidam  corpore 
magno,  humeris  latls,  specie  egregia,  qui  se  inusitata  auctoritate 
gerebat.  Eum*  simul  atque  Livia  conspexit,  vehementer  permota  1 5 
clamavit,  "  Obsecro,  quern  video .?  Ecce,  mi  flli,  Baculus  cen- 
turio,  amicus  patri  tuo  amicissimus,  quem  iam  post  multos  annos 
video.  Quam  gaudeo !  Sine  dubio  in  Galliam  ad  castra  Caesaris 
copias  ducit."    ''Credo,  mater  carissima,"  inquit^  Marcus,  "  deos 

I.  See  Caesar's  Gallic  War,  11.  25;  III.  5;  VI.  38.  2.  A  Roman  regularly 
had  three  names :  the  first,  his  given  name ;  the  second  the  name  of  his  clan 
(gens)  ;  and  the  third  the  name  of  his  family.  3.  See  §  452.  4.  As  soon  as  Livia 
perceived  him.  Eum  is  placed  first  as  the  connecting. word.  See  §  198.  a.  n. 
5.  inquit  Marcus,  said  Marcus,  The  verb  inquit  is  used  with  a  direct  quota-' 
tion  and  is  followed  by  its  subject. 

283 


284         BACULUS  THE  CENTURION 

Baculum  ad  nos  misisse.  Scis  me  ^  iam  diu  cupere  nomen  dare 
et  vestigia  patris  sequi.  Quis  melius  quam  Baculus  prima  ^  cas- 
trorum  rudimenta  docere  potest  ? "  "  Bene  dicis,"  inquit  Livia. 
"  Castra  Baculi  non  longe  aberunt.  Adi  ad  eum  et  da  ei  epistulam 
quam  statim  scribam."  5 

Marcus  goes  to  the  Roman  camp  and  is  kindly  received  by  Baculus 

Pluribus  ^  post  horis  Marcus  ad  castra  Romana  pervenit.  Pro 
portis  castrorum  armati  stabant.  Ex  his  unus  Marcum  rogavit 
quid  vellet  ^  et  quem  peteret.*  Turn  Marcus,  cum  respondisset  ^  se 
Baculum  centurionem  petere,  ad  praetorium  ®  deductus  est. 

Baculus,  vir  rei '  militaris  peritissimus,  propter  egregiam  virtutem  10 
a  Caesare  saepe  laudatus  erat  et  primus  pilus  creatus  erat.  Hoc 
tempore,  imperatore  et  reliquis  ducibus  superioribus  absentibus, 
toti  legioni  ®  praeerat.  Is,  cum  Marcum  non  novisset,^  tamen  eum 
benigne  accepit.  Ei  turn  Marcus  dedit  epistulam  matris.  Baculus, 
epistula  accepta  et  aperta,  haec  verba  legit.  15 

Livia^s  letter  to  Baculus 

Livia  Baculo  salutem^^  dicit.  Si^^  vales,  bene  est;  ego  valeo. 
Haec  epistula  sine  dubio  tibi  ^^  admirationem  movebit ;  nam  post 
mortem  coniugis  mei  ad  te  non  scripsi.  Sed  scio  te  memoriam 
amicitiae  nostrae  adhuc  tenere.  luvenis  qui  ad  te  banc  epistulam 
adfert  est  filius  mens.  Is  tibi  omnes  fortunas  nostras  narrabit.  20 
Pectus  eius  studio  rei  militaris  flagrat.  Iam  aetatem  militarem  habet. 
Tibi  eum  commendo.    Nomen  ^^  dare  vult.    Vale. 

Baculus  makes  Marcus  his  aide-de-camp 

"  Hercle,"  inquit  Baculus,  "  esne  tu  filius  Marci  Metelli  t  Certe 
fuit  nemo  nobilior  aut  generosior  umquam.   Amantissime  te  accipio. 

I.  me  .  .  .  dare,  that  I  have  long  been  desiring  to  enlist  (literally,  to  give  my 
name).  2.  prima  castrdrum  rudimenta,  the  first  principles  of  military  service. 
3.  pliiribus  post  hdris,  se7)eral  hours  later  \  WltrdWy,  a/tenvards  by  several  hours. 
See  §452.  4.  See  §671.  5.  For  the  mood  see  §  643.  6.  See  §221.  7.  See  §554. 
8.  See  §  623.  9.  In  a  cum  clause  of  concession.  See  §613.  10.  salutem 
dicit,  sends  greetings.  1 1 .  Roman  letters  often  begin  with  this  sentence.  12.  tibi 
.  .  .  movebit,  ivill  cause  you  surprise.    13.  Cf.  note  I  above. 


BACULUS  THE  CENTURION         285 

Tu  es  patri  simillimus  et  corpore  et  animo.  Mater  tua,  optima 
Livia,  dicit  te  velle  cursum  militarem  sequi."  ''  Verum  dicis,"  inquit 
Marcus,  "  et  sub  tuis  signis  militare^  maxime  cupio."  Baculus  risit 
et  respondit,  ''  Nihil  mihi  gratius  erit  et  te  optionem'-^  constituam." 

Bacillus  resumes  the  march  to  Gaul 

Proximo  die  sonitus  tubae  Marcum  ex  somno  prima  luce  susci-  5 
tavit.  Baculus  iam  surrexerat  et  iusserat  castra  sine  mora  mover!. 
Celeriter  copiae  profectae  sunt,  nee  toto  die  iter  intermissum  est. 
Sub  occasum  solis  mllites  defessi  castra  posuerunt.  Ita  quat- 
tuor  dies  magnls  itineribus  contenderunt.  Quinto  die  intra  fines 
Gallorum  ingressi  sunt.  10 

Gaul  and  its  people  ^ 

Gallia  est  omnis  divisa  in  partes  tres ;  quarum  unam  partem 
incolunt  Belgae,  aliam  Aquitani,  tertiam  ei  qui  ipsorum  lingua 
Celtae  appellantur.  Hi  omnes  lingua,^  institutis,  legibus  inter  se 
differunt.  Horum  omnium  fortissimi  sunt  Belgae,  quod  proximi 
sunt  Germanis  qui  trans  Rhenum  incolunt,  quibuscum  continenter  1 5 
bellum  gerunt.^  Qua  ^  de  causa  Helvetii  quoque  reliquos  Gallos 
virtute  praecedunt,  quod  fere  cotidianis  proeliis  cum  Germanis  con- 
tendunt. 

The  Helvetian  migration 

Hoc  ipso  tempore  Helvetii,  homines  vagandi^  et  bellandi" 
cupidi,  de  finibus  suis  cum  omnibus  copiis  exire  volebant  ut  latiores  20 
agros  peterent.  Moleste  ferebant  se  natura  loci  undique  contineri. 
Erant  omnino  itinera  duo  quibus  domo  exire  possent,^  unum  an- 
gustum  et  difficile  per  fines  Sequanorum,  alterum  multo  facilius 
per  Provinciam  Romanam.    Hoc  itinera  egredi  constituerunt. 

I.  The  infin.  of  milito.  2.  An  optio  had  duties  resembling  those  of  an 
aide-de-camp.  The  office  involved  Httle  responsibility  or  military  skill.  3.  See 
map,  p.  49.  4.  lingua  and  the  next  two  words  are  ablatives  of  respect.  See  §  552. 
5.  That  is,  the  Belgae  have  developed  their  courage  by  their  constant  warfare 
with  the  Germans.  6.  qua  de  ZdiM^k,  for  this  reason.  7.  Gen.  of  the  gerund 
with  cupidi.    See  §  554.    8.  See  §  723. 


286         BACULUS  THE  CENTURION 

Ccesar  resolves  to  stop  them 

His  rebus  auditis,  Caesar,  proconsul  Galliae,  Genavam,  oppidum 
Helvetiis  proximum,  contendit  ut  eos  prohiberet.  Simul  Baculo 
imperavit  ut  copias  cogeret  et  quam^  celerrime  in  Galliam  iter 
faceret.  Qua  de  causa,  ut  dictum  est,  Baculus  cursu  incitato  pro- 
cesserat.  lam  celerius^  omnI  opinione  castris  Caesaris  appropin-  5 
quabat.  Interim  Helvetii  convenerant  ad  ripam  Rhodani,  quod 
flumen  inter  provinciam  et  fines  Helvetiorum  fluit.  Ne  Helvetii 
Rhodanum  transirent,  Caesar  ripam  muro  fossaque  munivit  et  prae- 
sidia  disposuit.    Tum  exspectavit  ^  si  se  invito  transire  conarentur. 

The  Helvetii  try  to  cross  the  Rhine.    Baculus  brings  needed  help 

Brevi  tempore  postquam  Caesar  has  munitiones  perfecit,  Hel-  lo 
vetii    perrumpere    conati    sunt.     Primum  impetum   Caesar  facile 
sustinuit,  sed   Helvetii    non    numquam    interdiu,    saepius    noctu, 
conatu  *  non  destiterunt.    Romani,  cum  ^  numero  hominum  multo 
inferiores  essent,  defessi  proeliis  vigiliisque  paene  confecti  sunt. 
In    hoc   discrimine    rerum    Baculus   cum    copiis    suis    ad    castra  15 
pervenit  et  maximo  gaudio  acceptus  est.    Quem^  cum  imperator 
videret,  "  Peropportune,"  inquit,  "  Bacule,  ades.    Sine  tuo  subsidio 
diutius   sustinere   vix   poteramus.     Quis   tandem   est  iuvenis  qui 
propter  "^    te    adstat  ?  "     "  Plic    iuvenis,"    inquit    Baculus,    ''  est 
Marcus  Marci  filius  Metellus.     Ego  et  pater  eius  a  pueris  amici  20 
eramus.    Ilium  mors  abstulit,  sed  reliquit  filium  quem  in  re  mili- 
tari  exerceo."    Caesar  manum  Marco  porrigens,  "  Salve,"  inquit, 
"  Marce.    De  rebus  gestis  patris  tui,  viri  clarissimi,  saepe  audivi. 
Laetus  te  accipio.    Postea  noster  eris." 

I.  quam  celerrime,  as  qttickly  as  possible.  2.  celerius  omni  opinione,  quicker 
than  any  one  would  suppose.  3.  exspectavit  si  etc.,  he  zvaited  to  see  whether  they 
would  try  to  cross  against  his  will,  se  invito  is  ablative  absolute.  On  c5na- 
rentur  see  §  671.  4.  Abl.  of  Separation.  See  §  296.  5.  zvlxhx,  since.  See  §  643. 
6.  quem  .  .  .  videret,  when  the  general  saw  him.  quem  is  the  object  of  videret ; 
literally,  whom  zvhen  the  general  sazo.  This  use  of  the  relative  is  very  common 
in  Latin.    7.  propter  te  adstat,  stands  near  you. 


BACULUS  THE  CENTURION  287 

The  Helvetii,  unable  to  break  through  Ccesar^s  lines,  follow  the  other 
route  through  the  country  of  the  Sequafii 

Ilia  ipsa  nocte  Helvetii,  alii  navibus  alii  vadis  Rhodani,  cum 
omnibus  copils  flumen  transierunt  et  summa  vl  miinltiones 
Romanas  perrumpere  conati  sunt.  Sed  tanta  commutatio  adventu 
Baculi  et  novarum  copiarum  facta  est  ut  hostes  facile  repelleren- 
tur  et  plurimi  telis  occiderentur  aut  in  flumine  perlrent.  Post  banc  5 
calamitatem  Helvetii  adversa  fortuna  superati  illo  itinere  se  aver- 
terunt  et  constituerunt  alteram  viam  per  fines  Sequanorum  sequi. 

Ccesar  follows  them 

Caesar,  cum  certior  factus  esset  Helvetios  ab  illo  loco  profectos 
esse  et  iam  copias  suas  per  fines  Sequanorum  traduxisse,  eos  cum 
omnibus  copiis  secutus  est.  Interim  Helvetii  agros  vastabant  et  10 
oppida  expugnabant.  Multae  gentes,  socii  populi  Romani,  se  ad 
Caesarem  recipiebant  ut  auxilium  rogarent.  Quibus  rebus  adductus 
Caesar,  neque  diurno  neque  nocturno  itinere  intermisso,  maturavit. 

The  end  of  the  pursuit 

Denique  propter  inopiam  rel  frumentariae  Caesar  iter  a  Hel- 
vetiis  avertit  et  Bibracte,  oppidum  Haeduorum  maximum  et  copio-  i  s 
sissimum,  quod  non  longe  aberat,  ire  contendit.  Quod  ^  cum 
hostibus  nuntiatum  esset,  Helvetii  existimabant  Romanes  timore 
perterritos  discedere.  Itaque  itinere^  converso  Romanos  a  no- 
vissimo  agmine  lacessere  incipiebant.  Baculus,  qui  cum  suis 
agmen  ^  claudebat,  misit  Marcum  qui  Caesari  novam  hostium  ratio-  20 
nem  nuntiaret.  His  rebus  cognitis  Caesar  in  proximo  colle  aciem 
instruxit  et  copiam  *  pugnandi  hostibus  fecit. 

The  Helvetii  are  defeated  in  a  great  battle 

Helvetii  cum  omnibus  suis  carris  secuti  impedimenta  in  unum 
locum  contulerunt ;    ipsi  confertissima  acie   sub  ^  primam  aciem 

I.  quod  cum,  when  this.  See  p.  286,  1.  16,  and  note.  2.  itinere  converso, 
changing  their  course.  3.  agmen  claudebat,  was  bringing  up  the  rear.  4.  c5piam 
.  .  .  fecit,  gave  the  enemy  an  opportunity  of  fighting.  5.  SUb  .  .  .  SUCCeSSerunt, 
advanced  close  to  the  Roman  battle  front. 


288  BACULUS  THE  CENTURION 

Romanorum  successerunt.  Caesar  hortatus  suos  proelium  com- 
misit.  Mllites,  e  loco  superiore  telis  missis,  facile  aciem  hostium 
perfregerunt.  Turn  gladiis  destrictis  in  eos  impetum  fecerunt  Ab 
septima  hora  ad  vesperum  acriter  pugnatum  est,  et  nemo  aversum  ^ 
hostem  videre  potuit.  Tandem  vulneribus  defessi  pedem  rettule-  5 
runt.  Hostibus  superatis,  Roman!  et  impedimenta  et  castra  Helve- 
tiorum  ceperunt.  Helvetii  omnium  rerum  inopia  adducti  legatos 
ad  Caesarem  miserunt,  et,  omnibus  armis  traditis  et  obsidibus  datis, 
in  deditionem  accept!  sunt.  Praeterea  Caesar  iussit  eos  in  fines 
suos,  unde  erant  profecti,  revert!.  De  numero  horum  Caesar  ipse  10 
dicit  milia  ccclxviii  hominum  domo  exisse  et  milia  ex  revertisse. 

Bacillus  seriously  woicnded 
Hoc  proelio  Baculus  grave  vulnus  accepit.  Nam  cum  iam  plures 
horas  pugnatum  esset  et  res^  esset  in  periculo,  Baculus  magna 
voce  damans  ''  Quis  sequetur  t "  in  medios  hostes  se  iniecit.  In- 
felix  autem  iniquo  loco  vestigia^  non  tenuit  et  graviter  in  terram  15 
concidit.  Eum  hostes  statim  circumsistunt.  Turn  vero  cum  gemitu 
Roman!  ad  eum  servandum  procurrunt.  Denique,  pluribus  utrimque 
interfectis,  Baculus  graviter  vulneratus  e  manibus  hostium  eripitur. 

Baculus  and  Marcus  return  to  Italy 
Post  proelium,  cum  Marcus  vulnerato  amico  *  adsideret,  impera- 
tor  ipse  venit  ut  virum  fortissimum  videret.    Postquam  virtutem  20 
eius  amplissimis  verbis  laudavit,"  Brev!  tempore,"  inquit,"mihi  est  in 
animo  bellum  cum  Ariovisto,  saevissimo  rege  Germanorum,  gerere. 
I  lie  multa  milia  Germanorum  trans  Rhenum  traduxit  et  sociis  populi 
Roman!  graves  iniurias  intulit.    Sed  sine  te,  Bacule,  hoc  bellum 
gerendum  erit.^   Moneo  ut  in  Italiam  revertaris,  et  operam  vale-  25 
tudin!  des.    Post  paucos  menses,  ut  spero,  in  armis  rursus  eris." 
"  Mecum  iturus  est,^  Caesar,"  inquit  Marcus.    "  Quis  enim  melius 
quam  mater  mea,  Li  via,  eum  curare  potest  ? "    Itaque  usque  ad 
proximum  annum  Baculus  cum  Marco  et  Livia  erat. 

I.  in  flight',  literally,  turned  away.  2.  res  .  .  .  pericul5,  the  situation  was 
critical.  3.  vestigia  non  tenuit,  did  not  keep  his  footing.  4.  Dative  with  adsideret. 
See  §  623.  5.  gerendum  erit,  will  have  to  be  waged,  passive  periphrastic.  See 
§  727.    6.  itiirus  est,  he  intends  to  go,  active  periphrastic.    See  §  726. 


BACULUS  THE  CENTURION         289 

Baculus  receives  a  letter  from  Ccesar 

Inita  aestate  Baculus,  iam  optima  valetudine,  banc  epistulam  a 
Caesare  accepit.  "  Caesar  Baculo  salutem  dicit.  Si  vales,  bene  est ; 
ego  valeo.  Spero  te  integrls  viribus  paratum  esse  arma  sumere. 
Certior  factus  sum  omnes  Belgas  contra  populum  Romanum  coniu- 
rare.    Venl  ad  castra  et  due  tecum  Marcum.    Vale,"  5 

War  with  the  Beiges 

Cum  Baculus  et  Marcus  in  Galliam  pervenlrent,  Caesar  cum  exer- 
citti  iam  profectus  erat,  et,  multis  gentibus  superatls,  per  Nerviorum 
fines  iter  faciebat.  Omnium  Belgarum  fortissimi  Nervii  erant.  In- 
cusabant  reliquos  Belgas  qui  se  populo  Romano  dediderant,  et  dice- 
bant  se  neque  legatos  missuros  ^  neque  ullam  condicionem  pacis  i  o 
accepturos.^  Iam  cum  multis  sociis  adventum  Romanorum  ex- 
spectabant. 

The  Nervii  plan  their  attack 

Cum  Baculus  et  Marcus  exercitum  Caesaris  consequerentur, 
castra  Nerviorum  non  longe  aberant.  Quidam  inimici  Galli,  con- 
suetudine  itineris  exercitus  Romani  perspecta,  Nervios  certiores  15 
fecerant  inter  ^  singulas  legiones  impedimentorum  magnum  nu- 
merum  intercedere,  et  facile  f uturum  esse,  cum  prima  ®  legio  castra 
poneret  reliquaeque  legiones  longe  abessent,  in  banc  impetumfacere. 
Hoc  *  consilium  Nervii  existimaverunt  sibi  non  omittendum  esse. 

A  desperate  battle  is  fought 

Locus,  quem  Romani  castris  delegerant,  erat  in  summo  coUe  20 
qui  a  quodam  fiumine  nascebatur.    Trans  flumen  hostes  in  silvas 
se  abdiderant.    Peropportune  ^  accidit  quod  Caesar  rationem  agmi- 
nis  mutaverat,  nee  unam  sed  sex  legiones  ducebat.    Post  eas  totius 

I.  Future  infinitive  with  esse  omitted  as  it  often  is.  2.  inter  . . .  intercedere, 
between  every  two  legions  a  very  long  baggage  train  intervened.  3.  The  first  legion 
that  reached  the  camp  site  began  at  once  to  lay  it  out  and  fortify  it.  4.  Hoc  .  .  . 
esse,  this  plan  the  N'ervii  thought  ought  not  to  be  left  untried  by  them.  See  §§  727, 
729.  5.  peropportune  accidit  quod,  etc.,  very  opportunely  it  happened  that,  etc. ; 
the  change  in  the  order  of  march  gave  Caesar  six  legions  with  which  to  meet 
the  attack  instead  of  only  one.   That  fact  alone  saved  the  day  for  Caesar. 


290  BACULUS  THE  CENTURION 

exercitus  impedimenta  conlocaverat.  Nervil,  cum  prima  impedi- 
menta Romanorum  viderent,  putabant  tempus  exspectatum  adesse. 
Subito  incredibili  celeritate  cum  omnibus  copiis  e  silva  provolave- 
runt,  et,  flumen  transgress!,  eaderri  celeritate  adverse*  colle  ad 
castra  Romana  contenderunt.  Caesari  '^  omnia  uno  tempore  erant  5 
agenda :  vexillum  ^  proponendum,  signum  tuba*  dandum,  ab  opere  ^ 
revocand!  milites,  acies  instruenda,  milites  hortandi,  signum  ®  dan- 
dum ;  quarum  rerum  magnam  partem  temporis  brevitas  et  hostium 
celeritas  impediebant.  Diversae  legiones  aliae  "^  alia  in  parte  hosti- 
bus  resistebant.  Undique  acerrime  pugnabatur,  praesertim  a  dextro  10 
cornu.  Ibi  duodecima  legio,  in  qua  Baculus  ascriptus  est,  ab  hosti- 
bus  urgebatui.  lam  omnes  fere  centuriones  aut  vulneratl  aut  occisi 
erant,  in  his  Baculus  ipse  qui  tot  et  tam  gravibus  vulneribus  est 
confectus  ut  se  sustinere  non  posset. 

Ccesar  to  the  rescue 

In  hoc  discrimine  rerum  Caesar,  scuto  militi '  detracto,  quod  ipse  1 5 
sine  scuto  venerat,  in  primam  aciem  processit.   Imperatoris  conspec- 
tus militibus  spem  inferebat  et  paulum  hostium  impetus  tardatus  est.    ' 
Interim  reliquae  legiones,  quae  aliis  in  partibus  vicerant,  cum  cog- 
novissentquo^in  locoresesset,  subsidium  ferebant   Denique  Nervii 
magna  caede  superati  sunt.    Post  proelium  Marcus  inveniri  non  20 
poterat.    Multa  autem  nocte  incolumis  ad  "castra  reyertit ;  captus 
ab  hostibus  effijgit.    Nee  Baculus  vulneribus  mortuus  est,  sed"post 
breve  tempus  arma  sOmere  poterat. 

The  twelfth  Iegio?i  m  the  Alps 

Belgis  superatis,  legi5  duodecima  in  Alpes  in  oppidum  quod 
appellabatur  Octodurus*^  hiemandi  causa  ducebatur.    Hoc  oppidum  25 

I.  advers5  colle,  up  the  opposite  hill.  2.  Dat.  of  agent  with  the  passive  peri- 
phrastic agenda  erant.  See  §  729.  A  number  of  periphrastics  follow  with 
omitted  auxiliary.  3.  This  was  red  in  color  and  the  signal  for  arming.  4.  This 
was  the  signal  to  take  their  places  in  the  ranks.  5.  The  work  of  fortifying  the 
camp.  6.  The  battle  signal.  7.  aliae  alia  in  parte,  some  in  one  place,  others  in 
another.  See  §  505.  8.  militi,  dat.  with  detracto.  See  §623.  militibus,  in 
the  next  line  but  one,  is  in  the  same  construction.  9.  quo  .  .  .  esset,  in  what 
a  state  the  situation  was.    See  §  671.     10.  See  p.  49. 


BACULUS  THE  CENTURION  291 

altissimis  montibus  undique  continebatur.  Galba  legatus,  qui 
legioni  praeerat,  Baculo  ^  negotium  dedit  ut  hiberna  muniret.  Ita- 
que  Baculus  negotium  suscipit  et  iubet  '^  locum  muro  alto  muniri. 
Hoc  opere  nondum  perfecto,  maxima  multitudo  barbarorum  ex 
omnibus  partibus  impetum  facit.  Cum  iam  multas  horas  pugnare-  5 
tur  ac  non  solum  vires  sed  etiam  tela  Romanes  deficerent,  Baculus 
et  quidam  tribunus  militum,  vir  magnae  virtutis,  ad  Galbam  accur- 
runt.  "  Res  est  in  periculo,  legate,"  inquiunt.'^  ''  Eruptio  est  una 
spes  salutis."  Hoc  consilio  capto,  mllites  ex  castris  subito  eruperunt. 
Hac  eruptione  improvlsa  hostes  ita  commoti  sunt  ut  tertia  parte  10 
interfecta  reliqui  fugerent.  Quo  proelio  facto  Galba,  alterum  im- 
petum timens,  incolumem  legionem  in  fines  Allobrogum  duxit 
ibique  hiemavit. 

A  letter  from  Britain 

lUo  tempore  Britannia  erat  Romanis  terra  incognita.    Ne  Gallis 
quidem  erat  insula  nota  praeter  eam  partem  quae  est  contra  Gal- 
liam.    Multis  de  causis  Caesar  insulam  adire  cupiebat,  et  quarto  15 
anno  proconsulatus  profectus  est.    Et  Baculus  et  Marcus  hoc  iter 
fecerunt.    De  his  rebus  Marcus  banc  epistulam  ad  Liviam  matrem 
scripsit :  "  Marcus  Liviae  matri  suae  salutem  plurimam  dicit.    In 
Britannia  Caesar  castra  nunc  ponit.    Haec  insula  a  Gallia  non 
longe  abest.    Nacti  idoneam  ad  navigandum  tempestatem  tertia  20 
fere  vigilia^  solvimus,  et  quarta*  hora  diei  Britanniam  attigimus. 
Ibi   in   omnibus  collibus  armatas    hostium    copias    conspeximus. 
Cuius  loci  haec  erat  natura  ut  ^  mare  montibus  anguste  continere- 
tur.    Cum  locus  ad  egrediendum  idoneus  non  esset,  circiter  milia 
passuum  vii  ab  eo  loco  progressus  imperator  contra  ^  apertum  et  25 
planum  litus  naves  constituit.    Sed  barbari  secuti  nostros^  navi- 
bus  egredi  prohibere  conabantur.     Nostri  autem,  altitudine  maris 

I.  Bacul5  .  .  .  muniret,  commissioned  Baculus  to  fortify  the  winter  quarters. 
ut  .  .  .  muniret  is  a  clause  of  purpose.  2.  See  frontispiece.  3.  inquiunt,  they 
say.  4.  The  Romans  divided  the  night  into  four  watches,  and  the  day  from  sun- 
rise to  sunset  into  twelve  hours.  5.  ut  .  .  .  contineretur,  that  the  sea  is  closely 
bounded  by  mountains^  the  cHffs  of  Dover.  See  picture,  p.  61.  6.  contra  .  .  . 
constituit,  brought  the  ships  to  anchor  opposite  to  an  open  and  level  beach. 
7.  nostros  .  .^.  conabantur,  attempted  to  keep  our  men  from  disembarking. 


292         BACULUS  THE  CENTURION 

perterriti  et  illius  generis  pugnandi  imperiti,  erant  tardiores,^  cum 
simulde  navibus  desiliendum  et  in  fluctibus  consistendum  et  cum 
hostibus  pugnandum  esset.  Turn  aquilifer  decimae  legionis,  vir 
fortissimus,  se  ex  nave  proicit.  '  Desilite,'  inquit,  '  commllitones, 
nisi  vultis  aquilam  hostibus  prodere,'  et  in  hostes  aquilam  ferre  5 
incipit.  Simul  Baculus  desilit  damans, '  Venite  !  Venite,  Roman! ! ' 
Tum  vero  nostri  universi  ex  navibus  desiluerunt.  Pugnatum  est 
utrimque  acriter.  Denique,  barbaris  in  fugam  datis,  oram  occu- 
pamus  et  castra  ponimus.  Haec  insula,  remotissima  terrarum,  est 
saevissima  et  asperrima.  Omnia  sunt  terribilia  et  periculi  plena.  10 
Desidero  te,  mater  carissima.    O  quando  ego  te  aspiciam  !   Vale." 

CcBsar's  sixth  campaign 

Sexto  anno  belli  Gallici  Caesar  per  primam  partem  aestatis  in 
Germania  rem  gerebat.  Tum  suos  in  Galliam  reduxit  et  castra  in 
mediis  Eburonum  finibus  posuit.  Ibi  impedimenta  omnium  legionum 
contulit  et  praesidio  ^  impedimentis  Unam  legionem  reliquit.  Ipse  1 5 
et  reliquae  legiones  alii^  alias  in  partes  profecti  sunt.  Discedens 
monuit  legatum  ut  milites  in  castris  contineret. 

The  commanding  officer^  moved  by  the  murmurs  of  his  men  who  com- 
plain of  bei7ig  confined  i?i  camp  without  good  cause^  disregards 
Ccesar's  advice 

Plures  dies  post  profectionem  Caesaris  legatus  praeceptis  im- 
peratoris  summa  diligentia  paruit  ac  ne  calonem  quidem  ex  vallo 
egredi  passus  est,  Sed  septimo  die,  permotus  vocibus  *  militum  20 
qui  moleste  ferebant  se,  omnibus  Gallis  superatis,  tam  diu  conti- 
neri,  quinque  cohortes  et  magnam  multitudinem  calonum  in  agros 
proximos  f rCimentandi  ^  causa  misit. 

I.  more  backward  than  usual.  2.  praesidio  impedimentis,  two  datives.  See 
§  686.  3.  alii  .  .  .  partes,  some  in  one  directio^t  and  others  in  another,  alii  is 
masculine  because  it  agrees  not  only  with  legi5nes  but  also  with  ipse.  An 
adjective  agreeing  with  two  or  more  nouns  denoting  persons  of  different  gen- 
ders is  regularly  masculine.  4.  murmurs.  5.  frumentandi  causa,  to  gather 
grain. 


"VENITE!  VENITE,  ROMANI ! "  CLAMAVIT  BACULUS 


>  y}  ,>      i  > ,   J 


BACULUS  THE  CENTURION         293 

A  Germa7i  force  ufiexpectedly  attacks  the  camp.    A  panic  ensues 

His  absentibus  et  castris  paene  sine  praesidio  relictis,  duo  milia 
Germanorum  improviso  perveniunt  et  castra  capere  conantur.  Ex^ 
omnibus  partibus  hostes  castra  circumveniunt.  Vix  Romani  primum 
impetum  sustinent  et  portas  defendunt.  Omnes  perterriti  sciunt 
neque  quam  in  partem  auxilium  ferre  neque  quid  facere  debeant.  5 
Nullls  defensoribus  in  vallo  visis,  barbarl  credunt  nullum  praesi- 
dium  intus  esse.    Qua  de  causa  acrius  perrumpere  conantur. 

Baculus  to  the  7'escue 

Baculus  centurio,  cum  aeger  esset,  cum  exercitu  non  profectus 
est,  sed  in  praesidio  relictus  erat.  lam  ^  diem  quintum  cibo  carue- 
rat.  Clamore  audlto,  surgit  et  ex  tabernaculo  prodit.  Videt  hostes  10 
imminere  atque  rem^  esse  summo  in  discrimine.  Capit  arma  a 
proximis  atque  in  porta  consistit.  Consequuntur  hunc  centuriones 
eius  cohortis  quae  in  statione  erat.  Paulisper  proelium  sustinent. 
Relinquit*  animus  Baculum,  gravibus  acceptis  vulneribus;  vix  per^ 
manus  traditus  servatur.  Hoc  spatio  interposito,  reliqui  animis  15 
confirmatis  in  munltionibus  consistere  audent  speciemque  defenso- 
rum  praebent.  Mox  milites  qui  ex  castris  egress!  erant  reverterunt 
et  German!  trans  Rhenum  se  receperunt.  Ita  virtu te  Baculi  castra 
et  impedimenta  conservata  sunt. 

De  rebus  gest!s  Bacul!  hactenus.  20 

I.  ex  omnibus  partibus,  on  all  sides.  2.  lam  .  .  .  caruerat,  already  for  Jive 
days  he  had  gone  withoict  food  \  on  cib5  see  §  296.  3.  rem  .  .  .  discrimine,  that 
the  situation  is  extremely  critical.  4.  relinquit  .  .  .  Baculum,  consciousness 
fails  Bacillus  or  Baculus  faints.  5.  per  manuS  traditus,  passed  along  from 
hand  to  hand. 


LATIN   SONGS 


INTEGER  VITAE 


The  words  are  the  first  two  stanzas  of  the  twenty-second  ode  in  Book  T  of 
the  "  Odes  "  of  Horace  (65-8  B.C.).  The  music  is  by  Dr.  F.  F.  Flemming 
(about  181 1). 


fe; 


i 


fe 


¥ 


in    -     te  -    ger        vi     -     tae        see  -    le    -    ris  -    que 
Si    -     ve       per       Syr   -    tes  i    -    ter       aes  -    tu- 


1 


i 


j^ 


m 


I 


pu  -    rus       Non       e  -  get     Mau  -    ris  ia  -  cu-Hs,  nee 

o    -    sas,        Si    -    ve    fac  -   tu     -      rus         per     in-hos-pi- 


m 


^ 


J7 


/ 


i 


u 


m 


221 


•=1^ 


ar    -    cu,       Nee       ve  -  ne  -  na 
ta    -    lem      Cau  -    ca  -  sum,   vel 


tis        gra  -  vi  -  da    sa- 
quae       lo  -   ca    fa  -  bu- 


s 


2 


2 


m 


294 


LATIN  SONGS 


295 


•  7  ^ 


n 


git 
lo 


Fus    -    ce,      pha   -      re 
Lam  -    bit      Hy    -     das 


id^ 


4=^ 


tra, 
pes. 


i 


2 


r 


32: 


Fuscus,  the  man  of  life  upright  and  pure 
Needeth  nor  javelin  nor  bow  of  Moor, 
Nor  arrows  tipped  with  venom  deadly  sure, 
Loading  his  quiver ; 

Whether  o'er  Afric's  burning  sands  he  rides. 

Or  frosty  Caucasus'  bleak  mountain  sides, 

Or  wanders  lonely,  where  Hydaspes  glides. 

That  storied  river.  _  ' 

Theodore  Martin 


ADESTE  FIDELES 

(Portuguese  Hymn) 

The  words  are  by  an  unknown  author  of  the  seventeenth  century.  The 
tune,  which  is  found  in  most  of  our  hymnals,  is  generally  ascribed  to  John 
Reading,  who  died  in  1692.  The  name  "  Portuguese  Hymn  "  comes  from 
the  melody's  having  been  first  used  in  the  chapel  of  the  Portuguese  embassy 
in  London.  A  translation  under  the  title  "  O  come,  all  ye  Faithful "  was 
made  by  F.  Oakeley  (1841). 


I 


a 


J-^J  J  J|J--j 


Ad-  es  -   te,     fi  -  de  -  les,     Lae-ti  tri- um-phan-tes;  Ve- 

^     Can -tet  nunc     I    -    o!       Cho  -  rus   an-  ge  -  lo-rum; 

^      Er  -  go    qui     na  -  tus        Di    -  e     ho  -   di  -  er  -  na, 

y,  .1 ,. ,  H 


miUn4 


g— « 


296 


LATIN  SONGS 


m 


^s 


r^r  '"(■'' 


i* 


rr 


te,    ve  -  ni 


mm 


ni 

Can  -    tet  nunc   au     -  la   cae  -  les 

le     -      su,             ti      -  bi    sit      glo 

m :■     J I   ■  f^ 


te     in      Beth     -      le  -   hem; 


ti   -   um, 
ri    -    a; 


^ 


P 


m 


f 


u 


^ 


4=^U 


i 


w^m 


n. 


?m 


Na  -  turn  vi  -  de  -  te  Re -gem  an  -  ge  -  lo  -  rum:  Ve- 
Glo  -  ri  -  a,  glo  -  ria  In  ex  -  eel  -  sis  De  -  o!  Ve- 
Pa  -  tris      ae  -  ter  -    ni      Ver-bum  ca  -  ro      fac  -  tum!  Ve- 


P 


i 


^ 


ni  -  te     a  -  do  -  re  -  mus,  ve  -   ni  -  te      a  -  do  -  re  -  mus,  ve 

JJJ^.i    J,J  J  JJ.J  Ji? 


^^^=r 


i 


u 


^ 


i 


f=^ 


-Q- 


ni  -  te      a  -  do 


^ 


tzt 


re    -    mus 


Do 


mi  -  num. 


^ 1 — p' w~i — P — I  fv .      ri 


LATIN  SONGS 
GAUDEAMUS 


297 


The  second  and  third  stanzas  of  this  famous  student  song  were  known 
as  early  as  1267.  The  melody  in  its  present  form  dates  back  to  about  the 
middle  of  the  eighteenth  century. 


i 


i 


N    fcv. 


^ 


m 


*=» 


Gau- 
U  - 
Vi- 


de-a-  mus  i  -  gi-tur, 
bisunt,qui  an-  te  nos 
ta  nos-tra    bre-vis  est. 


lu-ve-nesdum  su  -  mus; 
In  mun-do  fu  -  e  -  re? 
Bre-vi    fi  -  ni  -    e    -    tur; 


S5? 


;.}}  .,;JJ 


m 


W 


a 


s 


•s 


*-» 


m 


Post  iu-cun-dam    iu-ven-tu-tem,    Post  mo -les -tarn     se-nec-tu-tem, 
Tran-se-as    ad      su-  pe  -  ros,        A  -  be -as    ad      in  -  fe  -  ros, 
Ve-nitmorsve  -  lo  -  ci  -    ter,        Ra-  pit  nos   a  -   tro  -  ci  -   ter, 


^ 


^ 


i 


1 


Nos  ha-be  -  bit 
Quos  si  vis     vi 
Ne-mi-ni      par 


h^- 
de  - 
ce    - 


i 


mus,  Nos  ha-be 
re,  Quos  si  vis 
tur,    Ne-mi-ni 


bit 
vi 
par 


hu    -    mus. 
de    -     re. 
ce    -     tur. 


LJ 


I 


P 


298 


LATIN  SONGS 


Let  us  now  in  youth  rejoice, 
None  can  justly  blame  us ; 
For  when  golden  youth  has  fled, 
And  in  age  our  joys  are  dead, 
Then  the  dust  doth  claim  us. 
Then  the  dust  doth  claim  us. 


Where  have  all  our  fathers  gone  ? 
Here  we'll  see  them  never  ; 
Seek  the  gods'  serene  abode  — 
Cross  the  dolorous  Stygian  flood  - 
There  they  dwell  forever. 
There  they  dwell  forever. 

Brief  is  this  our  life  on  earth, 
Brief  —  nor  will  it  tarry  — 
Swifdy  death  runs  to  and  fro. 
All  must  feel  his  cruel  blow, 
None  the  dart  can  parry. 
None  the  dart  can  parry. 

A  ROUND   FOR  THREE  PARTS 

II 


A  -  mor   vin  -  cit      om 
III 


ni 


a,        A  -  mor  vin  -  cit 


n  1 1 J  J  J  Jifsg 


m 


om    -    ni     -     a,         A-morvin-cit      om-ni-a,   om-ni-a. 


A  ROUND  FOR  FOUR  PARTS 

From  Professor  R.  C.  Flickinger's  "  Carmina  Latina  "  and  used  by  per- 
mission of  the  University  of  Chicago  Press.  The  English  words  and  music 
are  by  F.  O.  Lyte.   The  Latin  version  is  by  Professor  Flickinger. 


I 


IT 


^ 


»#^ 


i 


Due,     due,       re  -  mos  due 


Flu  -  mi  -  ne       se  -  cun 


do; 


Vi-vi-tur,vi-vi-tur,   vi-vi-tur, vi- vi-tur  Ve-lut  insom-ni  -  o. 

Row,  row,  row  your  boat,  gently  down  the  stream. 
Merrily,  merrily,  merrily,  merrily,  life  is  but  a  dream. 


REVIEWS 


I.  REVIEW  OF  LESSONS  I-VII 
732.  Give  the  English  of  the  following  words : 


Nouns 

agricola              fabula 

nauta 

puella               terra 

aqua                    filia 

pecunia 

reglna 

Verbs 

Prepositions 

amat               properat 

a  or  ab         in  with  ace. 

dat                  sunt 

ad           ,       in  with  abl. 

est                  vocat 

cum              per 

narrat 

733.  Give  the  Latin  of  the  following  words.  Go  through  the  entire 
list,  checking  the  words  you  do  not  remember.  Then  drill  on  the  words 
you  have  checked. 

from            water         daughter  money  are  through 

loves            gives          tells  hastens  calls         land 

farmer         story          sailor  in  or  on  is  queen 

to                 with           into  girl 

734.  Review  Questions.  What  English  letters  does  the  Latin  alphabet 
lack?  When  is  i  a  consonant?  What  is  the  sound  of  c  and  of  g?  How 
many  syllables  has  a  Latin  word?  How  are  words  divided  into  syllables? 
When  is  a  syllable  long  ?  Give  the  rules  of  Latin  accent.  Name  the  parts 
of  speech  and  give  an  English  example  of  each.  Define  the  subject,  the 
predicate.  What  is  a  transitive  verb?  an  intransitive  verb?  the  copula? 
Define  the  direct  object.  What  is  inflection?  declension?  conjugation? 
What  does  the  form  of  a  noun  show  ?  Name  the  Latin  cases.  What  case 
is  used  for  the  subject?   the  possessor?  the  indirect  object?  the  direct 

^  It  is  suggested  that  each  of  the  reviews  be  assigned  for  a  written  test. 

299 


300  REVIEWS 

object?  Translate  filia  reginae  pecuniam  Lesbiae  dat.  What  is  the 
ending  of  the  verb  in  the  third  person,  singular  and  plural  ?  Give  the  rule 
for  the  agreement  of  the  verb.  What  relations  are  expressed  by  the  dative 
case?  by  the  ablative  case?  Where  does  the  verb  generally  stand?  the 
subject?  the  possessive  genitive?  the  direct  object?  the  indirect  object? 
What  is  a  predicate  noun ?  How  many  declensions  are  there?  How  is  the 
declension  to  which  a  noun  belongs  determined  ?  Decline  regina,  fabula, 
filia.  What  cases  are  always  alike?  How  is  the  ablative  singular  distin- 
guished from  the  nominative?  What  Latin  cases  may  be  used  with 
prepositions  ? 

735.  Derivation.    Give  ten  English  words  related  to  the  Latin  words  in 
§  732.    Define  these  and  illustrate  each  by  an  English  sentence. 

736.  Fill  out  the  following  summary  of  the  first  declension : 

1 .  Ending  in  the  nominative  singular 

2.  Rule  for  gender 

^  .      .        fa.  Smgular 

3.  Case  termmations-^  ,    t^,      , 
^   ^  ,  \d.  Plural 

4.  Irregular  nouns 


IL  REVIEW   OF   LESSONS  VIII-XV 

737.  Give  the  English  of  the  following  words :    . 

Nouns  of  the  First  Declension 
casa  fama  Insula  via 

Nouns  of  the  Second  Declension 

ager  auxilium  filius  populus  socius 

amicus  bellum  frumentum  puer  telum 

arma  equus  oppidum  servus  vir    . 

Adjectives  of  the  First  and  Second  Declensions 

altus,  -a,  -um  liber,  libera,  llberum  novus,  -a,  -um 

amicus,  -a,  -um  longus,  -a,  -um  parvus,  -a,  -um 

bonus,  -a,  -um  magnus,  -a,  -um  proximus,  -a,  -um 

gratus,  -a,  -um  multus,  -a,  -um  pulcher,  pulchra,  pulchrum 

inimicus,  -a,  -um  notus,  -a,  -um 


rf:views 


301 


Verbs  Interrogative  Pronouns  Adverbs 

convocat         parat  quid  cur  saepe 

habitat  portat  quis  non         ubi 

laborat  navigat  quo 

Conjunctions 
et  sed 

738.  Give  the  Latin  of  the  following  words ; 


where 

rumor 

war 

free  {adj) 

but 

friend 

horse 

well-known 

who 

nearest 

small 

why 

sail  {verb) 

whither 

call  together 

much,  many 

toil  {verb) 

prepare 

not 

slave 

cottage 

road 

pleasing 

man 

field 

aid  {710U11) 

son 

spear,  missile 

high  or  deep 

friendly 

people 

great 

often 

live  icuerb) 

ally 

long 

and 

island 

new 

grain 

what 

good 

hostile 

town 

carry 

pretty 

boy 

arms 

739.  Review  Questions.  What  is  meant  by  grammatical  gender?  Give 
the  rule  for  the  gender  of  nouns  of  the  first  declension.  Decline  terra, 
filia.  What  nouns  belong  to  the  second  declension  ?  Give  the  rule  for 
gender  in  the  second  declension.  Decline  amicus,  puer,  ager,  vir,  oppidum. 
Decline  socius  and  auxilium,  and  explain  the  peculiarity  in  the  genitive  of 
nouns  like  these.  When  is  the  vocative  not  like  the  nominative  '^.  Give  the 
general  rules  of  declension.  What  is  an  adjective?  Decline  magnus,  -a, 
-um ;  liber,  libera,  liberum ;  pulcher,  pulchra,  pulchrum.  Decline  agricola 
bonus.  Why  is  it  not  correct  to  say  agricola  bona?  What  is  the  position 
of  adjectives?  What  is  the  position  of  vocatives?  What  are  adverbs? 
Where  do  they  stand?  How  are  questions  introduced  in  Latin?  How 
are  questions  answered  in  the  affirmative?  How  are  questions  answered 
in  the  negative?  Name  the  possessive  adjectives.  What  is  the  vocative 
singular  masculine  of  mens?  Why  is  suus  called  a  reflexive  possessive? 
Where  are  possessive  adjectives  placed  when  they  are  unemphatic  ?  when 
they  are  emphatic? 


302 


REVIEWS 


740.  Give  the  rules  for  the  following  constructions,  and  illustrate  each  by 
a  Latin  sentence : 

1.  Agreement  of  adjectives  3.  Dative  with  adjectives 

2.  Apposition  4.  Agreement  of  possessives 

741.  Derivation.    Give  fifteen  English  words  related  to  the  Latin  words 
in  §  737.    Define  these  and  illustrate  each  by  an  English  sentence. 

742.  Fill  out  the  following  summary  of  the  second  declension : 

1.  Endings  in  the  nominative 

2.  Rule  for  gender 

{a.  Singular 
b.  Plural 
c.  Vocative  singular 

^  ■    .      .  r  -  r^-  Singular 

4.  Case  termmations  of  nouns  m  -um-^  ,    ^, 

\^b.  Plural 

5.  Peculiarities  of  nouns  in  -er 

6.  Peculiarity  of  the  genitive  of  nouns  in  -ius  and  -ium 


IIL    REVIEW  OF  LESSONS  XVI-XXIII 

743.  Give  the  English  of  the  following  words : 

Nouns  of  the  First  Declension 


amicitia 

dlligentia 

Germania 

silva 

Britannia 

Gallia 

ora 

victoria 

copia 

Nouns  of  the 

Second  Declension 

barbarus 

castrum 

Germanus 

praemium 

BritannI 

Gallus 

perTculum 

proelium 

Adjectives  of  the  First  and  Second  Declensions 

barbarus,  -a,  -um  miser,  misera,  miserum       suus,  -a,  -um 

creber,  crebra,  crebrum       noster,  nostra,  nostrum       tuus,  -a,  -um 
meus,  -a,  -um  Romanus,  -a,  -um  vester,  vestra,  vestrum 


REVIEWS 

303 

Verbs 

irst  Conjugation 

Second 

Conjugation 

occupo,  -a're 

habeo,  -e're 

timeo,  -e're 

pugno,  -a're 

moneo,  -e're 

video,  -e're 

supero,  -a're 

teneo,  -e're . 

Adverbs 

Prepositions       Conjunction 

iam         nuinquam       semper 

e  ^r  ex 

itaque 

mox        nunc 

turn 

sine 

14.  Give  the  Latin  of  the  following  words  : 

therefore 

danger 

seize 

conquer,  overcome 

Gaul 

my,  fnine 

our,  ours 

then 

out  of 

thick,  frequent 

already 

reward,  prize 

plenty,  forces 

Roman 

a  savage 

have 

without 

friendship 

always 

presently 

a  Gaul 

never 

fight  {verb) 

,    fear  (verb) 

his,  her,  its 

thy,  thine 

forest 

shore 

industry 

savage  (adj.) 

Britons 

advise,  warn 

fort,  camp 

Britain 

your,  yours 

a  German 

now 

wretched 

battle 

victory 

Germany 

see 

hold 

745.  Review  Questions.  Define  the  active  voice  and  the  passive  voice, 
and  illustrate  each  by  an  English  sentence.  Name  the  moods.  Name  the 
English  tenses  and  give  an  example  of  each.  Define  the  three  persons. 
Give  the  personal  endings.  What  is  their  office.''  Define  the  indicative 
mood.  Inflect  the  present,  past,  and  future  of  sum.  How  many  regular 
conjugations  has  Latin  ?  What  are  the  four  distinguishing,  or  characteristic, 
vowels?  What  is  the  present  stem  and  how  may  it  be  found.''  What  is 
the  tense  sign  of  the  past  tense  t  of  the  future  1  What  verbs  belong  to  the 
first  conjugation .?  to  the  second  conjugation  ?  Inflect  narro  and  navigo  in 
the  present,  past,  and  future.  In  what  respect  is  the  verb  do  irregular? 
Inflect  habeo  and  video  in  the  present,  past,  and  future.  What  are  the 
three  meanings  of  the  Latin  present  ?  What  are  the  two  uses  of  the  Latin 
past  tense?  How  does  the  meaning  of  e  (ex)  differ  from  that  of  a  (ab)? 
Give  the  rules  for  the  shortening  of  vowels.  What  are  the  general 
principles  of  Latin  order? 


304  REVIEWS 

746.  Give  the  rules  for  the  following  constructions,  and  illustrate  each 
by  a  Latin  sentence : 

1.  Predicate  Genitive  of  Possession  3.  Ablative  of  Means 

2.  Ablative  of  Cause  4.  Ablative  of  Manner 

5.  Ablative  of  Accompaniment 

747.  Derivation.  Give  fifteen  English  words  related  to  the  Latin  words 
in  §  743.    Define  them  and  illustrate  each  by  an  English  sentence. 

748.  Make  a  blank  scheme,  as  shown  here,  of  the  first  three  tenses  of 
the  indicative,  and,  pointing  rapidly  with  your  pencil  to  the  different  spaces 
and  using  a  variety  of  verbs,  give  the  form  required  for  each  space.  Drill 
until  you  can  give  the  forms  instantly.  You  do  -not  know  these  three  tenses 
well  enough  until  you  can  give  them  complete,  of  any  verb,  in  less  than 
fifteen  seconds. 


Ve 

I. 

2. 
3- 

2. 
3. 

2. 
3- 

Indic 
^rb  ._. 

ATivE                                  Infinitive 

Present  stem 

Present 

Past  (Tense  Sign  -ba-) 

Future  (Tense  Sign  -bi-) 

REVIEWS 


305 


IV.    REVIEW  OF  LESSONS  XXIV-XXXII 

749.  Give  the  English  of  the  following  words  : 

Nouns  of  the  First  Declension 


dea 

iniuria                       poena 

sapientia 

fossa 

patria                        poeta 
Nouns  of  the  Second  Declension 

vita 

animus 

deus                liber              navigium 

vallum 

consilium 

flnitimi            murus            numerus 

Adjectives  of  the  First  and  Second  Declensions 
clarus,  -a,  -um  latus,  -a,  -um  medius,  -a,  -um 


finitimus,  -a,  -um 


malus,  -a,  -um 


Verbs 

First  Conj.  Second  Conj.  Third  Conj.  Fourth  Conj, 

nuntio,  -a're       pateo,  -e're  capio,  -ere  induco,  -ere       audio,  -I're 

servo,  -a're         respondeo,  -e're      dico,  -ere  mittd,  -ere  miinio,  -fre 

duco,  -ere  peto,  -ere  venio,  -fre 

facio,  -ere  rego,  -ere 

gero,  -ere  vinc5,  -ere 


Relative  Pronoun      Preposition         Conj 

unction            Adverbs 

qui 

de 

cum                      celeriter 
postea 

750.  Give  the  Latin  of  the  following  words : 

afterwards 

conquer 

lead  into 

take,  seize 

quickly 

number  {noun) 

announce 

say,  speak 

come 

boat 

goddess 

adjoining,  neighboring 

fortify 

life 

plan  {noun) 

lead  {verb) 

answer 

wide 

famous 

god 

middle  of 

evil 

wall 

neighbors 

3o6 

REVIEWS 

rampart,  wall 

rule  {verb) 

make,  do 

down  from,  concerning 

wisdom 

seek 

who 

wrong,  insult  {tioiin) 

hear 

book 

lie  open,  extend 

wage,  carry  on 

mind,  heart 

poet 

save 

send 

when  punishment       ditch  country,  native  land 

751.  Review  Questions.  Define  demonstrative  pronouns  and  adjectives. 
Decline  is,  ea,  id.  Where  do  demonstrative  adjectives  stand.?  Explain  the 
use  of  is  in  the  sentence  video  eum.  Explain  the  difference  in  meaning 
between  Marcus  filium  suum  vocat  and  Marcus  filium  eius  vocat.  What 
verbs  belong  to  the  third  conjugation.''  Inflect  duco,  mitto,  and  gero  in 
the  present,  past,  and  future.  What  is  the  tense  sign  in  the  future  of  the 
first  and  second  conjugations  t  of  the  third  and  fourth  conjugations  1  What 
verbs  belong  to  the  fourth  conjugation.?  Inflect  facio,  venio,  and  munio 
in  the  present,  past,  and  future.  What  are  verbs  like  facio  called  t  What 
are  the  tenses  of  the  imperative .?  How  is  the  present  imperative  formed .? 
Give  the  present  imperative  of  servo,  respondeo,  vinco,  mitto,  dico,  duco, 
facio,  and  venio. 

752.  Give  the  rules  for  the  following  constructions,  and  illustrate  each 
by  a  Latin  sentence : 

1 .  Agreement  of  a  demonstrative  with  its  noun 

2.  Dative  with  special  intransitive  verbs 

753.  Derivation.  What  is  the  force  of  the  Latin  prefix  re-.?  Illustrate 
by  English  or  Latin  words.  What  is  the  meaning  of  the  Latin  prepositions 
a  (ab),  ad,  de,  e  (ex),  in,  when  used  as  prefixes .?  Illustrate  by  English  or 
Latin  words.  Give  fifteen  English  words  related  to  the  Latin  words  in 
§  749.    Define  them  and  illustrate  each  by  an  English  sentence. 

754.  Continue  to  use  the  scheme  of  §  748,  and  drill  with  verbs  of  all 
four  conjugations. 


REVIEWS 


307 


V.  REVIEW  OF   LESSONS   XXXIII-XL 

755.  Give  the  English  of  the  following  words : 
Nouns  of  the  First  Nouns  of  the  Second 


Declension 
Graecia         memoria 


Declension 
captivus      factum      praesidium 


Adjectives  of  the  First  and  Second  Declensions 

firmus,  -a,  -um  tardus,  -a,  -um 

Verbs 

First  Conjugation     Second  Co7ijiigation      Third  Co7tjugation 

oppugno       specto  sedeo  ago       educo       rapid 


Conjunctions 

Adverbs 

nam     neque  (nee)                     certe 

denique     diu     fortiter     ibi 

)6.  Give  the  Latin  of  the  following  words  : 

attack  {i.)erb) 

bravely 

a  long  time 

memory 

for 

and  not,  neither 

slow 

lead  out 

certainly 

finally,  at  last 

Greece 

deed 

garrison 

seize 

strong,  trusty 

drive 

there 

look  at 

sit 

captive 

757.  Review  Questions.  Define  the  active  voice  and  the  passive  voice. 
Illustrate  each  by  a  Latin  sentence.  Name  the  personal  endings  of  the 
passive.  Do  the  tense  signs  differ  from  those  used  in  the  active.?  What 
are  the  tense  signs  of  the  past  and  future  "i  Define  the  infinitive.  Explain 
the  formation  of  the  present  infinitive,  active  and  passive.  Explain  the 
formation  of  the  present  imperative,  active  and  passive.  Inflect  the  verb 
sum  through  the  first  three  tenses  of  the  indicative,  the  present  infinitive, 
and  the  imperative.  Give  the  complete  inflection,  active  and  passive,  as  far 
as  we  have  gone,  of  porto,  habeS,  vinco,  rapio,  and  munio.  Give  the 
synopsis  of  the  active  of  specto,  sedeo,  ago,  facio,  and  venio,  and  also 
the  synopsis  of  the  passive  of  servo,  teneo,  i)eto,  rapio,  and  audio. 

758.  Give  the  rules  for  the  ablative  of  means  and  the  ablative  of  the 
personal  agent,  and  illustrate  each  by  a  Latin  sentence. 


3o8 


REVIEWS 


759.  Derivation.    DePne  the  following  English  words,  giving  the  Latin 
root  word  and  the  force  of  the  prefix  in  each  case : 

conserve  remit  convoke  comport  abduct 

deserve  evoke  deport  report  deduce 

emit  invoke  export  adduce  reduce 

admit  revoke  import  induce  conduce 

760.  Give  ten   English  words  related  to  the   Latin  words  in  §  755. 
Define  them  and  illustrate  each  by  an  English  sentence. 

761.  Extend  the  scheme  of  §  748  so  as  to  include  all  the  verb  inflection 
you  have  had,  and  use  it  as  suggested  with  verbs  of  all  four  conjugations. 


VL  REVIEW  OF  LESSONS  XLI-XLVIII 

762.  Give  the  English  of  the  following  words : 

Nouns  of  the  First  Nouns  of  the  Second 

Declension  Declension 

natura  annus  imperium         locus 

villa  exemplum         legatus  officium 

Adjectives  of  the  First  and  Second  Declensions 

amplus,  -a,  -um  integer,  -gra,  -grum  timidus,  -a,  -um 

egregius,  -a,  -um  publicus,  -a,  -um  verus,  -a,  -um 


First  Conj. 

compare  loco 
conflrmo  pac5 
llbero 


longe 


Adverbs 

minime 


Verbs 
Second  Conj.         Third  Conj. 

prohibeo         abdiico       discedo 
defendd     dimitto 

Irregular 
absum 


Fourth  Conj. 
invenio 


quam 


Preposition 

ante 


REVIEWS 

309 

33.  Give  the  Latin  of  the 

following  words : 

far  away 

farm 

set  free 

hinder 

how 

nature 

place  {noun)       ambassador 

defend 

send  away 

year 

put 

lead  away 

find 

ample 

get  together 

subdue 

cowardly 

depart 

public 

remarkable 

before 

power 

not  at  all 

whole 

example 

duty 

strengthen 

be  away 

true 

764.  Review  Questions.  What  are  the  principal  parts  of  an  English 
verb?  of  a  Latin  verb?  What  are  the  three  verb  stems?  How  is  the 
present  stem  formed  ?  the  perfect  stem  ?  the  participial  stem  ?  What  tenses 
are  formed  from  the  perfect  stem  ?  Give  the  endings  of  the  perfect.  What 
is  the  tense  sign  of  the  past  perfect?  of  the  future  perfect?  Give  the 
principal  parts  of  sum  and  inflect  it  in  all  the  moods  and  tenses  you  have 
learned.  How  is  the  perfect  translated  as  perfect  definite  ?  as  past  absolute  ? 
How  are  the  Latin  past  and  Latin  perfect  used  ?  Give  the  principal  parts 
and  the  inflection  in  full  of  the  indicative  of  do,  nuntio^  habeo,  gero,  facio, 
munio-  Give  also  the  present  imperative  active  and  the  present  and 
perfect  infinitives  of  these  verbs. 

765.  Give  the  rules  for  the  ablative  of  the  personal  agent,  the  place 
from  which,  and  separation,  and  illustrate  each  by  a  Latin  sentence. 

766.  Derivation.  Give  ten  English  words  related  to  the  Latin  words  in 
§  762.    Define  them  and  illustrate  each  by  an  English  sentence. 

767.  Extend  the  scheme  of  §§  748  and  761,  and  continue  its  use. 


VII.  REVIEW  OF  LESSONS  XLIX-LVI 

768.  Give  the  English  of  the  following  words : 
Nouns  of  the  First  Nouns  of  the  Second 

Declension  Declension 

fortuna  impedimentum         negotium         Rhenus 

inopia  iudicium  regnum 

Adjectives  of  the  First  and  Second  Declensions 
iniquus,  -a,  -um  pauci,  -ae,  -a  reliquus,  -a,  -um 


lO 

REVIEWS 
Verbs 

First  Coiij. 

Second  Conj. 

Third  Conj. 

appello 

putd 

iubeo 

ascendo 

incipio         produco 

conserv5 

vasto 

moveo 

cupio 

interficio      remitto 

evoco 

veto 

obtineo 

fugio 

proceda       suscipio 

expugno 

perterreo 

iacio 

Irregular 

possum 

Adverbs 

Prepositions 

Conjunctions 

antea 

magnopere 

post 

ac         atque 

ita 

statim 

pro 
trans 

SI 

769.  Give  the  Latin  of  the  following  words : 

across 

desire 

;,  wish 

kingdom 

preserve 

and 

baggage 

Rhine 

advance 

hindrance 

;           storm 

{verb) 

want,  lack 

kill 

greatly 

climb 

up 

business,  affair        lead  forward 

unfavorable        hurl 

judgment 

call,  name 

fortune 

command 

send  back 

possess,  gain 

be  able,  can        after, 

behind 

undertake 

forbid 

move 

at  once 

flee 

for,  in  behalf  of 

think 

thus, 

so 

terrify 

few,  only  a  few 

begin 

remaining,  rest 

lay  waste 

heretofore 

power 

if 

call  out 

770.  Review  Questions.  Give  the  principal  parts  of  the  verbs  of  the 
second  and  third  conjugations  used  in  §  768.  Define  a  participle.  What 
participles  are  lacking  in  Latin?  What  Latin  forms  are  made  from  the 
participial  stem  ?  Why  is  vir  vocatae  sunt  incorrect  ?  Give  the  complete 
inflection  in  the  passive  indicative,  imperative,  and  infinitive  of  the  following 
verbs :  moveo,  iacio,  iubeo,  duco.  Give  the  complete  inflection  of  possum. 
Give  the  list  of  prepositions  that  take  the  ablative.  Decline  the  relative  qui 
and  the  interrogative  quis. 


REVIEWS 


311 


771.  Define  an  infinitive.  Give  an  example  in  Latin  of  an  infinitive 
object  clause,  of  a  complementary  infinitive,  of  the  infinitive  used  as  a  noun. 
Define  a  simple  sentence,  a  complex  sentence,  a  compound  sentence.  What 
are  the  different  kinds  of  clauses  ?  Give  the  rule  for  the  agreement  of  the 
relative  pronoun,  and  illustrate  by  a  Latin  sentence.  Give  the  rule  for  the 
ablative  absolute,  and  illustrate  by  a  Latin  sentence.  How  is  an  ablative 
absolute  best  translated  ? 

772.  Derivation.  Give  fifteen  English  words  related  to  the  Latin  words 
in  §  y6S.  Define  them  and  illustrate  each  by  an  English  sentence.  Give 
the  force  of  the  prefixes  ab,  ad,  con-,  de,  e,  in,  pro,  re-,  trans.  What  is 
the  force  of  in-  prefixed  to  an  adjective  or  adverb.?  What  is  meant  by 
assimilation.'*  What  changes  of  spelling  occur  in  words  like  capio  when 
compounded  with  a  prefix  .-^ 

773.  Extend  the  scheme  of  §§  748  and  761,  so  as  to  include  all  you 
have  had  of  the  passive,  and  continue  to  use  it  for  drill. 


Vin.    REVIEW  OF  LESSONS   LVII-LXIV 

774.  Give  the  English  of  the  following  words  : 
Noun  of  the  First  Decl.  Nouns  of  the  Second  Decl. 

lingua  matrimonium  signum 

Nouns  of  the  Third  Declension 


animal 

cohors 

homo 

miles 

pax 

soror 

caedes 

c5nsul 

iter 

mors 

prlnceps 

urbs 

calcar 

eques 

legio 

mulier 

rex 

virtus 

caput 

flu  men 

mare 

nomen 

sal  us 

VIS 

cTvitas 

frater 

mater 

pater 

Adjective  of  the  First  and  Second  Declensions 
aequus,  -a,  -um 

Verbs 

Second  Conjugation  Third  Conjugation 

audeo                                    accipid  deicio         pono          reduco 

contineo                               committd  pello           reddo         relinquo 


312 


autem 


REVIEWS 

Conjunctions 
et  .  .  .  et  etiam 


tamen 


775.  Give  the  Latin  of  the  following  words : 


equal,  fair 

drive,  banish 

father 

cohort 

even,  also 

put 

peace 

enemy 

dare 

return 

chief 

bound,  restrain 

tongue 

nevertheless 

king 

city 

man 

however 

head 

woman 

journey,  march 

both  .  .  .  and 

river 

spur {noun) 

valor 

intrust 

brother 

state  {noun) 

strength 

consul 

leave 

animal 

death 

legion 

time 

horseman 

safety 

mother 

sister 

sea 

receive 

soldier 

name  {fiouti) 

marriage 

throw  down 

lead  back 

slaughter 

signal  {noun) 

776.  Review  Questions.  Define  base  and  stem.  Into  what  two  classes 
are  nouns  of  the  third  declension  divided  ?  Decline  caput,  civitas,  eques, 
flumen,  legio,  pater,  tempus.  What  masculine  and  feminine  nouns  have 
i-stems?  In  what  cases  do  i-stems  differ  from  consonant  stems?  What 
neuter  nouns  have  i-stems?  Decline  caedes,  hostis,  cohors,  mors,  mare, 
animal.    Decline  the  irregular  nouns  homo,  iter,  vis. 

777.  Derivation.  Give  fifteen  English  words  related  to  the  Latin  words 
in  §  774.  Define  them  and  illustrate  each  by  an  English  sentence.  How 
many  Latin  prefixes  can  you  name?  What  is  the  force  of  each?  Write 
all  the  English  derivatives  you  can  from  the  verb  mitto,  -ere,  misi,  missus, 
using  both  prefixes  and  suffixes. 


IX.    REVIEW  OF  LESSONS  LXV-LXXII 

778.  Give  the  English  of  the  following  words : 

Nouns  of  the  First  Decl.  Nouns  of  the  Second  Decl. 

fuga  gratia  beneficium  spatium 

Nouns  of  the  Third  Decl.  Indeclinable  Noun 

auctoritas      dux      ignis      lex      pes  nihil 


REVIEWS 

Adjective  of  the  First  and  Second  Declensions 
certus,  -a,  -um 


313 


Adjectives  of  the  Third  Declension 


acer,  acris,  acre 

cquester,  equestris, 

omnis,  omne 

brevis,  breve 

equestre 

par 

celer,  celeris,  celere 

facilis,  facile 

pedester,  pedestris, 

communis,  commune          fortis,  forte 

pedestre 

difficilis,  difficile 

gravis,  grave 

similis,  simile 

dissimilis,  dissimile 

levis,  leve 
Verbs 

^irst  Conjugation 

Second  Conjugation 

Third  Conjugation 

exspecto 

mane5 

adduco 

vulnero 

cognoscd 
c6g5 

Adverbs 

Preposition 

Conjunctions 

bene      •      plurimum                          inter 

aut 

deinde         prlmo 

quod 

facile           primum 

maxime 

779.  Give  the  Latin  of  the  following  words : 

because 

fire                         brave 

favor 

between,  among 

slavery                   easy 

authority 

certain 

wound  {verb)         short 

easily 

sharp 

lead  to                    difficult 

most  of  all 

very  much 

nothing                  well 

equal 

or 

swift                        next 

common 

flight 

unlike                     leader 

all,  every 

kindness 

on  foot                   foot 

heavy 

wait  for 

light                        compel, 

collect          similar 

remain 

first                         liberty 

of  cavalry 

learn,  know 

at  first                   law 

space 

body 

314 


REVIEWS 


780.  Review  Questions.  Into  what  three  classes  are  adjectives  of  the 
third  declension  divided?  How  can  you  tell  to  which  class  an  adjective 
belongs  ?  Decline  equester,  gravis,  and  par.  What  is  meant  by  comparison 
of  adjectives?  Compare  the  adjectives  longus,  fortis,  celer,  creber,  bonus, 
magnus,  malus,  multus,  parvus,  facilis,  similis.  Decline  melior  and 
plus.  Define  an  adverb.  Give  an  English  sentence  containing  an  adjective 
and  an  adverb.  How  are  adverbs  formed  from  adjectives  of  the  first  and 
second  declensions?  of  the  third  declension?  Form  adverbs  from  altus, 
integer,  celer,  levis,  and  compare  them.  What  case  forms  are  sometimes 
used  adverbially  ?    Illustrate.    Compare  bene,  diu,  magnopere,  saepe. 

781.  Give  an  example  in  Latin  of  a  comparative  followed  by  quam;  of 
the  ablative  of  measure  of  difference. 

782.  Derivation.    Give  fifteen  English  derivatives  from  the  words  in 


X.  REVIEW  OF  LESSONS  LXXIII-LXXXI 

783.  Give  the  English  of  the  following  words : 

Nouns 

Second  Declension  Third  Decle?tsion 

modus  aestas         hi  ems  nox 

pars  cornii 

pedes  domus         manus 

rus  equitatus 


aestas 

Caesar  iraperator 

celeritas  liix 

civis  m5ns 


Fourth  Declension 

adventus     exercitus 
impetus 


finis 


navis 


timor 


dies 


Fifth  Declension 


spes 


Adjectives  of  the  First  and  Second  Declensions 

alius,  -a,  -ud  niillus,  -a,  -um  ullus,  -a,  -um 

alter,  -a,  -um  sinister,  -tra,  -trum  unus,  -a,  -um 

dexter,  -tra,  -trum  solus,  -a,  -um  uter,  -tra,  -trum 

neuter,  -tra,  -trum  totus,  -a,  -um 


REVIEWS 

31 

Verbs 

Irst  Co7ijugation 

Second  Conjugation 

Third  Conjugation 

demonstro 

commoveo 

retineo 

contendo      incolo 

existima 

debeo 

sustineo 

depono 

Pronouns 

aliquis 

Idem 

iste 

suT 

ego 

iUe 

quTdam 

tu 

hie 

ipse 

quisque 

784.  Give  the  Latin  of  the  following  words  : 

I 

hope  {noun) 

a  certain 

home,  house 

inhabit 

no 

that  {of  yours)         right 

someone 

light 

alarm  {verb) 

point  out 

this  {of  mine) 

general 

hold  up 

army 

hasten,  strive 

thou,  you 

self 

that  {yonder) 

any 

each 

whole,  all 

attack  {noun) 

one 

lay  down 

another 

think,  regard 

which  {of  two) 

left 

the  other 

end,  territory 

fear  {noun) 

alone 

ship 

hand 

country 

thing 

night 

citizen 

foot  soldier 

hold  back 

neither 

same 

part  {noun) 

mountain 

owe,  ought 

of  himself 

summer 

manner 

speed 

day 

winter 

arrival 

horn 

Caesar 

785.  Review  Questions.  What  nouns  belong  to  the  fourth  declension? 
What  is  their  gender  ?  Decline  manus  and  cornu.  What  nouns  belong  to 
the  fifth  declension  ?  What  is  their  gender  ?  Decline  dies  and  res.  Give 
the  ending  of  the  genitive  singular  in  each  of  the  five  declensions.  Give  the 
rules  for  gender  in  the  third  declension.  Name  the  nine  irregular  adjectives 
and  decline  nuUus.  Name  the  classes  of  pronouns.  Decline  ego,  tu,  and 
sui.  Explain  the  use  of  ipse  and  decline  it.  How  do  hie,  iste,  and  ille 
differ  in  meaning?  Decline  them.  Define  an  indefinite  pronoun.  What 
general  rule  can  you  give  for  the  declension  of  indefinites  ? 

786.  Give  the  rules  for  the  expression  of  the  place  to  which,  in  which, 
and  from  which.   What  important  exception  do  these  rules  have  ?   Give  the 


3i6 


REVIEWS 


Latin  for  at  Rome,  at  home,  in  the  country.  What  are  these  forms  called  ? 
Give  a  Latin  sentence  containing  an  ablative  of  time.  Translate  alii  terram 
alii  mare  amant  and  alii  aliam  in  partem  fugiunt. 

787.  Derivation.  Give  fifteen  English  derivatives  from  the  words  in 
§  783.  What  is  the  force  of  the  prefixes  inter,  per,  prae,  and  sub?  Give 
Latin  and  English  words  having  these  prefixes. 


XL  REVIEW  OF   LESSONS   LXXXII-LXXXVIII 

788.  Give  the  English  of  the  following  words : 

Nouns 
First  Decl  Third  Decl.  Fourth  Decl.   Fifth  Decl, 

causa         altitudo         laus  multitude      passus  acies 

hora  dolor  magnitudd    pons 

explorator    milia  potestas 

Adjectives 


First  and  Second  Declensions 

Third  Declension 

cupidus            id5neus 

primus 

sextus 

mllitaris 

decimus           imperltus 

quartus 

tertius 

tres 

ducenti            nonus 

quTntus 

undecimus 

duo                   octavus 

secundus 

unus 

duodecimus     peritus 

Septimus 

• 

Indeclinable 

centum            miUe 

octo 

qumque            sex 

decern             novem 

quattuor 

septem 

undecim 

duodecim 

Verbs 

First  Conj.     Second  Conj. 

Third  Conj. 

hortor            doce5 

conficia 

expello 

patior 

sequor 

permaneo 

deligo 

Instruo 

praemitta 

sumo 

vereof 

excedo 

intermitto 

scrlbo 

traduco 

Preposition 

Adverbs 

apud 

interim 

ver5 

REVIEWS 

31; 

J9.  Give 

the  Latin  of  the  following 

words : 

pace 

eleventh 

draw  up 

cause  {noun) 

line  of  battle 

third 

leave  off 

hour 

military 

sixth 

suffer 

desirous 

three 

power 

send  ahead 

tenth 

seven 

bridge 

drive  out 

two  hundred 

six 

crowd 

go  out  from 

two 

eleven 

praise  {noun) 

choose 

twelfth 

meanwhile 

size 

complete 

hundred 

truly 

thousand 

twelve 

ten 

take  up, 

assume 

first 

skilled 

height 

lead  across 

fourth 

eighth 

among 

follow 

fifth 

ninth 

urge 

write 

second 

unskilled 

teach 

five 

seventh 

suitable 

last  {verb) 

four 

nine 

scout 

fear  {verb) 

one 

eight 

pain  {noun) 

790.  Review  Questions.  Give  the  first  twelve  cardinals  and  decline  the 
first  three.  Give  the  first  twelve  ordinals.  How  are  ordinals  declined.? 
Decline  milia.  Define  a  deponent  verb.  Give  the  synopsis  of  hortor, 
vereor,  and  sequor  in  the  indicative  and  subjunctive.  Give  the  four  parti- 
ciples of  venio  and  explain  the  formation  of  each.  What  participles  that 
are  found  in  English  are  lacking  in  Latin?  Decline  portans,  present 
participle  of  porto.  Give  the  four  participles  of  hortor.  What  important 
fact  can  you  state  concerning  the  meaning  of  the  past  participle  of  deponent 
verbs  ? 

791.  Give  the  rule  for  each  of  the  following  constructions,  and  illustrate 
each  by  a  Latin  sentence : 

Genitive  of  the  whole  Genitive  with  adjectives 

Ablative  of  respect  Genitive  or  ablative  of  description 

Accusative  of  duration  of  time  and  extent  of  space 

Give  the  Latin  for  a  thousand  soldiers,  ten  thousand  soldiers^  five  of  the 
soldiers.  Translate  "  While  the  Helvetii  were  going  forth  from  their 
boundaries,  Caesar  was  hastening  from  Rome,"  using  the  ablative  absolute 
for  the  first  clause. 


3i8 


REVIEWS 


792.  Derivation.  Give  fifteen  English  words  related  to  the  Latin  words 
in  §  788.  Define  them  and  illustrate  each  by  an  English  sentence.  How 
can  you  generally  tell  whether  a  word  should  end  in  -an^  or  -ent?  What 
can  you  say  about  the  formation  and  meaning  of  Latin  nouns  like  victor, 
rector,  etc.,  and  their  appearance  in  English  ? 


condicio 
consuetudo 


XII.    REVIEW  OF  LESSONS   LXXXIX-XCVI 

793.  Give  the  Latin  of  the  following  words : 

Nouns 

Third  Declension 

difficultas  mens  oratio  turris 

ius  nem5  ratio  vulnus 

Fourth  Declensio7i  Fifth  Declension 

senatus  res  publica 

Adjectives 
First  and  Second  Declensions  Third  Declension 

frumentarius       summus       tantus  nobilis       talis 

Verbs 


First  Conj. 

Second  Conj. 

Third 

Conj. 

Fourth  Conj. 

appropinquo 

permoved 

amittd 

interclOdo 

convenio 

impero 

provideo 

conicia 

perduco 

impedio 

postula 

conscrlbo 

praeficio 

pervenia 

rogo 

consisto 

premo 

tempto 

consulo 
incendo 

pr5pono 
quaera 

Irregular 

desum 

praesum 

Preposition 

Adverbs 

propter 

diligenter       quidem 

REVIEWS 

319 

)4.  Give  the  Latin  of  the  following  words : 

draw  near 

condition 

mind  (noun) 

hurl 

command 

custom 

no  one 

wound  {noun) 

move  deeply 

of  grain 

consult 

seek 

look  out  for 

highest 

set  on  fire 

senate 

enroll 

so  great 

cut  off 

commonwealth 

stand  still 

well-known 

lead  through 

assemble 

press  hard 

such 

set  over 

hinder 

set  forth 

difficulty 

speech 

arrive 

be  lacking 

right  {710 un) 

method 

demand  {verb) 

on  account  of 

be  before  or  over 

tower 

ask 

carefully 

indeed 

lose 

try 

795.  Review  Questions.  Name  the  three  moods  and  the  tenses  of  the 
indicative  and  subjunctive.  Inflect  in  full  the  indicative  and  subjunctive  of 
vasto,  moveo,  ago,  rapio,  and  munio.  Inflect  the  indicative  and  subjunc- 
tive of  sum  and  possum.  How  may  the  past  and  past  perfect  active  sub- 
junctive of  any  verb  be  formed? 

796.  Name  the  primary  and  secondary  tenses,  and  give  the  rule  for  the 
sequence  of  tenses.  In  what  expressions  is  the  indicative  used?  In  what 
the  subjunctive?  How  is  purpose  often  expressed  in  English?  How  is  it 
usually  expressed  in  Latin?  Give  an  example  of  each.  What  is  a  noun 
clause?  Give  the  rule  for  noun  clauses  of  purpose,  and  illustrate  by  an 
example.  Name  five  verbs  that  are  regularly  followed  by  ut  or  ne  and 
the  subjunctive.  Give  the  rule  for  the  subjunctive  of  result,  and  illustrate 
by  an  example.  Translate  "  Many  things  caused  the  slave  to  fear,"  and 
explain  the  construction  of  the  dependent  clause.  Give  the  rule  for  the 
dative  with  compounds,  and  illustrate  by  an  example. 

797.  Derivation.  Give  ten  English  words  related  to  the  Latin  words  in 
§  793.    Define  them  and  illustrate  each  by  an  English  sentence. 


320 


REVIEWS 


XIII.    REVIEW  OF  LESSONS  XCVII-CIII 


798.  Give  the  English  of  the  following  words : 

circummunio          genus 

neg5              ostenda 

scio 

enim                        intellego 

nolo               pertineo 

sentio 

eo                            iudico 

oportet          recipio 

sper5 

fer5                          malo 

ordo              satis 

volo 

fides 

799.  Give  the  Latin  of  the  following  words  : 

kind  {noun)              perceive 

for 

faith 

be  unwilling              be  necessary           deny 

reach,  pertain 

sufficient                    know- 

prefer 

take  back 

wish  (verb)                feel 

bear 

judge 

fortify  around           rank 

hope  {verb) 

go 

800.  Give  the  Latin  of  the  following  idioms  : 

To  make  war  upon        To  remember         To  be  eager  for  a  revolution 
To  be  annoyed  For  the  future        To  give  satisfaction 

801. 


For  the  future 
Inflect  the  verbs  eo,  fero,  malo,  nolo,  volo. 


802.  Review  Questions.  What  constructions  are  used  after  volo,  nolo, 
and  malo  ?  Give  the  rule  for  the  constructions  with  cum.  Write  sentences 
illustrating  {a)  cum  =  when,  {b)  cum  =  since,  {c)  cum  =  although.  What 
is  an  indirect  statement?  How  are  indirect  statements  introduced  in 
English  ?  What  can  you  say  about  the  mood  and  tense  of  the  English  verb 
in  an  indirect  statement  ?  What  are  the  three  marked  differences  between 
an  English  and  a  Latin  indirect  statement?  What  kind  of  verbs  are 
followed  by  indirect  statements  ?  Give  an  English  indirect  statement  and 
translate  it  into  Latin.  What  is  an  indirect  question  ?  Give  an  example  of 
an  English  indirect  question  and  translate  it  into  Latin. 

803.  Derivation.  Give  ten  English  words  related  to  the  Latin  words 
in  §  798.  Define  them  and  illustrate  each  by  an  English  sentence.  How 
are  abstract  nouns  formed  from  adjectives  ?  Illustrate.  Explain  the  meaning 
and  formation  of  cupidus.  What  is  the  force  of  the  suffix  -6sus  ?  of  the 
suffixes  -ills,  -bills  ?  What  rule  can  you  give  for  the  spelling  of  English 
words  ending  in  -able  or  -ible  ?  in  -tion  or  -sio?i  ? 


SUMMARY  OF  RULES  OF  SYNTAX 

FIRST  HALF  YEAR 
Agreement 

1.  The  verb  agrees  with  its  subject  in  person  and  number  (§  48). 

2.  A  predicate  noun  agrees  with  the  subject  in  case  (§  61). 

3.  An  appositive  agrees  in  case  with  the  noun  which  it  explains  (§  104). 

4.  Adjectives  agree  with  their  nouns  in  gender,  number,  and  case  (§91). 

5.  The  relative  agrees  with  its  antecedent  in  gender  and  number,  but  its 

case  is  determined  by  its  use  in  its  own  clause  (§  390). 

Nominative  Case 

6.  The  subject  of  a  finite  verb  is  in  the  nominative  (§  33). 

Genitive  Case 

7.  The  word  denoting  the  owner  or  possessor  of  something  is  in  the 

genitive  (§  34). 

8.  The  possessive  genitive  often  stands  in  the  predicate  and  is  connected 

with  its  noun  by  a  form  of  the  verb  sum  (§  150). 

Dative  Case 

9.  The  indirect  object  of  a  verb  is  in  the  dative  (§  58). 

10.  The  dative  of  the  indirect  object  is  used  with  the  intransitive  verbs 

credo,  faveo,  noceo,  pareo,  persuades,  resists,  studeo,  and  others 
of  like  meaning  (§  224). 

11.  The  dative  is  used  with  adjectives  to  denote  the  object  toward  which 

the  given  quality  is  directed.    Such  are  those  meaning  near,  also 
fit^  friendly,  pleasing,  like,  and  their  opposites  (§  130). 

Accusative  Case 

12.  The  direct  object  of  a  transitive  verb  is  in  the  accusative  (§  35). 

13.  The  subject  of  the  infinitive  is  in  the  accusative  (§  368). 

321 


322  SUMMARY  OF  RULES  OF  SYNTAX 

Ablative  Case 

14.  Cause  is  denoted  by  the  ablative,  usually  without  a  preposition  (§  165). 

15.  Means  is  denoted  by  the  ablative  without  a  preposition  (§  166). 

16.  Accompaniment  is  denoted  by  the  ablative  with  cum  (§  167). 

17.  Manner  is  denoted  by  the  ablative  with  cum.  Cum  may  be  omitted 

if  an  adjective  is  used  with  the  ablative  (§  168). 

18.  The  place  from  which  is  expressed  by  the  ablative  with  the  prepo- 

sitions a  (ab),  de,  e  (ex)  (§  295). 

19.  Words  expressing  separation  or  taking  away  are  followed  by  the 

ablative,  often  with  the  prepositions  a  (ab),  de,  e  (ex)  (§  296). 

20.  The  ablative  with  the  preposition  a  or  ab  is  used  with  passive  verbs 

to  indicate  the  person  by  whom  the  act  is  performed  (§  261). 

21.  The  ablative  of  a  noun  and  a  participle,  a  noun  and  an  adjective,  or 

two  nouns  may  be  used  in  the  absolute  construction  to  denote 
attendant  circumstances  (§  400). 

Infinitive  used  as  in  English 

22.  The  verbs  iubeo,  command  \   cupio,  wish ;    veto,  forbid^  and  the 

like  are  often  followed  by  an  infinitive  clause  as  object  (§  367), 

23.  Verbs  of  incomplete  predication  are  often  followed  by  an  infinitive 

(§369). 

SECOND  HALF  YEAR 
Genitive  Case 

1 .  A  genitive  denoting  the  whole  is  used  with  words  denoting  a  part,  and  is 

known  as  the  genitive  of  the  whole,  or  the  partitive  genitive  (§  541). 

2.  The  adjectives   cupidus,   desirous-,    peritus,  skilled \    imperitus, 

ignorant,  and  others  of  similar  character  are  followed  by  the 
objective  genitive  (§  554). 

3.  The  genitive  or  the  ablative,  with  a  modifying  adjective,  is  used  in 

expressions  of  quality  or  description  (§  562). 

Dative  Case 

4.  Some  verbs  compounded  with  ad,  ante,  con,  dS,  in,  inter,  ob,  post, 

prae,  pro,  sub,  and  super  take  the  dative  of  the  indirect  object 

(§  623). 

5.  The  dative  is  used  to  denote  the  purpose  or  end  for  which,  often 

with  another  dative  denoting  the  person  or  thing  affected  (§  686). 


SUMMARY  OF  RULES  OF  SYNTAX  323 

Accusative  Case 

6.  The  place  to  which  is  expressed  by  ad  or  in  with  the  accusative 

(§481). 

7.  Duration  of  time  and  extent  of  space  are  expressed  by  the  accusative 

■(§  547). 

8.  Verbs  of  fnaking,  choosing,  calling,  and  the  like  may  take  a  predicate 

accusative  along  with  the  direct  object.   With  the  passive  voice  the 
two  accusatives  become  nominatives  (§  684). 

Ablative  Case 

9.  With  comparatives  and  words  implying  comparison  the  ablative  is 

used  to  denote  the  measure  of  difference  (§  452). 

10.  The  place  from  which  is  expressed  by  a  or  ab,  de,  e  or  ex,  with  the 

ablative  (§  482  ;  cf.  §  295). 

11.  The  place  at  or  in  which  is  expressed  by  the  ablative  with  in 

(§  483). 

12.  The  time  when  or  within  which  anything  happens  is  expressed  by 

the  ablative  without  a  preposition  (§  493). 

13.  The  ablative  is  used  to  denote  in  what  respect  something  is  true 

(§  55^)- 

Moods  and  Tenses  of  Verbs 

14.  In  a  complex  sentence  a  primary  tense  of  the  indicative  in  the  prin- 

cipal clause  is  followed  by  a  primary  tense  of  the  subjunctive  in 
the  dependent  clause,  and  a  secondary  by  a  secondary  (§595). 

15.  A  clause  expressing  purpose  takes  the  subjunctive  (§  588). 

16.  Verbs  denoting  a  purpose  or  desire  that  something  be  done  are 

followed  by  a  subjunctive  clause  as  object,  introduced  by  ut  or  ne 
(§  602). 

17.  Clauses  of  result  are  introduced  by  ut  (negative  ut  non)  and  have 

the  verb  in  the  subjunctive  (§  616). 

18.  Object  clauses  of  result  introduced  by  ut  (negative  ut  non)  are 

found  after  verbs  of  effecting  or  bringing  about  (§618). 

19.  Cum  means  wheti,  since,  or  although,  and  takes  the  subjunctive 

except  in  a  temporal  or  descriptive  clause  of  present  or  future 
time  (§  643). 


324 


SUMMARY  OF  RULES  OF  SYNTAX 


Moods  and  Tenses  of  Verbs  (Continued) 

20.  When  a  direct  statement  becomes  indirect,  the  principal  verb  is 

changed  to  the   infinitive   and  its  subject  nominative   becomes 
subject  accusative  of  the  infinitive  (§  654). 

21.  A  present  indicative  of  a  direct  statement  becomes  present  infinitive 

of  the  indirect,  a  past  indicative  becomes  perfect  infinitive,  and  a 
future  indicative  becomes  future  infinitive  (§  656). 

22.  The   accusative-with-infinitive   construction   in   indirect  statements 

is  found  after  verbs  of  sayings  tellings  knowing,  thinking,  and 
perceiving  (§657). 

23.  In  an  indirect  question  the  verb  is  in  the  subjunctive,  and  its  tense 

is  determined  by  the  rule  for  the  sequence  of  tenses  (§671). 


ROMAN    MOSAIC 


GRAMMATICAL  APPENDIX 

DECLENSION  OF  NOUNS 

804.  Nouns  are  inflected  in  five  declensions,  distinguished  by  the 
termination  of  the  genitive  singular. 


805. 

FIRST 

DECLENSION 

aqua  (base  aqu-), 

water 

SINGULAR 

plural 

NOM. 

aqua 

-a 

aquae 

-ae 

Gen. 

aquae 

-ae 

aquarum 

-arum 

DAT. 

aquae 

-ae 

aquis 

-is 

Ace. 

aquam 

-am 

aquas 

-as 

Abl. 

aqua 

-a 

aquis 

-is 

a.  Dea 

and  filia 

have   the   1 

termination  -abus   in   the 

dative  and 

ablative  plural. 

806. 

SECOND 

DECLENSION 

a.  Masculines 

IN  -US 

servus  (b 

•ase  serv- 

),  slave 

NOM. 

servus 

-us 

servi 

-i 

Gen. 

servi 

-i 

serv5rum 

-orum 

DAT. 

serv5 

-6 

servis 

-is 

Ace. 

servum 

-um 

serv5s 

-6s 

Abl. 

servo 

-6 

servis 

-is 

1.  Nouns  in  -us  of  the  second  declension  have  the  termination  -e 
in  the  vocative  singular :  as,  serve. 

2.  Proper  names   in  -ius,   and  filius,   end  in  -i  in   the  vocative 
singular,  and  the  accent  rests  on  the  penult:   as,  Vergi'li,  fill. 

325 


326 


GRAMMATICAL  APPENDIX 


b.  Neuters  in  -um  • 
oppidum  (base  oppid-),  town 

NoM.     oppidum           -um                           oppida  -a 

Gen.      oppidi               -i                                oppidorum  -orum 

DAT.      oppido               -0                               oppidis  -is 

Ace.       oppidum           -um                            oppida  -a 

Abl.       oppido               -6                                oppidis  -is 

I.  Masculines  in  -ius  and  neuters  in  -ium  end  in  -i  in  the  genitive 
singular,  not  in  -ii,  and  the  accent  rests  on  the  penult. 

c.  Masculines  in  -er  and  -ir 
puer  (base  puer-),  boy ;  agar  (base  agr-),  field ;  vir  (base  vir-),  man 


NOM. 

puer 

agar 

vir 

— 

Gen. 

pueri 

agri 

viri 

-i 

DAT. 

puer5 

agrd 

viro 

-0 

Ace. 

puerum 

agrum 

virum 

-um 

Abl. 

puer5 

agro 

viro 

-6 

NOM. 

pueri 

agri 

viri 

-1 

Gen. 

puerorum 

agrorum 

virorum 

-orum 

DAT. 

pueris 

agris 

viris 

-is 

Ace. 

pueros 

agros 

viros 

-OS 

Abl. 

pueris 

agris 

viris 

-Is 

THIRD  DECLENSION 

807.  Nouns  of  the   third   declension  are   classified   as   consonant 
stems  or  i-stems. 

808.  I.    CONSONANT  STEMS 
a.  Masculines  and  Feminines 

consul  (base  consul-),  m.,  consul;  legio  (base  legion-),  f.,  legion; 
pater  (base  patr-),  m.^  father 

NoM.      consul  legia  pater  — 

Gen.      consulis  legionis  patris  -is 

Dat.      consuli  legioni  patri  -i 

Ace.       consulem  legionem  patrem  -em 

Abl.       c5nsule  legidne  patre  -e 


GRAMMATICAL  APPENDIX 


327 


NOM. 

consules 

legiones 

patres 

-es 

Gen. 

consulum 

legionum 

patrum 

-um 

DAT. 

consulibus 

legionibus 

patribus 

-ibus 

Ace. 

consules 

legiones 

patres 

-es 

Abl. 

consulibus 

legionibus 

patribus 

-ibus 

princeps  (base  princip-),  m.,  chief;  miles  (base  milit-),  M.,  soldier  ] 
rex  (base  reg-),  m.,  king 


NOM. 

princeps 

miles 

rex 

-s 

Gen. 

principis 

militis 

regis 

-is 

DAT. 

principi 

mlliti 

regi 

-i 

Ace. 

principem 

militem 

regem 

-em 

Abl. 

principe 

mllite 

rege 

-e 

NOM. 

principes 

mllites 

reges 

-es 

Gen. 

prlncipum 

mllitum 

regum 

-um 

DAT. 

principibus 

militibus 

regibiis 

-ibus 

Ace. 

principes 

milites 

reges 

-es 

Abl. 

principibus 

militibus 

regibus 

-ibus 

Note.    For   vowel   and   consonant   changes    in    the   nominative    singular 
cf.  §  405.  a. 


b.  Neuters 

fliimen  (base  fliimin-),  n.,  river.,  tempus  (base  temper-), 
caput  (base  capit-),  n.,  head 


time ; 


NOM. 

flu  men 

tempus 

caput 

— 

Gen. 

fluminis 

temporis 

capitis 

-is 

DAT. 

flumini 

tempori 

capiti 

-i 

Ace. 

flumen 

tempus 

caput 

— 

Abl. 

flumine 

tempore 

capite 

-e 

NOM. 

flumina 

tempora 

capita 

-a 

Gen. 

fluminum 

temporum 

capitum 

-um 

DAT. 

fluminibus 

temporibus 

capitibus 

-ibus 

Ace. 

flumina 

tempora 

capita 

-a 

Abl. 

fluminibus 

temporibus 

capitibus 

-ibus 

328 


GRAMMATICAL  APPENDIX 


309. 

II.  /-STEMS 

a. 

Masculines  and  Feminines 

caedes  i 

[base  caed-), 

p.,  slaughter] 

hostis  (base  host-),  M., 

enemy]  urbs 

(base  urb-), 

p.,  city]  cliens  (base  client-),  m.,  retainer 

NOM. 

caedes 

hostis 

urbs 

cliens 

-s,  -is,  or  -es 

Gen. 

caedis 

hostis 

urbis 

clientis 

-is 

DAT. 

caedi 

hosti 

urbi 

clienti 

-i 

Ace. 

caedem 

hostem 

urbem 

clientem 

-em  (-im) 

Abl. 

caede 

hoste 

urbe 

cliente 

-e(-i) 

NOM. 

caedes 

hostes 

urbes 

clientes 

-es 

Gen. 

caedium 

hostium 

urbium 

clientium 

-ium 

DAT. 

caedibus 

hostibus 

urbibus 

clientibus 

-ibus 

Ace. 

caedis,  -es 

hostis,  -es 

urbis,  -es 

clientis,  -es 

-is,  -es 

Abl. 

caedibus 

hostibus 

urbibus 

clientibus 

-ibus 

b.  Neuters 

mare  (base  mar-),  n.,  sea]  animal  (base  animal-),  n.,  animal] 

calcar  (base  calcar-),  n.,  spur 


NOM. 

mare 

animal 

calcar 

07 

Gen. 

maris 

animalis 

calcaris 

-is 

DAT. 

mari 

animali 

calcari 

-i 

Ace. 

mare 

animal 

calcar 

Of 

Abl. 

mari 

animali 

calcari 

-i 

NOM. 

maria 

animalia 

calcaria 

-ia 

Gen. 

DAT. 

animalium 
animalibus 

calcarium 
calcaribus 

-ium 
-ibus 

maribus 

Ace. 

maria 

animalia 

calcaria 

-ia 

Abl. 

maribus 

animalibus 

calcaribus 

-ibus 

810. 


FOURTH  DECLENSION 


adventus  (base  advent-),  m.,  arrival]  cornu  (base  corn-),  n.,  horn 


MASC. 

NEUT. 

NOM. 

adventus 

cornu 

-US 

-U 

Gen. 

adventiis 

corniis 

-iis 

-US 

DAT. 

adventui  (-u) 

cornii 

-ui  (-ii) 

-ii 

Ace. 

adventum 

cornu 

-um 

-ii 

Abl. 

adventu 

cornu 

-ii 

-ii 

GRAMMATICAL  APPENDIX 


329 


NOM. 

adventus 

cornua 

-us 

-ua 

Gen. 

adventuum 

cornuum 

-uum 

-uum 

DAT. 

adventibus 

cornibus 

-ibus 

-ibus 

Ace. 

adventus 

cornua 

-us 

-ua 

Abl. 

adventibus 

cornibus 

-ibus 

-ibus 

811. 


FIFTH  DECLENSION 


dies  (base  di-),  M.,  day\  res  (base  r-),  F.,  thing 

NoM.     dies  res  -es 

Gen.      diei  rei  -ei 

Dat.      diei  rei  -ei 

Ace.       diem  rem  -em 

Abl.      die  re  -e 


NoM.  dies 

Gen.  dierum 

Dat.  diebus 

Ace.  dies 

Abl.  diebus 


res 

rerum 

rebus 

res 

rebus 


-es 

-erum 

-ebus 

-es 

-ebus 


Decl.  I 

Decl.  II 

Decl.  Ill 

Decl.  IV 

Decl.  V 

NOM. 

aqua 

servus 

princeps 

adventus 

dies 

Gen. 

aquae 

servi 

principis 

adventiis 

diei 

Dat. 

aquae 

servo 

prlncipi 

adventui  (-ii) 

diei. 

Ace. 

aquam 

servum 

prlncipem 

adventum 

diem 

Abl. 

aqua 

servo 

principe 

adventu 

die 

NOM. 

aquae 

servi 

prlncipes 

adventiis 

dies 

Gen. 

aquarum 

servorum 

principum 

adventuum 

dierum 

DAT. 

aquis 

servis 

prlncipibus 

adventibus 

diebus 

Ace. 

aquas 

serv5s 

prlncipes 

adventus 

dies 

Abl. 

aquis 

servis 

prlncipibus 

adventibus 

diebus 

330 


GRAMMATICAL  APPENDIX 


813. 

SPECIAL  PARADIGMS 

homo, 

M.,  man;  domus,  f.,  house;  vis,  f.,  strength;  iter,  n. 

,  way 

NOM. 

homo 

domus 

vis 

iter 

Gen. 

hominis 

domiis  (loc.  domi) 

VIS  (rare) 

itineris 

DAT. 

homini 

domui,  -0 

VI  (rare) 

itineri 

Ace. 

hominem 

domum 

vim 

iter 

Abl. 

homine 

domo,  -u 

vl 

itinere 

NOM. 

homines 

domiis 

vires 

itinera 

Gen. 

hominum 

domuum,  -orum 

virium 

itinerum 

DAT. 

hominibus 

domibus 

viribus 

itineribus 

Acc. 

homines 

domos,  -us 

viris,  -es 

itinera 

Abl. 

hominibus 

domibus 

viribus 

itineribus 

DECLENSION  OF  ADJECTIVES 
814.  FIRST  AND  SECOND  DECLENSIONS 

bonus  (base  bon-),  good 


Masc. 

Fem. 

Neut. 

Masc. 

Fem. 

Neut. 

NOM. 

bonus 

bona 

bonum 

boni 

bonae 

bona 

Gen. 

boni 

bonae 

boni 

bonorum 

bonarum 

bonorum 

DAT. 

bon5 

bonae 

bono 

bonis 

bonis 

bonis 

Acc. 

bonum 

bonam 

bonum 

bonos 

bonas 

bona 

Abl. 

bono 

bona 

bono 

bonis 

bonis 

bonis 

NOM. 

Gen. 

DAT. 

Acc. 
Abl. 


liber  (base  liber-),  free 


NoM.  liber  libera  llberum 

Gen.   hberi  llberae  llberi 

DAT.   llberS  llberae  llbero 

Acc.    llberum  llberam  llberum 

Abl.    llbero  libera  llbero 


llberi  llberae  libera 

llberorum  llberarum  llberonim 

llberis  llberis  liberis 

llberSs  llberas  libera 

llberis  llberis  llberis 


pulcher  (base  pulchr-),  pretty 


pulcher     pulchra     pulchrum 
pulchri      pulchrae   pulchri 
pulchro      pulchrae   pulchro 
pulchrum  pulchram  pulchrum 
pulchro     pulchra     pulchro 


pulchri         pulchrae       pulchra 
pulchrorum  pulchrarum  pulchrorum 
pulchris        pulchris        pulchris 
pulchros       pulchras       pulchra 
pulchris        pulchris        pulchris 


815. 


GRAMMATICAL  APPENDIX 

IRREGULAR  ADJECTIVES 
alius  (base  ali-),  another 


unus  (base  un-),  one,  only 


331 


Masc. 

Fem. 

Neut. 

Masc. 

Fem. 

Neut. 

NOM. 

alius 

alia 

aliud 

alii 

aliae 

alia 

Gen. 

alius 

alius 

alius 

aliorum 

aliarum 

aliorum 

DAT. 

alii 

alii 

alii 

aliis 

aliis 

aliis 

Ace. 

alium 

aliam 

aliud 

alios 

alias 

alia 

Abl. 

alio 

alia 

alio 

aliis 

aliis 

aliis 

NOM. 

unus 

una 

unum 

uni 

ijnae 

una 

Gen. 

unius 

anius 

unius 

un5rum 

Cinarum 

Cinorum 

DAT. 

iini 

iini 

uni 

unis 

unis 

unis 

Ace. 

unum 

unam 

linum 

iin5s 

Unas 

una 

Abl. 

un5 

una 

lino 

iinis 

unis 

unis 

816.  ADJECTIVES  OF  THE  THIRD  DECLENSION,   /-STEMS 
acer,  acris,  acre  (base  acr-),  keen,  eager 


Masc. 

Fem. 

Neut. 

Masc. 

Fem. 

Neut. 

NOM. 

acer 

acris 

acre 

acres 

acres 

acria 

Gen. 

acris 

acris 

acris 

acrium 

acrium 

acrium 

DAT. 

acri 

acri 

acri 

acribus 

acribus 

acribus 

Ace. 

acrem 

acrem 

acre 

acris,  -es 

acris,  -es 

acria 

Abl. 

acri 

acri 

acri 

acribus 

acribus 

acribus 

omnis,  omne  (base  omn-),  every,  all 
Masc.  and  Fem.       Neut.  Masc.  and  Fem. 


NOM. 

omnis 

omne 

Gen. 

omnis 

omnis 

DAT. 

omni 

omni 

Ace. 

omnem 

omne 

Abl. 

omni 

omni 

Neut. 


omnes 

omnia 

omnium 

omnium 

omnibus 

omnibus 

omnis,  -es 

omnia 

omnibus 

omnibus 

?>2»2 


GRAMMATICAL  APPENDIX 
par  (base  par-),  equal 


NoM.     par 

par 

pares 

paria 

Gen.     paris 

paris 

parium 

parium 

DAT.     pari 

pari 

paribus 

paribus 

Ace.      parem 

par 

paris,  -es 

paria 

Abl.      pari 

pari 

paribus 

paribus 

817.                    PRESENT  ACTIVE 

PARTICIPLES 

vocans  (base 

vocant-),  calling 

Masc.  and  Fem. 

Neut. 

Masc.  and  Fem. 

Neut. 

NoM.     vocans 

vocans 

vocantes 

vocantia 

Gen.      vocantis 

vocantis 

vocantium 

vocantium 

Dat.      vocanti 

vocanti 

vocantibus 

vocantibus 

Ace.       vocantem 

vocans 

vocantis,  -es 

vocantia 

Abl.      vocante,  -i 

vocante,  -i 

vocantibus 

vocantibus 

iens  (base  ient-,  eunt-),  going 


NOM. 

iens 

iens 

euntes 

euntia 

Gen. 

euntis 

euntis 

euntium 

euntium 

DAT. 

eunti 

eunti 

euntibus 

euntibus 

Ace. 

euntem 

iens 

euntis,  -es 

euntia 

Abl. 

eunte,  -i 

eunte,  -i 

euntibus 

euntibus 

818. 


REGULAR  COMPARISON  OF  ADJECTIVES 


POSITIVE 

COMPARATIVE 

SUPERLATIVE 

Masc. 

Masc.  and  Fem. 

Neut. 

Masc 

Fem. 

Neut. 

clarus,  clear 

clarior 

clarius 

clarissimus 

-a 

-um 

brevis,  short 

brevior 

brevius 

brevissimus 

-a 

-um 

velox,  swift 

vel5cior 

velocius 

velocissimus 

-a 

-um 

acer,  sharp 

acrior 

acrius 

acerrimus 

-a 

-um 

pulcher,  pretty 

pulchrior 

pulchrius 

pulcherrimus 

-a 

-um 

liber,  free 

liberior 

liberius 

liberrimus 

-a 

-um 

GRAMMATICAL  APPENDIX 


333 


B19. 


DECLENSION  OF  COMPARATIVES 
clarior,  clearer 


Masc.  and  P'em. 

Neut. 

Masc.  and  Fem. 

Neut. 

NOM. 

clarior 

clarius  . 

clariores 

clariora 

Gen. 

clarioris 

clarioris 

clariorum 

clariorum 

DAT. 

clariori 

clariori 

clarioribus 

clarioribus 

Ace. 

clariorem 

clarius 

clariores 

clariora 

Abl. 

clariore 

clariore 

plus, 

clarioribus 
more 

clarioribus 

NOM. 

plus 

pi  u  res 

plura 

Gen. 

pluris 

plurium 

plurium 

DAT. 

pluribus 

pluribus 

Ace. 

plus 

pluris,  -es 

plura 

Abl. 

plure 

pluribus 

pluribus 

820.  IRREGULAR  COMPARISON  OF  ADJECTIVES 


POSITIVE  COMPARATIVE 

bonus,  -a,  -um,  good  melior,  melius,  better 

magnus,  -a,  -um,  great  maior,  maius,  greater 

malus,  -a,  -um,  bad  peior,  peius,  worse 


multus,  -a,  -um,  much 


plus,  more 


parvus,  -a,  -um,  S7nall    minor,  minus,  smaller 


facilis,  -e,  easy 
difficilis,  -e,  hard 
similis,  -e,  like 
dissimilis,  -e,  nnlike 

inferus,  -a,  -um,  below    inferior,  lower 


SUPERLATIVE 

optimus,  -a,  -um,  best 
maximus,  -a,  -um,  greatest 
pessimus,  -a,  -um,  worst 
pliirimus,  -a,  -um,  ?nost 
minimus,  -a,  -um,  smallest 
facillimus,  easiest 
difficillimus,  hardest 
simillimus,  most  like 


facilior,  easier 

difficilior,  harder 

similior,  7nore  like 

dissimilior,  more  unlike   dissimillimus,  most  unlike 

rinfimus^  , 
\  _  slowest 

U 


superus,  -a,  -um,  above  superior,  higher 

prior,  former 
propior,  nearer 
ulterior,  farther 
interior,  inner 
citerior,  hither 


rsupremus|^ 

1^  summus   j 
primus,  yfrj/ 
proximus,  tiext 
ultimus,  farthest 
intimus,  inmost 
citimus,  hithermost 


334 


GRAMMATICAL  APPENDIX 


821. 


REGULAR  COMPARISON  OF  ADVERBS 


POSITIVE 

COMPARATIVE 

SUPERLATIVE 

care,  dearly 

carius 

carissime 

pulchre,  beautifully 

pulchrius 

pulcherrime 

llbere,  freely 

liberius 

liberrime 

acriter,  sharply 

acrius 

acerrime 

similiter,  similarly 

similius 

simillime 

822.             IRREGULAR 

COMPARISON  OF  ADVERBS 

POSITIVE 

COMPARATIVE 

SUPERLATIVE 

bene,  well 

melius,  better 

optime,  best 

diu,  long^  a  long  time 

diutius,  longer 

diutissime,  longest 

magnopere,  greatly 

magis,  fnore 

maxime,  tnost 

parum,  little 

minus,  less 

minime,  least 

prope,  nearly,  near 

propius,  7tearer 

proxime,  nearest 

saepe,  often 

saepius,  oftener 

saepissime,  oftenes. 

NUMERAL  ADJECTIVES 

823.  The  cardinal  numerals  are  indeclinable,  except  unus,  duo, 
tres,  the  hundreds  above  one  hundred,  and  mille  used  as  a  noun. 
The  ordinals  are  declined  like  bonus,  -a,  -um. 


Cardinals  {How  jnany) 


Ordinals  {In  what  order) 


I,  unus,  -a,  -um 

one 

primus,  -a,  - 

um 

first 

2,  duo,  duae,  duo 

two 

secundus  {or 

•  alter) 

second 

3,  tres,  tria 

three 

tertius 

third 

4,  quattuor 

etc. 

quartus 

etc. 

5,  quTnque 

quintus 

6,  sex 

sextus 

7,  septem 

Septimus 

8,  octo 

octavus 

9,  novem 

nonus 

lo,  decem 

decimus 

1 1 ,  undecim 

undecimus 

12,  duodecim 

duodecimus 

13,  tredecim  (decem 

(et)  tres) 

tertius  decimus 

14,  quattuordecim 

quartus  decimus 

GRAMMATICAL  APPENDIX 


335 


15,  qulndecim 

qulntus  decimus 

16,  sedecim 

sextus  decimus 

1 7,  septendecim 

Septimus  decimus 

18,  duodeviginti 

duodevlcensimus 

19,  undevlginti 

undevicensimus 

20,  viginti 

vTcensimus  or  vicesimus 

Jvlgintl  unus  or 
'  \  unus  et  vTginti,  etc. 

'  vicensimus  primus  or 
^  unus  et  vicensimus,  etc. 

30,  trlginta 

trice  nsimus 

40,  quadraginta 

quadragensimus 

50,  qulnquaginta 

quinquagensimus 

60,  sexaginta 

sexagensimus 

70,  septuaginta 

septuagensimus 

80,  octoginta 

octogensimus 

90,  nonaginta 

nonagensimus     • 

100,  centum 

centensimus 

loi.  centum  (et)  unus,  etc. 

centensimus  (et)  primus,  etc 

. 

200,  ducenti,  -ae,  -a 

ducentensimus 

300,  trecenti 

trecente  nsimus 

400,  quadringenti 

quadringentensimus 

500,  quingenti 

quTngente  nsimus 

600,  sescentT 

sescente  nsimus 

700,  septingenti 

septingentensimus 

800,  octingenti 

octingentensimus 

900,  nongenti 

nongentensimus 

1000,  mllle 

millensimus 

824.  Declension  of  duo, 

two  ;  tres,  three ;  and  mille,  thousand. 

Masc.           Fem. 

Neut. 

M.  AND  F.    Neut.      Sing. 

Plur. 

NoM.   duo               duae 

duo 

tres              tria           mille 

milia 

Gen.    duorum         duarum 

duorum 

trium           trium       mille 

milium 

Dat.    duobus          duabus 

duobus 

tribus          tribus       mille 

milibus 

Ace.     duos  or  duo  duas 

duo 

tris  or  tres  tria          mille 

milia 

Abl.    duobus          duabus 

duobus 

tribus          tribus       mille 

milibus 

Note.  Mille  is  used  in  the  plural  as  a  noun  with  a  modifying  genitive,  and 
is  occasionally  so  used  in  the  nominative  and  accusative  singular.  For  the 
declension  of  unus  of.  §  534. 


336 


GRAMMATICAL  APPENDIX 


DECLENSION  OF  PRONOUNS 


82f 

PERSONAL 

ego,/ 

tu,  you 

sui,  of  himself,  etc. 

NOM. 

Gen. 

ego 
mei 

nos 
nostrum. 

tu 
tui 

vos 
vestrum,  -tri 

-tri 

SUl                  SUl 

DAT. 

mihi 

nobis 

tibi 

vobls 

sibi            sibi 

Ace. 

me 

nos 

te 

vos 

se,  sese     se,  sese 

Abl. 

me 

nobis 

te 

vobis 

se,  sese     se,  sese 

56. 

POSSESSIVE 

Masc. 

Fem. 

Neut. 

meus 

mea 

meum 

my,  7}iine 

tuus 

tua 

tuum 

your,  yours 

SUUS 

sua 

suum 

his  (own),  her  (own),  its  (own) 

noster 

nostra 

nostrum 

our,  ours 

vester 

vestra 

vestrum 

your,  yours 

SUUS 

sua 

suum 

their  (own),  theirs 

Note.    The  vocative  singular  masculine  of  meus  is  mi. 


827. 


INTENSIVE 


Masc.        Fem. 


ipse,  self 


Neut. 


Masc. 


Fem. 


Neut. 


NOM. 

ipse 

ipsa 

ipsum 

ipsT 

ipsae 

ipsa 

Gen. 

ipsfus 

ipsT'us 

ipsfus 

ipsorum 

ipsarum 

ipsorum 

DAT. 

ipsT 

ipsT 

ipsi 

ipsis 

ipsis 

ipsis 

Ace. 

ipsum 

ipsam 

ipsum 

ipsos 

ipsas 

ipsa 

Abl. 

ips5 

ipsa 

ipso 

ipsTs 

ipsis     - 

ipsis 

GRAMMATICAL  APPENDIX 


337 


828. 


DEMONSTRATIVE 

hie,  this  (here),  he 


Masc. 

Fem. 

Neut. 

Masc. 

Fem. 

Neut. 

NOM. 

hie 

haec 

hoc 

hi 

hae 

haec 

Gen. 

huius 

huius 

huius 

horum 

harum 

horum 

DAT. 

huic 

huic 

huic 

his 

his 

his 

Ace. 

hunc 

hanc 

hoc 

hos 

has 

haec 

Abl. 

hoc 

hac 

hoc 

his 

his 

his 

i3te,  this,  that 

(of  yours),  he 

NOM. 

iste 

ista 

istud 

isti 

istae 

ista 

Gen. 

isti'us 

isti'us 

isti'us 

istorum 

istarum 

istorum 

DAT. 

isti 

istI 

istI 

istis 

istis 

istis 

Ace. 

istum 

istam 

istud 

istos 

istas 

ista 

Abl. 

isto 

ista 

isto 

istIs 

istIs 

istis 

ille,  that  (yonder),  he 

NOM. 

ille 

ilia 

illud 

illl 

illae 

ilia 

Gen. 

illl'us 

ilirus 

ilirus 

illorum 

illarum 

illorum 

DAT. 

illl 

ill! 

ill! 

illls 

illls 

illls - 

Ace. 

ilium 

illam 

illud 

illos 

illas 

ilia 

Abl. 

iUo 

ilia 

ilia 

is,  thiSf 

iUls 
that,  he 

illls 

illls 

NOM. 

is 

ea 

id 

il,  el 

eae 

ea 

Gen. 

eius 

eius 

eius 

e5rum 

carum 

eorum 

Dat. 

ei 

el 

el 

ils,  els 

iis,  els 

ils,  els 

Ace. 

eum 

earn 

id 

eos 

eas 

ea 

Abl. 

eo 

ea 

e5 

ils,  els 

iis,  eis 

iis,  eis 

idem,  the  same 

NOM. 

idem 

e'adem 

idem 

J  ii'dem 
L  el'dem 

eae'dem 

e'adem 

Gen. 

eius'dem 

eius'dem 

eius'dem 

eorun'dem 

carun'dem 

eorun'dem 

DAT. 

efdem 

el'dem 

ei'dem 

'  ils'dem 
.  eis'dem 

ils'dem 
eis'dem 

ils'dem 
eis'dem 

Ace. 

eun'dem 

ean'dem 

idem 

eos'dem 

eas'dem 

e'adem 

Abl. 

eo'dem 

ea'dem 

ed'dem 

'  ils'dem 
.eis'dem 

ils'dem 
eis'dem 

ils'dem 
eis'dem 

338 


GRAMMATICAL  APPENDIX 


59. 

RELATIVE 

qui,  who, 

which, 

that 

Masc. 

Fem. 

Neut. 

Masc. 

Fem. 

Neut. 

NOM. 

qui 

quae 

quod 

qui 

quae 

quae 

Gen. 

cuius 

cuius 

cuius 

qudrum 

quarum 

quorum 

DAT. 

cui 

cui 

cui 

quibus 

quibus 

quibus 

Ace. 

quern 

quam 

quod 

quos 

quas 

quae 

Abl. 

qu5 

qua 

quo 

quibus 

quibus 

quibus 

830. 


INTERROGATIVE 

quis,  substantive,  who,  what 


Masc.  and  Fem. 

Neut. 

Masc. 

Fem. 

Neut. 

NoM.     quis 

quid 

qui 

quae 

quae 

Gen.     cuius 

cuius 

quorum 

quarum 

qu5rum 

Dat.     cui 

cui 

quibus 

quibus 

quibus 

Ace.      quern 

quid 

quos 

quas 

quae 

Abl.      quo 

quo 

quibus 

quibus 

quibus 

The  interrogative  adjective  qui,  quae,  quod,  is  declined  like  the 
relative. 


INDEFINITE 

831.  Quis  and  qui,  as  declined  above,^  are  used  also  as  indefinites 
(some,  any).    The  other  indefinites  are  compounds  of  quis  and  qui. 

quisque,  each 


substantive 

ADJECTIVE 

Masc.  and  Fem. 

Neut. 

Masc 

Fem. 

Neut. 

NoM.     quisque 

quidque 

quisque 

quaeque 

quodque 

Gen.      cuius'que 

cuius'que 

cuius'que 

cuius'que 

cuius'que 

Dat.     cuique 

cuique 

cuique 

cuique 

cuique 

Ace.      quemque 

quidque 

quemque 

quamque 

quodque 

Abl.      qu5que 

quoque 

quoque 

quaque 

quoque 

1  Qua  is  generally  used  instead  of  quae  in  the  feminine  nominative  singular 
and  in  the  neuter  nominative  and  accusative  plural. 


GRAMMATICAL   APPENDIX 


339 


quidam,  a  certain  one,  a  certain 


Masc. 

Fem. 

Neut. 

NOM. 

quidam 

quaedam 

J  quoddam 

\  quiddam  {subst.) 

Gen. 

cuius'dam 

cuius'dam 

cuius'dam 

DAT. 

cuidam 

cuidam 

cuidam 

Ace. 

quendam 

quandam 

'quoddam 
quiddam  {subst.) 

Abl. 

quodam 

quadam 

quodam 

NOM. 

quidam 

quaedam 

quaedam 

Gen. 

quorun'dam 

quarun'dam 

quorun'dam 

DAT. 

quibus'dam 

quibus'dam 

quibus'dam 

Ace. 

quosdam 

quasdam 

quaedam 

Abl. 

quibus'dam 

quibus'dam 

quibus'dam 

aliquis,  substantive,  someone^  something-,  aliqui,  adjective,  some 

ADJECTIVE 


SUBSTANTIVE 


Masc.  and  Fem.     Neut. 

Masc. 

Fem. 

Neut. 

NoM.     ali 

quis             aliquid 

aliquT 

aliqua 

aliquod 

Gen.     aliculus         alicu'ius 

alicu'ius 

alicu'ius 

alicu'ius 

Dat.      alicui              alicui 

alicui 

alicui 

alicui 

Ace.      aliquem          aliquid 

aliquem 

aliquam 

aliquod 

Abl.      aliquo             aliquo 

aliquo 

aliqua 

aliquo 

Masc. 

Fem. 

Neut. 

NOM. 

aliquT 

aliquae 

aliqua 

Gen. 

aliquo'rum 

aliqua'rum 

aliquo'rum 

I 

Dat. 

ali'quibus 

ali'quibus 

ali'quibus 

Ace. 

aliquos 

aliquas 

aliqua 

Abl. 

ali'quibus 

ali'quibus 

ali'quibus 

340  GRAMMATICAL  APPENDIX 

CONJUGATION  OF  REGULAR  VERBS 
832.     FIRST  CONJUGATION.    I-VERBS.    VOCO,  I  CALL 

Principal  Parts  :  voco,  vocare,  vocavi,  vocatus 
Pres.  stem  voca- ;  perf.  stem  vocav- ;  part,  stem  vocat- 

ACTIVE  PASSIVE 

INDICATIVE 

Present 
/  call^  am  calling,  do  call^  etc.  /  ajn  called,  etc. 

voco  vocamus  vocor  vocamur 


vocas                  vocatis 

vocaris,  -re             vocamini 

vocat                 vocant 

vocatur                  vocantur 

Past 

/  called^  was  calling,  did  call. 

etc.                      /  was  called,  etc. 

vocabam            vocabamus 

vocabar                  vocabamur 

vocabas              vocabatis 

vocabaris,  -re         vocabamini 

vocabat             vocabant 

vocabatur              vocabantur 

Future 

/  shall  call,  etc. 

/  shall  be  called,  etc. 

vocab5               vocabimus 

vocabor                  vocabimur 

vocabis               vocabitis 

vocaberis,  -re         vocabimini 

vocabit               vocabunt 

vocabitur               vocabuntur 

Perfect 

/  have  called,  called,  did  call,  etc.  /  have  been  {was)  called,  etc. 

vocavi                vocavimus  ^^            ( sum       ^           ( sumus 

vocavisti            vocavistis  <  es                      <  estis 

vocavit              vocaverunt,  -re  '            I  est              '       L  sunt 

Past  Perfect 

/  had  called,  etc.  /  had  been  called^  etc. 

vocaveram         vocaveramus  „^^of««   feram      „^^-^r  feramus 

_      _                   _       _^.  vocatus,        _          vocati, 

vocaveras          vocaveratis  A  eras                   <  eratis 

vocaverat          vocaverant  '           Lerat            '       Lerant 

Future  Perfect 

/  shall  have  called,  etc.  /  shall  have  been  called,  etc. 

vocaverS            vocaverimus  „„^-f„„   fero           ^^-♦.r  ferimus 

_       .                    -       .^.  vocatus,        .          vocati, 

vocavens           vocaveritis  <  ens                    i  eritis 

vocaverit           vocaverint  '           lerit             '       Lerunt 


GRAMMATICAL   APPENDIX 


341 


vocem 

voces 

vocet 

vocarem 

vocares 

vocaret 

vocaverim 

vocaveris 

vocaverit 

vocavissem 

vocavisses 

vocavisset 


vocemus 

vocetis 

vocent 

vocaremus 

vocaretis 

vocarent 

vocaverimus 

vocaveritis 

vocaverint 

vocavissemus 

vocavissetis 

vocavissent 


SUBJUNCTIVE 
Present 
vocer 


voceris,  -re 
vocetur 
Past 

vocarer 
vocareris,  -re 
vocaretur 
Perfect 

vocatus,    ® 
-a,  -um 


-<  SIS 

I  sit 


vocemur 
vocemini 
vocentur 

vocaremur 
vocaremini 
vocarentur 


vocatlj^™"' 


Lsint 


Past  Perfect. 

C  essem 
vocatus, 

-a  -um    1  ®®®^^ 
'  Lesset 


vocati, 
-ae,  -a 


i.r' 


-j  essetis 
L  essent 


voca,  call  thou 
vocate,  call  ye 

vocato,  thoti  shall  call 
vocato,  he  shall  call 
vocatote,  you  shall  call 
vocanto,  they  shall  call 


IMPERATIVE 

Present 

vocare,  be  thou  called 
vocamini,  be  ye  called 

Future 

vocator,  thou  shall  be  called 
vocator,  he  shall  be  called 


Pres. 
Perf. 
FuT. 


Pres. 

FUT. 

Perf. 

NOM. 

Gen. 

DAT. 

Ace. 
Abl, 


vocare,  to  call 
vocavisse,  to  have  called  . 
vocaturus,  -a,  -um  esse,  to  be 
about  to  call 


vocantor,  they  shall  be  called 
NFINITIVE 

vocari,  to  be  called 
vocatus,  -a,  -um  esse, 
[vocatum   iri,    to    be 
called^ 


[called 
to  have  been 
about  to    be 


PARTICIPLES 


vocans,  -antis,  calling 
vocaturus,  -a,  -um,  about  to 
call 


GERUND 


Pres.    

Gerundive  ^  vocandus,  -a,  -um,  to 

be  called 
Perf.    vocatus,  -a,  -um,  having  been 

called 


Abl. 


vocandi,  of  calling 
vocando,  for  calling 
vocandum,  calling 
vocando,  by  calling 

^  Sometimes  called  the  future  passive  participle. 


SUPINE  (Active  Voice) 
Acc.    vocatum,  to  call 

vocatu,    to    call,    in 
calling 


the 


342 


GRAMMATICAL  APPENDIX 


833.  SECOND  CONJUGATION.    £-VERBS.    MONEO,  I  ADVISE 

Principal  Parts  :  moneo,  monere,  monui,  monitus 
Pres.  stem  mone- ;  perf.  stem  monu- ;  part,  stem  monit- 


ACTIVE 

PASSIVE 

INDICATIVE 

Present 

/  advise^  etc. 

/  am  advised,  etc. 

moneo                  monemus 

moneor                      monemur 

mones                  monetis 

moneris,  -re              monemini 

monet                  monent 

monetur                   monentur 

Past 


/  was  advising,  etc. 

monebam  monebamus 

monebas  monebatis 

monebat  monebant 


/  was  advised,  etc. 


monebar 
monebaris,  -re 
monebatur 


monebamur 
monebamini 
monebantur 


Future 


/  shall  advise,  etc. 


monebo 
monebis 
monebit 


monebimus 

monebitis 

monebunt 


/  shall  be  advised,  etc. 

monebor  monebimur 

monebaris,  -re  monebimini 

monebitur  monebuntur 


Perfect 


/  have  advised,  I  advised,  etc. 


monui 

monuisti 

monuit 


monuimus 
monuistis 
monuerunt,  -re 


/  have  been  {was)  advised,  etc. 

fsum  .,-   rsumus 

momtus,  moniti, 

^  es  <  estis 

-a,  -um   p  .      -ae,  -a  i  ^  "-  : 

l^est  [sunt 


Past  Perfect 


/  had  advised,  etc. 


/  had  been  advised,  etc. 


monueram 

monueras 

monuerat 


monueramus 

monueratis 

monuerant 


r  eram  ,,-  f  eralnus 

monitus,        _     moniti,     '=^**^"'' 
o    ««,  1  ei^as     ,^    ^<  eratis 
-a,  -um    I  -ae,  -a  | 


[erat 


erant 


Future  Perfect 
/  shall  have  advised,  etc.  /  shall  have  been  advised,  etc. 


monuero 
monueris 
monuerit 


monuerimus 

monueritis 

monuerint 


monitus,  f«™     moniti,  f^"""' 

-a,-um1«"'    -ae,-a     «"t" 
[erit  (^erunt 


GRAMMATICAL  APPENDIX 


343 


SUBJUNCTIVE 

Present 

moneam 

moneamus 

monear 

moneamur 

moneas 

moneatis 

monearis, 

-re 

moneamini 

moneat 

moneant 

moneatur 
Past 

moneantur 

monerem 

moneremus 

monerer 

moneremur 

moneres 

moneretis 

monereris 

,-re 

moneremini 

moneret 

monerent 

moneretui 
Perfect 

monerentur 

monuerim 

monueris 

monuerit 

monuerimus 

monueritis 

monuerint 

monitus,  J 
-a,  -urn   1 

Past  Perfect 

sim 

sis 
.sit 

monuissem 

monuisses 

monuisset 

monuissemus 

monuissetis 

monuissent 

monitus, 
-a,  -um 

'  essem 

esses 

. esset 

.  1,  essent 

mone,  advise  thou 
monete,  advise  ye 

monetS,  thou  shalt  advise 
moneto,  he  shall  advise 
monetote,  you  shall  advise 
monento,  they  shall  advise 

Pres.    monere,  to  advise 


[MPERATIVE 
Present 

monere,  be  thou  advised 
monemini,  be  ye  advised 
Future 

monetor,  thou  shalt  be  advised 
monetor,  he  shall  be  advised 


monentor,  they  shall  be  advised 
NFINITIVE 

moneri,  to  be  advised 


Perf.  monuisse,  to  have  advised         monitus,  -a,  -um  esse,  to  have  bee?i 

advised 
FuT.     moniturus,  -a,  -um  esse,  to  be      [monitum   iri,    to    be   about   to    be 
about  to  advise                           advised^ 
PARTICIPLES 
pRES.    monens,  -entis,  advising  Pres.   


FuT. 


Perf. 


NOM. 


moniturus,  -a,  -um,  about  to 
advise 


GERUND 


Gen.  monendi,  of  advising 

Dat.  monendo, /or  advising 

Ace.  monendum,  advising 

Abl.  monendo,  by  advising 


Ger.     monendus,   -a,    -um,    to    be 

advised 
Perf.  monitus,  -a,  -um,  having  been 

advised^  advised 

SUPINE  (Active  Voice) 
Acc.   monitum,  to  advise 
Abl.   monitu,  to  advise^  in  the 
advising 


344 


GRAMMATICAL  APPENDIX 


834.     THIRD  CONJUGATION.    £-VERBS.    REGO,  I  RULE 

Principal  Parts  :  rego,  regere,  rexi,  rectus 
Pres.  stem  rege- ;  perf .  stem  rex- ;  part,  stem  rect- 


ACTIVE 

PASSIVE 
INDICATIVE 

Present 

/  rule^  etc. 

I  a7n  ruled^  etc. 

rego                  regimus 
regis                 regitis 
regit                 regunt 

regor                       regimur 
regeris,  -re                regimini 
regitur                     reguntur 

/  was  rulings  etc. 
rege  bam  regebamus 

regebas  regebatis 

regebat  regebant 


/  shall  rtile,  etc. 
regam  regemus 

reges  regetis 

reget  regent 


/  have  7'uled.  etc. 


rexi 

rexisti 

rexit 


reximus 
rexistis 
rexerunt,  -re 


/  had  ruled,  etc. 


rexeram 

rexeras 

rexerat 


rexeramus 

rexeratis 

rexerant 


/  shall  have  ruled^  etc. 
rexero  rexerimus 

rexeris  rexeritis 

rexerit  rexerint 


Past 

/  was  ruled,  etc. 
regebar  regebamur 

regebaris,  -re  regebamini 

regebatur  regebantur 

Future 

/  shall  be  ruled,  etc. 
regar  regemur 

regeris,  -re  regemini 

regetur  regentur 

Perfect 

/  have  been  ruled,  etc. 


rectus, 
-a,  -um 


rsum 
\  es 

lest 


recti,  1^",°^"^ 


Past  Perfect 


/  had  beefi  ruled,  etc. 


rectus, 
-a,  -um 


reram 
\  eras 
lerat 


recti,  jr""' 
'      L  erant 


Future  Perfect 

/  shall  have  been  ruled,  etc. 

rectus,  I  ^'^^  recti,    r^'^lj""^ 

o    « J  \  ens  ,^   '  \  eritis 

'^'■""'lerit  "**'■* 


Lerunt 


GRAMMATICAL  APPENDIX 


345 


SUBJUNCTIVE 

Present 

regam 

regamus 

regar 

regamur 

regas 

regatis 

regaris,  -re 

regamini 

regat 

regant 

regatur 
Past 

regantur 

regerem 

regeremus 

regerer 

regeremur 

regeres 

regeretis 

regereris,  -re 

regeremini 

regeret 

regerent 

regeretur 
Perfect 

regerentur 

rexerim 
rexeris 

rexerimus 
rexeritis 

rectus,  f»l" 

-      ,     '  \  SIS 

recti    r®'"""* 
!f    J  sitis 

rexerit 

rexerint 

Past  Perfect 

-^^'-Hsint 

rexissem 
rexisses 

rexissemus 
rexissetis 

rectus, /«»"?» 
■{  esses 

recti,  jessemus 
<  essetis 

rexisset 

rexissent 

-a,  -um  1 

Lesset 

IMPERATIVE 

Present 

-ae,  -a  I 

L  essent 

rege,  rule  thou 

regere,  be  thou 

ruled 

regite,  rule  ye 

regimini,  be  ye 

ruled 

Future 

"regito,  thou  shall  rule 

regitor,  thou  shalt  be  ruled 

regito,  he  shall  rule 

regitor,  he  shall  be  ruled 

regitote 

ye  shall  rule 

regunto,  they  shall  rule 

reguntor,  they  shall  be  ruled 

Pres.     regere,  to  rule 
Perf.    rexisse,  to  have  ruled 


INFINITIVE 

regi,  to  be  ruled 

rectus,  -a,  -um  esse,  to  have  been 

ruled 

FuT.      recturus,  -a,  -um  esse,  to  be      [rectum  iri,  to  be  about  to  be  ruled'] 

about  to  rule 

PARTICIPLES 

Pres.    regens,  -entis,  ruling  Pres.    

FuT.      rectiirus,  -a,  -um,  about  to      Ger.      regendus,    -a,    -um,    to    be 

rule  ruled 

Perf.    Perf.    rectus,  -a,  -um,  having  been 

GERUND  ruled,  ruled 

NoM.     

SUPINE  (Active  Voice) 


Gen.  reg;endi,  of  ruling 

Dat.  regendo,  for  ruling 

Ace.  regendum,  ruling 

Abl.  regendo,  by  ruling 


Ace.    rectum,  to  rule 

Abl.    rectu,  to  rule,  in  the  ruling 


346 


GRAMMATICAL  APPENDIX 


835.    FOURTH  CONJUGATION.    /-VERBS.    AUDIO,  I  HEAR 

Principal  Parts  :  audio,  audire,  audivi,  auditus 
Pres.  stem  audi- ;  perf .  stem  audiv- ;  part,  stem  audit- 


ACTIVE 


/  hear^  etc. 
audio  audimus 

audis  auditis 

audit  audiunt 


/  was  hearings  etc. 
audiebam  audiebamus 

audiebas  audiebatis 

audiebat  audiebant 


/  shall  hear,  etc. 
audiam  audiemus 

audies  audietis 

audiet  audient 


PASSIVE 


NDICATIVE 
Present 


/  am  heard,  etc. 
audior  audimur 

audiris,  -re  audimini 

auditur  audiuntur 

Past 

/  zvas  heard,  etc. 
audiebar  audiebamur 

audiebaris,  -re  audiebamini 

audiebatur  audiebantur 

Future 

/  shall  be  heard,  etc. 
audiar  audiemur 

audieris,  -re  audiemini 

audietur  audientur 


/  have  heard,  etc. 
audivi  audivimus 

audlvisti  audivistis 

audivit  audiverunt,  -re 


Perfect 


/  have  been  heard,  etc. 


auditus,  I  ^""^ 
-a, -um   I 


est 


auditi, 
-ae,  -a 


r  sumus 
'I  estis 
I  sunt 


Past  Perfect 


/  had  heard,  etc. 
audlveram         audlveramus 
aiidlveras  audlveratis 

audlverat  audiverant 


/  had  been  heard,  etc. 


auditus, 
-a,  -um 


r  eram 
-j  eras 
Lerat 


auditi, 
-ae,  -a 


(  eramus 
-j  eratis 
I  erant 


/  shall  have  heard,  etc. 
audlverd  audlverimus 

audlveris  audlveritis 

audlverit  audlverint 


Future  Perfect 

/  shall  have  been  heard,  etc. 
auditus,  [^'^^  auditi,  ^^""^"^ 


-um      ^"f 
lent 


-ae,  -a 


<  eritis 
l  erunt 


GRAMMATICAL  APPENDIX 


347 


audiam 

audias 

audiat 

audirem 

audires 

audiret 

audiverim 

audiveris 

audlverit 

audivissem 

audivisses 

audlvisset 


audiamus 

audiatis 

audiant 

audiremus 

audiretis 

audlrent 

audlverimus 

audiveritis 

audlverint 

audivissem  us 

audivissetis 

audivissent 


SUBJUNCTIVE 

Present 

audiar 
audiaris 
audiatur 
Past 

audirer 

audireris, 

audiretur 

Perfect 


-re 


-re 


auditus, 


rsim 

S  sis 

Lsit 


audiamur 
audiamini 
audiantur 

audiremur 
audiremini 
audirentur 


audit!,  P!""^ 

-ae,-a    '!*" 
L  sint 


Past  Perfect 

auditus 
-a, 


-um 


auditi, 
-ae, -a 


<  essetis 
L  essent 


audi,  /lear  thou 
audite,  hear  ye 

audits,  thou  shalt  hear 
audito,  he  shall  hear 
audTt5te,  ye  shall  hear 
audiunto,  they  shall  hear 


essem       „..j7^r  fessemus 
esses 
esset 
IMPERATIVE 
Present 

audire,  be  thou  heard 
audlmini,  be  ye  heard 
Future 

auditor,  thou  shalt  be  heard 
auditor,  he  shall  be  heard 


Pres. 
Perf. 

FuT. 


Pres. 

FUT. 

Perf. 

NOM. 

Gen. 

DAT. 

Acc. 
Abu 


audire,  to  hear 
audivisse,  to  have  heard 


audiuntor,  they  shall  be  heard 
INFINITIVE 

audiri,  to  be  heard 
auditus,  -a, 

heard 
[audltum    iri, 

heard^ 

PARTICIPLES 

audiens,  -entis,  hearing  Pres.    

audlturus,  -a,  -um,  about  to      Ger.      audiendus,  -a,   -um,    to    be 


audlturus,  -a,  -um  esse, 

about  to  hear 


to  be 


-um  esse,  to  have  been 


to    be    about   to    be 


hear 


GERUND 


heard 
Perf.    auditus,  -a,  -um,  having  been 
heard,  heard 


audiendi,  of  hearing 
audiendo,  for  hearing 
audiendum,  hearing 
audiendo,  by  hearing 


SUPINE  (Active  Voice) 
Acc.      audltum,  to  hear 
Abl.      auditu,  to  hear,   in 
hearing 


the 


348 


GRAMMATICAL  APPENDIX 


836.  THIRD  CONJUGATION.    VERBS  IN  -10.    CAPIO,  I  TAKE 

Principal  Parts  :  capio,  capere,  cepi,  captus 

Pres.  stem  cape- ;  perf.  stem  cep- ;  part,  stem  capt- 

ACTIVE  PASSIVE 


capio 
capis 
capit 


capimus 

capitis 
capiunt 


INDICATIVE 
Present 


capior 
caperis,  -re 
capitur 


capimur 
capimini 
capiuntur 


capiebam 

capiebas 

capiebat 


capiebamus 

capiebatis 

capiebant 


Past 


capiebar  capiebamur 

capiebaris,  -re        capiebamim 
capiebatur  capiebantur 


capiam 

capies 

capiet 


capiemus 

capietis 

capient 


Future 


capiar 
capieris,  -re 
capietur 


capiemur 
capiemini 
capientur 


Perfect 


cepi 

cepisti 

cepit 


ceperam 

ceperas 

ceperat 


cepimus 

cepistis 
ceperunt,  -re 


captus, 


ceperamus 

ceperatis 

ceperant 


Past  Perfect 


sum 

es 

est 


r  eram 
■*'■""  I  erat 


capti, 
-ae,  -i 


{sumus 
estis 
sunt 


caoti    f  ®^^™"* 
^  \\  eratis 
-ae,  -a  , 

'      L  erant 


cepero 
ceperis 
ceperit 


Future  Perfect 


ceperimus 

ceperitis 

ceperint 


captus,  r^^^ 


.-    rerimus 

'      I  erunt 


GRAMMATICAL  APPENDIX 


349 


SUBJUNCTIVE 

Present 


capiam 

capias 

capiat 


caperem 

caperes 

caperet 


ceperim 

ce  peris 
ceperit 


cepissem 

cepisses 

cepisset 


capiamus 

capiatis 

capiant 


caperemus 

caperetis 

caperent 


cepenmus 

ceperitis 

ceperint 


cepissemus 

cepissetis 

cepissent 


capiar 
capiaris,  -re 
capiatur 

Past 

caperer 
capereris,  -re 
caperetur 

Perfect 


captus,  P|J 


Sim 

sis 
-a, -urn      .. 

'         I  sit 


Past  Perfect 


r  essem 
captus,  _ 

-a  -umi  ®®®^® 

"  ''       Lesset 


2D  Pers.     cape 


[2D 
3D 


Pers. 
Pers. 


capito 
capito 


IMPERATIVE 

Present 
capite 

Future 

capitote 
capiunto 


capere 


capitor 
capitor 


INFINITIVE 


Pres.     capere 
Perf.    cepisse 
FuT.      capturus,  -a, 


capiamur 
capiamini 
capiantur 


caperemur 
caperemini 
caperentur 


^or^f7    r  simus 


„^  '  -I  essetis 

-ae,  -a  , 

L  essent 


capimini 


capiuntor 


capi 

captus,  -a,  -um  esse 

[captum  iri] 


PARTICIPLES 


Pres. 

FUT. 

Perf. 


NOM. 

Gen. 

DAT. 

Ace. 
Abl. 


capiens,  -entis 
captiirus,  -a,  -um 


Pres. 

Ger. 

Perf. 


capiendus,  -a,  -um 
captus,  -a,  -um 


GERUND 

capiendi 
capiendo 
capiendum 
capiendo 


'SUPINE  (Active  Voice)" 
Acc.       captum 
Abl.      captii 


350 


GRAMMATICAL  APPENDIX 


837. 


Principal 
Parts 


DEPONENT  VERBS 

I.  hortor,  hortari,  hortatus  sum,  urge 
II.  vereor,  vereri,  veritus  sum, /ear 
r  sequor,  sequi,  secutus  sum,  follow 


III. 


l^patior,  pati,  passus  sum  (-16  verb),  suffer 
IV.  partior,  partiri,  partitus  sum,  share,  divide 


Note.    In  addition  to  the  passive  conjugation,  deponent  verbs  use  certain 
forms  from  the  active.    These  are  marked  with  a  star. 


INDICATIVE 

Pres. 

hortor 

vereor 

sequor 

patior 

partior 

hortaris,  -re 

vereris,  -re 

sequeris,  -re 

pateris,  -re 

partiris,  -re 

hortatur 

veretur 

sequitur 

patitur 

partitur 

hortamur 

veremur 

sequimur 

patimur 

partimur 

hortamini 

veremini 

sequiminT 

patimini 

partlminl 

hortantur 

verentur 

sequuntur 

patiuntur 

partiuntur 

Past 

hortabar 

verebar 

sequebar 

patiebar 

partiebar 

FUT. 

hortabor 

verebor 

sequar 

patiar 

partiar 

Perf. 

hortatus 

veritus 

secijtus 

passus 

partitus 

sum 

sum 

sum 

sum 

sum 

P.  Perf. 

hortatus 

veritus 

secutus 

passus 

partitus 

eram 

eram 

eram 

eram 

eram 

F.  Perf. 

hortatus  ero 

veritus  ero 

secutus  ero 

passus  ero 

partitus  ero 

SUBJUNCTIVE 

Pres.         horter  verear  sequar  patiar  partiar 

Past  hortarer  vererer  sequerer  paterer  partlrer 

Perf.         hortatus  sim   veritus  sim   secijtus  sim  passus  sim  partitus  sim 

P.  Perf.    hortatus  veritus  secijtus  passus  partitus 

essem  essem  essem  essem  essem 


Pres. 

[FUT. 


hortare 
hortator 


[MPERATIVE 


verere 
veretor 


sequere 
sequitor 


patere 
patitor 


partire 
partltor] 


GRAMMATICAL  APPENDIX 


351 


INFINITIVE 

s.         hortarl 

vererT            sequi 

pati                partirl 

F.        hortatus 

veritus           secutus 

passus  esse    partltus 

esse 

esse               esse 

esse 

FUT. 


*hortaturus     *veriturus     *secuturus      *passurus      *partiturus 
esse 


Pres. 

*hortans 

PARTICIPLES 
*verens         *sequens 

*patiens 

*partiens 

FUT. 

*hortaturus 

*veriturus     *secuturus 

*passurus 

*partiturus 

Perf. 

hortatus 

veritus           secutus 

passus 

partltus 

Ger. 

hortandus 

verendus       sequendus 
GERUND 

patiendus 

partiendus 

*hortandi 

*verendi        *sequendi 

*patiendi 

*partiendi 

etc. 

etc.                etc. 

etc. 

etc. 

SUPINE 

[*hortatum    *veritum       *secutum        *passum       *partitum1 
*hortatu       *veritu  *secutu  *passu 


^0.1  LILUIU    I 

^partitu    J 


CONJUGATION  OF  IRREGULAR  VERBS 
838.  sum,  am^  be 

Principal  Parts  :  sum,  esse,  fui,  futurus 
Pres.  stem  es- ;  perf.  stem  f u- ;  part,  stem  f ut- 


sum,  /  am 

es,  t/iou  art 
est,  he  {she,  it)  is 

eram,  /  was 
eras,  thou  wast 
erat,  he  was 


INDICATIVE 
Present 


Past 


sumus,  we  are 
estis,  you  are 
sunt,  they  are 


eramus,  we  were 
eratis,  you  were 
erant,  they  were 


352 


GRAMMATICAL  APPENDIX 


ero,  /  shall  be 
eris,  thou  wilt  be 
erit,  he  will  be 

fui,  /  have  been,  was 
fuisti,  thou  hast  been,  wast 
fuit,  he  has  been^  was 


Future 

erimus,  we  shall  be 

eritis,  you  will  be 

erunt,  they  will  be 
Perfect 

fuimus,  we  have  been,  were 

fuistis,  you  have  been,  were 

\they  have  been,  were 


f  ueram,  /  had  been 
fueras,  thou  hadst  been 
fuerat,  he  had  been 

fuer5,  /  shall  have  been 
fueris,  thou  wilt  have  been 
fuerit,  he  will  have  been 


Present 

sim 

simus 

SIS 

sitis 

sit 

sint 

Perfect 

fuerim 

fuerimus 

fueris 

fueritis 

fuerit 

fuerint 

Present 
2D  Pers.  Sing,    es,  be  thou 
2D  Pers.  Plur.  este,  be  ye 


fuere     J 
Past  Perfect 

fueramus,  we  had  been 
f ueratis,  you  had  been 
fuerant,  they  had  been 
Future  Perfect 

fuerimus,  we  shall  have  been 
fueritis,  you  will  have  been 
fuerint,  they  will  have  been 

SUBJUNCTIVE 

Past 

essem  essemus 

esses  essetis 

esset  essent 

Past  Perfect 

fuissem  fuissemus 

fuisses  fuissetis 

fuisset  fuissent 

IMPERATIVE 

Future 
"2D  Pers.  Sing,    esto,  thou  shall  be' 
3D  Pers.  Sing,    esto,  he  shall  be 
2D  Pers.  Plur.  estote,  ye  shall  be 
3D  Pers.  Plur.  sunto,  they  shall  be 


INFINITIVE 
Pres.    esse,  to  be 
Perf.    fuisse,  to  have  been 
FuT.      futurus,  -a,  -um  esse  or  fore, 

to  be  about  to  be 


PARTICIPLE 


futurus,  -a,  -um,  about  to  be 


GRAMMATICAL  APPENDIX 


353 


839. 


possum,  be  ahle^  can 


PRINCIPAL  rARTs  :  possum,  p 
INDICATIVE 

osse,  puLUi, 

SUBJUNCTIVE 

Pres. 

possum 

pos'sumus 

possim 

possi'mus 

potes 

potes'tis 

possTs 

possi'tis 

potest 

possunt 

possit 

possint 

Past 

poteram 

poteramus 

possem 

posse'mus 

FUT. 

potero 

poterimus 

Perf. 

potuT 

potuimus 

potuerim 

potuerimus 

P.  Perf. 

potueram         potueramus 

potuissem 

potuissemus 

F.  Perf. 

potuero 

potuerimus 

INFINITIVE 

Pres. 

posse 

PARTICIPLE 

Perf.     potuisse 

Pres. 

potens,  -entis  (adjective),  powerful 

840. 


T.  fvolo,  velle,  volui,  — 

Principal  '  ' 

Parts     i  °^^°'  ^^oll©'  nolui,  — 

L  malo,  malle,  malui, 


-,  he  willing,  will,  wish 
-,  be  unwilling,  will  not 
— ,  be  more  willing,  prefer 


Nolo  and  malo  are  compounds  of  volo.   Nolo  is  for  ne  (not)  +  volo, 
and  malo  for  ma  (from  magis,  more)  -\-  volo. 


INDICATIVE 

Pres. 

void 

nolo 

malo 

vTs 

non  vTs 

mavis 

vult 

non  vult 

mavult 

volumus 

nolumus 

malumus 

vultis 

non  vultis 

mavul'tis 

volunt 

nolunt 

malunt 

Past 

volebam 

nolebam 

malebam 

FUT. 

volam,  voles,  etc. 

nolam,  noles,  etc. 

malam,  males,  etc. 

Perf. 

voluT 

nolui 

maluT 

P.  Perf. 

volueram 

nolueram 

malueram 

F.  Perf. 

voluero 

noluero 

maluero 

354  GRAMMATICAL  APPENDIX 


SUBJUNCTIVE 

Pres. 

velim 

nolim 

malim 

veils 

nails 

malls 

velit 

nolit 

malit 

veirmus 

noirmus 

mairmus 

veirtis 

noirtis 

mairtis 

velint 

nolint 

malint 

Past 

vellem 

nollem 

mallem 

Perf. 

voluerim 

noluerim 

maluerim 

P.  Perf. 

voluissem 

noluissem 
IMPERATIVE 

maluissem 

Pres. 

OT-) 

Pers.  Sing,     noli 
Pers   Plur       nolTte 

2D 

[FUT. 

2D 

Pers.  Sing,      nollto,  e 

INFINITIVE 

tr 

Pres. 

velle 

nolle 

malle 

Perf. 

voluisse 

noluisse 
PARTICIPLE 

maluisse 

Pres. 

volens,  -entis 

nolens,  -entis 

841.  fero,  bear,  carry ,  endure 

Principal  Parts  :  fero,  ferre,  tuli,  latus 
Pies,  stem  fer- ;  perf.  stem  tul- ;  part,  stem  lat- 


INDICATIVE 

ACTIVE 

PASSIVE 

Pres. 

fero 

ferimus 

feror                   ferimur 

fers 

fertis 

ferris,  -re             ferimini 

fert 

ferunt 

fertur                   feruntur 

Past 

ferebam 

ferebar 

FUT. 

feram,  feres,  etc. 

ferar,  fereris,  etc. 

Perf. 

tuli 

latus,  -a,  -um  sum 

P.  Perf. 

tuleram 

latus,  -a,  -um  eram 

F.  Perf. 

tulero 

latus,  -a,  -um  ero 

GRAMMATICAL   APPENDIX 

SUBJUNCTIVE 


355 


Pres. 
Past 
Perf. 
P.  Perf. 


Pres.  2d 

[FUT.  2D 
3D 

Pres. 
Perf. 

FUT. 


Pres. 

FUT. 

Perf. 


feram,  feras,  etc. 
ferrem 
tulerim 
tulissem 

Pers.     fer 
Pers.     ferto 
Pers.     ferto 


ferar,  feraris,  etc. 

ferrer 

latus,  -a,  -um  sim 

latus,  -a,  -um  essem 


IMPERATIVE 

ferte 

fertote 

ferunto 


ferre 

fertor 

fertor 


ferimini 


feruntor 


Gen. 

DAT. 


842. 


Pres. 
Past 

FUT. 

Perf. 
P.  Perf. 
F.  Perf. 


NFINITIVE 


ferre 

tulisse 

laturus,  -a,  -um  esse 


ferri 

latus,  -a,  -um  esse 

[latum  irl] 


PARTICIPLES 

ferens,  -entis  Pres.  — r- 

laturus,  -a,  -um                             Ger.  ferendus,  -a,  -um 
Perf.  latus,  -a,  -um 


GERUND 

ferendl  Ace.     ferendum 

ferendo  Abl.     ferendo 


SUPINE  (Active  Voice)" 

Acc.  latum 
Abl.  lata 


eo,  go 

Principal  Parts  :  eo,  ire,  ii  (ivi),  iturus  (fut.  part.) 

Pres.  stem  i- ;  perf.  stem  i-  or  iv- ;  part,  stem  it- 


INDICATIVE 

eo  Imus 

Is  itis 

it  eunt 
ibam 

Tbo 

ii  (Tvi) 

ieram  (Tveram) 

ier5  (Tvero) 


SUBJUNCTIVE 
eam 

irem 


IMPERATIVE 


2D  Pers.   i 


ierim  (Tverim) 
Tssem  (Tvissem) 


[2D 
3D 


Pers.   Tto 
Pers.   ltd 


Tte 


Ttote  "I 
euntoj 


356 


GRAMMATICAL  APPENDIX 


INFINITIVE 

PARTICIPLES 

Pres. 

ire 

Pres. 

iens,  euntis  (§817) 

Perf. 

isse  (ivisse) 

FUT. 

iturus,  -a,  -um 

FUT. 

iturus,  -a,  -um  esse 

Ger. 

eundum 

GERUND 

"    SUPINE    ■ 

Gen. 

eundi                    Ace. 

eundum 

Acc.     itum 

DAT. 

eundo                   Abl. 

eundo 

Abl.     itu 

a.  The  verb  e6  is  used  impersonally  in  the  third  person  singular  of 
the  passive :  as,  itur,  itum  est,  etc. 

^.  In  the  perfect  system  the  forms  with  v  are  rare. 


843. 


Pres. 


Past 

FUT. 

Perf. 
P.  Perf. 
F.  Perf. 


Pres. 
Perf. 

[FUT. 


fio  (passive  of  facio),  he  madCy  become,  happen 
Principal  Parts  :  fio,  fieri,  f actus  sum 


INDICATIVE 

fio  

fis  

fit  flunt 

fie  bam 

fiam 

factus,  -a,  -um  sum 

factus,  -a,  -um  eram 

factus,  -a,  -um  ero 


INFINITIVE 

fieri 

factus,  -a,  -um 

factum  iri] 


SUBJUNCTIVE 
flam 


fierem 


IMPERATIVE 
2D  Pers.     fi        fite 


factus,  -a,  -um  sim 
factus,  -a,  -um  essem 


PARTICIPLES 

Perf.     factus,  -a,  -um 
Ger.      faciendus,  -a,  -um 


WORD   LIST   FOR  FIRST   HALF  YEAR 

Proper  nouns  and  adjectives  are  omitted 
VERBS 


abduco 

discedo 

iubeo 

paro 

respondeo 

absum 

do 

laboro 

pateo 

sedeo 

ago 

duco 

llbero 

persuadeo 

servo 

amo 

educo 

loco 

perterreo 

specto 

appello 

evoco 

mitto 

peto 

studeo 

ascendo 

expugno 

moneo 

porto 

sum 

audio 

facio 

moveo 

possum 

supero 

capio 

faveo 

munio 

procedo 

suscipio 

comparo 

fugio 

narro 

produce 

teneo 

confirmo 

gero 

navigo 

prohibeo 

timeo 

Gonservo 

habeo 

noceo 

propero 

vasto 

convoco 

habito 

nuntio 

pugno 

venio 

credo 

iacio 

obtineo 

puto 

veto 

cupio 

incipio 

occupo 

rapio 

video 

defendo 

induco 

oppugno 

rego 

vinco 

dico 

interficio 

paco 

remitto 

voco 

dimitto 

invenio 

pareo 

NOUNS 

resists 

ager 

arma 

consilium 

fabula 

fossa 

agricola 

auxilium 

copia 

factum 

frumentum 

amicitia 

barbarus 

dea 

fama 

impedlmentum 

amicus 

bellum 

deus 

filia 

imperium 

animus 

captivus 

dlligentia 

fllius 

iniuria 

annus 

casa 

equus 

flnitimi 

inopia 

aqua 

castrum 

exemplum 
357 

fortuna 

insula 

358 

WORD   LIST 

n 

iudicium 

navigium 

periculum 

puer 

terra 

legatus 

negotium 

poena 

regina 

vallum 

liber 

numerus 

poeta 

regnum 

via 

locus 

officium 

populus 

sapientia 

victoria 

memoria 

oppidum 

praemium 

servus 

villa 

murus 

ora 

praesidium 

silva 

vir 

natura 

patria 

proelium 

socius 

vita 

nauta 

pecunia 

puella 
PRONOUNS 

telum 

is 

ea                id 

qui 
ADJECTIVES 

quid 

quis 

altus 

finitimus 

longus 

notus 

sacer 

amicus 

firmus 

magnus 

novus 

suus 

amplus 

gratus 

malus 

parvus 

tardus 

barbarus 

inimicus 

medius 

pauci 

timidus 

bonus 

iniquus 

meus 

proximus 

tuus 

clarus 

integer 

miser 

publicus 

verus 

creber 

latus 

multus 

pulcher 

vester 

egregius 

liber 

noster 
ADVERBS 

reliquus 

antea 

diu 

longe 

numquam 

saepe 

celeriter 

fortiter 

magnopere 

nunc 

semper 

certe 

iam 

minime 

postea 

statim 

cur 

ibi 

mox 

quam 

tum 

denique 

ita 

non 

quo 

ubi 

CONJUNCTIONS 

ac  or  atque 

et 

nam 

nee .  .  . 

nee           sed 

cum 

itaque 

nee  or  neque           que 
PREPOSITIONS 

si 

a  or  2ki 

ante 

de 

in                post              sine 

ad 

cum 

e  or  ex 

per              pro 

trans 

WORD  LIST  FOR  SECOND  HALF  YEAR 


VERBS 

accipio 

convenio 

impedio 

pell5 

reduco 

addOco 

debeo 

impero 

perdu  CO 

relinquo 

amitto 

deicio 

incendo 

permaneo 

retineo 

appropinquo 

deligo 

incolo 

permoveo 

rogo 

audeo 

demonstro 

infero 

pertineo 

scio 

circummunio 

depono 

instruo 

pervenio 

scribo 

cognosco 

desum 

intellego 

pono 

sentio 

cogo 

dico 

intercludo 

postulo 

sequor 

committo 

doceo 

intermitto 

praeficio 

spero 

commoveo 

eo 

iudico 

praemitto 

sumo 

conficio 

excedo 

malo 

praesum 

sustineo 

conicio 

existimo 

maneo 

premo 

tempto 

conscribo 

expello 

nego 

propono 

traduco 

consisto 

exspecto 

nolo 

provideo 

vereor 

consulo 

fero 

oportet 

quaero 

volo 

contendo 

fio 

ostendo 

recipio 

vulnero 

contineo 

hortor 

patior 
NOUNS 

reddo 

acies 

causa 

difficultas 

frater 

iter 

adventus 

celeritas 

dolor 

fuga 

ius 

aestas 

civis 

domus 

genus 

laus 

altitudo 

civitas 

dux 

gratia 

legio 

animal 

cohors 

eques 

hiems 

lex 

auctoritas 

condicio 

equitatus 

homo 

libertas 

beneficium 

consuetudo 

exercitus 

bora 

lingua 

caedes 

consul 

explorator 

hostis 

lux 

Caesar 

cornu 

fides 

ignis 

magnitude 

calcar 

corpus 

finis 

imperator 

manus 

caput 

dies 

flumen 
359 

impetus 

mare 

36o 

WORD   LIST 

mater 

navis 

pater 

res  f  rumentaria 

spatium 

matrimonium     nemo 

pax 

res  publica 

spes 

mens 

nihil 

pedes 

rex 

tempus 

miles 

nomen 

pes 

rus 

timor 

modus 

nox 

pons 

salus 

turris 

mons 

oratio 

potestas 

senatus 

urbs 

mors 

ordo 

princeps 

servitus 

virtus 

mulier 

pars 

„    ratio 

signum 

vis 

multitude 

passus 

res 

soror 

vulnus 

PRONOUNS 

aliquis 

hie 

ille               is 

quidam               sui 

ego 

idem 

ipse               iste                quisque               tu 

ADJECTIVES 

acer 

dissimilis 

levis 

primus 

sinister 

aequus 

ducenti 

militaris 

quartus 

summus 

brevis 

duo 

mille 

quattuor 

talis 

celer 

duodecim 

nobilis 

quinque 

tantus 

centum 

duodecimus         nonus 

quintus 

tertius 

certus 

equester 

novem 

satis 

tres 

communis 

facilis 

octavus 

secundus 

undecim 

cupidus 

fortis 

octo 

septem 

ijndecimus 

decem 

frumentarius       omnis 

Septimus 

Onus 

decimus 

gravis 

par 

sex 

dexter 

idoneus 

pedester 

sextus 

difficilis 

imperitus 

peritus 

similis 

ADVERBS 

CONJUNCTIONS            PREPOSITIONS 

bene 

moleste 

aut 

ne 

apud 

deinde 

plurimum 

aut .  .  .  aut       quam 

inter 

diligenter 

primo 

autem 

quod 

propter 

etiam 

primum 

enim 

tamen 

facile 

quidem 

et . . .  et 

ut 

interim 

tam 

maxime 

vero 

SPECIAL  VOCABULARIES 


The  related  English  words  that  are  given  will  often  suggest  others. 
Always  try  to  add  to  them  and  so  increase  your  English  vocabulary. 
Latin  is  the  key  to  the  mastery  of  English.  If  the  meaning  of  any  of 
the  related  words  is  unknown  to  you,  consult  the  English  dictionary. 


LESSON  V,  \ 

j63 

Latin  Word 

Meaning 

Related  Words 

dat 

he  (she,  it)  gives. 

,  is  giving 

data,  dative 

est 

he  (she,  it)  is 

essence,  essential 

fa'bula 

story 

fable,  fabulous 

nar'rat 

he  (she,  it)  tells 

narrate,  narrative 

pecu'nia 

money 

pecuniary 

sunt 

they  are 

LESSON  VII, 

§81 

a,  ab,  prep,  with  abl. 

from 

ad,  prep,  with  ace. 

to,  expressing  motion 

a'qua 

water 

aquarium,  aqueduct 

cum.,  prep,  with  abl. 

with 

in,  prep,  with  ace. 

into 

in,  prep,  with  abl. 

in,  on 

nau'ta 

sailor 

nautical 

per,  prep,  with  ace. 

through 

ter'ra 

earth,  land 

terrace,  terrestrial 

LESSON  VIII,  §94 

Note.  Learn  the  three  essential  facts  about  each  Latin  noun  :  its  nom- 
inative, its  genitive,  and  its  gender.  W^hen  reciting  the  vocabularies,  give 
all  three:  as,  "aqua,  aquae, /^w/;z/>^,  water." 

bo'na  good,  kind 

ca'sa,  -ae,y^  hut,  cottage 

et  and 

ha'bitat  he  (she,  it)  lives 

parVa  small,  little 

purchra  pretty,  beautiful 

361 


bonus,  bounty 

habitation,  inhabitant 
pulchritude 


362 


SPECIAL  VOCABULARIES 


LESSON 

IX, 

§100 

Latin  Word 

Meaning 

Related  Words 

ami'cus,  -i,  m. 

friend 

amicable,  amiable 

e'quus,  -i,  m. 

horse 

equine 

Mar'cus,  -i,  th. 

Marcus 

Mark 

quo,  interrog.  adi>.  with 

whither 

verbs  of  tnotion 

ser'vus,  -i,  m. 

slave 

servant,  serf 

u'bi,  interrog.  adv.  with 

where 

verbs  of  rest 

LESSON 

X, 

§105 

a'ger,  a'gri,  w. 

field 

acre,  agrarian 

labo'rat 

he  (she,  it)  toils 

labor,  laboratory 

por'tat 

he  (she,  it)  ^ 

carries 

porter,  portable 

pu'er,  pu'eri,  m. 

boy 

puerile 

quid,  ifiterrog.  pron. 

what 

quis,  interrog.  pron. 

who 

vir,  vi'ri,  7n. 

man 

virile,  virtue 

LESSON 

XI, 

§113 

ar'ma,  -6'rum,  n.plur. 

arms 

armament 

con'vocat 

he  (she,  it)  calls  together 

convoke,  convocation 

cur,  interrog.  adv. 

why 

non,  neg.  adv. 

not 

non-    in    many    cotn- 
PoMids :     as,     non- 
essential, nonsense 

op^pidum,  -i,  71. 

town 

po'pulus,  -i,  m. 

people 

population,  popular 

LESSON 

XII, 

§118 

auxilium,  auxili,  n. 

aid 

auxiliary 

bellum,  -i,  n. 

war 

belligerent 

filius,  fill,  m. 

son 

filial,  affiliate 

frumen'tum,  -i,  n. 

grain 

mag'nus,  -a,  -um 

great,  large 

magnitude,  magnify 

no'vus,  -a,  -um 

new 

novel,  novelty 

pa 'rat 

he  (she,  it)  prepares 

compare,  repair 

so'cius,  so'ci,  m. 

ally,  companion 

society,  associate 

. 

LESSON  XIIL 

,  §124 

fa 'ma,  -ae,/ 

rumor,  report,  reputation 

fame,  famous 

lon'gus,  -a,  -um 

long 

longitude,  prolong 

SPECIAL  VOCABULARIES 


363 


Latin  Word 

murtus,  -a,  -um 
no'tus,  -a,  -um 

sae'pe,  adv. 
telum,  -i,  ti. 
vi'a,  -ae,/. 


artus,  -a,  -um 
ami'cus,  -a,  -um 

gra'tus,  -a,  -um 
inimi'cus,  -a,  -um 
in'sula,  -ae,/! 
li'ber,  li'bera,  li'berum 
na'vigat 

pro'ximus,  -a,  -um 
sed,  conj. 


Gallia,  -ae,/ 
Gallus,  -i,  m. 
Germa'nus,  -i,  tn. 
oc'cupat 
pug'nat 
sem'per,  adv. 
tum,  adv. 
victo'ria,  -ae,/ 


Meaning 

much,  many 

known,      well-known, 

famous 
often 

weapon,  missile,  spear 
way,  road 


LESSON  XIV,  §  131 

high,  deep,  lofty 
friendly 

pleasing 

unfriendly,  hostile 

island 

free 

he  (she,  it)  sails 

nearest,  very  near 

but 

LESSON  XVI,  §151 

Gaul  (modern  France) 

a  Gaul 

a  German 

he  (she,  it)  seizes 

he  (she,  it)  fights 

ever,  always 

then,  at  that  time 

victory 


Related  Words 

multitude,  multiply 
noted,  notable 


via  (by  way  of)  in 
time-tables^  onguide- 
boards^  etc. 


altitude,  exalt 

See  the  noutt  amicus, 

Lesson  IX 
grateful 

inimical,  enemy 
insulate,  peninsula 
liberal,  liberate 
navigate,  navigation 
approximate,  proximity 


occupy,  occupation 
pugnacious,  pugilist 


victor 


cas'trum,  -i,  n. 


LESSON  XIX,  §  172 
fort;  plur.  camp 


Appears  as  -cester, 
-Chester,  or  -caster 
in  names  of  English 
towns  founded  by 
the  Romans:  Wor- 
cester, Winchester, 
Lancaster,  etc. 


364 


SPECIAL  VOCABULARIES 


Latin  Word 
co'pia, -ae,/ 

cre'ber,  -bra,  -brum 
diligen'tia,  -ae,  / 
Germa'nia, -ae,/ 
mox,  adv. 
peri'culuin,  -i,  n. 
Roma'nus,  -a,  -um 


amici'tia,  -ae,/ 
bar'barus,  -a,  -um 


Britan'ni,  -orum,  in, 
Britau'nia,  -ae,/ 
iam,  adv. 

i'taque,  conj, 
silVa, -ae,/ 


mi  ser,  mi  sera, 

mi'serum 
6'ra,  -ae,  / 

prae'mium,  prae'mi,  n. 
proelium,  proeli,  n. 
su'pero,  -a're 


numquam,  adv. 
nunc,  adv. 
s\si%,prep.  with  abl. 


consilium,  consili,  n, 
iniuria, -ae,/ 


Meaning 

plenty,    abundance ; 

plur.  forces 
thick,  frequent,  crowded 
industry 
Germany 
soon,  presently 
danger 
Roman.   As  a  iioun  in 

the  masc.  or -fern. ^  a 

Roman 

LESSON  XX,  §  181 
friendship 

savage,  uncivilized.  As 
a  noun  in  the  masc. 
or  fern..,  a  savage 

the  Britons 

Britain,  England 

already,  immediately, 
presently,  now 

and  so,  therefore 

forest 

LESSON  XXI,  §  185 
wretched 

shore,  coast 
prize,  reward 
battle 
overcome,  conquer 

LESSON  XXII,  §195 

never 

now,  the  present  time 

without 

LESSON  XXIV,  §206 

plan,  advice 
wrong 


Related  Words 
copious 

diligence 

peril,  perilous 


amity.  »S>^^/j<7  amicus, 

Lesson  IX 
barbarous,  barbarian 


silvan,    Pennsylvania 
(Penn's  Forest) 

miserable,  miser 


premium 

superable,  insuperable 

sinecure 

counsel 
injury,  injustice 


SPECIAL  VOCABULARIES 


365 


Latin  Word 

Meaning 

Related  Words 

nuntio,  -a're 

announce 

enunciate,  pronuncia- 
tion 

servo,  -a 're 

save 

preserve,  conserve 

vita,-ae,/ 

life 

LESSON  XXV,  §  210 

vital,  vitality 

clams,  -a,  -um 

clear,  bright;  famous 

Clara 

fmitimi,-orum,  m.plur. 

,    neighbors 

finitimus,  -a,  -um 

adjoining,  neighboring 

latus,  -a,  -um 

wide,  broad 

latitude 

mums,  -i,  m. 

wall 

mural 

patria,-ae,/ 

native  land 

LESSON  XXVI,  §216 

patriot,  patriotism 

de,  prep,  with  abl. 

down  from,  concerning 

dico, -ere 

say,  speak 

diction,  dictionary 

duco,  -ere 

lead 

conduct,  aqueduct 

Italia,  -ae,  / 

Italy 

liber,  libri,  m. 

book 

library,  librarian 

pateo,  -e're 

lie  open,  extend,  stretch 

patent  {adj.) 

rego,  -ere 

rule 

regulate,  regal 

Roma, -ae,/ 

Rome 
LESSON  XXVII,  §221 

audio,  -i're 

hear 

audible,  audience 

fossa, -ae,/ 

ditch    • 

fosse,  fossil 

medius,  -a,  -um 

middle,  middle  part  of 

medium,  mediocre 

munio,  -i're 

fortify 

munition,  ammunition 

qui,  rel.  pron. 

who 

vallum,  -i,  n. 

palisade,  wall  (of  a  camp) 

venio^-i're 

come 

LESSON  XXIX,  §233 

advent,  convention 

dea,  -ae,  /  {dat.  and 

goddess 

deity,  deify 

abl.  plur.  deabus) 

deus,  -i,  m. 

god 

malus,  -a,  -um 

evil,  bad 

malice,  malicious,  male- 
factor 

numems,  -i,  m. 

number 

numerous,  numerator 

poeta,  -ae,  7n, 

poet 

sapientia, -ae,/ 

wisdom 

sapient 

366 


SPECIAL  VOCABULARIES 


Latin  Word 

aaimus,  -i,  m. 
gero,  -ere 
induce,  -ere 
mitto,  -ere 
poena,  -ae,  / 


capio,  -ere 
cele'riter,  adv. 
f acio,  -ere 


postea,  adv. 
vinco, -ere 


cum,  conj. 

navi'gium,  navi'gi,  n. 
peto,  -ere 
respondeo,  -e're 


denique,  adv. 
diu,  adv. 
educo,  -ere 
fortiter,  adv. 
Graecia,  -ae,  / 
nee  or  neque,  conj. 


LESSON  XXX,  §239 
Meaning 

mind,  spirit,  heart 
wage,  carry  on,  wear 
lead  in  or  against 
send 

punishment ;  poenam 
dare,  suffer  punish- 
ment, pay  a  penalty 


Related  Words 

animate,  unanimous 
belligerent 
induce,  inductive 
mission,  remit 
penalty,  penalize,  sub- 
poena 


LESSON  XXXI,  §244 

take,  seize  capture 

quickly  celerity,  accelerate 

make,  do,  form ;  proe-  fact,  affect,  defect,  ef- 

lium  facere,  fight  a  feet,  infect,  perfect 

batde 
thereafter,  afterwards 

conquer  vanquish,  invincible 


LESSON  XXXII,  §254 

when 

boat 

seek,  ask,  beg,  make  for 

reply 

LESSON  XXXIII,  §259 

at  last,  finally 

a  long  time 

lead  out 

bravely 

Greece 

and  not,  nor;  nec  (neque) 

. . .  nec  (neque),  neither 

. . .  nor 


navigable 
petition,  compete 
respond,  responsive 


educe 
fortitude 


LESSON  XXXVI,  §275 

captivus,  -i,  m. '  captive 

firmus,  -a,  -um  strong,  trusty,  loyal 

ibi,  adv.  there,  in  that  place 

praesi'dium,praesi'di,?2.  garrison,  guard 


captivate 
firm 


SPECIAL  VOCABULARIES 


367 


LESSON  XXXVIII,  §283 

Latin  Word 

Meaning 

Related  Words 

certe,  adv. 

certainly,  surely 

certify 

memoria,  -ae,/ 

memory 

memorable 

sedeo,  -e're 

sit 

sedentary 

specto,  -a're 

look  at 

spectacle,  spectator 

tardus,  -a,  -um 

slow,  dull,  stupid 
LESSON  XL,  §292 

tardy 

agS,  -€re 

drive,  lead,  do 

agitate,  act 

factum,  -i,  n. 

deed,  act 

fact 

nam,  conj. 

for 

oppugno,  -a're 

attack,  assault 

rapio,  -ere 

seize 

LESSON  XLI,  §297 

rapture,  rapacious 

abduco,  -ere 

lead  away 

abduct 

absum,  abesse,  irreg.  verb  be  away,  be  off 

absent,  absence 

dimitto,  -ere 

send  away,  let  go 

dismiss 

discedo,  -ere 

depart,  go  away 

libero,  -a're 

set  free 

liberate 

locus,    -i,    m.,  plur. 

place,  spot 

local,  locality 

loca,  -6'rum,  n. 

longg,  adv. 

far  away,  distant 

prohibeo,  -e're 

hinder,  prevent 
LESSON  XLII,  §306 

prohibit 

amplus,  -a,  -um 

large,  abundant ;  famous 

ample 

compare,  -a're 

get  together,  provide 

compare 

confirmo,  -a're 

strengthen,  encourage 

confirm 

defends,  -ere 

defend 

defensive 

loco,  -a^re 

put,  set 

locate,  locative 

quam,  adv. 

how 

timidus,  -a,  -um 

fearful,  cowardly 
LESSON  XLIII,  §  309 

timid 

annus,  -i,  m. 

year 

annual,  perennial 

egregius,  -a,  -um 

remarkable,  marvelous 

egregious,  congregate 

exemplum,  -i,  n. 

example,  specimen 

exemplary 

offi'cium,  offi'ci,  n. 

duty,  service 

office 

paco,  -a 're 

subdue,  pacify 

pacific 

villa, -ae,/ 

farm,  villa,  countryseat 

village 

368 


SPECIAL  VOCABULARIES 


Latin  Word 

in'teger,  in'tegra,  in' 

tegnim 
legatus,  -i,  tn. 
publicus,  -a,  -um 
verus,  -a,  -um 


ante,  prep,  with  ace. 


impe  num,  impe  ri,  n. 


LESSON  XLIV,  §320 

Meaning  Related  Words 

whole,  fresh,  pure  integer,  integrity 

ambassador,  lieutenant      legate 

public,  official  publicity 

true,  genuine  veracious,  verity 

LESSON  XLV,  §324 

before  In  English  compounds., 

as^   anteroom,  ante- 
bellum 

command,        supreme      empire,  imperial 
power,  realm 


invenio,  -i're 

find,  come  upon 

invent 

minime,  adv. 

not  at  all,  least  of  all 

minimum 

natura,  -ae,  / 

nature 

naLtural 

LESSON  XLIX, 

§343 

ascendo,  -ere,  ascendi, 

climb 

ascend,   ascension,  de- 

ascensus 

scend 

expug'no,  -a're,  -aVi, 

take  by  storm,  capture; 

-a'tus 

distinguish  from  op- 

pugno,  assault 

fu'gio,  -ere,  fugi,  fugi- 

flee,  run 

fugitive,  refuge 

tu'rus 

ia'cio,     ia'cere,     ieci. 

throw,  hurl 

inject,  eject,  and  many 

iactus 

other  compounds 

magno'pere,  adv. 

greatly 

perter'reo,   -€'re,   -ui. 

terrify,  alarm 

terror,  terrible 

-itus 

sacer,  sacra,  sacrum 

sacred 

vasto,  -a^re,  -a'vi,  -a'tus 

lay  waste 

waste,  devastate 

LESSON  LI,  §359 

ac  {before  cons),  atque      and,  and  what  is  more 

{before  eithervowels 

or  cons.\  conj. 
antea,  adv.  heretofore,  previously, 

formerly 


SPECIAL  VOCABULARIES 


369 


Latin  Word 


Meaning 


g'voco, -a're, -aM, -a'tus   call  out,  summon 


Related  Words 
evoke 


fortuna,  -ae,/ 
ini^quus,  -a,  -um 

post,  prep,  with  ace. 
pro,  prep,  with  abl. 

regnum,  -i,  n. 

Rhenus,  -i,  7n. 
trans,  prep,  with  ace. 


fortune 

uneven,    unequal,    un-      iniquity 

favorable 
after,  behind  postpone,  postscript 

for,  in  behalf  of;  rarely^      proceed,  procure 

in  front  of 
realm,   kingdom ;   sov-      interregnum,  reign 

ereignty 
the  Rhine 
across  transport,  transpose 


LESSON  LII,  §363 


want,  need,  scarcity 
put  out  of  the  way,  kill 

business,  affair,  matter      negotiate 
possess,  keep,  gain  obtain 


proceed 
produce 


inopia,  -ae,/ 
interfi'cio,  -ere,  -fe'ci 

-fec^tus 
nego'tium,  nego'ti,  71. 
obti'neO,     -e're,     -ui 

-ten'tus 
proceeds,  -ere,  -ces'si,      go  forward,  advance 

-cessu'rus 
produ'co,  -ere,  -du'xi,      lead  forward 

-duc'tus 
susci'pio,  -ere,  -ce'pi,      undertake,  assume 

-cep'tus 

LESSON  LIII,  §371 

cu'pio,  -ere,  -i'vi,  -i'tus  wish,  desire 

inci'piS,    -ere,    -ce'pi,  begin 

-cep'tus 

iu'beo,    -e're,      iussi,  command 

iussus 

possum,  posse,  po'tui  be  able,  can 

veto,  -a 're,  -ui,  -itus  forbid 


cupidity 
incipient,  inceptive 


possible,  posse,  potent 
veto 


LESSON  LIV,  §379 


appello,   -a're,   -a'vi,      call,  name 
-a'tus 


appellation,  appeal 


370 


SPECIAL  VOCABULARIES 


Latin  Word 

Meaning 

Related  Words 

conser'vo,  -a're,  -aVi, 

preserve,  keep  safe 

conserve,  conservation 

-a'tus 

ita,  adv. 

thus,  so 

iudi'cium,  iudi'ci,  n. 

judgment,  trial 

judicial 

remit'to,  -ere,  -mi'si, 

send  back 

remit,  remiss,  remission 

-mis'sus 

si,  conj. 

if 

statim,  adv. 

at  once,  instantly 

LESSON  LV,  §391 

impedimentum,  -i,  n. 

hindrance;  plur. 
gage 

bag- 

impediment 

mo'veo,    -e're,    movi, 

move 

motus 

pauci,  -ae,  -a 

few,  only  a  few 

paucity 

puto,  -a're,  -a'vi,  -a'tus 

think 

repute,    impute,    com- 
pute 

reliquus,  -a,  -um 

the  rest,  remaining,  re- 

relic, relinquish,  derelict 

mainder  of 

LESSON  LVII, 

§406 

consul,  -is,  m. 

consul 

le'gi6,-o'nis,/ 

legion 

miles,  -itis,  m. 

soldier 

military,  militia 

pater,  patris,  m. 

father 

paternal 

pax,  pads,/ 

peace 

pacify 

princeps,  -ipis,  m. 

chief,  leader 

prince 

rex,  regis,  m. 

king 

regal,  regent 

LESSON  LVIII, 

§409 

accipio,     -ere,     -cepi, 

receive 

accept 

-ceptus 

caput,  capitis,  n. 

head,  capital 

decapitate,  chapter 

et  .  .  .  et,  conj. 

both  .  .  .  and 

fltimen,  fluminis,  n. 

river 

flume 

frater,  fratris,  m. 

brother 

fraternal 

mater,  matris,/ 

mother 

maternal 

soror,-6'ris,/ 

sister 

sorority 

tempus,  -oris,  n. 

time 

temporal 

SPECIAL  VOCABULARIES 


371 


Latin  Word 


LESSON  LIX,  §411 

Meaning 
however,  but,  moreover 


autem,  conj.,  never 

stands  first 
deicio,     -ere,     -ie'ci, 

-iectus  (de  +  iacio) 
nomen,  -inis,  n. 
pello,    -ere,     pe'puli, 

pulsus 
pono,  -ere,  posui,  po- 

situs 
reddo,    -ere,    red^didi,      give  back,  return 

red'ditus 


throw  down 

name 
drive,  banish 


Related  Words 


dejected 

nomenclature,  noun 
repel,  compel 


place,  set,  build ;  castra      position,  positive,  pro- 
ponere,  pitch  camp  pose,  expose 


caedes,  -is  (-ium),  / 


LESSON  LX,  §414 
slaughter,  carnage 


render 


-cide  in  suicide,  homi- 
cide, etc. 


cohors,     cohortis 
(-ium),  / 


cohort,  company  (con- 
sisting of  one  tenth 
of  a  legion,  or  about 
360  men) 
hostis,hostis(-ium),?/^.      enemy  (in  war)  hostile 

matrimo'nium,  marriage;  inmatrimo-      matrimony 

-o'ni,  ;/.  nium  ducere,  marry 

mulier,  muli'eris,/        woman 

signum,  -i,  7t.  sign,  signal,  standard         signify,  design 

urbs,  urbis(-ium),/;         city  urban,  suburbs,  urbane 


animal,     animalis 

(-ium),  n. 
calcar,    calcaris 

(-ium),  n. 
ci'vitas, -a'tis,/ 
contineo,  -€re,  -tinui, 

-tentus 
e'ques,  e'quitis,  m. 
lingua, -ae,/ 
mare,  -is  (-ium),  n. 


LESSON  LXI,  §417 
animal 


animate,  mammate 


spur 

state  civic 

hold   together,  bound,      contain,  continent 

restrain,  keep 

horseman  equestrian 

language,  tongue  linguist 

sea  marine 


372 


SPECIAL  VOCABULARIES 


Latin  Word 

committo,  -ere,  -misi, 
-missus 


homo,  -inis,  m,  and/. 
iter,  itineris,  n. 


reduco,    -ere,    -duxi, 

-ductus 
tamen,  conj. 
virtus,  virtu 'tis,  y^ 

vis,  (vis),/ 


LESSON  LXII,  §420 
Meaning 


Related  Words 


join  together ;  intrust ;      commit,  commission 

proelium  committere, 

join  battle,  begin  an 

engagement 
human  being,  man 
journey,  march,  route; 

iter  dare,  give  a  right 

of  way ;  iter  facere, 

march 
lead  back 


homicide,  human 
itinerary,  itinerant 


nevertheless 

manliness ;  courage, 
valor;  worth,  virtue 

strength,  power,  vio- 
lence 

LESSON  LXIII,  §422 


reduce,  reduction 

virtuous 
vim,  violent 


aequus,  -a,  -um 

even,  level,  equal ;  fair, 

just 

equal,  equation,  equator 

audeo,  -ere,  ausus  sum^ 

dare 

audacity 

etiam,    adv.,  standing 

even,  also 

before   the   emphatic 

word 

mors,  mortis  (-ium),/ 

death 

mortal 

relinquo,   -ere,   -liqui, 

leave  behind,  desert 

relinquish 

-lictus 

salus,  -u'tis,/ 

safety 
LESSON  LXV,  §432 

salutary,  salvation,  save 

acer,  acris,  acre 

keen,     sharp,      eager, 
courageous 

acrid,  acrimonious 

aut,  conj. 

or ;  aut .  .  .  aut,  either 

...  or 
swift 

celer,  celeris,  celere 

celerity 

equester,  -tris,  -tre 

of  cavalry 

equestrian 

1  Aude5  is  a  semi-deponent  verb.   These  verbs  will  be  explained  later. 


SPECIAL  VOCABULARIES 


373 


Latin  Word 
fuga,-ae,/ 

pedester,  -tris,  -tre 


certus,  -a,  -um 

cogo,  -ere,  coe'gi,  coac- 

tus 
communis,  -e 
gravis,  -e 
omnis,  -e 
similis,  -e 


Meaning 


Related  Words 


flight ;  in  fugam  dare,      fugitive 

put  to  flight 
on  foot;  with  copiae,      pedestrian 

infantry 

LESSON  LXVI,  §436 

sure,  certain  ascertain,  certify 

collect ;  compel,  force 

common  commune,  community 

heavy ;  severe ;  weighty  grave,  gravity 

all,  every  omnibus,  omnipotent 

similar,  like  simile,  simulate 


LESSON  LXVII,  §439 

benefi'cium,  benefi'ci,  n.   favor,  kindness  benefit 

corpus,  -oris,  n.  body  corporal,  corpse,  incor- 

porate 

gratia, -ae,y^  favor,  thanks;  gratias  gratitude,  gratis,  ingra- 

agere,     with     dat.^  tiate 

thank 

maxime,  adv,  most  of  all,  especially  maximum 

par  equal  par,  peer,  parity,  pair 


brevis,  -e 
difficilis,  -e 
facilis,  -e 
fortis,  -e 
ignis,  -is  (-ium),  m. 


dux,  ducis,  m. 
inter,  prep,  with  ace. 
levis,  -e 
nihil,  «.,  indecl. 


LESSON  LXVIII,  §447 

short  brief,  brevity 

hard  difficult 

easy  facility 

brave,  courageous,  strong  fortitude,  fort,  fortify 

fire  ignite,  ignition 

LESSON  LXIX,  §453 

leader,  commander  duke 

between,  among  interim,  intervene 

light,  trivial,  fickle  levity 

nothing.  An  abl.  nihilo,    nihilist,  annihilate 

from  a  nom.  nihilum, 

occurs  as  an  abl.  of 

measure  of  difference 


374 

Latin  Word 
pes,  pedis,  7n. 

spatium,  spati,  n. 


auctoritas,  -atis,/. 
dissimilis,  -e 
lex,  legis,/ 
liber'tas, -a'tis,  / 
servitus,  -utis,/ 


SPECIAL  VOCABULARIES 


Meaning 


foot 


space,  distance 

LESSON  LXX,  §459 

authority 

unlike,  dissimilar 

law 

freedom,  liberty 

slavery 


Related  Words 

pedal,  pedestal,  pedes- 
trian 
spacious,  expatiate 


author 

dissimulate,  dissemble 

legal,  legislate 

liberal 

servitude 


LESSON  LXXI,  §468 
adduce,     -ere,     -duxi,      lead  to,  bring  to,  influ-      adduce 

-ductus  ence 

cognosce, -ere, -gnovi,      learn,  find  out; /«/<?r/;      recognize 

-gnitus  tetises^  know 

exspecto,    -are,    -avi,      await,  expect,  wait  for       expectation 

-atus 
quod,  conj.  because 

vulnero,     -are,     -avi,      wound  vulnerable,    invulner- 

-atus  able 

LESSON  LXXII,  §473 
bene,  adv. ^  from  bonus      well  benediction,  benefit 

deinde,  adv.  next,  then,  thereafter 

facile,  adv.  easily  facile 

maneo,    -€re,     mansi,      remain,  abide,  stay  mansion 

mansurus 
plurimum,  ^^?7.  very  much,  most;  w///^      plural,  plurality 

posse,  be  most  pow- 
erful 
primo,  adv.y  referring      at  first,  as  opposed  to      prime,  primary,  prime- 
to  time  afterwards ;    in    the  val 

beginning 
primum,   adv.^    refer-      first,  in  the  first  place        primitive 
ring  to  order 

LESSON  LXXIII,  §478 

adventus,  -us,  m.  arrival  advent 

Caesar,  -aris,  in.  Caesar  kaiser,  czar 

celeritas, -atis,/  speed,  swiftness  celerity 


SPECIAL  VOCABULARIES 


375 


Latin  Word 

Meaning 

Related  Word 

cornu,  -us,  ;/. 

horn 

cornucopia 

dexter,  -tra,  -tnim 

right 

dexterity,  dexterous 

equitatus,  -us,  7n. 

cavalry 

equine 

exercitus,  -us,  m. 

army 

exercise 

impetus,  -us,  in. 

attack;  impetum  f  acere 

impetus,  impetuous 

sinister,  -tra,  -trum 


in,  make  an  attack 
on 
left  sinister 


LESSON  LXXIV,  §486 
contendo,  -ere,  -di,  -tus      hasten ;  strive,  fight  contend,  contention 


domus,  -us,y; 
navis,  -is  (-ium),/! 
pedes,  -itis,  m. 


home ;  domi,  at  home       domesticate,  domicile 
ship  navy,  naval 

foot  soldier;  plur,  in-      pedestrian 
fantry 
rus,   ruris,    n. ;   pliir.      country ;    ruri,  in  the      rural,  rustic 
only  no?n.  ajid  acc.^  country 

rura 

aestas,  -atis,/! 
dies,  diei,  m. 
hiems,  hiemis,/^ 
lux,  lucis,j^ 

nox,  noctis  (-ium),y; 
res,  rei,y; 


LESSON  LXXV,  §494 

summer 
day 
winter 

light ;  prima  lux,  day- 
light 
night 
thing,  matter 


diary,  dial 

lucid,  elucidate 

nocturnal,  equinox 
real,  reality 


civis,    -is    (-ium),    m, 

andf. 
commoveo,  -6re,  -movi, 

-mStus 
ego,  mei 

imperator,  -oris,  m. 
sui,  gett. 


timor,  -oris,  in. 
tu,  tui 


LESSON  LXXVIII,  §514 
citizen  civic,  civil 


alarm,  excite,  move 


commotion 


I ;  plur.  we  egotism 

general  emperor 

of  himself  (herself,  itself,    suicide 

themselves);  in  fugam 

sese  dare,  flee 
fear  timorous 

thou,  you 


376 


SPECIAL  VOCABULARIES 


Latin  Word 

depono,    -ere,    -posui, 

-positus 
idem,  eadem,  idem 

incolo,  -ere,  -ui, 


Ipse,  Ipsa,  ipsum 
manus,  -iis,/ 
pars,  partis  (-ium),/ 
spes,  spei,/ 


LESSON  LXXIX,  §  519 

Meaning  Related  Words 

put   down,    lay   down,      deponent,  deposit 

lay  aside 
same 


inhabit,    trans. ;     also 

i?itrans.,  dwell 
self,    himself,    herself, 

itself;  very 
hand;  group,  force 

part,  share  ;  side,  direc- 
tion 
hope 

LESSON  LXXX,  §525 


owe,  ought 
point  out,  show 


debeo,  -ere,  -ui,  -itus 
demonstro,  -are,  -avi, 

-atus 
finis,  -is  (-ium),  m. 

hie,  haec,  hoc 

ille,  ilia,  illud 

iste,  ista,  istud 

modus,  -i,  m. 
mons,montis(-ium),^.     mountain 


identity,  identical,  iden- 
tify 


manual,    manufacture, 

manuscript 
party,  particle,  partner, 

partial 


debt,  debit 
demonstrate 


end,  limit ;  piur.  terri-      finish,  final,  finite,  in- 

tory,  country  finite 

this;    as  pers.  pron., 

he,  she,  it 
that;    as  pers.  pron.^ 

he,  she,  it 
that;    as  pers.  pron.^ 

he,  she,  it 
measure ;  manner  mode,  model,  mood 

mount,  amount 


LESSON  LXXXI,  §530 

aliquis,  aliquid  someone,  something 

aliqui,  aliqua,  aliquod  some 

existimo,    -are,    -avi,  think,  consider 

-atus 

quidam,         quaedam,  a  certain  one,  a  certain 

quiddam  (quoddam) 

quisque,  quidque  each  one 


estimate 


SPECIAL  VOCABULARIES  377 

Latin  Word  Meaning  Related  Words 

quisque,         quaeque,  each 

quodque 

retineo,    -ere,    -tinui,  hold  back,  retain  retention 

-tentus 

sustineo,  -ere,  -tinui,  hold  up,  maintain ;  en-      sustain 

-tentus  dure 

LESSON  LXXXIII,  §544 

causa, -ae,/!  cause,  reason;  qua  de      because 

causa,  for  this  reason 
expello,     -ere,     -puli,      drive  out,  expel  expulsion 

-pulsus 
permane6,-ere,-mansi,      last,  endure,  continue        permanent 
-mansurus 

LESSON  LXXXIV,  §549 

acies,  aciei,/i  line  of  battle 

conficio,     -ere,     -feci,      do  completely,  finish 
-fectus 

draw  up,  arrange 


instruo,  -ere,  -struxi, 
-structus 

passus,  -us,  m.  step,  pace ;  mille  pas- 

sus,      a      thousand 
paces,  a  mile 

pons,  pontis  (-ium),  in.      bridge 


traduco,    -ere,    -duxi, 
-ductus 


lead  across 


instruct,  mstructor 


pontoon 
traduce 


cupidus,  -a,  -um 
imperitus,  -a,  -um 


LESSON  LXXXV,  §555 

desirous  of,  eager  for,         cupidity 

with  gen. 
unskilled,       inexperi- 
enced, with  gen. 
intermitto, -ere, -misi,      leave    off,     suspend, 
-missus  suffer     to     elapse, 

leave  vacant 
laus,  laudis,/!  praise 

militaris,  -e  military ;  res  milita- 

I  ris,  art  of  war 

peritus,  -a,  -um  skilled,    experienced, 

with  gen. 


intermittent,    intermis- 
sion 

laud,  laudatory 
militia,  militant 

experience 


378 


SPECIAL  VOCABULARIES 


Latin  Word 


LESSON  LXXXVI,  §563 

Meaning  Related  Words 


altitude,  -inis,  f.  height,  depth 

dolor,  -oris,  m.  pain,  grief 

excedo,    -ere,    -cessi,      go  out,  depart 

-cessurus 
hortor,  -ari,  hortatus      urge,  encourage 

sum,  dep.  verb 
patior,    pati,    passus      suffer,  allow,  permit 

sum,  dep.  verb 
sequor,  sequi,  secutus      follow 

sum,  dep.  ver'b 
vereor,    -eri,     veritus      fear,  respect 

sum,  dep.  verb 

LESSON  LXXXVII,  §571 

deligo,      -ere,      -legi,      choose,  select 
-lectus 


altitude 

dolorous,  doleful 
exceed,  excessive 

exhort 

patient,  passion 

sequence,  execute 

reverence 


explorator,  -oris,  in. 
hora, -ae,/ 
idoneus,  -a,  -um 
magnitudo,  -inis,/^ 
multitude, -inis,/ 


spy,  scout 
hour 

suitable,  fitting 
size,  greatness 
crowd,    throng,    multi- 
tude 
praemitto,  -ere,  -misi,      send  ahead,  send  for- 

-missus  ward 

scribo,    -ere,     scrips!,      write 

scriptus 
sumo,    -ere,    sumpsi,      take  up,  assume;  sup- 
sumptus  plicium  sumere  de, 

inflict  punishment  on 


explorer 

magnitude 

premise 

scribble,  scribe,  script 

presume,  consume 


LESSON  LXXXVIII,  §575 

apud,  prep,  with  ace.        among,  in  the  presence 

of 
doceo,  -ere,  -ui,  -tus  teach  docile 

interim,  adv.  meanwhile,      in       the        interim 

meantime 
potestas,  -atis,  f.  power  potent 

v6r5,  adv.  in  truth,  verily  veracity,  verity 


SPECIAL  VOCABULARIES 


LESSON  XC,  §  590 
Latin  Word  Meaning 

amitto,     -ere,     -misi,      send  away,  lose 

-missus 
condicio,  -onis,  f.  terms,  agreement 

consulo,  -ere,  -ui,  -tus       ask  for  advice,  consult, 

counsel  with,  with  ace. 


quaero,  -ere,  quaesivi, 

quaesitus 
ratio, -onis,/ 

summus,  -a,  -um 


seek  for,   ask,   inquire 

for 
method,    arrangement, 

plan 
(superl.  of  the  adj.  su- 

perus,  high)  highest, 

supreme 


LESSON  XCI,  §597 
nemo,^^;^.  nullius,  dat.      no  one 

nemini,  ace.   nemi- 

nem,  abl.  nullo,  m. 

and  f. 
perduco,    -ere,    -duxi, 

-ductus 
permoveo,  -€re,  -movi, 

-motus 
pervenio,    -ire,   -veni, 

-ventus 


lead    through,    bring ; 

construct  (a  wall) 
move    deeply,    arouse, 

influence 
arrive,  with  ad  or  in 

a7id  ace, 
i^ro^t%r,prep.  with  ace.      on  account  of,  because 

of 


379 

Related  Words 

condition 
consultation 

question 

rational 

sum,  summit 


res  pablica,  rei  publi- 

cae,/ 
vulnus,  -eris,  n. 


commonwealth,  repub-      republican 

lie,  state 
wound 


vulnerable 


LESSON  XCII,  §604 
frumentarius,  -a,  -um       of  grain ;  res  frumen- 


impero,     -are,     -avi, 

-atus 
postulo,     -are,     -avi,      demand,  require 

-atus 
provides,    -ere,    -vidi,      look  out  for,  foresee 

-visus 


taria,  grain  supply 
command,     with    dat.      imperative,  imperious 
and  a  subjv.  clause 

expostulate 


provide 


38o                        SPI 

i:ciAL  vocabular; 

[ES 

Latin  Word 

Meaning 

Related  Words 

rogS,  -are,  -avi,  -atus 

ask,  request 

interrogate 

tempto,     -are,     -avi. 

try,  attempt 

temptation 

-atus 

LESSON  XCIII,  §  608 

appropinquo,  -are,  -avi. 

draw    near,    approach, 

propinquity 

-atus 

with  dat. 

conscribo,  -ere,  -scripsi. 

enroll 

conscript 

-scriptus 

impedio,  -ire,  -ivi,  -itus 

hinder,  obstruct 

impede 

intercludo,  -ere,  -clusi, 

cut  off,  block  up 

The  root  word,  claudo. 

-clusus 

close,  appears  in  in- 
clude, exclude,  etc. 

oratio, -onis,y^ 

speech,  oration ;  oratio- 
nem  habere,  make  a 
speech 

oratory 

quidem,    adv.,    never 

indeed,  in  fact.  Ne  .  .  . 

stands  Jirst 

quidem,    not    even, 
the  emphatic  word 
standing  between 

LESSON  XCIV,  §  613 

difficultas,  -atis,/ 

difficulty 

difficult 

diligenter,  adv. 

carefully,  industriously, 
attentively 

diligently 

nobilis,  -e 

well-known,  famous,  noble 

:  nobility 

turris,  -is  (-ium ;  abl. 

tower 

turret 

turri  or  turre),  / 

LESSON  XCV,  §  620 

conicio,    -ere,     -ieci, 

hurl 

The  root  word,  iacid, 

-iectus 

throw,  appears  in 
inject,  object,  etc. 

consists,  -ere,  -stiti, 

stand  still,  take  a  stand. 

consist,  consistent 

-stitus 

halt,  be  at  rest 

consuetude, -inis,/ 

custom 

mens,  mentis  (-ium),/ 

mind 

mental 

premo,   -ere,    pressi, 

press  hard 

compress,  express,  im- 

pressus 

press,  oppress 

talis,  -e 

such 

tantus,  -a,  -um 

so  great 

SPECIAL  VOCABULARIES 


381 


Latin  Word 

convenio,  -ire,  -veni, 

-ventus 
desum,    -esse,    -fui, 

-futunis 
incendo,   -ere,   -cendi, 

-census 
ius,    iuris,   n. ;    plur. 

only  nom.  and  ace. ^ 

iura 
praeficio,    -ere,    -feci, 

-fectus 

praesum,   -esse,   -fui, 


LESSON  XCVI,  §624 

Meaning  Related  Words 

come  together,  assemble     convene,  convention 


propono,  -€re,  -posui, 

-positus 
senatus,  -us,  m. 


circummunio,  -ire,  -ivi, 

-itus 
enim,      cojij.^      never 

stands  first 
fides,  fidei,/ 
genus,  -€ris,  n. 
oportet,  -ere,  oportuit 


ordo,  -inis,  7n. 
ostendo,  -ere,  -di,  -tus 

pertineo,  -ere,  -ui, 

recipio,      -ere,    -cepi, 
-ceptus 


incendiary,  incense 
justice,  judge 

prefect 

present 

propose,  proposition 

senator 


satis,  indecl.  adj. ;  also 
used  as  a  neut.  noun 
and  as  an  adv. 


be  lacking,  be  wanting, 

with  dat. 
set  on  fire,  burn 

law,  right 


set  over,  place  in  com- 
mand, with  ace.  and 
dat. 

be  before,  be  over,  be 
in  command 

set  forth,  offer 

senate 

LESSON  XCVIII,  §636 

wall  around,  fortify  all 

about 
for 


good  faith,  protection      fidelity 

race,  kind  generic,  genus 

it  is  fitting,  is  necessary; 

ajt     i7npers.     verb^ 

often  used  with  an 

infin.  and  subj.  ace. 
rank,  class,  order  ordinary 

show,  display  ostensible,  ostentation 

reach,  extend,  pertain      pertinacity 
take    back ;     receive ;     recipient,  reception 

with  se,  withdraw 
enough,  sufficient ;  suf-  satisfy,  satisfactory 

ficiently 


DERIVATION   NOTEBOOK 


TYPE  I  (Without  Definitions) 


loco,  locare,  locavi, 
locatus,  place 


locate,  location,  locative,  local,  locality,  localize, 
locally,  locus,  collocate,  collocation,  dislocate, 
localization,  locomotive,  locomotor 


TYPE  II  (With  Definitions) 


voco,  vocare,  vocavi, 

vocation  :  a  calling^  occupation 

vocatus,  call 

vocational :  pertaining  to  a  vocation  or  calling 

vocal :  pertainittg  to  voice 

evoke :  call  out 

convoke:  call  together 

vocative :  case  of  calling  ^  case  of  address 

revoke  :  call  back,  rescind 

invoke:  call  upon,  ask  for 

vociferous :  with  large  calling  power,  with  loud  tones 

invocation  :  a  calling  upon,  a  prayer 

TYPE  III  (With  Examples  of  Use  in  English) 


mitto,  mittere,  misi, 
missus,  send 


mission  :  He  was  sent  on  a  mission  to  Europe 
missionary :  He  was  sent  as  a  missionary  to  China 
missive  :  The  letter  was  a  formidable  missive 
missile  :  Sto?tes  were  the  missiles  of  early  warfare 
transmit :  They  will  transmit  the  message  to  us 
remission  :  He  preached  the  remission  of  sins 
commit :  She  was  committed  to  his  care 
submit :   They  submitted  to  the  inevitable 
submissive :  The  slave  was  not  submissive 
omit :  Omit  the  nonessential 


^  This   is   a   specimen   page  based   on  the    Latin  syllabus  for  secondary 
schools  published  by  the  University  of  the  State  of  New  York. 

382 


COMMON  LATIN  ABBREVIATIONS 

A.B.  or  B.A.  =  Artium  Baccalaureus,  Bachelor  of  Arts 

A.D.  =  anno  Domini,  in  the  year  of  our  Lord 

ad  lib.  =  ad  libitum,  at  pleasure 

a.m.  =  ante  meridiem,  before  noon 

A.M.  or  M.A.  =  Artium  Magister,  Master  of  Arts 

A.U.C.  =  ab  urbe  condita,y>v;/2  the  founding  of  the  city^  that  is,  of  Rome, 

753  B.C. 
cf.  =  confer,  compare 
e.g.  =  exempli  gratia,  for  example 
etc.  =  et  cetera,  and  the  rest,  and  so  forth 
ib.  or  ibid.  =  ibidem,  in  the  sa7ne  place 
i.e.  =  id  est,  that  is 
I  H  S  =  first  three  letters  of  the  Greek  for  fesus,  but  often  taken  as  the 

abbreviation  for  the  Latin  "  lesus  Hominum  Salvator,"  fesus,  the 

Saviour  of  Men 
I.N.R.I.  =  lesus  Nazarenus,  Rex  ludaeorum,  fesus  of  Nazareth,  King 

of  the  fews 
lb.  =  libra,  pound  \  lbs.  =  librae,  pounds 
LL.D.  =  Legum  Doctor,  Doctor  of  Laws 
M.D.  =  MedicTnae  Doctor,  Doctor  of  Medicine 
N.B.  =  nota  bene,  note  well,  take  notice 
no.  =  numero  (plural  nos.),  by  number 
Ph.D.  =  Philosophiae  Doctor,  Doctor  of  Philosophy 
p.m.  =  post  meridiem,  after  noon 
P.S.  =  post  scrTptum,  postscript         ^ 

Q.E.D.  =  quod  erat  demonstrandum,  which  was  to  be  demonstrated 
R.  =  recipe,  take  (placed  before  a  doctor's  prescription) 
R.I. P.  =  requiescat  in  pace,  may  he  (or  she)  rest  in  peace 
sc.  =  scilicet,  namely 

S.P.Q.R.  =  Senatus  Populusque  Romanus,  the  Senate  and  Roman  People 
St.  =  stet,  let  it  stand 
s.v.  =  sub  voce,  under  the  word 
ult.  =  ultimo,  of  last  month 
V.  or  vid.  =  vide,  see 
viz.  =  videlicet,  ?iamely 
vs.  =  versus,  against 

383 


CO 

w 

(U 

<u 

X 

h 

^ 

^ 

i 

o 

o 

>-. 

<u 

M-l 

i3 

^ 

o 

H 

4) 

1— 1 

> 

c 

1) 

bC 

c 

^_, 

O 

o3 

e 

bX) 

R 

x; 

Si 

OS 

«      M 

4> 

o 

li 

rt 

«  ^ 

<u 

r« 

03      U 

T^ 

C 

^^      "^ 

rt 

c   tJ 

Tl 

(U      w 

O 

P- 

"S   ^^ 

o 
be 

bX) 

n1 

c    ^ 

o; 

^ 

^ 

■*->     li 

> 
"hn 

W 

OJ 

^•5 

'A 

/h 

OS 

a  c 

O 

a; 

f.    Tl 

Pi 

(L) 

« 

^ 

o 

?i  s 

H 

Hh 

(U  '13 

(U 

:S     CO 

>^ 

^ 

(U     «3 

03 

.l  1 

>     ?? 

o 

;i:   W 

>> 

o  u 

O 

VM 

r: 

03 

™    " 

^ 

> 

1    = 

o 

(U 

"^ 

45 

O     c 

^ 

"o 

o 

A 

C/2 

c« 

3 

^ 

O 

O 

T3 

V- 

03 

M 

03 

u 

XI 

w 

Oh 

o 

3 

O 

03 

o 

OT 

w 

m 

<U 

03 

c 

c 

o 

3 
o 

g 

be 

H 

(U 

> 

4> 

o 

C/2 

>• 

u 

LATIN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY 


a,  eib^  prep,  with  abl.,  from,  by 
abdo,  -ere,  -didi,  -ditus,  hide ;  with 

se,  conceal  one's  self,  hide 
abduco,  -ere,  -duxi,  -ductus,    lead 

away 
absum,  abesse,  afui,  afuturus,/rr<^^., 

be  away,  be  off,  be  distant ;  with 

a  or  ab  aftd  abl.  (§  838) 
Abydus,  -i,  ;/^.,  Abydus 
ac  {before  consonants)^  atque  {before 

either    vowels    or    co7isonants\ 

conj.,  and,    and   what   is   more; 

simul  atque,  as  soon  as 
accido,  -cidere,  -cidi,  happen 
accipio,  -ere,  -cepi,  -ceptus,  receive 
accurro,  -ere,  accurri, ,  run  to, 

run  up 
acer,  acris,  acre,  keen,  sharp ;  eager, 

courageous 
acies,  aciei,  f,  line  of  battle ;  prima 

acies,  the  front  line 
acriter,  adv.^  sharply,  fiercely 
ad,  prep,    with   ace,  to,    towards, 

near,  by  ;  at,  on 
adamo,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  fall  in  love 

with 
adduco,  -ere,  -duxi,  -ductus,  lead  to, 

bring  to,  influence 
adeo,  -ire,  -ii,  -itus,  go  to 
adfero,  -ferre,  attuli,  adlatus,  bring, 

carry  to  (§841) 
adhuc,  adv.,  until  now,  as  yet,  still 


aditus,  -lis,  m.,  privilege  of  admit- 
tance 

admiratio,  -onis,  /!,  wonder,  sur- 
prise ;  tibi  admirati5nem  movere, 
cause  you  surprise 

adsido,  -ere,  -edi,  ,  sit  by  {es- 
pecially a  sick  person) 

adsto,  -are,  astiti  or  adstiti, , 

stand  by,  stand  near 

adsum,  -esse,  -fui,  -futurus,  be 
present,  be  at  hand,  with  dat. 
(§  838) 

adulescens,  -entis,  m.,  youth 

advenio,  -ire,  -veni,  -ventus,  come, 
arrive 

adventus,  -iis,  m.,  arrival 

adversus,  -a,  -um,  ill,  unfavorable ; 
opposite 

aeger,  -gra,  -grum,  sick 

aequus,  -a,  -um,  even,  level,  equal ; 
fair,  just 

aestas, -atis,/i,  summer;  inita  aes- 
tate,  at  the  beginning  of  summer 

aetas,  -tatis,/!,  age 

Aethiopia, -ae,/,  Ethiopia 

ager,  agri,  tn.,  field 

agmen,  agminis,  ?2.,  an  army  {oti  the 
inarch),  column  ;  primum  agmen, 
the  van ;  novissimum  agmen,  the 
rear;  agmen  claudere,  bring  up 
the  rear 

ago,  -ere,  egi,  actus,  drive,  lead ;  do 


LATIN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY 


agricola,  -ae,  m.,  farmer 

agricultura,  -ae,/,  agriculture 

ala, -ae,/,  wing 

Albani,  -orum,  m.,  the  Albans 

aliquando,  adv.^  some  day 

aliquis  (-qui),  -qua,  -quid  (-quod), 
indef.  pron.,  someone,  anyone, 
some,  any  (§831) 

alius,  alia,  aliud  {gen.  -ius,  dat.  -i), 
other, -another  {of  several) ;  alius 
.  .  .  alius,  one  .  .  .  another ;  alii 
.  .  .  alii,  some  .  .  .  others  (§815) 

Allobroges,  -um,  m.^  the  AUob'roges 

Alpes,  -ium,/,  the  Alps 

alte,  adv.^  high,  on  high 

alter,  -era,  -erum  {gen.  -ius,  dat.  -i), 
the  one,  the  other  {of  two) ;  alter 
.  .  .  alter,  the  one  .  .  .  the  other ; 
alteri .  . .  alteri,  the  one  party  . . . 
the  other  party  (§  502) 

altitiid5,-inis,/.,  height;  depth 

altus,  -a,  -um,  high,  deep,  lofty 

amanter,  adv.^  lovingly,  affection- 
ately 

amicitia, -ae,/.,  friendship 

amicus,  -a,  -um,  friendly,  affection- 
ate 

amicus,-!,  ^.,  friend 

amitto,  -ere,  -misi,  -missus,  send 
away;  lose 

amo,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  love 

amor,  -oris,  m.^  love 

amplus,  -a,  -um,  large,  abundant; 
famous,  distinguished ;  copious 

Amiilius,  Amuli,  m.,  Amulius 

Andromeda,  -ae,/,  Andromeda 

anguste,  adv.^  narrowly,  closely 

angustus,  -a,  -um,  narrow 

animal,  -alls  (-ium),  n.,  animal 


animus,  -i,  m.^  mind,  spirit,  heart ; 

in  animo  esse,  with  dat.,  intend ; 

animum  tenere,    hold   attention; 

in  plur  oftefi  courage 
annus,  -i,  7n.,  year 
anser,  -eris,  ?//.,  goose 
ante,  prep,    with   ace,  before,   in 

front  of ;  adv.,  before,  previously 
antea,  adv.,  heretofore,  previously, 

formerly 
antiquus,  -a,  -um,  ancient 
aperio,  -ire,  -ui,  -pertus,  open 
apertus,  -a,  -um,  open 
appello,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  call,  name 
Appius,  -a,  -um,  Appian 
appropinquo,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  draw 

near,  approach,  with  dat. 
apud,  prep,  with  ace.,  among,  in  the 

presence  of 
aqua, -ae,/,  water 
aquilifer,  -eri,  m.,  standard-bearer 

{of  the  eagle) 
Aquitani,  -orum,  vt.,  the  Aquitani 
arbor, -oris,/,  tree 
area, -ae,/,  chest 
ardeo,  -ere,  arsi,  arsurus,  be  afire, 

glow,  burn 
Ariadne,-es,/  {Greek  noun),An3idnQ 
Arion,  -onis,  m.,  Arion 
Ariovistus,  -i,  m.,  Ariovistus 
arma,  -orum,  n.  plur.,  arms 
armatus,  -a,  -um,  armed ;  as  a  noun 

ifi  the  masc.  plur.,  armed  men 
armo,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  arm 
aro,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  plow 
ascendo,  -ere,  ascendi,  ascensus, 

climb 
ascribo,  -ere,  -ipsi,  -iptus,  enroll 
asper,  -era,  -erum,  rough,  wild 


LATIN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY 


Athenae,  -aram,/.,  Athens 

atramentum,  -i,  //.,  ink 

attingo,  -ere,  -tigi,  -tactus,  touch 

upon,  reach 
aspicio,  -ere,  -exi,  -ectus,  behold,  see 
auctoritas,  -atis,  /.,  authority 
audacia,  -ae,  /.,   daring,   boldness, 

presumption 
audeo,  -ere,  ausus  sum,  send-dep. 

verb,  dare 
audio,  -ire,  -ivi,  -itus,  hear 
aufero,   auferre,  abstuli,  ablatus, 

remove  (§841) 
aura, -ae,/,  air 
aureus,  -a,  -um,  golden 
aurum,  -i,  n.,  gold 
aut,  conj.,  or;  aut  .  .  .  aut,  either 

...  or 
autem,  conj.  (never  stands  Jirst\ 

however,  but,  moreover 
auxilium,  auxili,  «.,  aid 
averts,  -ere,  -ti,  -sus,  turn  away, 

withdraw 

Bacchus,  -i,  m.,  Bacchus 

Baculus,  -i,  m.,  Baculus 

barbarus,  -a,  -um,  savage,  uncivil- 
ized ;  as  a  noun  in  the  masc.  or 
fern.,  a  savage 

Belgae,  -arum,  m.,  the  Belgae 

bello,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  wage  war 

bellum, -i,  n.,  war;  bellum  inferre, 
with  dat.,  make  war  upon 

bene,  adv.  from  bonus,  well 

beneficium,  benefici,  «.,  favor,  kind- 
ness 

benigne,  adv.,  kindly 

benignus,  -a,  -um,  kind 

Bibracte,  -is,  n.,  Bibracte 


bonus,  -a,  -um,  good,  kind  (§  820) 

brevis,  -e,  short 

brevitas,  -atis,  /.,  shortness ;  brevi- 

tas  temporis,  want  of  time 
breviter,  ad7>.,  briefly 
Britannia, -ae,/,  Britain,  England 
Britanni,  -orum,  ;//.,  the  Britons 
Brutus,  -i,  ;/2.,  Brutus 

Caecilius,  -i,  fn.,  Cascilius 
caedes,  -is  (ium),  /,  slaughter,  car- 
nage 
caelum,  -i,  n.,  sky,  heaven 
Caesar,  -is,  ;;/.,  Caesar 
calamitas,  -atis,/,  loss,  disaster 
calcar,  -aris  (ium),  n.,  spur 
calo,  -onis,  m.,  camp  follower 
Camillus,  -i,  m.,  Camillus 

cano,  -ere,  cecini, ,  sing 

capio,  -ere,  cepi,  captus,  take,  seize 
Capitolium,  -toll,  n.,  the  Capitolium 
capra, -ae,/,  goat 
captivus,  -i,  m.,  captive 
caput,  capitis,  n.,  head ;  capital 
careo,  -ere,  -ui,  -iturus,  go  without, 

be  without,  with  abl. 
carrus,  -i,  m.,  baggage  wagon 
cams,  -a,  -um,  dear 
casa, -ae,/,  hut,  cottage 
Cassiopeia, -ae,/,  Cassiopeia 
castrum,  -i,  n.,  fort;  plur.,  camp; 
castra  movere,  break  camp ;  castra 
ponere,  pitch  camp 
causa,  -ae,/,  cause,  reason ;  qua  de 
causa,   for  this   reason ;    causam 
dicere,  plead  a  case ;  causa,  with 
precediftg  genitive,  for  the  sake 
of,  in  order  to 
celer,  celeris,  celere,  swift 


LATIN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY 


celeritas,  -atis,/:,  speed,  swiftness 
celeriter,  adv.^  quickly 
celo,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  conceal 
Celtae,  -arum,  ?//.,  the  Celts 
cena,  -ae,/i,  dinner 
centum,  indecl.  num.  adj.,  one  hun- 
dred 
centurio,  -onis,  m..,  centurion 
Cepheus,  -i,  m..,  Cepheus 
Ceres,  -eris,/!  {Greek  noun\  Ceres 
certamen,  -inis,  ?z.,  contest 
certe,  adv.,  certainly,  surely 
certus,  -a,  -um,  sure,  certain ;  true ; 
certiorem  facere,  inform;  certior 
fieri,  be  informed 
cibus,  -i,  m.,  food 
Cicero,  -onis,  ?//.,  Cicero 
Cincinnatus,  -i,  m.,  Cincinnatus 
circummunio,  -ire,  -ivi,  -itus,  wall 

around,  fortify  all  about 
circumsisto,  -ere,  -steti, ,  sur- 
round 
circumvenio,  -ire,  -veni,  -ventus, 

surround 
civis,  -is  (-ium),  m.  and/.,  citizen 
civitas,  -atis,/i,  state 
clamo,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,   cry  out, 

shout 
clamor,  -oris,  m.^  shout,  cry 
clarus,  -a,  -um,  clear,  bright;  famous 
claudo,  -ere,  -si,  -sus,  close,  end; 
agmen  claudere,  bring  up  the  rear 
cognosce,  -ere,  -gnovi,  -gnitus,  find 
out,  learn ;  in  perf.  tenses,  know 
cogo,  -ere,  coegi,  coactus,  collect; 

compel,  force 
cohors,  cohortis  (-ium),  f.,  cohort, 
company  {consisting  of  one  tenth 
of  a  legion.,  or  about  360  men) 


coUis,  coUis  (-ium),  m.,  hill;  sum- 
mus  coUis,  the  top  of  the  hill 

colo,  -ere,  colui,  cultus,  till ;  cherish, 
foster 

commends,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  intrust, 
commit 

commilito,  -onis,  m.,  fellow  soldier, 
comrade 

committo,  -ere,  -misi,  -missus,  com- 
mit, intrust;  proelium  committere, 
join  battle 

commoveo,  -ere,  -movi,  -motus,  ex- 
cite, alarm,  move 

communis,  -e,  common 

commutatio,  -onis,/!,  change 

compare,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  get  to- 
gether, provide 

comporto,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  collect 

conatus,  -iis,  m.,  undertaking,  at- 
tempt 

concido,  -ere,  -cidi, ,  fall  down,fall 

condicio,  -onis,/.,  terms,  agreement, 
condition 

confectus,  -a,  -um,  exhausted 

confero,  -ferre,  -tuli,  -latus,  bring 
together,  collect  (§841) 

confertus,  -a,  -um,  dense,  closely 
crowded 

conficio,  -ere,  -feci,  -fectus,  do  com- 
pletely, finish ;  subdue,  overcome, 
exhaust 

confirms,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  encour- 
age, strengthen 

conicio,  -ere,  -ieci,  -iectus  (con  -I- 
iacio),  hurl 

coniunx,  -iugis,  m.  andf,  husband, 
wife 

coniuro,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  conspire, 
plot 


LATIN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY 


5 


conloco,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  place 
Conor,  -ari,  -atus  sum,  dep.  verb, 

attempt,  try 
consequor,   -sequi,  -secutus    sum, 

dep.  vei'b,  follow,  overtake 
conservo,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  preserve, 

keep  safe 
conscribo,  -ere,  -scripsi,  -scriptus, 

enroll 
consilium,  consili,  ;z.,  plan,  advice, 

resource;  consilium  capere,  form 

a  plan  ;  consilium  omittere,  leave 

a  plan  untried 
consists,  -ere,  -stiti, ,  stand  still, 

take  a  stand ;  halt,  be  at  rest 
conspectus,  -us,  w.,  sight 
conspicio,  -ere,  -spexi,  -spectus,  get 

sight  of,  see 
constituo,  -ere,  -ui,  -utus,  appoint ; 

determine,  decide ;  station 
consuetudo,  -inis,/i,  custom,  habit 
consul,  -is,  7/z.,  consul 
consulo,  -ere,  -ui,  -tus,  ask  for  ad- 
vice, consult,  counsel  with,  with 

ace. 
contends,  -ere,  -di,   -tus,    hasten; 

strive,  fight 
continenter,  adv.,  continuously 
contineo,  -ere,  -tinui,  -tentus,  hold 

together,  bound-;  restrain,  keep ; 

hem  in 
contra,  p7'ep.    with  ace.,   against; 

opposite  to 
convenio,  -ire,  -veni,  -ventus,  come 

together,  assemble 
convoco,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,   call   to- 
gether 
coorior,  -iri,  -ortus  sum,  dep.  verb, 

rise 


copia,  -ae,  /.,  plenty,    abundance; 

plur.,  forces  ;  c5piam  facere,  give 

an  opportunity 
copiosus,  -a,  -um,  wealthy,  well  sup- 
plied 
cornii,  -us,  n.,  horn ;  wing  {of  an 

army)',   a  dextro   cornu,   on  the 

right  wing 
corpus,  -oris,  n.,  body 
corripio,  -ere,  -ripui,  -reptus,  seize 
cotidianus,  -a,  -um,  daily 
cotidie,  adv.,  daily,  everyday 
creber,  -bra,  -brum,  thick,  frequent, 

crowded 
credo,  -ere,  -didi,  -ditus,  believe,  trust 
cremo,-are,-avi,-atus,burn, consume 
creo,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  make 
cresco,  -ere,  crevi,  cretus,  increase 
Creta, -ae,/i,  Crete 
culpa, -ae,/i,  fault 
cum.,  prep,  with  abl.,  with 
cum,  C071J.,  when,  since,  although 
cupidus,  -a,  -um,  desirous  of,  eager 

for,  with  gen. 
cupio,  -ere,  -ivi,  -itus,  wish,  desire 
ciir,  interrog.  adv.,  why 
Curiatius,  Curiati,  m.,  Curiatius 
Curius,  Curi,  m.,  Curius 
euro,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  care  for,  take 

care  of ;  cure 
currus,  -us,  m.,  chariot 
cursus,  -lis,    m.,   course;    march, 

journey 

de,  prep,  with  abl.,  down  from; 

concerning,  about 
dea,  -ae,  f.   {dat.  and  abl.  plur. 

deabus),  goddess 
debeo,  -ere,  -ui,  -itus,  owe,  ought 


LATIN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY 


debitor,  -oris,  m.,  debtor 
debitum,  -i,  «.,  debt 
decern,  indecl.  num.  adj..,  ten 
December,  -bris,  -bre,  of  December 
decimus,  -a,  -um,  num.  adj.,  tenth 
deditio,  -onis,/,  surrender ;  in  dedi- 

ti5nem  accipere,   receive  in   sur- 
render 
dedo,  -ere,  -didi,  -ditus,  surrender ; 

with  se,  surrender  one's  self 
deduce,  -ere,  -diixi,  -ductus,   lead 

down  or  from  ;  escort 
defendo,  -ere,  -di,  -fensus,  defend 
defensor,  -oris,  ?/^.,  defender 
defessus,  -a,  -um,  tired  out,  weary 
deficio,  -ere,  -feci,  -fectus,  fail,  be 

wanting 
deicio,  -ere,  -ieci,  -iectus  (de  +  iacio), 

throw  down 
deinde,  adv..,  next,  then,  thereafter 
deligo,  -ere,  -legi,  -16ctus,  choose, 
..  select 

delphinus,  -i,  m.,  dolphin 
demonstro,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  point 

out,  show 
denique,  adv..,  at  last,  finally 
Dentatus,  -i,  m.,  Dentatus 
depono,  -ere,  -posui,  -positus,   put 

down,  lay  down,  lay  aside;  memo- 

riam  dep5nere,  forget 
descends,  -ere,  -di,  -scensus,  dimb 

down,  descend 
desidero,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  long  for 
desilio,  -ire,  -silui,  -sultus,leapdo  wn 
desisto,  -ere,  -stiti,  -stitiirus,  desist 

from 
despero,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  despair  of 
destringo,  -ere,  -strinxi,  -strictus, 

draw 


desum,  -esse,  -fui,-futiirus,  be  lack- 
ing, be  wanting,  with  dat.  (§  838) 

detrah6,-ere,-traxi,-tractus,  snatch, 
with  ace.  and  dat. 

detrimentum,  -i,  «.,  loss ;  disaster 

deus,  -i,  m..,  god 

devoro,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  devour, 
consume 

dexter,  -tra,  -trum,  right 

dextra,  -ae,yi,  right  hand 

Diana, -ae,/],  Diana 

dico,  -ere,  dixi,  dictus,  say,  speak,  tell 

dictator,  -oris,  vi.,  dictator 

dies, -ei,  m..,  day;  in  dies,  every  day 

differ6,-ferre,  distuli,  dilatus,  irreg., 
be  different,  differ  (§841) 

difficilis,  -e,  hard,  difficult  (§  820) 

difiicultas,  -atis,  /i,  difficulty 

diiiidico,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  decide 

diligenter,  adv..,  carefully,  industri- 
ously, attentively 

diligentia,  -ae,/i,  industry 

dimitto,  -ere,  -misi,  -missus,  send 
away ;  let  go 

discedo,  -ere,  -cessi,  -cessiirus,  de- 
part from,  leave,  withdraw,  go  away 

discipulus,  -i,  m.,  pupil 

discrimen,  -inis,  n.,  turning  point ; 
discrimen  rerum,  crisis 

dispono,  -ere,  -posui,  -positus,  sta- 
tion 

dissimilis,  -e,  unlike,  dissimilar 
(§  820) 

diu,  adv.  {cotnpared  diiitius,  diiitis- 
sime),  for  a  long  time,  long  (§  822) 

diurnus,  -a,  -um,  of  the  day,  daily ; 
nocturno  diurnoque  (itinere),  by 
night  and  day 

diversus,  -a,  -um,  different 


LATIN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY 


divido,  -ere,  -visi,  -visus,  divide 
do,  dare,  dedi,  datus,  give 
doceo,  -ere,  -ui,  -tus,  teach 
dolor,  -oris,  /;/.,  pain,  grief 
domus, -us, y^,  house,  home;  domi, 

at  home  (§  813) 
donum,  -i,  ;z.,  gift 
dubius, -a,-um,  doubtful,  uncertain; 

sine  dubio,  certainly 
ducenti,  -ae,  -a,  two  hundred 
duco,  -ere,  duxi,  ductus,  lead 
dulcis,  -e,  sweet 
duo,    duae,   duo,    num.    adj.,    two 

(§  824) 
duodecim,  indecl.  num.  adj.,  twelve 
duodecimus,  -a,  -um,    nu7n.   adj., 

twelfth 
dux,  ducis,  m.,  leader,  commander 

e  or  ^■:s., prep,  with  abl.,  out  of,  from, 
off,  of 

ecce,  adv.,  lo !  see !  behold  !  look ! 

edo,  -ere,  edi,  esus,  eat 

Eburones, -um,  m.  plur.,  the  Ebu- 
ro'nes 

educo,  -ere,  -duxi,  -ductus,  lead  out 

effugio,  -ere,  -fugi,  -fugiturus,  es- 
cape 

ego,  mQl,per.pro7t.,  I ;  in  plur.,  we 

egredior,-i,-gressus  sum,  dep.  verb, 
go  out,  march  out;  with  nave, 
disembark 

egregius, -a, -um,  remarkable,  mar- 
velous, distinguished 

emitto,  -ere,  -misi,  -missus,  send 
out,  send  forth 

enim,  conj.,  for,  never  stands  jirst 

eo,  ire,  ii  (ivi),  iturus,  go  (§  842) 

epistula,  -ae,/!,  letter 


eques,  equitis,  m.,  horseman 

equester,  -tris,  -tre,  of  cavalry 

equitatus,  -us,  m.,  cavalry 

equus,  -i,  jn.,  horse 

ergo,  adv.,  therefore 

eripio,  -ere,  -ripui,  -reptus,  snatch 
away,  rescue 

eruptio,  -onis,  /,  sally 

et,  conj.,  and ;  et . .  .  et,  both  . . .  and 

erumpo,  -ere,  -rupi,  -ruptus,  burst 
out,  make  a  sally 

etiam,  adv.,  standing  before  the 
emphatic  word  even,  also 

Etrusci,  -orum,  m.plur.,  the  Etrus- 
cans 

Eurydice,  -es,  f.  {Greek  nomt), 
Eurydice 

evoco,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  call  out,  sum- 
mon 

excedo,  -ere,  -cessi,  -cessurus,  go 
out,  depart 

excito,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  arouse 

exemplum,-i,  7t.,  example,  specimen 

exeo,  -ire,  -ii,  -iturus,  go  forth  (§  842) 

exerceo,  -ere,  -ui,  -itus,  train    . 

exercitus,  -us,  7n.,  army 

existimo,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  think, 
consider 

expello,  -ere,  -puli,  -pulsus,  drive 
out,  expel 

expio,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  atone  for 

explorator,  -oris,  7n.,  spy,  scout 

expugno,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  take  by 
storm,  capture;  distinguish  fro 7n 
oppugno,  assault 

exspectatus,  -a,  -um,  expected,  ap- 
pointed 

exspectS,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  await,  ex- 
pect, wait  for 


8 


LATIN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY 


fabula,  -ae,/,  story 

facies,  faciei,/!,  beauty 

facile,  adv.^  easily 

facilis,  -e,  easy  (§820) 

facio,  -ere,  feci,  factus,  make,  do, 
form,  cause ;  proelium  facere,  fight 
a  battle ;  aliquem  certi5rem  facere, 
inform  someone;  copiam  facere, 
give  an  opportunity 

factum,  -i,  n.,  deed,  act 

fama, -ae,/i,  rumor,  report,  reputa- 
tion 

fames,  -is  (-ium),/!,  hunger 

faveo,  -ere,  favi,  fauturus,  be  favor- 
able to,  favor,  with  dat. 

Februarius,  -a,  -um,  of  February 

fere,  adv.^  nearly,  almost,  about 

fero,  ferre,  tuli,  latus,  bear,  carry ; 
graviter  or  moleste  ferre,  with 
ace.  and  inf..,  be  annoyed;  subsi- 
dium    ferre,    go    to    the    rescue 

(§  841) 
fides,  fidei,/,  good  faith,  protection; 

fides  piiblica,  the  promise  given 

by  the  state 
filia,  -ae,  f.  {dat.  and  abl.  plur. 

filiabus),  daughter 
filius,  fili,  in.,  son  (§  806.2) 
filum,  -i,  «.,  string 
finis,  -is  (-ium),  m.,  end,  limit;  itt 

the  plur..,  territory,  country 
finitimi,  -onim,  in. plur.,  neighbors 
finitimus,  -a,  -um,  adjoining,  neigh- 
boring 
fio,  fieri,  factus  sum,  used  as  the 
passive  ^facio,  be  done,  be  made, 

happen ;  certior  fieri,  be  informed 

(§  843) 
firmus,  -a,  -um,  strong,  trusty,  loyal 


flagro,  -are,  -avi,  -atiirus,  burn,  be 
on  fire ;  glow,  be  stirred 

Flaminius,  -a,  -um,  Flaminian 

fliimen,  fluminis,  n.,  river 

fluo,  -ere,  fluxi,  fluxurus,  flow 

fortasse,  perhaps,  possibly 

fortis,  -e,  brave,  courageous,  strong 

fortiter,  adv.,  bravely 

fortiina,  -ae,  /.,  fortune,  circum- 
stances 

fossa, -ae,/!,  ditch 

f rater,  fratris,  m.,  brother 

f  rUmentarius,  -a,  -um,  of  grain ;  res 
friimentaria,  grain  supply 

frumentor,  -ari,  -atus  sum,  dep. 
verb,  gather  grain 

friimentum,  -i,  n.,  grain 

friistra,  adv.,  in  vain 

fuga, -ae,/,  flight;  in  fugam  dare, 
put  to  flight ;  in  fugam  sese  dare, 
flee 

f ugio,  -ere,  f ugi,  f ugitiirus,  flee,  run 

Galba,  -ae,  m.,  Galba 

Gallia,  -ae,/,  Gaul  (modern  France) 

Gallicus,  -a,  -um,  Gallic 

Gallus,  -i,  m.,  Gaul 

Garumna,  -ae,  m.,  the  Garonne 

gaude6,-ere,  gavisus  sum,  semi-dep. 

verb,  rejoice 
gaudium,  gaudi,  n.,  joy,  gladness 
gemitus,  -iis,  m.,  groan 
Genava, -ae,/!,  Geneva 
generosus,  -a,  -um,  honorable,  noble 
gens,  gentis  (-ium),/!,  tribe,  nation 
genus,  -eris,  n.,  race,  tribe;   kind, 

method 
Germania, -ae,/,  Germany 
Germanus,  -i,  ;/z.,  a  German 


LATIN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY 


gero,  -ere,  gessi,  gestus,  wage,  carry 

on,  wear,  have;  bear,  wear;  res 

gestae,  exploits 
gloria,  -ae,  f.^  glory,  praise,  thirst 

for  glory 
Graecia,  -ae,y^,  Greece 
Graecus,  -a,  -um,  Greek;  Graecus,  -i, 

7/2.,  a  Greek 
gratia,    -ae,    /l,    influence,    favor, 

thanks;  gratias  agere,  with  dat.^ 

thank 
gratus,  -a,  -um,  pleasing 
gravis,  -e,  heavy ;  severe ;  weighty, 

serious 
graviter,   adin^    heavily;     graviter 

ferre,  bear  ill,  take  ill 

habeo,  -ere,  -ui,  -itus,  have 
habito,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  live 
hactenus,  adv.,  thus  far 
Haedui,  -orum,  m.,  the  Haedui 
harena,  -ae,  /i,  sand 
Hellespontus,  -i,  m.,  the  Hellespont 
Helvetii, -orum,  ;/2.//2^r.,  the  H  elvetii 
hercle,    intejj.,    by    Hercules,    as- 
suredly, indeed 
Hero,  -VLS,/.  {Greek  noun),  Hero 
heros,  -ois,  m.  {Greek  noun),  hero 
heu  !    intei'j.  of  grief  or  pain,  oh! 

ah !  alas !  followed  by  the  ace.  of 

exclamation 
hibema,  -orum,    ///.  plur.,    winter 

quarters 
hie,    haec,   hoc,   demon,   adj.  and 

pron.,   this;    as  per.  pron.,  he, 

she,  it  (§  828) 
hiemo,   -are,  -avi,  -atus,  pass  the 

winter 
hiems,  hiemis,y^,  winter 


hodie,  adv.,  today 

homo,-inis,  7n.  andf,  human  being, 

man  (§  813) 
Horatius,  Horati,  ///.,  Horatius 
hora, -ae,yi,  hour 
hortor,  -ari,    hortatus    sum,   dep. 

verb,  urge,  encourage 
hospes,  -itis,  7Ji.,  stranger 
hostis,    hostis   (-ium),    m.,  enemy 

{in  war) 
humerus,  -i,  m.,  shoulder 

iacio,  iacere,  ieci,  iactus,  throw,  hurl 

iam,  adv.,  already,  immediately; 
presently,  soon,  now 

lanuarius,  -a,  -um,  of  January 

ibi,  adv.,  there,  .in  that  place 

idem,  eadem,  idem,  dejnon.  adj.  and 
pron.,  same  (§  828) 

idoneus,  -a,  -um,  suitable,  fitting 

ignis,  -is  (-ium),  m.,  fire 

ille,  ilia,  illud,  demon,  adj.  and 
pron.,  that;  as  per.  pron.,  he, 
she,  it  (§  828) 

immineo,  -ere, , ,  threaten ; 

be  at  hand 

impedimentum,  -i,  71.,  hindrance; 
plur.  baggage;  magnum  numerum 
impedimentorum,  a  very  long  bag- 
gage train 

impedio,  -ire,  -ivi,  -itus,  hinder,  ob- 
struct, prevent 

imperator,  -oris,  m.,  general 

imperitus,  -a,  -um,  unskilled,  inex- 
perienced, with  gen. 

imperium,  imperi,  n.,  command, 
supreme  power,  realm 

impero,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  command, 
with  dat.  and  a  subj.  clause 


lO 


LATIN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY 


impetus,  -us,  m.^  attack;  facere  im- 

petum  in,  make  an  attack  upon 
improbus,  -a,  -um,  evil 
improviso,  adv.^  unexpectedly 
improvisus,  -a,  -um,  unforeseen,  un- 
expected 
in.,  prep,  with  ace,  into,  against,  to; 
in,  prep,  with  abl.,  in,  on ;  among 
incendo,  -ere,  -cendi,  -census,  set  on 

fire,  burn 
incipio,  -ere,  -cepi,  -ceptus,  begin 
incite, -are, -avi,-atus,  hasten,  hurry, 

arouse 
incognitus,  -a,  -um,  unknown 

incolo,  -ere,  -ui,  ,  tra7is.  with 

ace,  inhabit;  also  int?'ans.,  dwell 
incolumis,  -e,  unharmed,  safe 
incredibilis,  -e,  incredible,  extraordi- 
nary 
incuso,  -are,   -avi,   -atus,   rebuke, 

chide 
induce,  -ere,  -duxi,  -ductus,  lead  in 

or  against 
induo,  -ere,  -ui,  -utus,  put  on 
industrius,  -a,  -um,  diligent 
ineO,  -ire,  -ivi  or  -ii,  -itus,   enter 
upon;    inita  aestate,  at  the  be- 
ginning of  summer  (§  842) 
infelix,  -icis,  unfortunate,  ill-fated 
inferi,  -orum,     jn.  plur.,    shades, 

lower  world 
inferior,  -ius,  inferior  (§  820) 
infero,  -ferre,  -tuli,  -latus,  bring  in, 
inflict;    spem  inferre,  with  dat., 
inspire  hope  (§841) 
ingens,  -entis,  huge 
ingredior,  ingredi,  ingressus  sum, 
dep.     verb,     proceed,     advance, 
march ;  enter 


inicio,  -ere,  -ieci,  -iectus  (in+iacio), 

thrust 
inimicus,-a,-um,  unfriendly,  hostile 
iniquus,  -a,  -um,  uneven,  unequal ; 

unfavorable,  hostile ;  steep,  danger- 
ous 
iniuria, -ae,/,  wrong,  injury;  iniii- 

rias  alicui  inferre,  inflict  injuries 

on  someone 
inopia, -ae,yi,  want,  need,  scarcity 
inquit,  said  he,  said  she ;  inquiunt, 

said  they.   Inserted  in  a  direct 

quotation 
institutum,  -i,  «.,  custom 
instruo,   -ere,   -struxi,   -striictus, 

draw  up,  arrange 
insula,  -ae,/l,  island 
integer,  integra,  integrum,  whole, 

fresh,  pure 
intellego,  intellegere,  intellexi,  in- 

tellectus,  understand 
intentus,  -a,  -um,  attentive,  eager 
inter,   prep,    with    ace,    between, 

among 
intercede,  -ere,  -cessi,   -cessurus, 

come  between,  intervene 
intercludo,  -ere,  -cliidi,  -clusus,  cut 

off,  block  up 
interdiu,  adv.,  during  the  day,  by  day 
interficio,  -ere,  -feci,  -f ectus,  put  out 

of  the  way,  kill 
interfluo,  -ere, , ,  flow  be- 
tween 
interim,    adv.,  meanwhile,   in   the 

meanwhile 
intermitto, -ere, -misi, -missus,  leave 

off,  discontinue,  stop,  cease 
interpono,  -ere,  -posui,  -positus,  put 

betv/een,  interpose 


LATIN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY 


II 


intersum,  -esse,  -fui,  -futurus,  be 

between  (§  838) 
intra,  prep,  with  acc.^  within,  in, 

into 
intro,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  enter 
intus,  adv.^  within 
inusitatus,   -a,  -um,   unusual,   ex- 
traordinary 
inveniS,  -ire,  -veni,  -ventus,  find, 

come  upon 
invidia,  -ae,/i,  envy,  jealousy 
invito,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  invite 
invitus,  -a,  -um,  against  the  will; 

se  invito,  against  his  will 
io,  interj.  {expressmg  joy\  hurra ! 

coin7non  i7t  the  phrase  i5  triumphe 
ipse,  ipsa,  ipsum,  intens.  adj.  and 

pro?t.^  self,  himself,  herself,  itself; 

very  (§  827) 
is,  ea,  id,  dem.  adj.  and pron.^  this, 

that ;  he,  she,  it  (§  828) 
iste,    ista,    istud,   dem.   adj.  and 

pron.,  that ;  he,  she,  it  (§  828) 
ita,  adv.^  thus,  so 
Italia,  -ae,/!,  Italy 
itaque,  co7ij.^  and  so,  therefore 
iter,   itineris,   n.,   journey,   march, 

route ;    iter  dare,  give  a  right  of 

way;     iter    facere,    march;     iter 

magnum,   forced  march ;    itinera 

prohibere,    keep    from    passing; 

itinere   converso,   changing  their 

course  (§  813) 
iubeo,  -ere,  iussi,  iussus,  command, 

order,  with  ace.  and  injin. 
iudicium,  iudici,  n.,  judgment,  trial 
iudico,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  judge,  decide 
luno,  -onis,/,  Juno 
luppiter,  lovis,  in.,  Jupiter 


ius,  iuris,  n.  (^plur.  only  nom.  and 

ace.  itira),  law,  right 
iuvenis,  -is,  young;    as  subst.,  iu- 

venis,  -is  (-ium),  m.  or/.,  youth 

labor,  -oris,  tn.,  labor,  toil 
laboro,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  toil ;  suffer 
labyrinthus,  -i,  7n.^  labyrinth 
lacesso,-ere,-ivi,-itus,  attack,  assail, 
lacrima,  -ae,/i,  tear 
laetus,  -a,  -um,  glad 
latus,  -a,  -um,  wide,  broad 
laudo,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  praise 
laus,  laudis,/!,  praise 
lavo,  -ere,  lavi,  lautus  ^r lotus,  wash 
Leander,  -dri,  in.,  Leander 
legatus,-i,;>'/.,  ambassador;  lieutenant 
legio, -onis,y^,  legion 
lego,  -ere,  legi,  lectus,  read 
leo,  -onis,  in.,  lion 
Lesbia, -ae,/!,  Lesbia 
levis,  -e,  light,  trivial,  fickle 
lex,  \Qg\s,f.,  law 
libenter,  adv.,  willingly,  gladly 
liber,  libri,  7n.,  book 
liber,  libera,  liberum,  free 
liberi,  liberorum,  7//. //^/r.,  children 
libero,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  set  free 
libertas,  -atis,  /.,  freedom,  liberty 
lictor,  lictoris,  in.,  lictor 
ligneus,  -a,  -um,  wooden 
ligo,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  bind 
lingua, -ae,yi,  language,  tongue 
litterae,  -Ixvim.,  f.  plur.,  letter 
litus,  -oris,  n.,  shore,  beach 
Livia, -ae,/,  Li  via 
loco,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  put,  set 
locus,  -i,  7n.  {plur.  loca,  -orum,  «.)» 
place,  spot 


12 


LATIN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY 


longe,  adv.^  far  away,  distant 
longus,  -a,  -um,  long 
lucerna, -ae,/,  lamp 
ludus,  -i,  m.^  elementary  school 
lupa, -ae,/,  wolf. 

lux,  lucis,y^,  light;  prima  lux,  day- 
light 
luxuria,  -ae,/!,  luxury 

magis,  adv.  {in  comp.  degree),  more 

(§  822) 
magister,  -tri,  m.,  teacher 
magnitudo,  -inis,/l,  size,  greatness 
magnopere,  adv.,  greatly  (§  822) 
magnus,  -a,  -um,  great,  large  (§  820) 
maior,  maius  {gen. -oris),  adj. {comp. 

of  magnus,    cojnpared  magnus, 

maior,   maximus),  greater,  larger 

(§  820) 
malo,   malle,   malui,  ,   irreg. 

verb,  prefer  (§  840) 
malus,  -a,  -um,  evil,  bad  (§  820) 
maneo,  -ere,  mansi,  mansurus,  re- 
main, abide,  stay 
Manlius,  Manli,  m.,  Manlius 
manus, -us, y;,  hand;  groiip,  force; 

manus  conserere,  join  in  a  hand 

to  hand  struggle 
Marcus,  -i,  nt.,  Marcus 
mare,  -is  (-ium),  n,,  sea 
Marius,  Mari,  m.,  Marius 
Mars,  Martis,  m..  Mars 
Martius,  -a,  -um,  of  March 
mater,  matris,/i,  mother 
matrimonium,  -oni,  n.,  marriage; 

in  matrimdnium  diicere,  marry; 

in   matrimonium    dare,   give    in 

marriage 
Matrona,  -ae,  m.,  the  Marne 


matiiro,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  hasten 

maxime,  adv.  {in  superl.  degree,  corn- 
pared  xxidi%ViQ^^x^,  magis,  maxime), 
most  of  all,  especially  (§  822) 

maximus,  -a,  -um  {superl.  of  mag- 
nus, compared  magnus,  maior, 
maximus),  greatest,  extreme  (§820) 

medius,  -a,  -um,  middle,  middle 
part  of 

melior,  -ius  {gen.  -oris),  adj.  {comp. 
^t/' bonus,  compared  bonus,  melior, 
optimus),  better  (§  820) 

melius,  adv.  {in  comp.  degree,  com- 
pared bene,  melius,  optime),  better 
(§  822) 

memorabilis,  -e,  noteworthy,  memo- 
rable 

memoria,  -ae,  f,  memory ;  habere 
in  memoria,  remember ;  memoria 
tenere,  remember ;  memoriam  de- 
ponere,  forget 

mens,  mentis  (-ium), /I,  mind 

mensa,  -ae,/.,  table 

mensis,  -is  (-ium),  m.,  month 

Metellus,  -i,  tn.,  Metellus 

meus,  -a,  -um,  poss.  adj.  and pron., 
my,  mine 

Midas,  -ae,  jn.  {Greek  noun),  Midas 

miles,  militis,  m.,  soldier 

militaris,  -e,  military ;  res  militaris, 
art  of  war;  aetas  militaris,  age  of 
military  service 

milito,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  serve  as  a 
soldier 

mille  {plur.miliSi,  -ium),  nujn.  adj. 
and  subst.,  thousand  (§  820) 

Minerva, -ae,/,  Minerva 

minime,  adv.^  not  at  all,  least  of  all 
(§822) 


LATIN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY 


13 


minimus,  -a,  -um  {superl.  ^parvus, 
compared  parvus,    minor,    mini- 
mus), least,  smallest  (§  820) 
minor,  minus  {gen.  -oris)  {comp.  of 
parvus,  compared  parvus,  minor, 
minimus),  smaller,  less  (§  820) 
Minos,  -ois, ;//.  {Greek  notin),  Minos 
Minotaurus,  -i,  ;//.,  the  Minotaur 
miser,  misera,  miserum,  wretched 
mitto,  -ere,  misi,  missus,  send 
modus,  -i,  ?;/.,  measure ;  manner 
moleste,    adv.,    ill,    with    trouble; 

moleste  ferre,  bear  ill,  be  vexed 
moneo,  -ere,  -ui,  -itus,  advise ;  warn 
mons,  montis  (-ium),  m.,  mountain 
monstrum,  -i,  n.,  monster 
mora,  -ae,/,  delay 
morior,  mori,  mortuus  sum,  dep. 

verb,  die 
mors,  mortis  (-ium),/!,  death 
moveo,  -ere,  movi,  motus,  move 
mox,  adv.,  soon,  presently 
Mucins,  Muci,  7n.,  Mucius 
mulier,  mulieris,/!,  woman 
multitiido,  -inis,  /.,  crowd,  throng, 

multitude 
multus,-a,-um,  much,  many;  multa 

nocte,  late  at  night  (§  820) 
munio,  -ire,  -ivi  or -il,  -itus,  fortify 
munitio,  -onis,/!,  fortification 
mums,  -i,  7n.,  wall 
muto,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  change 

nanciscor,  nancisci,  nactus  sum, 
dep.  verb,  find,  light  upon 

nam,  conj.,  for 

narro,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  tell 

nascor,  nasci,  natus  sum,  dep.  verb, 
be  born ;  rise 


natiira,  -ae,/i,  nature 

nauta,  -ae,  ;//.,  sailor 

navigium,  navigi,  11.,  boat 

navigo,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  sail 

navis,  -is  (-ium),/!,  ship 

ne,  conJ.  and  adv.,  in  order  that  not, 

lest ;  not ;  ne  . . .  quidem,  not  even 
-ne,  interrog.  adv.,  e?iclitic 
nee  or  neque,  co7ij.,  and  not,  nor ; 

nee    (neque)    .   .    .    nee    (neque), 

neither  .  .  .  nor 
neglego,  -legere,  -lexi,  -lectus,  dis- 
regard, neglect 
nego,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  deny,  say  not 
negotium,  negoti,  n.,  business,  affair, 

matter;    negotium   dare,   give   a 

commission,  employ 
nemo  {ge7i.  nuUius,   dat.  nemini, 

ace.  neminem,  abl.  niillo),  m.  and 

/!,  no  one 
Neptiinus,  -i,  m.,  Neptune 
Nervii,  -iorum,  m.  plur.,  the  Nervii 
neuter,  -tra,  -trum  {geji.  -ius,  dat.  -i), 

neither  {of  two)  (§  502) 
nihil,  n.  indecl.,  nothing.    An  abl. 

nihilOjf ro7n  a  no7ti.  nihilum,  occurs 

as  a7i  abl.  of  degree  of  differe7ice', 

nihil  posse,  have  no  power 
nisi,  C071J.,  if  not,  unless 
nobilis,  -e,  well  known,  famous,  noble 
noceo,  -ere,  -ui,  -itiirus,  injure,  with 

dat. 
noctu,  adv.,  at  night,  by  night 
nocturnus,  -a,  -um,  of  the   night, 

nightly,  by  night 
nolo,  nolle,  nolui,  ,  irreg.  verb, 

be  unwilling  (§  840) 
nomen, -inis,  n.,  name;  nomen  dare, 

enlist 


14 


LATIN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY 


non,  neg.  adv.,  not 

nondum,  adv.,  not  yet 

non-ne,  interrog.  adv.  {suggesting 
an  affirmative  ajtswer),  not? 

nonus,  -a,  -um,  num.  adj.,  ninth 

nos,  per.  pron.,  we  {see  ego) 

nosco,  -ere,  novi,  notus,  come  to 
know;  in p erf.  te?ises,  know 

noster,  -tra,  -trum,  poss.  adj.  and 
pron.,  our,  ours.  Plur.  nostri, 
-orum,  m.,  our  men  [famous 

notus,  -a,  -um,  known,  well  known, 

novem,  indecl.  num.  adj.,  nine 

November,  -bris,  -bre,  of  November 

novus,  -a,  -um,  new,  fresh 

nox,  noctis  (-ium),/,  night;  prima 
nocte,  at  nightfall;  multa  nocte, 
late  at  night 

nuUus,  -a,  -um  {ge7i.  -ius,  dat.  -i), 
none,  no  (§  503) 

num,  interrog,  adv.,  suggesting  a 
negative  answer',  in  indirect 
questions,  whether 

numerus,  -i,  m.,  number ;  numerus 
impedimentorum,  quantity  of  bag- 
gage, long  baggage  train 

Numitor,  -oris,  m.,  Numitor 

numquam,  adv.,  never 

nunc,  adv.,  now,  the  present  time 

nuntio,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  announce 

nympha,  -ae,/i,  nymph 

6,  interj.,  O  !  ah  ! 

obsecro,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  I  pray,  I 

beseech  you ;  as  exdautation,  in 

heaven's  name 
obses,  -idis,  m.  andf.,  hostage 
obtineo,  -ere,  -ui,  -tentus,  possess, 

keep,  gain 


occasus,  -lis,  m.,  going  down,  set- 
ting;   sub  occasum  s51is,  just  at 
sunset,  just  before  sunset 
occido,  -ere,  -cidi,  -cisus,  kill 
occupo,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  seize;   in 
opere  occupari,  be  engaged  ^r  em- 
ployed on  the  works  d?rf  ortifications 
octavus,  -a,  -um,  num.  adj.,  eighth 
octo,  indecl.  num.  adj.,  eight 
October,  -bris,  -bre,  of  October 
Octodiirus,  -i,  m.,  Octodurus 
oculus,  -i,  m.,  eye 
officium,  offici,  n.,  duty,  service 
olim,  adv.,  once  upon  a  time 
omitto,  -ere,  -misi,  -missus,  let  go 
by;    consilium  omittere,  leave  a 
plan  untried 
omnino,   adv.,    in   all,   altogether; 

but,  just 
omnis,  -e,  all,  every 
opera,  -ae,  f.,  labor,  work ;  operam 

dare,  give  attention 
opinio, -onis,/;,  supposition,  opinion 
oportet,  -ere,  oportuit,  it  is  fitting, 
is  necessary;    an   impers.   verb, 
ofteft  used  with  an  injin.  and 
subj.  ace. 
oppidum,  -i,  n.,  town 
oppiigno,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  attack, 

assault 
optime,    adv.    {in    superl.    degree, 
compared  bene,  melius,  optime), 
best;  well  done  (§822) 
cptimus,  -a,  -um  {superl.  of  bonus, 
co7npared\iorms,  melior,  optimus), 
best,  most  excellent  (§  820) 
optio,  optionis,  jn.,  aide-de-camp 
opus, operis, n.,  work;  fortifications, 
works 


LATIN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY 


15 


ora, -ae,/,  shore,  coast 
oraculum,  -i,  n.,  oracle 
oratio,  -onis,  /,   speech,    oration; 
orationem  habere,  make  a  speech 
ordo,  -inis,  m.^  rank  ;  class,  order 
Orpheus,  -i,  m.,  Orpheus 
ostendo,  -ere,  -di,  -tus,  show,  display 
ostium,  osti,  n.^  door 
ovis, -is,/;,  sleep 

pac6,-are,  -avi,  -atus,  subdue,  pacify 

paene,  adv.^  nearly,  almost 

pallidus,  -a,  -um,  pale 

par,  paris,  equal 

parco,  -ere,  peperci,  parsus,  spare, 

with  dat. 

pareo,  -ere,  -ui, ,  obey,  with  dat. 

paro,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  prepare 
pars,  partis  (-ium),  /,  part,  share ; 

side,  direction ;  ex  omnibus  parti- 
bus,  on  all  sides 
partior,  partiri,  partitus  sum,  dep. 

verb^  share 
parvus,  -a,  -um  {compared  parvus, 

minor,  minimus),  small,  little  (§  8  20) 
passus,  -Us,  m.^  step,  pace;   mille 

passiis,  a  thousand  paces,  a  mile 
pastor,  -oris,  7n.,  shepherd 
pateo,  -ere,  patui,  ,  lie  open, 

extend,  stretch 
pater,  patris,  m.^  father 
patior,  pati,  passus  sum,  dep.  verb., 

suffer,  allow,  permit 
patria,  -ae,/;,  native  land 
pauci,  -ae,  -a,  few,  only  a  few 
paulisper,  adv..,  a  little  while 
paulo,  adv..,  by  a  litde,  little 
paulum,  adv..,  a  litde,  somewhat 
pax,  pacis,/;,  peace 


pectus,  -oris,  n.,  heart 

peciinia, -ae,/,  money 

pecus,  pecoris,  ;/.,  cattle 

pedes,  -itis,  m..,  foot  soldier;  pedites, 
infantry 

pedester,  -tris,  -tre,  on  foot ;  with 
copiae,  infantry 

peior,  peius  {gen.  -oris),  adj.  {in 
comp.  degree,  co77tpared  malus, 
peior,  pessimus),  worse  (§  820) 

pello,  -ere,  pepuli,  pulsus,  drive, 
banish;  defeat 

per,  prep,  with  ace,  through,  by 

perditio, -onis,/,  destruction 

perduco,  -ere,  -duxi,  -ductus,  lead 
through,  bring ;  construct 

pereo,  -ire,  -ivi  ^r  -ii,  -itiirus,  be 
lost,  perish 

perficio,  -ere,  -feci,  -fectus,  finish 

perfringo,  -ere,  -fregi,  -fractus, 
break  through 

periculum,  -i,  n.,  danger 

peritus,  -a,  -um,  skilled,  experi- 
enced, with  gen. 

permaneo,  -ere,  -mansi,  -mansurus, 
last,  endure,  continue 

permoveo,  -ere,  -movi,  -motus,  move 
deeply,  arouse,  influence 

peropportung,  adv..,  most  oppor- 
tunely 

perrumpo,  -ere,  -rupi,  -ruptus,  force 
a  way  through,  break  in 

Perseus,  -i,  7n.,  Perseus 

perspicio,  -ere,  -spexi,  -spectus,  ob- 
serve, learn,  discover 

persuadeo,  -ere,  -suasi,  -suasus,  per- 
suade, with  dat. 

perterreo,  -ere,  -ui,  -itus,  terrify, 
alarm 


i6 


LATIN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY 


pertineo,  -ere,  -ui, ,  reach,  ex- 
tend, pertain 

pervenio,  -ire,  -veni,  -ventus,  arrive, 
with  ad  or  in  aiid  ace. 

pes,  pedis,  m.,  foot 

pessimus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  [in  superl. 
degree.,  compai'ed  malus,  peior, 
pessimus),  worst  (§  820) 

peto,  -ere,  -ivi  or  -ii,  -itus,  seek, 
ask,  beg ;  make  for,  attack 

pictura,  -ae,  /i,  picture 

pilus,  -i,  7n..,  company  of  veteran 
reserves ;  primus  pilus,  chief  cen- 
turion of  a  legion 

planus,  -a,  -um,  flat,  level,  even 

plenus,  -a,  -um,  full 

plurimum,  adv.  (in  superl.  degree.^ 
co7npared  multum,  pliis,  pliiri- 
mum),  very  much,  most;  with 
posse,  be  most  powerful 

plurimus,  -a,  -um  {superl.  o/mwltvis, 
compared  multus,  plus,  plurimus), 
most,  very  many  (§  820) 

plus  (gen,  pluris),  adj.  {in  cojnp. 
degree.,  compared  multus,  pliis, 
pliirimus) ;  sing.  n.  as  subst., 
more;  plur.,  more,  many,  sev- 
eral (§§819,820) 

Pliito,  -onis,  w.,  Pluto 

poena, -ae, /I,  punishment;  poenam 
dare,  suffer  punishment,  pay  a 
penalty 

poeta,  -ae,  m.,  poet 

pono,  -ere,  posui,  positus,  place,  set, 
build  ;  castra  p5nere,  pitch  camp ; 
positus,  -a,  -\xm.,pastpa?'t.^s\X.U2iiQd 

pons,  pontis  (-ium),  //?.,  bridge 

populus,  -i,  7n.,  people 

porrigo,  -ere,  -rexi,  -rectus,  extend 


Porsenna,  -ae,  ;/f .,  Porsenna 

porta,  -ae,  /,  gate 

porto,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  carry 

possum,  posse,  potui, ,  be  able, 

can ;  nihil  posse,  have  no  power 

(§  839) 
post,  prep,  with  ace,  after,  behind 
postea,  adv..,  thereafter,  afterwards, 

hereafter,  after  this 
postulo,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  demand, 

require 
potentia, -ae,/i,  power 
potestas,  -atis,  f.,  power 
praebeo,  -ere,  -ui,  -itus,  offer,  present 
praecedo, -ere, -cessi,-cessus,  surpass 
praeceptum,  -i,  ??.,  instruction,  order 
praeda, -ae,/l,  booty,  plunder 
praeficio,   -ere,   -feci,   -fectus,    set 

over,   place    in    command,    with 

ace.  and  dat. 
praemitto,  -ere,  -misi,  -missus,  send 

ahead,  send  forward 
praemium,  praemi,  n.,  prize,  reward 
praesertim,  adv.,  especially 
praesidium,  praesidi,  n.,  garrison, 

guard  ;  praesidio  civitati  esse,  be 

a  defense  to  the  state 
praesum,  -esse,  -fui,  -futurus,  be 

before,  be  over,  be  in  command, 

with  dat.  (§  838) 
praeter,  prep,  with  aec..,  except 
praeterea,  adv.,  furthermore,  besides 
praetorium,  praetori,  ;/.,  general's 

tent 
premo,  -ere,  pressi,  pressus,  press 

hard;  harass 
primo,  adv.,  at  first  {as  opposed  to 

afterwards);    in    the    beginning 

{referring  to  time) 


LATIN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY 


17 


primum,  adv.^  first,  in  the  first  place 

{referring  to  order) 
primus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  (in  superl.  de- 
gree), first  (§  820) 
princeps,  -ipis,  m.,  chief,  leader 
pro,  pi'ep.  with  abl.,  for,  in  behalf 

of ;  rarely  in  front  of 
procedo,  -ere,  -cessi,  -cessurus,  go 

forward,  advance 
proconsul,  -is,  m.,  proconsul,  gov- 
ernor {of  a  province) 
proconsulatus,  -iis,  ?//.,  proconsul- 
ship,  governorship 
procurro,   -ere,   -curri,    -cursiirus, 

run  forward,  charge 
prodo,  -dere,  -didi,  -ditus,  go  forth ; 

betray  [forward 

prodtico,  -ere,  -diixi,  -ductus,  lead 
proelium,  proeli,  n.,  batde;  proelium 

facere,  engage  in  battle ;  proelium 

committere,  join  batde 
profectio,  -onis,  /,  departure 
proficiscor,  -i,   -fectus    sum,   dep. 

verb,  set  out 
prohibeo,  -ere,  -ui,  -itus,    hinder, 

prevent,  keep  away  from 
proicio,  -ere,  -ieci,  -iectus  (pro  + 

iacio),  throw  forward ;  se  proicere, 

leap 
prope,  prep,  with' ace,  near;  adv.^ 

near;     cofnp.     propius,     superl. 

proxime  (§  822) 
propero,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  hasten 
propheta,  -ae,  m.,  prophet 
propono,  -ere,  -posui,  -positus,  set 

forth,  offer ;  with  vexillum,  hang 

out,  display 
propter,  prep,  with  ace,  on  account 

of,  because  of;  near,  next  to,  close  to 


Proserpina, -ae,/],  Proserpina 

provideo,  -ere,  -vidi,  -visus,  look  out 
for,  foresee 

provincia, -ae,/.,  province 

provolo,  -are,  -avi,  -atiirus,  fly  forth ; 
rush  forth 

proximus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  {in  superl. 
degree),  nearest,  very  near,  next; 
last  (§  820) 

publicus,  -a,  -um,  public,  official 

puella,  -ae,/,  girl 

puer,  pueri,  m.,  boy ;  a  pueris,  from 
boyhood 

pUgno,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  fight 

pulcher,  -chra,  -chrum,  pretty,  beau- 
tiful 

pulso,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  knock 

puto,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  think,  reckon 

Q.,  abbreviation  for  (^}x\nt\xs 
quaero,  -€re,  quaesivi,  quaesitus, 

seek  for,  ask,  inquire  for 

quam,  adv.,  how ;  conj.  after  a 
cornp.,  than ;  with  a  superl.,  as 
...  as  possible 

quando,  interrog.  adv.,  when.? 

quartus,  -a,  -um,  num.  adj.,  fourth 

quattuor,  indecl.  num.  adj..,  four 

-que,  conj.,  enclitic,  and 

quia,  C071J.,  because 

qui,  quae,  quod,  rel.  pron.  and  adj., 
who,  which,  what,  that  (§  829) 

quicumque,  quaecumque,  quodcum- 
que,  adj.,  pron.,  whoever,  what- 
ever, whosoever,  whatsoever 

quidam,  quiddam,  indef.  pron.,  a 
certain  one  (§  831) 

quidam,  quaedam,  quoddam,  indef. 
adj.,  a  certain  (§831) 


i8 


LATIN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY 


quidem,  adv.^  indeed,  in  fact;  never 
stands  first  \  ne  .  .  .  quidem,  not 
even  {the  emphatic  word  stand- 
ing between) 

quindecim,  inded.  nu7n.  adj.,  fifteen 

quinque,  indecl.  num.  adj.,  five 

Quintus,  -i,  m.,  Quintus 

quintus,  -a,  -um,  num.  adj.,  fifth 

quis  (qui),  quae,  quid  (quod),  inte?-- 
rog. pron.  and  adj.,  who?  what? 
which  ?  (§  830) 

quis  (qui),  qua  (quae),  quid  (quod), 
indef.  pron.  and  adj.  used  after 
si,  nisi,  ne,  num,  anyone,  any- 
thing, someone,  something,  any, 
some(§  831) 

quisque,  quidque,  indef.  pron.,  each 
one  (§831) 

quisque,  quaeque,  quodque,  indef 
adj.,  each  (§831) 

quo,  interrog.  adv.  with  verbs  of 
motion,  whither 

quod,  C071J.,  because  ;  that 

quo  modo,  adv.,  how 

quotannis,  adv.,  every  year,  yearly 

rapio,  -ere,  -ui,  -tus,  seize 

rapulum,  -i,  n.,  young  turnip 

ratio,  -onis,  /.',  method,  arrange- 
ment, plan 

recipio,  -ere,  -cepi,  -ceptus,  take 
back,  receive ;  with  se,  withdraw, 
retreat 

reciiso,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  refuse,  re- 
ject 

reddo,  -ere,  reddidi,  redditus,  give 
back,  return 

reduco,  -ere,  -diixi,  -ductus,  lead 
back 


refero,  -ferre,  -ttuli,  -latus,  bring 
back,  return;  pedem  referre,  re- 
treat (§841) 

regina,  -ae,yi,  queen 

regnum,  -i,  n.,  realm,  kingdom ; 
sovereignty 

rego,  -ere,  rexi,  rectus,  rule,  guide 

relanguesco,  -ere,  -langui, ,  be 

weakened,  be  relaxed 

relinquo,  -ere,  -liqui,  -lictus,* leave, 
leave  behind,  desert 

reliquus,  -a,  -um,  the  rest,  remain- 
ing, remainder  of,  the  other,  other 

remitto,  -ere,  -misi,  -missus,  send 
back;  pardon,  forgive 

remOtus,  -a,  -um,  far  away,  distant 

Remus,  -i,  in.,  Remus 

repello,  -ere,  -ppuli,  -pulsus,  re- 
pulse, repel 

repentinus,  -a,  -um,  sudden 

res,  rei,  /,  thing,  matter,  affair ;  res 
frumentaria,  grain  supplies;  res 
gestae, exploits;  resmilitaris,artof 
war ;  res  publica,  commonwealth, 
republic,  state ;  novis  rebus  studere, 
be  eager  for  a  revolution ;  res  est 
in  periculo,  the  situation  is  critical 

resists,  -ere,  -stiti, ,  resist,  with 

dat. 

respondeo,  -ere,  -spondi,  -sponsus, 
reply 

retineo,  -ere,  -tinui,  -tentus,  hold 
back,  retain 

reverts,  -ere,  -verti,  ,  or  de- 
ponent, revertor,  -i,  -versus  sum, 
turn  back,  return 

revoco,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  call  back, 
recall 

rex,  regis,  7n.,  king 


LATIN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY 


19 


Rhea, -ae,/,  Rhea 

Rhenus,  -i,  m.^  the  Rhine 

Rhodanus,  -i,  m.,  the  Rhone 

rideo,  -ere,  risi,  risus,  laugh 

ripa,  -ae,/!,  bank 

rogo,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  ask,  request 

Roma,  -ae,  f.,  Rome 

Romanus,  -a,  -um,  Roman;  as  a 
7ioun  in  the *masc.  orfetn.^d. Roman 

Romulus,  -i,  7;/.,  Romulus 

rudimentum, -i, ;/.,  beginning,  com- 
mencement ;  prima  castrorum 
rudimenta,  first  principles  of 
military  service 

rursus,  adv.^  again 

rus,  ruris,  71.  {^piur.  only  nom.  and 
ace,  rura),  country;  ruri,  in  the 
country 

rusticus,  -a,  -um,  of  the  country, 
rustic 

Sabini,  -orum,  7n.,  the  Sabines 
sacer,  sacra,  sacrum,  sacred 
sacerdos,  -otis,  7n.  and  f.,  priest  or 

priestess 
saeculum,  -i,  ;/.,  age;  in  saecula, 

forever 
saepe,  adv.,  often 

saevus,  -a,  -um,  fierce,  savage,  cruel 
salus,    -utis,   /,    safety;     saliitem 

dicere,  send  greeting 
salve,  imper.,  hail,  greetings 
Samnites,  -ium,  ;//.  plur.,  the  Sam- 

nites 
sanctifico,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  hallow 
sapientia,  -ae,/i,  wisdom 
satis,  i7idecl.  adj.;  also  used  as  a 

neut.  71.  a7id  as  an  adv.,  enough, 

sufficient;  sufficiently 


saxum,  -i,  n.,  rock 

Scaevola, -ae,  771.,  Scasvola 

scio,  scire,  scivi,  scitus,  know 

scribo,  -ere,  scripsi,  scriptus,  write 

sciitum,  -i,  ;/.,  shield 

secundus,  -a,  -um,  following,  next, 
second 

sed,  C071J.,  but 

sedeo,  -ere,  sedi,  sessiirus,  sit ;  be 
settled,  be  established 

semper,  adv.,  ever,  always 

senatus,  -iis,  771.,  senate 

sentio,  sentire,  sensi,  sensus,  feel, 
perceive 

separo,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  separate 

septem,  i7idecl.  iiuth.  adj.,  seven 

September,  -bris,,-bre,  of  September 

Septimus,    -a,    -um,     7111777.     adj., 
seventh 

Sequana,  -ae,  f.,  the  Seine 

Sequani,  -orum,  7n.,  the  Sequani 

sequor,  sequi,  seciitus  sum,  dep. 
verb,  follow 

servator,  -oris,  7n.,  deliverer,   pre- 
server, savior 

servitiis,  servitutis,_/i,  slavery 

servo,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  save 

servus,  -i,  7n.,  slave 

Sestus,  -i,/i,  Sestos 

sex,  In  dec  I.  nu7n.  adj.,  six 

Sextus,  -i,  7n.,  Sextus 

sextus,  -a,  -um,  nu7n.  adj.,  sixth 

si,  conj.,  if 

sic,  adv.,  thus,  in  this  way,  so 

Sicilia, -ae,/,  Sicily 

sicut,  just  as 

signum,  -i,  7t.,  sign,  signal ;  stand- 
ard, ensign 

silentium,  silenti,  «.,  silence 


20 


LATIN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY 


silva,  -ae,  f.,  forest 

Silvia,  -ae,  /,  Silvia 

similis,  -e,  similar,  like  (§  820) 

simul,  adv.^  at  the  same  time ;  simul 

atque,  conj.^  as  soon  as 
simulo,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  pretend 
sine,  prep,  with  abl.^  without 
singuli,  -ae,  -a,  distributive  num. 
adj.,  one  at  a  time  ;  inter  singulas 
legiones,  between  every  two  legions 
sinister,  -tra,  -trum,  left 
societas,  -atis,/i,  association,  alliance 
socius,  soci,  in..,  ally,  companion 
sol,  solis,  m..,  the  sun 
solidus,  -a,  -um,  solid 
soUicitudo, -inis,/l,  care,  anxiety 
solum,  adv.,  only ;  non  solum  .  .  . 

sed  etiam,  not  only  .  .  .  but  also 
solus,  -a,  -um  {gen.  -ius,  dat.  -i), 

alone  (§  502) 
solvo,  -ere,  solvi,   solutus,   loose; 

{of  navigation)  set  sail 
somnus,  -i,  m.,  sleep 
sonitus,  -us,  in.,  noise,  sound 
soror, -oris,/!,  sister 
spatiosus,  -a,  -um,  broad 
spatium,  spati,  n.,  space,  distance, 

interval 
species,  -iei,  f.,  appearance 
spectaculum,  -i,  n.,  spectacle,  game 
specto,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  look  at 
spero,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  hope 
spes,  spei,  f.,  hope ;  spem  inferre, 

inspire  hope,  with  dat. 
statim,  adv.,  at  once,  instantly,  im- 
mediately 
static,  -onis,  f.,  a  post,  a  picket ;  in 

statione,  on  guard 
sto,  -are,  steti,  staturus,  stand 


studeo,  -ere,  -ui,  ,  be  eager; 

study,  with  dat. ;  novis  rebus 
studere,  to  be  eager  for  a  revolution 

stultus,  -a,  -um,  foolish 

s\3ib,prep.  with  ace.  and  abl.,  under 
beneath,  underneath 

subito,  adv.,  suddenly 

subsellium,  -selli,  n.,  bench 

subsidium,  -sidi,  n.,  assistance,  re- 
enforcement  ;  subsidium  ferre,  go 
to  the  rescue 

succedo,  -cedere,  -cessi,  -cessurus, 
come  up,  advance 

sui,  gen.,  of  (himself,  herself,  itself, 
themselves) ;  in  fugam  sese  dare, 
flee;  inter  se,  to  each  other  or 
from  each  other 

sum,  esse,  f  ui,  f  utiirus,  be,  am(§  838) 

summus,  -a,  -um  {superl.  ^'superus, 
compared  superus,  superior,  su- 
premus  or  summus),  highest, 
supreme,  greatest,  most  violent; 
summus  mons,  the  top  of  the 
mountain  ;  summus  collis,  the  top 
of  the  hill  (§  820) 

siimo,  -ere,  sumpsi,  sumptus,  take 
up,  assume;  siimere  supplicium 
de,  inflict  punishment  on 

superbia,  -ae,/,  pride 

superior,  -ius  {gen.  -oris),  comp.  of 
superus  (§  820) 

supero,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  overcome, 
conquer ;  go  over,  ascend 

superus,  -a,  -um,  higher,  upper 
(§  820) 

supplicium,  supplici,  n.,  punish- 
ment, torture ;  supplicium  siimere 
de,  inflict  punishment  on  ;  suppli- 
cium dare,  suffer  punishment 


LATIN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY 


21 


surgo,  -ere,  surrexi,  surrectus,  rise, 
get  up 

suscipio,  -ere,  -cepi,  -ceptus,  under- 
take, assume 

suscito,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  arouse, 
awaken 

sustineo,  -ere,  -tinui,  -tentus,  hold 
up,  maintain  ;  endure,  withstand ; 
se  sustinefe,  stand  up 

suus,  -a,  -um,  reflex,  poss.  adj.  and 
pro?i.,  his,  her,  hers,  its,  their,  theirs 

tabella,  -ae,  /,  writing  tablet 
tabernaculum,  -i,  n.,  tent 
tabula,  -ae,  /,  map 
taceo,  -ere,  -cui,  -citus,  be  silent 
talis,  -e,  such 
tarn,  adv.,  so,  such 
tamen,  conj.,  nevertheless 
tandem,  adv.,  pray,  pray  now,  now 
tango,  -ere,  tetigi,  tactus,  touch 
tantum,  adv.,  only 
tantus,  -a,  -um,  so  great 
tardo,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  check 
tardus,  -a,  -um,  slow,  dull,  stupid ; 

backward,  reluctant 
telum,  -i,  n.,  weapon,  missile,  spear 
tempestas,  -atis,/l,  storm;  weather 
templum,  -i,  71.,  temple 
tempto,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  try,  attempt 
tempus,  -oris,  n.,  time,  season ;  in 

reliquum  tempus,  for  the  future 
teneo,  -ere,  tenui, ,  hold,  keep, 

retain;  vestigia  tenere,  keep  footing 
tentatio, -onis,/;,  temptation,  trial 
tergum,  -i,  ;2.,  back 
terra,  -&e,/.,  earth,  land 
terribilis,  -e,  dreadful,  terrible 
terre6,-ere,-ui,-itus,  frighten,  terrify 


tertius,  -a,  -um,  num.  adj.,  third 
Theseus,  -i,  m.,  Theseus 
Tiberis,  -eris,  m.,  the  Tiber 

timeo,  -ere,  -ui, ,  fear 

timidus,  -a,  -um,  fearful,  cowardly 

timor,  -oris,  m.,  fear 

toga,-ae,/,  toga 

tolero,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  bear,  endure 

tot,  indecl.  adj.,  so  many 

totus,  -a,  -um  {gen.  -ius,  dat.  -i),  all, 

whole,  entire  (§  502) 
trado,  -ere,  -didi,  -ditus,  give  over, 

surrender ;  pass  along 
traddco,  -ere,  -duxi,  -ductus,   lead 

across 

trano,  -are,  -avi, ,  swim  across 

trans,  prep,  with  ace,  across 
transeo,  -ire,  -ii,  -itus,  go  across,  cross 
transgredior,  -gredi,  -gressus  sum, 

dep.  verb,  cross 
tres,  tria,  num.  adj.,  three  (§  820) 
tribUnus,  -i,  m.,  tribune 
trigeminus,  -a,  -um,  triplet 
tii,  tui,  per.  pro7t.,  thou,  you 
tuba,  -ae,  /,  trumpet 
tum,  adv.,  then,  at  that  time 
tunicatus,  -a,  -um,  dressed  in  a  tunic 
turbidus,  -a,  -um,  stormy 
turris,  -is  (-ium ;  abl.  turri  ^r turre), 

f.,  tower 
tuus,  -a,  -um,  poss.  adj.  atid  pro7i., 

your,  yours 

ubi,  i7ite7'7'og.  adi'.  with  verbs  of 
rest,  where  (§  502) 

ullus,  -a,  -um  {gen.  -ius,  dat.  -i),  any 
umquam,  adv.,  ever 
unde,  adv.,  whence 
undecim,  indecl.  mmt,  adj.,  eleven 


22 


LATIN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY 


undecimus,   -a,  -um,    num.    adj., 

eleventh 
undique,  adv.,  on  all  sides 
universus,  -a,  -um,  all  together,  all 
unus,  -a,  -um  {^gen.  ius,  dat.  -i), 

num.  adj.,  one;  alone  (§  815) 
urbs,  urbis  (-ium),/^,  city        [hard 

urgeo,  -ere,  ursi, ,  press,  press 

usque,  adv.,  even,  even  till 

ut,  conj.  with  sudjv.,  that,  in  order 

that,  so  that,  to ;  with  iridic,  as 
uter,  utra,  utrum  {gen.  -ius,  dat.  -i), 

which?  {of  two)  {^  502) 
utrimque,  adv.,  on  both  sides,  from 

each  side 

vadum,  -i,  «.,  shallow  place,  ford 
vagor,  -ari,  -atus  sum,  dep.  verb, 

roam,  wander 
vale,  imper.,  good-by 
valeo,  -ere,  -ui,  -iturus,  be  well,  be  in 

health,  be  powerful 
valetudo,  -inis,  /,  state  of  health, 

health  \cainp) 

vallum,  -i,  n.,  rampart,  wall  {of  a 
vasto,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  lay  waste, 

devastate,  destroy 
vates,  -is  (-ium),  m.  and  f,  bard, 

inspired  singer  [much 

vehementer,    adv.,   strongly,    very 
veho,  -ere,  vexi,  vectus,  carry 
venia, -ae,/i,  favor 
venio,  -ire,  veni,  ventus,  come 
Venus,  -eris,  f,  Venus 
verbum,  -i,  71.,  word 
vereor,  -eri,  veritus  sum,  dep.  verb, 

fear,  respect 
vero,  adv.,  in  truth,  verily 
vefto,  -ere,  verti,  versus,  turn 


verus,  -a,  -um,  true,  genuine ;  verum 

dicere,  tell  the  truth 
vesper,  -eri,  m.,  evening 
vester,  -tra,  -trum,  poss.  adj.  and 

pron.,  your,  yours 
vestigium,  vestigi,  n.,  step;  vestigia 

tenere,  keep  footing 
veto,  -are,  -ui,  -itus,  forbid 
vexillum,  -i,  ;/.,  flag 
via,  -ae,yi,  way,  road 
victoria,  -ae,/;,  victory 
video,  -ere,  vidi,  visus,  see 
vigilia,  -ae,y^,  watching ;  watch  {of 

the  night) 
viginti,  inded.  num.  adj.,  twenty 
villa,  -ae,  farm,  villa,  country  seat, 

farmhouse 
vinco,  -ere,  vici,  victus,  conquer 
vinculum,-!,  n.,  rope,  cord,  fetter 
vindico,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  claim 
vinum,  -i,  n.,  wine 
vir,  viri,  m.,  man 
virga,  -ae,  /,  rod 
virgo,  -inis,  f,  maiden 
virtiis,  virtutis,/^,  manliness;  cour- 
age, valor  ;  worth,  virtue      (§813) 
vis,(vis),yi,  strength,  power, violence 
vita, -ae,/;,  life 

vix,  adv.,  with  difficulty,  scarcely 
voco,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  call 
volo,  velle,  volui, ,  irreg.  verb, 

wish  (§  840) 
voliimen,  -inis,  n.,  roll 
voluntas,  -atis,  f,  will 
vox,  vocis,  f,  voice ;  word ;  magna 

vox,  a  loud  voice 
vulnero,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  wound 
vulnus,  -eris,  n.,  wound 
vultus,-us,  ?/2.,  looks,  expression ;  face 


ENGLISH-LATIN  VOCABULARY 


a,  an,  common/y  not  translated 

abandon,  relinquo,  3 

able  (be),  possum,  posse,  potui, 

(§  839) 

about,  prep.^  de,  with  abl, 

about  to,  expressed  byfut.  act.  part. 

absent  (be),  absum,  -esse,  afui,  afii- 
turus  (§  838) 

abundance,  copia,  -ae,/! 

abundant,  amplus,  -a,  -um 

accept,  accipio,  3 

according  to,  expressed  by  abl. 

across,  trans,  with  ace. 

advance,  procedo,  3 

advise,  moneo,  2 

after,  prep.,  post,  with  ace. 

after,  conj.,  postquam ;  often  ex- 
pressed by  past  part. 

afterwards,  postea 

against,  in,  with  ace. 

aid,  auxilium,  auxHT,  n. 

alarm,  commoveo,  2 

alarmed,  commotus,  -a,  -um 

all,  omnis,  -e  ;  totus,  -a,  -um  (§  502) 

ally,  socius,  socT,  7n. 

alone,  unus,-a,-um;solus,-a,-um(§502) 

already,  iam 

always,  semper 

ambassador,  legatus,  -1,  m. 

among,  apud,  with  ace. 

ample,  amplus,  -a,  -um 

and,  et,  atque  (ac),  -que 


and  so,  itaque 

Andromeda,  Andromeda, -ae,y^ 
animal,  animal,  -alis,  ;/. 
announce,  nuntio,  i 
annoy,  moleste  fero 
another,  alius,  -a,  -ud  (§  502) 
any,  iillus,  -a,  -um  (§  502) 
approach,  appropinquo,  i,  with  dat. 
approach,  n.^  adventus,  -us,  m. 
are,  used  as  auxiliary.,  not  trans- 
lated', as  copula,  sum  (§838) 
are  of,   sum,   with  pred.  gen.  {cf. 

belong  to) 
arms,  arma,  -orum,  n.  plur. 
army,  exercitus,  -us,  in. 
arrival,  adventus,  -iis,  m. 
arrive,  pervenio,  4 
art  of  war,  res  mllitaris 
ask,  peto,  3  ;  quaero,  3  ;  rogo,  i 
assault,  oppugno,  i 
assemble,  convenio,  4 
assistance,  auxilium,  auxi'li,  n. 
at,  in,  with  ace.  or  abl. ;  with  names 

of  towns,   locative  case  or  abl. 

without   a  preposition    (§  484) ; 

tiine  when  or  withift  which,  abL 
at  once,  statim 
Athens,  Athenae, -arum,/! 
attack,  v.,  oppugno,  i 
attack,  71.,  impetus,  -us,  ;//.;  make 

an  attack  upon,  impetum  facio  in, 

with  ace. 


23 


24 


ENGLISH-LATIN  VOCABULARY 


attempt,  tempto,  i 
attentively,  dlligenter 
authority,  auctaritas, -atis,/! 
away  (be),  absum,  -esse,  afuT,  afutu- 
rus  (§  838) 

bad,  malus,  -a,  -um  (§456) 
baggage,    impedimenta,   -orum,    n. 

plur. 
barbarians,  barbari,  -orum,  m.plur. 
battle,  proelium,  proeli,  ;/. 
be,  sum,  esse,  ful,  futurus  (§  838) 
be  absent,  be  far,  absum,  -esse,  afui, 

afuturus  (§  838) 
be  afraid,  timeo,  2 ;  vereor,  2 
be  away,  absum,  -esse,  afuT,  afutu- 
rus (§  838) 
be  in  command  of,  praesum,  -esse, 

-fuT,  -futurus,  with  dat.  (§  623) 
be  informed,  certior  fio  (§  843) 
be  off,  be  distant,  absum,  -esse,  afuT, 

afuturus  (§  838) 
bear,  fero,  ferre,  tulT,  latus  (§841) 
beautiful,  pulcher,  -chra,  -chrum 
because,  quod,  co7ij. ;  because  (of), 

abl.   of  cause   or  propter   with 

ace. 
become,  f  10,  fieri,  factus  sum  (§  843) 
been,  expressed  in  verb  for7n 
before,  heretofore,  adv.^  antea 
before,  prep.,  ante,  with  ace, 
beg,  beg  for,  peto,  3 
begin,  incipio,  3 

believe,  credo,  3,  with  dat.  (§  224) 
belong  to,  see  are  of 
benefit,  beneficium,  benefi'ci,  n. 
best,  optimus,  superl.  ^  bonus 
better,  melior,  comp.  ^t/"  bonus 
between,  inter,  with  ace. 


boat,  navigium,  navi'gl,  n.\  navis, 

-is,/ 
body,  corpus,  -oris,  n. 
book,  liber,  librl,  m. 
both  .  .  .  and,  et  .  .  .  et 
bound,  contineo,  2 
boy,  puer,  -eri,  m, 
brave,  fortis,  -e 
bravely,  fortiter 
bridge,  pons,  pontis,  7n. 
bring,  bring  to,  adduco,  3 
bring   upon,    Infero,   -ferre,    -tuli, 

-latus,  with  ace.  a7id  dat.  (§  841) 
Britain,  Britannia,  -ae,  f. 
Britons,  Britannl,  -orum,  ;//. 
brother,  frater,  -tris,  771. 
Brutus,  Brutus,  -1,  771. 
build,  pono,  3 ;  facio,  3 
burn,  incendo,  3 
business,  negotium,  nego'tl,  71. 
but,  however,  autem,  sed 
by,    a,    ab,    with    abl. ;    de7ioti7tg 

7neans^   abl.   alo7te ;    so77ieti77tes 

ifnplied  i7i  a  participle 

Caesar,  Caesar,  -aris,  tTt. 

call,  voco,  I ;  appello,  i 

call  out,  evoco,  i 

call  together;  con  voco,  i 

camp,  castra,  -orum,  71.  plur. 

can,  could,  possum,  posse^  potui, 

(§  839) 

capital,  caput,  capitis,  n. 
Capitolium,  Capitolium,  Capito'll,  n. 
captive,  captlvus,  -I,  771. 
capture,  capio,  3 ;  occup5,  i 
carry,  fero,  ferre,  tuli,  latus  (§841); 

porto,  I 
carry  on,  gero,  3 


ENGLISH-LATIN  VOCABULARY 


25 


cause,  v.,  expressed  by  facio  fol- 
lowed by  ut  and  subjv,  clause  of 
result 

cause,  n.^  causa,  -ae,/. 

cavalry,  equitatus,  -us,  in. ;  (of)  cav- 
alry, equester,  -tris,  -tre 

certain  (a),  quidam,  quaedam,  quod- 
dam  (quiddam)  (§831) 

certain,  sure,  certus,  -a,  -um 

certainly,  certe 

chief,  princeps,  -ipis,  m. 

children,  llberl,  -orum,  in.  plur. 

choose,  deligo,  3 

choose,  elect,  creo,  i 

citizen,  cTvis,  -is,  m.  andf.  (§412.  a) 

city,  urbs,  urbis,/! 

claim  attention,  animum  teneo 

climb,  ascendo,  3 

cohort,  cohors,  -rtis,  f 

collect,  cogo,  3 

come,  venio,  4 

command,  impero,  i,  with  dat. 
(§  224);  iubeo,  2;  praesum, -esse, 
-fuT,  -futurus,  with  dat.  (§  623) 

commander,  dux,  duels,  m. ;  im- 
perator,  -oris,  m. 

common,  communis,  -e 

commonwealth,  res  publica,  rei  piib- 
licae 

compel,  cogo,  3 

concerning,  de,  with  abl. 

condition,  condicio,  -onis,y^ 

conquer,  supero,  i ;  vinco,  3 

consider,  existimo,  i 

construct  (a  ditch),  perducd,  3 ; 
duco,  3 

consul,  consul,  c5nsulis,  m. 

consult,  consulo,  3 

Cornelius,  Cornelius,  Corne'li,  m. 


cottage,  casa,  -ae,  f. 

could,  see  can 

country,  as  distinguished  from  the 

city^  rus,  ruris,  n.\  as  territory, 

fines,  -ium,  in.  plur. 
country,  fatherland,  patria,  -ae,  / 
country  house,  country  seat,  farm, 

villa,  -ae,  f 
courage,  virtus,  -litis,  y; 
courageous,  fortis,  -e 
cowardly,  timidus,  -a,  -um 
cross,  transeo,  -Ire,  -ivi  (-ii),  -itus,  4 

(§  842) 
crowd,  multitudd,  -inis,/! 
crowded,  creber,  -bra,  -brum 
custom,  consuetudo,  -inis,/! 
cut  off,  intercliJdo,  3 

danger,  perTculum,  -T,  n. 

dare,  audeo,  audere,  ausus  sum 

daughter,  filia,  -ae,/  (§  70.  a) 

day,  dies,  -ei,  m. 

daybreak,  daylight,  prima  lux 

death,  mors,  mortis,/ 

deed,  res,  rei,/;  factum,  -I,  n. 

deep,  altus,  -a,  -um 

defend,  defendo,  3 

defense,  praesidium,  praesi'di,  n. 

demand,  postulo,  i 

Dentatus,  Dentatus,  -1,  m. 

deny,  neg5,  i 

depart,   depart  from,   discedo,  3 ; 

exe5,  -Ire,  -IvI  (-il),  -iturus  (§  842): 

excedd,  3 
desert,  relinquo,  3 
desire,  cupia,  3 
desirous  of,  cupidus,  -a,  -um,  with 

gen.  (§554) 
different,  dissimilis,  -e 


26 


ENGLISH-LATIN  VOCABULARY 


difficult,  difficilis,  -e  (§  457) 
difficulty,  difficultas,  -atis,/i 
diligence,  diligentia,  -ae,  f. 
diligently,  dlligenter 
display,  ostendo,  3 
distance,  spatium,  spati,  n. 
distant  (be),  absum,  -esse,  afui,  afu- 

tarus  (§  838) 
ditch,  fossa,  -ae,/ 
do,  ago,  3  ;  facio,  3  ;  when  used  as 

auxiliary,  not  translated 
do  completely,  conficio,  3 
do  harm  to,  noceo,   2,   with  dat. 

(§  224) 
down  from,  de,  with  abl. 
draw  up,  Tnstruo,  3 
drive,  ago,  3 

drive  out,  pell  5,  3  ;  expello,  3 
due  the  state,  publicus,  -a,  -um 
dull,  slow,  tardus,  -a,  -um 
duty,  officium,  offi'ci,  n. 
dwell,  habito,  i ;  incolo,  3 

each,    quisque,    quaeque,    quidque 

(quodque)(§83i) 
each  other,  inter  with  ace.  of  a 

reflex,  pron. 
eager,  acer,  acris,  acre 
eager  (be)  for,  studeo,  2,  with  dat. 

(§  224) 
easily,  facile 
easy,  facilis,  -e 
either  .  .  .  or,  aut  .  .  .  aut 
elapse  (suffer  to  ^r  let),  intermitto,  3 
encourage,  confirmo,  i 
enemy,  hostis,  -is,  m.  and/. ;  inimi- 

cus,  -T,  m. 
enough,  satis,  indecl. 
enroll,  c5nscribo,  3 


entire,  totus,  -a,  -um  (§  502) 

equal,  aequus,  -a,  -um 

even,  etiam ;  not  even,  ne  .  .  .  qui- 

dem 
evil,  malus,  -a,  -um  (§  456) 
example,  exemplum,  -1,  71. 
expect,  exspecto,  i 
expose,  committo,  3 
extend,  pateo,  2 ;  pertineo,  2 

fact,  res,  reT,/i 

faith,  fides,  fide!,/! 

fame,  f ama,  -ae,  f. 

famous,  clarus,  -a,  -um 

far,  far  away,  far  distant,  longe 

farm,  villa,  -ae,  f. 

farmer,  agricola,  -ae,  in. 

farther,  adj.^  ulterior,  -ius;  adv.^ 

longius 
father,  pater,  patris,  m. 
fatherland,  patria,  -ae,/! 
favor,  faveo,  2,  with  dat.  (§  224) 
favor,  gratia,  -ae,/; 
favorable,  idoneus,  -a,  -um 
fear,  timor,  -5ris,  in. 
fear,  be  afraid,  timed,  2 ;  vereor,  2 
few,  pauci,  -ae,  -a 
field,  ager,  agri,  m. 
fifth,  quTntus,  -a,  -um 
fight,  contendo,  3  ;  pugno,  i ;  fight 

a  battle,  proelium  facio 
finally,  denique 
find,  invenio,  4 
finish,  conficio,  3 
fire,  ignis,  -is,  m.  (§  412.  a) 
first,  adj.^  primus,  -a,  -um 
first,  adv..,  referring  to  order.,  pri- 

mum ;  referring  to  time.,  primo 
fitting  (be),  oportet,  3 


ENGLISH-LATIN  VOCABULARY 


27 


five,  quTnque 

flee,  fugio,  3 

flight,  fuga, -ae,/ 

follow,  sequor,  3 

foot,  pes,  pedis,  m. 

foot  soldier,  pedes,  -itis,  m. 

for,  prep.,  sign  of  dat. ;  de,  pro  {iit 
behalf  of  \  with  abl.\  to  express 
purpose,  ad,  with  gerundive ;  in 
expressions  of  ti?ne  or  space  per 
7nay  be  used,  but  usually  it  is 
implied  in  ace.  of  time  and  of 
extent  of  space 

for,  co7tj.,  enim  (^postpositive),  nam 

for  a  long  time,  diu 

for  the  future,  in  reliquum  tempus 

forbid,  veto,  i 

force,  vis,  (vis),/ (§813) 

forces,  copiae,  -2SMm.,  f  plur, 

foresee,  provideo,  2 

forest,  silva,  -ae,  f 

formerly,  antea 

fort,  castrum,  -T,  n. 

fortify,  munio,  4 

fortify  (all)  about,  circummunio,  4 

fortune,  fortuna,  -ae,/ 

four,  quattuor 

fourth,  quartus,  -a,  -um 

free,  liber,  -era,  -erum 

free,  liberate,  llbero,  i 

frequent,  creber,  -bra,  -brum 

fresh,  integer,  -gra,  -grum 

friend,  amicus,  -1,  m. 

friendly,  amicus,  -a,  -um 

friendship,  amicitia,  -ae,  f 

frighten,  perterreo,  2 

from,  a  or  ab,  de,  e,  ex,  with  abl. 
Often  expressed  by  the  abl.  of 
separation  without  a  p7'ep. 


Galba,  Galba,  -ae,  ;;/. 

garrison,  praesidium,  praesi'dl,  n. 

gate,  porta,  -ae,  f 

Gaul,  Gallia,  -ae,  / 

Gaul  (a),  Callus,  -1,  ;;/. 

general,  imperator,  -oris,  m. 

Germans  (the),  CermanI,  -orum,  m. 

plur. 
Germany,  Cermania,  -ae,/ 
girl,  puella,  -ae,/ 

give,  do,  dare,  dedi,  datus  (§  161 .  N.) 
give  back,  reddo,  3 
give  a  right  of  way,  iter  do 
go,  eo,  ire,  il  (Ivi),  itOrus  (§  842) 
go  out,  exced5,  3 
god,  deus,  -i,  m. 
goddess,  dea,  -ae,/  (§  70.  a) 
gold,  aurum,  -\,n. 
good,  bonus,  -a,  -um  (§  456) 
grain,  frumentum,  -I,  n. 
grain  supply,  res  frumentaria 
great,  magnus,  -a,  -um  (§456) 
greatest,   maximus,  -a,  -um ;   sum- 

mus,  -a,  -um 
greatly,  magnopere 
greatness,  magnitude,  -inis,/ 
Greece,  Craecia,  -ae,  / 
grief,  dolor,  -oris,  fn. 
guard,  praesidium,  praesi'di,  n. 

had,  as  auxiliary,  expressed  i?i  verb 

form 
hand,  manus,  -iis,/ 
harm,  noceo,  2,  with  dat.  (§  224) 
has,  as  auxiliary,  expressed  in  verb 

form 
hasten,  contendo,  3  ;  propero,  i 
have,  habeo,  2  ;  whe7t  auxilia7y  of 

perfect,  7iot  expressed 


28 


ENGLISH-LATIN  VOCABULARY 


he,  is,  hie,  ille,  or  not  expressed 

head,  caput,  -itis,  n. 

hear,  audio,  4 

heart,  animus,  -T,  ;//. 

heavy,  gravis,  -e 

height,  altituda, -inis,/; 

Helvetii  (the),  Helvetil,  -orum,  7n. 

piur. 
hem  in,  contine5,  2 
her,  eius,  huius,  istius,  illius ;  reflex., 

suus, -a, -urn  (§  135) 
heretofore,  antea 
herself,  suT.   See  self 
high,  altus,  -a,  -um 
highest,  summus,  -a,  -um 
him,  see  he 
himself,  sul.   See  self 
hinder,  prohibeo,  2 ;  impedio,  4 
hindrance,  impedlmentum,  -T,  11. 
his,  eius,  huius,  istius,  illius ;  reflex.^ 

suus, -a, -um  (§135) 
hold,  teneo,  2 ;  obtineo,  2 
hold  back,  retineo,  2 
home,  domus,  -us,  f.  (§813);   at 

home,  domi  (§  485) 
hope,  7/.,  spero,  i 
hope,  n.,  spes,  spei,yi 
horn,  cornu,  -us,  n. 
horse,  equus,  -T,  m. 
horseman,  eques,  -itis,  m. 
hostile,  inimlcus,  -a,  -um 
hour,  hora,  -ae,  f. 
how,  quam ;  how  far,  quam  longe ; 

how  long,  quam  diu 
hurl,  iacid,  3 ;  conici5,  3 

I,  ego  (§  825),  or  not  expressed 
if,  sT ;  if  not,  nisi 
immediately,  statim 


in,  of  place,  in,  with  abl.\  of  time 

or  of  respect,  abl.  without  prep. 
in  command  of  (be),  praesum,  -esse, 

-fui,  -futurus,  with  dat.  (§  623) 
in  order  that,  ut,  with  subjv.\  in 

order   that   not,    lest,    ne,    with 

subjv. 
in  the  presence  of,  apud,/r(?/.  with 

ace, 
in  truth,  verd 
in  vain,  frustra 
industry,  dlligentia,  -ae,y; 
infantry,  pedes,  -itis,  in. 
infantry  (of),  pedester,  -tris,  -tre 
inflict  punishment  upon,  suppli- 

cium  sumo  de,  with  abl. 
influence,  adduco,  3 
inform  someone,  aliquem  certiorem 

facio 
injure,  noce5,  2,  with  dat.  (§  224) 
injury,  iniQria,  -ae,/! 
inquire,  quaero,  3 
intend,  in  animo  esse,  with  dat. 
into,  in,  with  ace. 
intrust,  committa,  3 
is,  used  as  auxiliary^  not  trans- 
lated-^ as  copula^  sum,  esse,  fui, 

futurus  (§  838) 
island,  Insula,  -ae,yC 
it,  is,  hie,  iste,  or  not  expi'essed 
Italy,  Italia,  -ae,y; 
its,  eius,  huius,  istius,  illius  ;  reflex., 

suus, -a, -um  (§  135) 
itself,  sui.   See  self 

join  together,  committa,  3 
journey,  iter,  itineris,  n.  (§813) 
judgment,  iudieium,  iudi'el,  n. 
justice,  ius,  iuris,  n. 


ENGLISH-LATIN  VOCABULARY 


29 


keep  (in),  restrain,  contineo,  2 

keep  (out  or  from),  prohibeo,  2 

kill,  interficio,  3  ;  neco,  i 

kind,  genus,  -eris,  n. 

king,  rex,  regis,  m. 

kingdom,  regnum,  -T,  n. 

know,  cognosco,  "ii^in  perf.  tenses  \ 

scio,  4 
known,  notus,  -a,  -um 

labor,  v.^  laboro,  i 

labor,  ;z.,  labor,   -oris,   m.\    opera, 

-ae,/ 
lack,  -z/.,  desum,  deesse,  defuT,  de- 

futurus,  with  dat.  (§  623) 
lack,  n.^  inopia,  -ae,/! 
lacking  (be),  desum,  deesse,  defuT, 

defuturus,  with  dat.  (§  623) 
lamp,  lucerna,  -ae,/! 
land,  terra,  -ae,  f. 
language,  lingua, -ae,y; 
large,  magnus,  -a,  -um 
law,  lex,  legis,/ 
lay  down,  lay  aside,  depono,  3 
lay  waste,  vasto,  i 
lead,  duco,  3 
lead  across,  traduco,  3 
lead  away,  abduco,  3 
lead  back,  reduc5,  3 
lead  forward,  produco,  3 
lead  in,  conduct,  indQco,  3 
lead  out,  lead  forth,  educo,  3 
lead  through,  perdQco,  3 
lead  to,  adduco,  3 
Leander,  Leander,  -dri,  m. 
learn,  know  {in  perf.  tenses\  cog- 

n5sco,  3 
leave,  depart  from,  discedo,  3 
leave  behind,  abandon,  relinquo,  3 


leave  off,  intermitto,  3 

left,  sinister,  -tra,  -trum 

legion,  legio,  -onis,y; 

length,  longitudo,  -inis,y; 

Lesbia,  Lesbia,  -ae,  f. 

lest,  ne,  with  subjv. 

liberty,  ITbertas, -atis,/] 

lieutenant,  legatus,  -T,  m. 

life,  vita,  -ae,/; 

light,  levis,  -e 

light,  lux,  lucis,/. 

lightly,  leviter 

like,  adj.^  similis,  -e  (§  457) 

like,  love,  amo,  i 

line  of  battle,  acies,  aciel,y; 

listen,  audio,  4 

little,  parvus,  -a,  -um  (§  456) 

little,  by  a  little,  paulo 

live,  habito,  i ;  incolo,  3 

lofty,  altus,  -a,  -um 

long,  longus,  -a,  -um 

long,  for  a  long  time,  diu 

look  at,  specto,  i 

look  for,  quaero,  3 

look  out  for,  pro  video,  2 

lose,  amitto,  3 

love,  amo,  I 

loyal,  firmus,  -a,  -um 

make,  facia,  3  (§  843) 

make  a  speech,  orationem  habeo 

make  war  upon,  bellum  infero,  with. 

dat.  (§  623) 
man,  homo,  -inis,  rn.  and/.  (§  813); 

vir,  virT,  fn. 
manner,  modus,  -T,  m. 
many,  multl,  -ae,  -a 
march,  iter,  itineris,  ?i.  (§  813) 
march  (to),  iter  facio 


30 


ENGLISH-LATIN  VOCABULARY 


Marcus,  Marcus,  -T,  7n. 
Mark,  Marcus,  -i,  in. 
marry,  in  matrimonium  duco 
matter,  negotium,  nego'ti,  7t. ;  res, 

rei,/ 
me,  see  I 
means,  by  means  of,  expressed  by 

the  abl. 
meanwhile,  inthe  meantime,  interim 
memory,  memoria,  -ae,  f. 
method,  ratio,  -onis,/! 
midst  of,  medius,  -a,  -um  * 
mile,  mille  passus  (§  536);    plur., 

mllia  passuum 
military,  mllitaris,  -e 
mind,  animus,  -1,  in. ;  mens,  men- 
tis,/ 
mine,  meus,  -a,  -um 
Minerva,  Minerva, -ae,/ 
Minotaur,  MInotaurus;  -T,  m. 
money,  pecunia,  -ae,/ 
month,  mensis,  -is,  m. 
more,  adj.,  plus,  pluris  (§  458),  or 

expressed    by    a    comparative-., 

adv..,  magis 
most,   adj..,   plurimus,   -a,  -um,   or 

expressed   by    a   superl. ;    adv., 

maxime,  plurimum 
mother,  mater,  matris,/ 
mountain,  mons,  mentis,  m. 
move,  moveo,  2 
move  deeply,  commoveo,   2 ;   per- 

moveo,  2 
moved,  commotus,  -a,  -um ;  perm5- 

tus,  -a,  -um 
much  (by),  multo 
Mucins,  Mucius,  Mud,  m. 
multitude,  multitude, -inis,/ 
my,  meus,  -a,  -um 


name,  nomen,  -inis,  n. 
native  land,  patria,  -ae,/ 
nature,  natura,  -ae,/ 
near,  propinquus,  -a,  -um 
nearest,  proximus,  -a,  -um 
necessary  (be),  oportet,  3 
neighbor,  finitimus,  -1,  m. 
neighboring,  finitimus,  -a,  -um 
neither  (of  two),   neuter,    neutra, 

neutrum  (§  502) 
neither,  neque  or  nee ;  neither  .  .  . 

nor,  neque  (nee)  .  .  .  neque  (nee) 
never,  numquam 
nevertheless,  tamen 
new,  novus,  -a,  -um 
next,  proximus,  -a,  -um 
night,  nox,  noctis,/ 
nine,  novem 
no,  minime,  or  repeat  verb  with  a 

negative  (§  no) 
no,  none,  nullus,  -a,  -um  (§  503) 
no  one,  nem5,  nullius 
noble,  n5bTlis,  -e 
nor,  neque  or  nee 
not,  non 

not  at  all,  minime 
not  even,  ne  .  .  .  quidem 
nothing,  nihil  or  nihilum,  -1,  n. 
now,  nunc,  iam 
number,  numerus,  -1,  m. 

0,  usually  expressed  by  a  vocative, 
occasionally  by  the  interj.  O 

obey,  pared,  2,  with  dat.  (§  224) 

observe,  specto,  i 

of,  sign  of  gen. ;  de,  with  abl. ;  out 
of,  e  or  ex,  with  abl. 

offer,  pr6pon5,  3 

often,  saepe 


ENGLISH-LATIN  VOCABULARY 


31 


on,  of  place,  in,  with  abl.\  of  time, 

abl.  'without  prep. 
on  account  of,  propter,  with  acc.\ 

abl.  of  cause 
once  (upon  a  time),  olim 
one,  unus,  -a,  -um  (§815) 
one  . . .  another,  of  several,  alius  . . . 

alius ;  the  one  .  .  .  the  other,  of 

two,  alter  .  .  .  alter  (§  504) 
only,  solum,  tantum 
only  a  few,  pauci,  -ae,  -a 
onto,  see  on 
or,  aut 

oration,  oratio,  -onis,  f 
order,  impero,  i  ;  iubeo,  2 
other,  alius,  -a,  -ud  (§  503) ;  the  one 

.  .  .  the  other,  of  two,  alter  .  .  . 

alter  (§  504) 
others  (the),  reliquT,  -orum,  m.  plur. 
ought,  debeo,  3 
our,  noster,  -tra,  -trum 
out  from,  outside  of,  e  or  ex  with 

abl. 
overcome,  supero,  i ;  vinco,  3 
owe,  debeo,  2 
own  (his,  her,  its,  their),  suus,  -a,  -um 

pace,  passus,  -us,  m. 

pain,  dolor,  -oris,  m. 

part,  pars,  partis,/! 

peace,  pax,  pacis,/] 

penalty,  poena,  -ae, /!;  supplicium, 

SUppli'ci,  71. 

people,  populus,  -T,  7n. 
perceive,  sentid,  4 
peril,  perlculum,  -T,  n. 
Perseus,  Perseus,  -T,  m. 
persuade,  persuaded,  2,  with  dat. 
(§  224) 


pertain,  pertined,  2 

place,  n.,  locus,  -T,  m.;  plur.,  loca, 
-orum,  n. 

place,  put,  pon5,  3  ;  loco,  i 

place  in  command  of,  praeficio,  3, 
with  ace.  and  dat.  (§  623) 

plan  (a),  consilium,  consi'lT,  n. ;  ratio, 
-onis,_/i 

plead,  dlco,  3 

please,  placed,  2,  with  dat.  (§  224) 

pleasing,  gratus,  -a,  -um 

plenty,  copia,  -ae,/. 

poet,  poeta,  -ae,  m. 

poor,  miser,  misera,  miserum 

possess,  obtineo,  2 

power,  imperium,  impe'rl,  n. ;  po- 
testas,  -atis,.y] 

powerful,  be  most  powerful,  pluri- 
mum  possum 

praise,  laudo,  i 

praise,  laus,  laudis,/^ 

prefer,    malo,  malle,  maluT,  

(§  840) 

prepare,  prepare  for,  paro,  i,  with 
ace. 

preserve,  servo,  i ;  conservo,  i 

press  hard,  premo,  3 

pretty,  pulcher,  -chra,  -chrum 

prize,  praemium,  praemT,  n. 

protection,  fides,  fidei,/; 

provide,  compare,  i 

public,  publicus,  -a,  -um 

punishment,  poena,  -ae,  f  ;  suppli- 
cium, suppli'cT,  n. 

purpose,  for  the  purpose  of,  ut  or 
qui,  with  subjv. ;  ad,  with  ger- 
und or  gerundive ;  causa,  follow- 
ing the  genitive  of  a  gerund  or 
gerundive 


32 


ENGLISH-LATIN  VOCABULARY 


put,  pon5,  3 

put  down,  depono,  3 

put  to  death,  in  mortem  do 

put  to  flight,  in  fugam  do 

queen,  reglna,  -ae,/ 
quickly,  celeriter 
Quintus,  Qulntus,  -I,  m. 

rampart,  vallum,  -T,  n. 

rank,  ordo,  -inis,  7n. 

rather,  see  wish  rather 

reach,  pertineo,  2 ;  pateo,  2 

realm,  regnum,  -T,  n. 

reason,  causa,  -ae,/] 

receive,  accipio,  3 

remain,  maneo,  2;  permaned,  2 

remainder  (the),  reliqui,  -orum,  m. 

plur. 
remaining,  reliquus,  -a,  -um 
remarkable,  egregius,  -a,  -um 
remember,  memoria  tened 
reply,  respondeo,  2 
report,  fama, -ae,/; 
republic,  res  publica 
reputation,  fama,  -ae,y. 
resist,  resisto,  3,  with  dat.  (§  224) 
respect,  vereor,  2 
rest  (the),  reliquT,  -orum,  m.  plur. 
restrain,  contined,  2 
retain,  retineo,  2 
return,  give  back,  redda,  3 
revolution,  res  novae,  f.  plur. 
reward,  praemium,  praemT,  //. 
Rhine,  Rhenus,  -T,  ;;/. 
right,  adj.,  dexter,  -tra,  -trum 
right,  n.,  ius,  iuris,  //. ;  give  a  right 

of  way,  iter  facio 
river,  fliimen,  -inis,  n. 


road,  via,  viae,/! 

Roman,  Romanus,  -a,  -um;  often 

used  as  a  noun 
Rome,  Roma, -ae,yi 
Romulus,  Romulus,  -T,  m. 
route,  iter,  itineris,  n. 
rule,  rego,  3 
rumor,  fama,  -ae,/: 

sacred,  sacer,  -era,  -crum 

safety,  s,alus,  -utis,y^ 

sail,  navigo,  i 

sailor,  nauta,  -ae,  m. 

same.  Idem,  eadem,  idem  (§  518) 

satisfaction  (give),  satis  facia,  3, 

with  dat. 
satisfactory,  satis,  indecl. 
savage,  barbarus,  -a,  -um 
savages,  barbarl,  -arum,  in.  plur. 
save,  servo,  i 

say,  dica,  3 ;  say  not,  nega,  i 
scarcity,  inopia,  -ae,/! 
school,  ludus,  -T,  m. 
science  of  war,  res  mllitaris,/! 
scout,  explarator,  -aris,  7n. 
sea,  mare,  -is,  7t. 
second,  secundus,  -a,  -um 
see,  videa,  2 
seek,  peta,  3  ;  quaera,  3 
seem,  videor,  2,  pass,  ofvidtb 
seize,  rapia,  3  ;  occupa,  I 
self,  ipse,  -a,  -um  (§  517);  suT  (§  512) 
senate,  senatus,  -ils,  in. 
send,  mitta,  3 

send  ahead  or  forward,  praemitta,  3 
send  away,  dfmitta,  3  ;  amitta,  3 
send  back,  remitta,  3 
serious,  gravis,  -e 
set  fire  to,  incenda,  3 


ENGLISH-LATIN  VOCABULARY 


33 


set  forth,  propono,  3 

settle,  sedeo,  2 

seven,  septem 

seventh,  septimus,  -a,  -um 

several,  plures,  plura 

severe,  gravis,  -e 

severely,  graviter 

Sextus,  Sextus,  -J,  in. 

shall,  expressed  by  future  tense 

sharp,  acer,  acris,  acre     [^expressed 

she,  ea,  haec,  ista,  ilia  (§  205),  oritot 

ship,  navis,  -is,/!  (§412.  a) 

shore,  ora,  -ae,/! 

short,  brevis,  -e 

show,  demonstro,  i ;  ostendo,  3 

signal,  signum,  -T,  n. 

similar,  similis,  -e 

since,  cum  (§  642) 

sister,  soror,  -oris,/! 

sit,  sedeo,  2 

size,  magnitudo, -inis,_/^ 

six,  sex 

sixth,  sextus,  -a,  -um 

skillful,  skilled,  perltus,  -a,  -um 

slaughter,  caedes,  -is,/! 

slave,  servus,  -T,  m. 

slavery,  servitus,  -iitis,/! 

slow,  tardus,  -a,  -um 

slowly,  tarde 

small,  parvus,  -a,  -um 

smallest,  minimus,  -a,  -um 

so,  ita,  SIC,  tam 

so  great,  tantus,  -a,  -um 

so  that,  ut ;  so  that  not,  ut  non 

soldier,  miles,  -itis,  m. 

some,  often  not  expressed  \  aliquT, 

aliqua,  aliquod  (§831) 
some  .  .  .  others,  alii . . .  alii  (§  504) 
someone,  aliquis  (§831) 


something,  aliquid  (§831) 

son,  filius,  fill,  in. 

soon,  mox 

sovereignty,  regnum,  -T,  n. 

space,  spatium,  spati,  ;/. 

speak,  dlco,  3 

spear,  telum,  -T,  ;/. 

speech,  oratio,  -bms^f. 

spirit,  animus,  -T,  m. 

spur,  calcar,  -aris,  n. 

spy,  explorator,  -oris,  ;//. 

stand  still,  take  a  stand,  consisto,  3 

state,  cTvitas,  -atis,/I 

stay,  permaneo,  2 

steadfast,  flrmus,  -a,  -um 

storm,  oppugn5,  i ;  take  by  storm, 

expugno, I 
story,  fabula,  -ae,/! 
strange,  novus,  -a,  -um 
street,  via,  -ae,  f 
strength,  vTs,  (vis),/ 
strong,  fortis,  -e ;  flrmus,  -a,  -um 
stupid,  tardus,  -a,  -um 
subdue,  paco,  i 
such,  talis,  -e 

suffer,  patior,  3  ;  laboro,  i 
suffer  punishment,  poenam  or  sup- 

plicium  do 
sufficient,  satis,  indecl. 
suitable,  idoneus,  -a,  -um 
summer,  aestas,  -atis,  f 
summon,  voco,  i 
supply,  copia,  -ae,  f 
supreme,  summus,  -a,  -um 
sure,  certus,  -a,  -um 
suspend,  intermitto,  3 
swift,  celer,  -eris,  -ere 
swiftly,  celeriter 
swiftness,  celeritas,  -atis,  f. 


34 


ENGLISH-LATIN  VOCABULARY 


take,  sumo,  3 

take,  capture,  take  up,  capio,  3 

take  back,  recipio,  3 

take  by  storm,  expugno,  i 

tall,  altus,  -a,  -um 

teach,  doceo,  2 

tell,  dico,  3  ;  narro,  i 

ten,  decern 

tenth,  decimus,  -a,  -um 

terrified,  perterritus,  -a,  -um 

terrify,  perterreo,  2 

territory,  fines,  -lum,  m.plur. 

than,  quam 

thank,  gratias  ag5,  with  dat. 

that,  demon. p7on.,\s  (§  203), iste, ille 

(§  524);  rel.pron.,  qui,  quae,  quod 
that,  in   order  that,  in  purpose 

clauses^  ut 
that  not,  lest,  in  purpose  clauses^  ne 
the,  not  expressed 
the  one,  the  other  {of  two),  alter, 

altera,  alterum 
their,  gen.  plur.  o/is ;  reflex.,  suus, 

-a,-um(§  135) 
their  own,  suus,  -a,  -um  (§  135) 
them,  see  they 
then,  at  that  time,  tum 
then,  in  the  next  place,  deinde 
there,  as  expletive,  not  exp7'essed 
there,  in  that  place,  ibi 
therefore,  itaque 
these,  see  this 
Theseus,  Theseus,  -T,  m. 
they,  ii,  hi,  isti,  illT,  or  not  expressed 

(§  205) 
thick,  creber,  -bra,  -brum 
thing,  res,  rel,/: 
think,    arbitror,    i  ;    exTstimo,    i  ; 

put5,  I 


third,  tertius,  -a,  -um 

this,  hie,  haec,  hoc  (§  523);  is,  ea,  id 

(§  203) 
those,  see  that,  dein.pron. 
though,  cum 
thousand,  mllle  (§  536) 
three,  tres,  tria  (§  824) 
three  hundred,  trecenti,  -ae,  -a 
through,  per,  with  ace. 
throw,  iacio,  3 
throw  down,  deicio,  3 
time,  tempus,  -oris,  n. 
timid,  timidus,  -a,  -um 
to,  sign  of  dat. ;  ad,  in,  with  ace. ; 

expressing  purpose,  ut,  qui,  with 

subjv. ;  ad,  with  gerund  or  ge- 

rujidive 
to  each  other,  inter  with  ace.  of  a 

reflex,  pron. 
toil,  laboro,  i 
top  of,  summus,  -a,  -um 
tower,  turris,  -\s,f. 
town,  oppidum,  -T,  n. 
troops,  copiae,  -2SMVi\,  f  plur. 
true,  verus,  -a,  -um 
try,  tempto,  i 

twelfth,  duodecimus,  -a,  -um 
twelve,  duodecim 
two,  duo,  duae,  duo  (§  824) 
two  hundred,  ducenti,  -ae,  -a 

undertake,  suscipio,  3 
unfavorable,  inlquus,  -a,  -um 
unskilled,  imperitus,  -a,  -um 
unwilling  (be),  not  willing,  nolo, 

n5lle,  noluT, (§  840) 

Uphold,  sustined,  2 

urge,  hortor,  i 

us,  nos,  ace.  plur.  of  ego  (§  509) 


ENGLISH-LATIN  VOCABULARY 


35 


valor,  virtus,  -utis,/ 
very,  superl.  degree^  maxime ;  inten- 
sive^ ipse,  -a,  -um  (§517) 
victory,  victoria,  -ae,  f. 
villa,  villa, -ae,/! 
violence,  vTs,  (vis),/  (§419) 

wage,  gero,  3 

wait,  wait  for,  exspecto,  i 

wall,  murus,  -T,  in. ;  vallum,  -I,  n. 

want,  inopia,  -ae,/! 

war,  bellum,  -T,  n. 

warn,  moned,  2 

was,  see  be 

water,  aqua,  -ae,  f. 

way,  manner,  modus,  -T,  in. ;  rati5, 

-onis,/! 
we,  nbs.plur.  oftgo{%  509);  or  not 

expressed 
wear,  gero,  3 
well,  bene 

well-known,  notus,  -a,  -um 
were,  see  be 
what,  quis  (qui),  quae,  quid  (quod) 

(§§  394,  395) 

when,  ubi,  cum  (§641);  often  ex- 
pressed by  a  participle 

whether,  intrvditcing  an  indirect 
question^  num 

where,  ubi 

which,  qui,  quae,  quod(§  387) ;  which 
of  two,  uter,  utra,  utrum  (§  503) 

whither,  quo 

who,  rel.^  qui,  quae  (§  387) ;  inter- 
rog.,  quis  (§  394) 

whose,  cuius  or  quorum,  quarum, 
quorum,  gen.  ^quT,  quae,  quod, 
rel.  (§  387),  or  of  quis,  quid,  in- 
terrog  (§  394) 


why,  cur 

wicked,  malus,  -a,  -um 

wide,  latus,  -a,  -um 

will,  expressed  by  future  tense 

willing  (be),  volo,  velle,  volui, 

(§  840) 
wind,  ventus,  -T,  nt. 
wing,  cornu,  -us,  n. 
winter,  hiems,  -emis,  f 
wisdom,  sapientia,  -ae,/! 
wish,  cupio,  3 ;  volo,  velle,  voluT, 

(§  840) 

wish  not,  nolo,  nolle,  nolui,  

(§  840) 
wish  rather,   malo,   malle,  maluT, 

—  (§  840) 
with,  cum,  with  abl. ;   sometimes 

abl.  alone 
withdraw,  me  recipio 
without,  sine,  with  ahL 
woman,  mulier,  -eris,/'. 
work,  labora,  i 
worst,  pessimus,  -a,  -um,  sziperl.  of 

malus 
wound,  verb,  vulnero,  i 
wound,  n..,  vulnus,  -eris,  n. 
wretched,  miser,  -era,  -crum 
write,  scrlbo,  3 
wrong,  iniuria,  -ae,  f 

year,  annus,  -T,  m. 

yes,  certe,  ita,  vero,  or,  more  usu- 
ally, repeat  the  verb  (§  no) 

yet,  tamen 

you,  sing.,  tu  ;  plur.,  vos  (§  509);  or 
not  expressed 

your,  sing.,  tuus,  -a,  -um ;  plur.^ 
vester,  -tra,  -trum  (§  133) 

yourself,  tu 


INDEX 


The  numbers,  unless  pages  are  specified,  refer  to  sections 


a  or  ab,  79,  80,  8 1,  171 
abbreviations,  Latin,  p.  383 
ablative  case,  65-67 

absolute,  396-400 

of  accompaniment,  167 

of  agent,  261 

of  cause,  165 

of  description,  561,  562 

of  manner,  168 

of  means  or  instrument,  166 

of  measure  of  difference,  451,  452 

of  place  from  which,  295,  482 

of  place  in  which,  483 

of  respect,  551,  552 

of  separation,  296 

of  time,  492,  493 
accent,  13,  14 

accompaniment,  abl.  of,  167 
accusative  case,  32 

of  duration  or  extent,  546-548 

object,  35 

of  place  to  which,  481,  484 

predicate,  681-684 

with  prepositions,  78,  358 

as  subject  of  the  infinitive,  368 
adjectives,  19,  87-92 

agreement,  90-91 

comparison,  regular,  441-444;    by 
adverbs,  472;  irregular,  456-458 

with  the  dative,  129,  130 

declension  of  comparatives,  450 

of  first  and  second  declensions,  1 1 5, 
116,  120,  126-128 

position  of,  92 


possessive,  132-137 

of  third  declension,  428-431,  435, 

438 
adverbs,  122 

comparison,  466 

formation,  regular,  461-465  ;  irreg- 
ular, 470,  47 1 

position  of,  123 
agent,  expressed  by  the  abl.  with  a  or 

ab,  261  ;  by  the  dat.,  728,  729 
agreement 

of  adjectives,  90,  91 

of  appositives,  104 

of  predicate  nouns,  61 

of  relative  pronouns,  389,  390 

of  verbs,  48 
aliquis,  528 
alius,  502-505 
alphabet,  1-3 
alter,  502-504 

antepenult,  10.^;  accent  of,  14 
appendix,  grammatical,  804-843 
apposition,  103,  104 
article,  not  used  in  Latin,  27,  note 

Baculus  the  Centurion,  story  of,  pp.  *- 

283-293 
base,  71 

cardinal  numerals,  522-537,  543 
case,  31,  32 

causal  clauses  with  cum,  640, 642, 643 
cause,  expressed  by  the  abl.,  165 
characteristic,  subjv.  of,  721-723 


37 


38 


INDEX 


clauses,  384,  385 ;  noun  or  substantive 

clause,  600 
comparative,  declension  of,  450 
comparison 

abl.  of,  309 

of  adjectives,  441-445;    irregular, 
456-458 ;  six  adjectives  in  -lis,  457 

of  adverbs,  regular,  466  ;  irregular, 

471 
degrees  of,  441 
complementary  infinitive,  369 
compound  verbs  with  the  dative,  622, 

623 
concessive  clauses  with  cum,  640,  642, 

643 
conjugation  stems,  1 54,  300-303 
conjugations,  140;  the  four  regular, 

1 53  ;  irregular,  838-843 
consonants,  2  ;  sounds  of,  7 
copula,  26 

cum,  conjunction,  639-643 
cum,  preposition,  358.  a  ;  enclitic  use, 

513 

dative  case,  52-55 

with  adjectives,  129,  130 
of  agent,  728,  729 
with  compound  verbs,  622,  623 
of  indirect  object,  56-59 
position  of,  59 

of  purpose  or  end  for  which,  685, 686 
with  special  verbs,  222-224 
dea,  declension  of,  70.  a 
declension,  29,  30,  68,  69;    general 

rules  of,  108 
demonstrative   adjectives   and  pro- 
nouns, 201-205,  51^'  521-524 
deponent  verbs,  557-560,  569 
derivation,  see  prefixes  and  suffixes 
descriptive  ablative   and    genitive, 

561,  562 
descriptive  relative  clause,  with  the 
subjv.,  721-723 


difference,  measure  of,  450,  451 
diphthongs,  6 
direct  statements,  652 
domi,  locative,  485 
domus,  declension  of,  813 
duration  of  time,  expressed  by  the 
ace,  546,  547 

e  or  ex,  1 7 1 

ego,  declension  of,  509 

enclitics,  230.  a 

English-Latin  vocabulary,  pp.  23-25 

(at  the  end) 
eo,  conjugation  of,  842 
extent   of  space,  expressed  by  the 

ace,  546,  547 

fero,  conjugation  of,  841 

fifth  declension,  488-490 

filia,  declension  of,  70.  a 

filius,  declension  of,  117 

fi5,  conjugation  of,  843 

first  conjugation,  157 

first  declension,  70 

formation  of  words,  see  prefixes  and 

suffixes 
fourth  conjugation,  2 1 7 
fourth  declension,  475-477 
from,  how  expressed,  294-296 
future  infinitive,  active,  356 
future  participle,  565,  567 
future  perfect,  formation  of,  active, 

330 ;  passive,  348 
future  tense,  formation  of,  183,  267 

gender 

in  English  and  in  Latin,  83-85 
in  the  first  declension,  86 
in  the  second  declension,  97 
in  the  third  declension,  496 
in  the  fourth  declension,  476 
in  the  fifth  declension,  489 
of  an  infinitive,  370.  a 


INDEX 


39 


general  rules  of  declension,  io8 
genitive  case 

with  adjectives,  553,  554 

of  description,  561,  562 

of  nouns  in  -ms  and  -ium^  1 17 

partitive,  or  of  the  whole,  540,  541 

position  of,  41 

of  the  possessor,  34,  150 

gerund,  a  verbal  noun,  691-696 
with  adX.o  express  purpose,  696,  697 
with  causa  to  express  purpose,  696, 
697 

gerundive,  a  verbal  adjective,  697 
with  ad  to  express  purpose,  697.  5 
with  ^izwjjto  express  purpose,  697.  5 

hie,  declension  and  use  of,  521-523, 
828 


inflection,  defined,  28,  29 

intensive   pronoun,   ipse,  declension 

and  use  of,  516,  517,  827 
interrogative  pronouns,  393-395 
intransitive  verbs,  defined,  25 ;  with 

the  dative,  222-224 
io-verbsof  the  third  conj.,  24i„242,836 
ipse,  declension  and  use  of,  516,  517, 

827 
irregular  adjectives,  502-505 
irregular  comparison,  of  adjectives, 

456,457,820;  of  adverbs,  471,822 
irregular  nouns,  70.  ^,  419,  813 
irregular  verbs,  838-843 
is,  declension  and  use  of,  203,  205, 828 
iste,  declension  and  use  of,  521,  522, 

524,  828 
iter,  declension  of,  419,  813 


i,  consonant,  3 

i-stems  of  nouns,  412,  413,  416 

idem,  declension  of,  518,  828 

ille,  declension  and  use  of,  521,  522, 

524,  828 
imperative,    formation    of,   246-250, 
286 ;  in  commands,  246 ;    irreg- 
ular, p.  100,  ftn.  I 
indefinite  pronouns  and  adjectives, 

527-529,  811 
independent  or  main  clauses,  384 
indirect  object,  56-59,  222-224,  622, 

623 
indirect  questions,  667-671 
indirect  statements,  652-654, 656-658 
infinitive 

complementary,  369 

definition  of,  284 

does  not  express  purpose,  587 

formation  of,  285,  332,  354-356 

in  indirect  statements,  654-656 

as  noun,  370 

as  object,  366,  367 

used  as  in  English,  369,  370 


Latin  abbreviations,  p.  383 
Latin-English  vocabulary,  pp.  1-22 

(at  the  end) 
Latin  order  of  words,  197-199 
Latin  play,  Perseus  and  Andromeda, 

pp.  279-282 
Latin  songs,  pp.  294-297 
locative  case,  485 

magis,  maxime,  comparison  by,  472 
malo,  conjugation  of,  840 
manner,  abl.  of,  168 
means,  abl.  of,  166 
measure  of  difference,  abl.  of,  451, 452 
mille,  declension  of,  536,  824 ;    con- 
struction with,  542 
moods,  defined,  142 

indicative,  147 

subjunctive,  577,  582 

-ne,  enclitic,  in  questions,  109 

ne,  conj.,  that  not,  lest,  with  negative 

clauses  of  purpose,  589,  602 
nine  irregular  adjectives,  502-505 


40 


INDEX 


nolo,  conjugation  of,  840 
nominative  case,  33 
nonne,  in  questions,  251 
nos,  declension  of,  509 
nouns,  17 

first  declension,  70 

second  declension,  96-98,  102,  107, 

117 
third  declension,  404,  405,  408,  412, 

413,416 
fourth  declension,  475-477 
fifth  declension,  488-49P 
niillus,  declension  of,  503 
num,  in  questions,  251,  670 
number,  45-47,  145 
numerals,  532-537,  539,  823,  824 

object,  direct,  35 ;  indirect,  56-59, 222- 

224,  622,  623 
order  of  words,  197-199 
ordinal  numerals,  539,  823 
original  stories,  pp.  263-271 

participial  stem,  302,  347 
participles,  defined,  344 

agreement  of,  349 

declension  of,  566,  817 

of  deponent  verbs,  560,  569 

formation  of,  565 

tenses  of,  565 
partitive  genitive,  540,  541 
parts  of  speech,  16-20 
passive  voice,  defined,  141 ;  formation 

of,  256,  267,  348 
past  indicative,  formation  and  use  of, 

176-178,  267 
past  passive  participle,  565,  567 
past  perfect  indicative,  active,  325; 

passive,  348 
past  perfect  subjunctive,  61 1 
penult,  lo.r;  accent  of,  13,  14 
perfect  indicative 

distinguished  from  the  past,  314 


formation,  in  the  active,  315;   in 
the  passive,  348 

meaning  of,  311-314 

past  absolute,  313 

present  perfect,  312 
perfect  infinitive,  active,  332 ;   pas- 
sive, 355 
perfect  stem,  301 
perfect  subjunctive,  610 
periphrastic  conjugation,  active,  726; 

passive,  727 
Perseus  and  Andromeda,  Latin  play, 

pp.  279-282 
person,  146 
personal   endings,   active,   146,   177, 

248,  304;  passive,  256,  286 
personal  pronouns,  509,  510 
place,  where,  whither,  whence,  480- 
485  ;  names  of  towns  and  domus 
and  riis,  484,  485 
plus,  declension  of,  458 
position 

of  adjective,  91,  198.  ^,  199 

of  adverb,  123,  198./ 

of  demonstrative,  204 

of  direct  object,  59,  198.^ 

of  genitive,  41 

of  indirect  object,  59,  198.  b 

of  possessive,  137,  198.^ 

of  subject,  40,  198.^! 

of  verb,  40, 198.  a 

of  vocative,  99,  198.  c 
possessive  pronouns,  132-137 
possum,  conjugation  of,  362,  839 
predicate,  defined,  23 
predicate  accusative,  681-684 
predicate  adjective,  defined,  93 
predicate  noun,  60,  61 
prefixes,  238,  258,  341,  373-375'  497 
prepositions,  with  the  abl.,  79,  358.  a ; 

with  the  ace,  78,  358.  b 
present  active  participle,  565,  568,817 
present  indicative,  158-160,  256 


INDEX 


41 


present  stem,  154,  155 

present  subjunctive,  579-581, 585, 586 

primary  tenses,  593,  594 

principal  parts,  299 

pronouns 

classification  of,  508 

defined,  18 

demonstrative,  201-205,  518,  521- 
524,  828 

indefinite,  527-529,  831 

intensive,  516,  517,  827 

interrogative,  393-395,  830 

personal,  509,  510 

possessive,  132-137 

reflexive,  511,  512 

relative,  386-390 
pronunciation,  4-7 
purpose 

dative  of,  685,  686 

expressed  by  the  gerund  or  gerun- 
dive with  ad  or  caicsd,  696,  697 

not  expressed  by  the  infinitive,  587 

subjunctive  of,  587-589,  601-603 

quality,  gen.  or  abl.  of,  561,  562 

quam,  with  a  comparative,  445,  446 

quantity,  11,  12,  194 

-que,  230 

questions,  direct,  109,  no,  251,  252; 

indirect,  667-671 
qui,  declension  anduse  of,  387-390, 589 
quidam,  528,  831 
quis,    indefinite,    528 ;    interrogative, 

394,  395 
quisque,  528,  831 

reflexive  pronouns,  511,  512 
relative  clauses  of  characteristic  or 

description,  721-723 
relative  clauses  of  purpose,  587-589 
relative  pronouns,  386-390 
respect,  expressed  by  abl.,  551,  552 
result  clauses,  615-619 


reviews,  732-803 
rules  for  spelling,  573,  630,  631 
rules  of  syntax,  pp.  321-324 
rus,  constructions  of,  484,  485 

se,  distinguished  from  ipse,  516. « 
second  conjugation,  188,  833 
second  declension,  96-98,  102,  107 
selections  for  sight  reading,  pp.  273- 

278 
sentences,    simple,     complex,    com- 
pound, 380-383 
separation,  abl.  of,  296 
sequence  of  tenses,  593-596 
shortening  of  vowels,  194 
songs,  Latin,  pp.  294-297 
sounds  of  letters,  4-7 
space,   extent  of,  expressed   by  the 

ace,  546,  547 
spelling,  rules  for,  573,  630,  631 
stems,    of   nouns,   404.  a ;    of  verbs, 

154,  300-302 
subject,  defined,  22 ;  case  of,  33  ;   of 
theinfinitive,  368  ;  position  of,  40 
subjunctive,  formation 

of  the  past,  592 

of  the  past  perfect,  611 

of  the  perfect,  610 

of  the  present,  579,  581,  585,  586 
subjunctive  constructions 

characteristic  or  description,  722, 

723 

indirect  questions,  66'j-6'ji 

purpose,  587-589,  601-603 

result,  615-619 

time,    cause,    or    concession,   with 
cum,  639-643 
subjunctive  ideas,  582 
subjunctive  tenses,  578 
subordinate  clauses,  384,  385 
suffixes,  425,  426,  574,  626-629 
sui,  declension  of,  512 
sum,  conjugation  of,  149,  170,  838 


42 


INDEX 


suus,  use  of,  135,  2o8j  209 
syllables,  9;  division  of,  10;  quantity 

of,  II,  12 
syntax,  rules  of,  pp.  321-324 

temporal  clauses,  with  cum,  640,  641, 

643 
tense,  defined,  143,  144;  meaning  of 
past  tense,  178  ;  of  perfect  tense, 

311-314 
tense  signs,  175 

future,  183,  235 

future  perfect  active,  330 

past,  176 

past  perfect  active,  325 
tenses,  primary  and  secondary,  594 ; 

sequence  of,  593-595 
third  conjugation,  212,  241,  834 
third  declension  of  nouns 

classes,  404 

consonant  stems,  405,  408 

gender,  496 

/-stems,  412,  413,  416 

irregular  nouns,  419,  813 
time,    abl.    of,    492,    493 ;    ace.   of, 

546-548 
towns,    rules    for    names    of,    484, 

485 
transitive  verbs,  24 
til,  declension  of,  509 

ultima,  10.^ 

ut,  with  clauses  of  purpose,  589;  with 
clauses  of  result,  618 


ut  non,  with  clauses  of  result,  618, 
619 

verbs,  20 

agreement  of,  48 

conjugation  of,  140,  153,  832-836 

deponent,  559,  560,  569,  837 

intransitive,  25 

irregular,  838-843 

personal    endings   of,    active,    146, 
177,  248,  304;   passive,  256,  286 

position  of,  40 

principal  parts  of,  299 

transitive,  24 
vis,  declension  of,  419,  813 
vocabularies 

English-Latin,    pp.    23-35    (^^    the 
end) 

Latin-English,  pp.  1-22  (at  the  end) 

special,  pp.  361-381 
vocabulary  notebook,  p.  382 
vocative  case,  98,  99 

oi  films,  118,  note  i 

of  meus,  133,  note 

of  nouns  in  -us  of  the  second  de- 
clension, 98 
voice,  defined,  141 
V0I5,  conjugation  of,  840 
vos,  declension  of,  509 
vowels,  sounds  of,  5,  6 ;  quantity  of,  5 ; 
shortening  of,  194 

word  lists,  for  the  first  and  the  second 
half-year,  pp.  357-360 


RETURN  TO  the  circulation  desk  of  any 
University  of  California  Library 
or  to  the 

NORTHERN  REGIONAL  LIBRARY  FACILITY 
BIdg.  400,  Richmond  Field  Station 
University  of  California 
Richmond,  CA  94804-4698 

ALL  BOOKS  MAY  BE  RECALLED  AFTER  7  DAYS 
2-month  loans  may  be  renewed  by  calling 

(415)  642-6753 
1-year  loans  may  be  recharged  by  bringing  books 

to  NRLF 
Renewals  and  recharges  may  be  made  4  days 

prior  to  due  date 

DUE  AS  STAMPED  BELOW 


AU6  0  9  1391 


YB  36233 


Eduo 

THE  UNIVERSITY  OF  CAUFORNIA  UBRARY 


